FCC ID: TX2-RTL8852AE 11ax RTL8852AE Combo module

 

User Guide Software terms By installing, copying, downloading, or otherwise using any software product preinstalled on this computer, you agree to be bound by the terms of the HP End User License Agreement (EULA). If you do not accept these license terms, your sole remedy is to return the entire unused product (hardware and software) within 14 days for a full refund subject to the refund policy of your seller. For any further information or to request a full refund of the price of the computer, please contact your seller. This user guide describes features that are common to most models. Some features may not be available on your computer. Not all features are available in all editions or versions of Windows. Systems may require upgraded and/or separately purchased hardware, drivers, software or BIOS update to take full advantage of Windows functionality. Windows 10 is automatically updated, which is always enabled. ISP fees may apply and additional requirements may apply over time for updates. See http://www.microsoft.com. To access the latest user guides, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and follow the instructions to find your product. Then select User Guides. Copyright 2018 HP Development Company, L.P. Product notice AMD is a trademark of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by HP Inc. under license. Intel, Celeron, and Pentium are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Windows is either a registered trademark or trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. First Edition: August 2018 Document Part Number: L11079-001 Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to come into contact with the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950-1). iii iv Safety warning notice Processor configuration setting (select products only) IMPORTANT: Select computer products are configured with an Intel Pentium N35xx/N37xx series or a Celeron N28xx/N29xx/N30xx/N31xx series processor and a Windows operating system. If your computer is configured as described, do not change the processor configuration setting in msconfig.exe from 4 or 2 processors to 1 processor. If you do so, your computer will not restart. You will have to perform a factory reset to restore the original settings. v vi Processor configuration setting (select products only) Table of contents 1 Welcome ....................................................................................................................................................... 1 Finding information ............................................................................................................................................... 2 2 Components .................................................................................................................................................. 3 Locating hardware ................................................................................................................................................. 3 Locating software .................................................................................................................................................. 3 Labels ..................................................................................................................................................................... 4 3 Network connections ..................................................................................................................................... 6 Connecting to a wireless network ......................................................................................................................... 6 Using the wireless controls ................................................................................................................. 6 Wireless button ................................................................................................................. 6 Operating system controls ............................................................................................... 6 Connecting to a WLAN ......................................................................................................................... 7 Using HP Mobile Broadband (select products only) ............................................................................ 7 Using GPS (select products only) ........................................................................................................ 8 Using Bluetooth wireless devices (select products only) ................................................................... 8 Connecting Bluetooth devices .......................................................................................... 8 Using NFC to share information (select products only) ...................................................................... 8 Sharing .............................................................................................................................. 9 Connecting to a wired network .............................................................................................................................. 9 Connecting to a local area network (LAN) (select products only) ....................................................... 9 Using HP LAN-Wireless Protection (select products only) ................................................................ 10 Turning on and customizing HP LAN-Wireless Protection ............................................. 10 Using HP MAC Address Pass Through to identify your computer on a network (select products only) ............. 11 Customizing MAC Address Pass Through .......................................................................................... 11 4 Navigating the screen .................................................................................................................................. 12 Using TouchPad and touch screen gestures ........................................................................................................ 12 Tap ..................................................................................................................................................... 12 Two-finger pinch zoom ..................................................................................................................... 13 Two-finger slide (TouchPad only) ..................................................................................................... 13 Two-finger tap (TouchPad only) ........................................................................................................ 13 Four-finger tap (TouchPad only) ....................................................................................................... 13 Three-finger swipe (TouchPad only) ................................................................................................. 14 One-finger slide (touch screen only) ................................................................................................. 15 vii Using an optional keyboard or mouse ................................................................................................................. 15 Using an on-screen keyboard (select products only) .......................................................................................... 15 5 Entertainment features ............................................................................................................................... 16 Using a camera (select products only) ................................................................................................................ 16 Using audio .......................................................................................................................................................... 16 Connecting speakers ......................................................................................................................... 16 Connecting headphones .................................................................................................................... 16 Connecting a microphone ................................................................................................................. 16 Connecting headsets ......................................................................................................................... 17 Using sound settings ......................................................................................................................... 17 Using video .......................................................................................................................................................... 17 Connecting a DisplayPort device using a USB Type-C cable (select products only) ......................... 17 Connecting a Thunderbolt device using a USB Type-C cable (select products only) ....................... 18 Connecting video devices by using a VGA cable (select products only) ........................................... 19 Connecting video devices using an HDMI cable (select products only) ............................................ 20 Setting up HDMI audio .................................................................................................... 21 Connecting a Thunderbolt DisplayPort device ................................................................................. 21 Discovering and connecting wired displays using MultiStream Transport ...................................... 22 Connect displays to computers with AMD or Nvidia graphics (with an optional hub) ... 22 Connect displays to computers with Intel graphics (with an optional hub) ................... 23 Connect displays to computers with Intel graphics (with a built-in hub) ...................... 23 Discovering and connecting to Miracast-compatible wireless displays (select products only) ...... 24 Discovering and connecting to Intel WiDi certified displays (select Intel products only) ................ 24 Using data transfer .............................................................................................................................................. 24 Connecting devices to a USB Type-C port (select products only) ..................................................... 24 6 Managing power .......................................................................................................................................... 26 Using Sleep and Hibernation ............................................................................................................................... 26 Initiating and exiting Sleep ............................................................................................................... 26 Initiating and exiting Hibernation (select products only) ................................................................. 27 Shutting down (turning off) the computer .......................................................................................................... 27 Using the Power icon and Power Options ............................................................................................................ 28 Running on battery power ................................................................................................................................... 28 Using HP Fast Charge (select products only) .................................................................................... 28 Displaying battery charge ................................................................................................................. 29 Finding battery information in HP Support Assistant (select products only) .................................. 29 Conserving battery power ................................................................................................................. 29 Identifying low battery levels ........................................................................................................... 29 Resolving a low battery level ............................................................................................................ 30 Resolving a low battery level when external power is available ................................... 30 viii Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available ................................. 30 Resolving a low battery level when the computer cannot exit Hibernation .................. 30 7 Security ...................................................................................................................................................... 31 Protecting the computer ..................................................................................................................................... 31 Using passwords .................................................................................................................................................. 31 Setting passwords in Windows ......................................................................................................... 32 Setting passwords in Computer Setup ............................................................................................. 33 Managing a BIOS administrator password ........................................................................................ 33 Entering a BIOS administrator password ....................................................................... 34 Using DriveLock Security Options ..................................................................................................... 35 Selecting Automatic DriveLock (select products only) ................................................... 35 Enabling Automatic DriveLock ..................................................................... 35 Disabling Automatic DriveLock .................................................................... 35 Entering an Automatic DriveLock password ................................................ 36 Selecting manual DriveLock ........................................................................................... 36 Setting a DriveLock master password ......................................................... 37 Enabling DriveLock and setting a DriveLock user password ......................................... 37 Disabling DriveLock ........................................................................................................ 38 Entering a DriveLock password ...................................................................................... 38 Changing a DriveLock password ..................................................................................... 38 Windows Hello (select products only) ................................................................................................................. 39 Using antivirus software ...................................................................................................................................... 39 Using firewall software ........................................................................................................................................ 39 Installing software updates ................................................................................................................................. 40 Using HP Client Security (select products only) .................................................................................................. 40 Using HP Device as a Service (HP DaaS) (select products only) .......................................................................... 40 Using an optional security cable (select products only) ..................................................................................... 40 Using a fingerprint reader (select products only) ............................................................................................... 41 Locating the fingerprint reader ......................................................................................................... 41 8 Maintenance ............................................................................................................................................... 42 Improving performance ....................................................................................................................................... 42 Using Disk Defragmenter .................................................................................................................. 42 Using Disk Cleanup ............................................................................................................................ 42 Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select products only) ................................................................................ 43 Identifying HP 3D DriveGuard status .............................................................................. 43 Updating programs and drivers .......................................................................................................................... 43 Cleaning your computer ...................................................................................................................................... 43 Cleaning procedures .......................................................................................................................... 44 Cleaning the display ........................................................................................................ 44 ix Cleaning the sides or cover ............................................................................................. 44 Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse (select products only) ............................. 44 Traveling with or shipping your computer .......................................................................................................... 44 9 Backing up, restoring, and recovering ........................................................................................................... 46 Using Windows tools ........................................................................................................................................... 46 Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) ........................................................................................... 46 Using HP Recovery Manager to create recovery media .................................................................... 47 Before you begin ............................................................................................................. 47 Creating the recovery media ........................................................................................... 47 Using the HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool to create recovery media .......................................... 48 Restoring and recovery ........................................................................................................................................ 48 Restoring, resetting, and refreshing using Windows tools .............................................................. 48 Restoring using HP Recovery Manager and the HP Recovery partition ........................................... 48 Recovering using HP Recovery Manager ........................................................................................... 48 Recovering using the HP Recovery partition (select products only) ................................................ 49 Recovering using HP Recovery media ............................................................................................... 49 Changing the computer boot order ................................................................................................... 50 Removing the HP Recovery partition (select products only) ............................................................ 50 10 Computer Setup (BIOS), TPM, and HP Sure Start ............................................................................................ 51 Using Computer Setup ......................................................................................................................................... 51 Starting Computer Setup .................................................................................................................. 51 Navigating and selecting in Computer Setup ................................................................................... 51 Restoring factory settings in Computer Setup ................................................................................. 51 Updating the BIOS ............................................................................................................................. 52 Determining the BIOS version ......................................................................................... 52 Downloading a BIOS update ........................................................................................... 52 Changing the boot order using the f9 prompt .................................................................................. 53 TPM BIOS settings (select products only) ........................................................................................................... 53 Using HP Sure Start (select products only) ......................................................................................................... 54 11 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics .............................................................................................................. 55 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows (select products only) ................................................................. 55 Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows ....................................................................... 55 Downloading the latest HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows version ....................... 56 Downloading HP Hardware Diagnostics Windows by product name or number

(select products only) ..................................................................................................... 56 Installing HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows ............................................................................. 56 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI ............................................................................................................. 56 x Starting HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI ....................................................................................... 57 Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI to a USB flash drive .............................................. 57 Downloading the latest HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI version .............................. 57 Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI by product name or number

(select products only) ..................................................................................................... 57 Using Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI settings (select products only) ............................................. 58 Downloading Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI ................................................................. 58 Downloading the latest Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI version ................. 58 Downloading Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI by product name or number ............................................................................................................................ 58 Customizing Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI settings .................................................... 58 12 Specifications ............................................................................................................................................ 60 Input power .......................................................................................................................................................... 60 Operating environment ....................................................................................................................................... 61 13 Electrostatic Discharge .............................................................................................................................. 62 14 Accessibility .............................................................................................................................................. 63 Accessibility ......................................................................................................................................................... 63 Finding the technology tools you need ............................................................................................ 63 Our commitment ............................................................................................................................... 63 International Association of Accessibility Professionals (IAAP) ....................................................... 63 Finding the best assistive technology .............................................................................................. 64 Assessing your needs ..................................................................................................... 64 Accessibility for HP products .......................................................................................... 64 Standards and legislation .................................................................................................................................... 65 Standards .......................................................................................................................................... 65 Mandate 376 EN 301 549 ............................................................................................ 65 Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) ................................................................ 65 Legislation and regulations .............................................................................................................. 65 United States ................................................................................................................... 66 21st Century Communications and Video Accessibility Act (CVAA) ............................... 66 Canada ............................................................................................................................. 66 Europe ............................................................................................................................. 67 United Kingdom .............................................................................................................. 67 Australia .......................................................................................................................... 67 Worldwide ....................................................................................................................... 67 Useful accessibility resources and links .............................................................................................................. 68 Organizations .................................................................................................................................... 68 Educational institutions .................................................................................................................... 68 xi Other disability resources ................................................................................................................. 68 HP links .............................................................................................................................................. 68 Contacting support .............................................................................................................................................. 69 xii 1 Welcome After you set up and register the computer, we recommend the following steps to get the most out of your smart investment:

TIP: To quickly return to the computer Start screen from an open app or the Windows desktop, press the Windows key on your keyboard. Pressing the Windows key again will return you to the previous screen. Connect to the InternetSet up your wired or wireless network so that you can connect to the Internet. For more information, see Network connections on page 6. Update your antivirus softwareProtect your computer from damage caused by viruses. The software is preinstalled on the computer. For more information, see Using antivirus software on page 39. Get to know your computerLearn about your computer features. See Components on page 3 and Navigating the screen on page 12 for additional information. Find installed softwareAccess a list of the software preinstalled on the computer:

Select the Start button. or Right-click the Start button, and then select Apps and Features. Back up your hard drive by creating recovery discs or a recovery USB flash drive. See Backing up, restoring, and recovering on page 46. 1 Finding information To locate resources that provide product details, how-to information, and more, use this table. Resource Setup Instructions HP support For HP support, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and follow the instructions to find your product. Contents Overview of computer setup and features Online chat with an HP technician Support telephone numbers Replacement parts videos (select products only) Maintenance and service guides HP service center locations Proper workstation setup Safety & Comfort Guide To access this guide:

Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. Electrical and mechanical safety information Guidelines for posture and work habits that increase your comfort and decrease your risk of injury or Go to http://www.hp.com/ergo. IMPORTANT: You must be connected to the Internet to access the latest version of the user guide. Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices To access this document:

Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. Limited Warranty*

To access this document:

Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. or Go to http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments. IMPORTANT: You must be connected to the Internet to access the latest version of the user guide. Important regulatory notices, including information about proper battery disposal, if needed. Specific warranty information about this computer

*You can find your HP Limited Warranty located with the user guides on your product and/or on the CD or DVD provided in the box. In some countries or regions, HP may provide a printed warranty in the box. For countries or regions where the warranty is not provided in printed format, you can request a copy from http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments. For products purchased in Asia Pacific, you can write to HP at POD, PO Box 161, Kitchener Road Post Office, Singapore 912006. Include your product name, and your name, phone number, and postal address. 2 Chapter 1 Welcome 2 Components Locating hardware To find out what hardware is installed on your computer:

Type device manager in the taskbar search box, and then select the Device Manager app. A list displays all the devices installed on your computer. For information about system hardware components and the system BIOS version number, press fn+esc

(select products only). Locating software To find out what software is installed on your computer:

Select the Start button. or Right-click the Start button, and then select Apps and Features. Locating hardware 3 Labels The labels affixed to the computer provide information you may need when you troubleshoot system problems or travel internationally with the computer. Labels may be in paper form or imprinted on the product. IMPORTANT: Check the following locations for the labels described in this section: the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay, under the service door, on the back of the display, or on the bottom of a tablet kickstand. Service labelProvides important information to identify your computer. When contacting support, you may be asked for the serial number, the product number, or the model number. Locate this information before you contact support. Your service label will resemble one of the examples shown below. Refer to the illustration that most closely matches the service label on your computer. Component

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5) HP product name Model number Product ID Serial number Warranty period Component

(1)

(2) HP product name Product ID 4 Chapter 2 Components Component

(3)

(4) Serial number Warranty period Regulatory label(s)Provide(s) regulatory information about the computer. Wireless certification label(s)Provide(s) information about optional wireless devices and the approval markings for the countries or regions in which the devices have been approved for use. Labels 5 3 Network connections Your computer can travel with you wherever you go. But even at home, you can explore the globe and access information from millions of websites using your computer and a wired or wireless network connection. This chapter will help you get connected to that world. Connecting to a wireless network Your computer may be equipped with one or more of the following wireless devices:

WLAN deviceConnects the computer to wireless local area networks (commonly referred to as Wi-Fi networks, wireless LANs, or WLANs) in corporate offices, your home, and public places such as airports, restaurants, coffee shops, hotels, and universities. In a WLAN, the mobile wireless device in your computer communicates with a wireless router or a wireless access point. HP Mobile Broadband Module (select products only)A wireless wide area network (WWAN) device that gives you wireless connectivity over a much larger area. Mobile network operators install base stations

(similar to cell phone towers) throughout large geographic areas, effectively providing coverage across entire states, regions, or even countries. Bluetooth deviceCreates a personal area network (PAN) to connect to other Bluetooth-enabled devices such as computers, phones, printers, headsets, speakers, and cameras. In a PAN, each device communicates directly with other devices, and devices must be relatively close togethertypically within 10 meters (approximately 33 feet) of each other. You can control the wireless devices in your computer using one or more of these features:

Wireless button (also called airplane mode key or wireless key) (referred to in this chapter as wireless button) Using the wireless controls Operating system controls Wireless button The computer may have a wireless button, one or more wireless devices, and one or two wireless lights. All the wireless devices on your computer are enabled at the factory. The wireless light indicates the overall power state of your wireless devices, not the status of individual devices. Operating system controls The Network and Sharing Center allows you to set up a connection or network, connect to a network, and diagnose and repair network problems. To use operating system controls:

Type control panel in the taskbar search box, and then select Control Panel. Select Network and Internet, and then select Network and Sharing Center. 1. 2. or 6 Chapter 3 Network connections On the taskbar, select the network status icon, and then select Network & Internet settings. Connecting to a WLAN NOTE: When you are setting up Internet access in your home, you must establish an account with an Internet service provider (ISP). To purchase Internet service and a modem, contact a local ISP. The ISP will help set up the modem, install a network cable to connect your wireless router to the modem, and test the Internet service. To connect to a WLAN, follow these steps:

Be sure that the WLAN device is on. 1. 2. On the taskbar, select the network status icon, and then connect to one of the available networks. If the WLAN is a security-enabled WLAN, you are prompted to enter a security code. Enter the code, and then select Next to complete the connection. NOTE:

If no WLANs are listed, you may be out of range of a wireless router or access point. NOTE:

If you do not see the WLAN you want to connect to:

1. On the taskbar, right-click the network status icon, and then select Open Network & Internet settings. or 2. 3. On the taskbar, select the network status icon, and then select Network & Internet settings. Under the Network & Internet Status section, select Network and Sharing Center. Select Set up a new connection or network. A list of options is displayed, allowing you to manually search for and connect to a network or to create a new network connection. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the connection. After the connection is made, select the network status icon at the far right of the taskbar, to verify the name and status of the connection. NOTE: The functional range (how far your wireless signals travel) depends on WLAN implementation, router manufacturer, and interference from other electronic devices or structural barriers such as walls and floors. Using HP Mobile Broadband (select products only) Your HP Mobile Broadband computer has built-in support for mobile broadband service. Your new computer, when used with a mobile operators network, gives you the freedom to connect to the Internet, send e-mail, or connect to your corporate network without the need for Wi-Fi hotspots. You might need the HP Mobile Broadband Module IMEI and/or MEID number to activate mobile broadband service. The number may be printed on a label located on the bottom of your computer, inside the battery bay, under the service door, or on the back of the display. or 1. 2. 3. On the taskbar, select the network status icon. Select Network & Internet settings. Under the Network & Internet section, select Cellular, and then select Advanced Options. Connecting to a wireless network 7 Some mobile network operators require the use of a SIM card. A SIM card contains basic information about you, such as a personal identification number (PIN), as well as network information. Some computers include a SIM card that is preinstalled. If the SIM card is not preinstalled, it may be provided in the HP Mobile Broadband information provided with your computer or the mobile network operator may provide it separately from the computer. For information about HP Mobile Broadband and how to activate service with a preferred mobile network operator, see the HP Mobile Broadband information included with your computer. Using GPS (select products only) Your computer may be equipped with a Global Positioning System (GPS) device. GPS satellites deliver location, speed, and direction information to GPS-equipped systems. To enable GPS, make sure location is enabled under the Windows privacy setting. Type location in the taskbar search box, and then select Location privacy settings. Follow the on-screen instructions for using location settings. Using Bluetooth wireless devices (select products only) A Bluetooth device provides short-range wireless communications that replace the physical cable connections that traditionally link electronic devices such as the following:

Computers (desktop, notebook) Phones (cellular, cordless, smartphone) Imaging devices (printer, camera) Audio devices (headset, speakers) Mouse External keyboard Connecting Bluetooth devices Before you can use a Bluetooth device, you must establish a Bluetooth connection. Type bluetooth in the taskbar search box, and then select Bluetooth and other devices settings. Turn on Bluetooth, if it is not already turned on. Select Add Bluetooth or other device, and then in the Add a device dialog box, select Bluetooth. Select your device from the list, and then follow the on-screen instructions. If the device requires verification, a pairing code is displayed. On the device you are adding, follow the NOTE:

on-screen instructions to verify that the code on your device matches the pairing code. For more information, refer to the documentation provided with the device. If your device does not appear in the list, be sure that Bluetooth on that device is turned on. Some NOTE:

devices may have additional requirements; refer to the documentation provided with the device. Using NFC to share information (select products only) Your computer supports Near Field Communication (NFC), which allows you to wirelessly share information between two NFC-enabled devices. Information is transferred by tapping the tapping area (antenna) of the 8 Chapter 3 Network connections 1. 2. 1. 2. 3. 4. computer with the antenna of your phone or other device. With NFC and supported apps, you can share websites, transfer contact information, transfer payments, and print on NFC-enabled printers. NOTE: To locate the tapping area on your computer, see Components on page 3. Sharing 1. Confirm that the NFC function is enabled. Type wireless in the taskbar search box, and then select Turn wireless devices on or off. a. b. Confirm that the selection for NFC is On. 2. Tap the NFC tapping area with an NFC-enabled device. You may hear a sound when the devices connect. NOTE: To find the location of the antenna on the other NFC device, refer to your device instructions. 3. Follow any on-screen instructions to continue. Connecting to a wired network Select products may allow wired connections: local area network (LAN) and modem connection. A LAN connection uses a network cable and is much faster than a modem, which uses a telephone cable. Both cables are sold separately. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not plug a modem cable or telephone cable into an RJ-45 (network) jack. Connecting to a local area network (LAN) (select products only) Use a LAN connection if you want to connect the computer directly to a router in your home (instead of working wirelessly), or if you want to connect to an existing network at your office. NOTE: A feature called HP LAN-Wireless Protection may be enabled on your computer. It closes your wireless (Wi-Fi) or WWAN connection when you connect directly to a LAN. For more information about HP LAN-

Wireless Protection, see Using HP LAN-Wireless Protection (select products only) on page 10. If there is no RJ-45 port on the computer, connecting to a LAN requires an 8-pin, RJ-45 network cable or an optional docking device or expansion product. To connect the network cable, follow these steps:

1. Plug the network cable into the network jack (1) on the computer or on an optional docking device or expansion product. Connecting to a wired network 9 2. Plug the other end of the network cable into a network wall jack (2) or router. If the network cable contains noise suppression circuitry (3), which prevents interference from NOTE:

TV and radio reception, orient the circuitry end of the cable toward the computer. Using HP LAN-Wireless Protection (select products only) In a LAN environment, you can set HP LAN-Wireless Protection to safeguard your LAN network from unauthorized wireless access. When HP LAN-Wireless Protection is enabled, the WLAN (Wi-Fi) or WWAN connection is turned off when the computer is connected directly to a LAN. Turning on and customizing HP LAN-Wireless Protection 1. Connect a network cable to the network jack on the computer, or on an optional docking device or expansion product. 3. 4. 5. 2. Start Computer Setup (BIOS). Computers or tablets with keyboards:

Setup. Tablets without keyboards:

Turn on or restart the computer, and when the HP logo appears, press f10 to enter Computer Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the volume down button until the Startup menu is displayed. Tap f10 to enter Computer Setup. Select Advanced, and then select Built-in Device Options. Select the check box for LAN/WLAN Auto Switching and/or LAN/WWAN Auto Switching to turn off WLAN and/or WWAN connections when connected to a LAN network. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, select Main, select Save Changes and Exit, and then select Yes. NOTE:

If you are using arrow keys to highlight your choice, you must then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. 10 Chapter 3 Network connections Using HP MAC Address Pass Through to identify your computer on a network (select products only) MAC Address Pass Through provides a customizable way of identifying your computer and its communications on networks. This system MAC address provides unique identification even when your computer is connected through an Ethernet adapter. This address is enabled by default. Customizing MAC Address Pass Through 1. Start Computer Setup (BIOS). Computers or tablets with keyboards:

Setup. Tablets without keyboards:

2. 3. 4. 5. or Turn on or restart the computer, and when the HP logo appears, press f10 to enter Computer Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the volume down button until the Startup menu is displayed. Tap f10 to enter Computer Setup. Select Advanced, and then select MAC Address Pass Through. In the box to the right of Host Based MAC Address, select either System Address to enable MAC address Pass Through or Custom Address to customize the address. If you selected Custom, select MAC ADDRESS, enter your customized system MAC address, and then press enter to save the address. If the computer has an embedded LAN and you would like to use the embedded MAC address as the system MAC address, select Reuse Embedded LAN Address. Select Main, select Save Changes and Exit, and then select Yes. NOTE:

If you are using arrow keys to highlight your choice, you must then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Using HP MAC Address Pass Through to identify your computer on a network (select products only) 11 4 Navigating the screen You can navigate the computer screen in one or more of the following ways:

Use touch gestures directly on the computer screen Use touch gestures on the TouchPad Use an optional mouse or keyboard (purchased separately) Use an on-screen keyboard Use a pointing stick Using TouchPad and touch screen gestures The TouchPad helps you navigate the computer screen and control the pointer using simple touch gestures. You can also use the left and right TouchPad buttons as you would use the corresponding buttons on an external mouse. To navigate a touch screen (select products only), touch the screen directly using gestures described in this chapter. You can also customize gestures and view demonstrations of how they work. Type control panel in the taskbar search box, select Control Panel, and then select Hardware and Sound. Under Devices and Printers, select Mouse. NOTE: Unless noted, gestures can be used on the TouchPad or a touch screen (select products only). Tap Use the tap/double-tap gesture to select or open an item on the screen. Point to an item on the screen, and then tap one finger on the TouchPad zone or touch screen to select the item. Double-tap an item to open it. 12 Chapter 4 Navigating the screen Two-finger pinch zoom Use the two-finger pinch zoom to zoom out or in on images or text. Zoom out by placing two fingers apart on the TouchPad zone or touch screen and then moving your fingers together. Zoom in by placing two fingers together on the TouchPad zone or touch screen and then moving your fingers apart. Two-finger slide (TouchPad only) Use the two-finger slide to move up, down, or sideways on a page or image. Place two fingers slightly apart on the TouchPad zone and then drag them up, down, left, or right. Two-finger tap (TouchPad only) Use the two-finger tap to open the menu for an object on the screen. NOTE: The two-finger tap performs the same function as right-clicking with the mouse. Tap two fingers on the TouchPad zone to open the options menu for the selected object. Four-finger tap (TouchPad only) Use the four-finger tap to open the action center. Using TouchPad and touch screen gestures 13 Tap four fingers on the Touchpad to open the action center and view current settings and notifications. Three-finger swipe (TouchPad only) Use the three-finger swipe to view open windows and to switch between open windows and the desktop. Swipe 3 fingers away from you to see all open windows. Swipe 3 fingers toward you to show the desktop. Swipe 3 fingers left or right to switch between open windows. 14 Chapter 4 Navigating the screen One-finger slide (touch screen only) Use the one-finger slide to pan or scroll through lists and pages, or to move an object. To scroll across the screen, lightly slide one finger across the screen in the direction you want to move. To move an object, press and hold your finger on an object, and then drag your finger to move the object. Using an optional keyboard or mouse An optional keyboard or mouse allows you to type, select items, scroll, and perform the same functions as you do using touch gestures. The keyboard also allows you to use action keys and hot keys to perform specific functions. Using an on-screen keyboard (select products only) 1. To display an on-screen keyboard, tap the keyboard icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. 2. Begin typing. NOTE: Suggested words may be displayed above the on-screen keyboard. Tap a word to select it. NOTE: Action keys and hot keys do not display or function on the on-screen keyboard. Using an optional keyboard or mouse 15 5 Entertainment features Use your HP computer for business or pleasure to meet with others via the camera, mix audio and video, or connect external devices like a projector, monitor, TV, or speakers. See Components on page 3 to locate the audio, video and camera features on your computer. Using a camera (select products only) Your computer has a camera (integrated camera) that records video and captures photographs. Some models allow you to video conference and chat online using streaming video. To access the camera, type camera in the taskbar search box, and then select Camera from the list of applications. Using audio Connecting speakers You can download and listen to music, stream audio content (including radio) from the web, record audio, or mix audio and video to create multimedia. You can also play music CDs on the computer (on select models) or attach an external optical drive to play CDs. To enhance your listening enjoyment, attach headphones or speakers. You can attach wired speakers to your computer by connecting them to a USB port or to the audio-out

(headphone)/audio-in (microphone) combo jack on your computer or on a docking station. To connect wireless speakers to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. To connect high-definition speakers to the computer, see Setting up HDMI audio on page 21. Before connecting speakers, lower the volume setting. Connecting headphones WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, lower the volume setting before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this guide:

Select the Start button, select HP, and then select HP Documentation. You can connect wired headphones to the headphone jack or to the audio-out (headphone)/audio-in

(microphone) combo jack on your computer. To connect wireless headphones to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. Connecting a microphone To record audio, connect a microphone to the microphone jack on the computer. For best results when recording, speak directly into the microphone and record sound in a setting free of background noise. 16 Chapter 5 Entertainment features Connecting headsets WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, lower the volume setting before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this guide:

Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. Headphones combined with a microphone are called headsets. You can connect wired headsets to the audio-

out (headphone)/audio-in (microphone) combo jack on your computer. To connect wireless headsets to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. Using sound settings Use sound settings to adjust system volume, change system sounds, or manage audio devices. To view or change sound settings:

and then select Sound. Type control panel in the taskbar search box, select Control Panel, select Hardware and Sound, Your computer may include an enhanced sound system by Bang & Olufsen, DTS, Beats audio, or another provider. As a result, your computer may include advanced audio features that can be controlled through an audio control panel specific to your audio system. Use the audio control panel to view and control audio settings. Type control panel in the taskbar search box, select Control Panel, select Hardware and Sound, and then select the audio control panel specific to your system. Using video Your computer is a powerful video device that enables you to watch streaming video from your favorite websites and download video and movies to watch on your computer when you are not connected to a network. To enhance your viewing enjoyment, use one of the video ports on the computer to connect an external monitor, projector, or TV. IMPORTANT: Be sure that the external device is connected to the correct port on the computer, using the correct cable. Follow the device manufacturer's instructions. For information on using your video features, refer to HP Support Assistant. Connecting a DisplayPort device using a USB Type-C cable (select products only) NOTE: To connect a USB Type-C DisplayPort device to your computer, you need a USB Type-C cable, purchased separately. To see video or high-resolution display output on an external DisplayPort device, connect the DisplayPort device according to the following instructions:

1. Connect one end of the USB Type-C cable to the USB SuperSpeed and DisplayPort port on the computer. Using video 17 2. 3. Connect the other end of the cable to the external DisplayPort device. Press f1 to alternate the computer screen image between 4 display states:

PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across both the computer and external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press f1 the display state changes. NOTE:

For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, increase the screen resolution of the external device, as follows. Select the Start button, select Settings, and then select System. Under Display, select the appropriate resolution, and then select Keep changes. Connecting a Thunderbolt device using a USB Type-C cable (select products only) NOTE: To connect a USB Type-C Thunderbolt device to your computer, you need a USB Type-C cable, purchased separately. To see video or high-resolution display output on an external Thunderbolt device, connect the Thunderbolt device according to the following instructions:

1. Connect one end of the USB Type-C cable to the USB Type-C Thunderbolt port on the computer. 18 Chapter 5 Entertainment features 2. 3. Connect the other end of the cable to the external Thunderbolt device. Press fn+f4 to alternate the computer screen image between 4 display states:

PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across both the computer and external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press fn+f4 the display state changes. NOTE:

For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, increase the screen resolution of the external device, as follows. Select the Start button, select Settings, and then select System. Under Display, select the appropriate resolution, and then select Keep changes. Connecting video devices by using a VGA cable (select products only) NOTE: To connect a VGA video device to your computer, you need an VGA cable, purchased separately. To see the computer screen image on an external VGA monitor or projected for a presentation, connect a monitor or projector to the computer's VGA port. 1. Connect the VGA cable from the monitor or projector to the VGA port on the computer as shown. Using video 19 2. Press f4 to alternate the screen image between 4 display states:

PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and the external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across both the computer and the external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press f4, the display state changes. NOTE:

For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, increase the screen resolution of the external device, as follows. Select the Start button, select Settings, and then select System. Under Display, select the appropriate resolution, and then select Keep changes. Connecting video devices using an HDMI cable (select products only) NOTE: To connect an HDMI device to your computer, you need an HDMI cable, purchased separately. To see the computer screen image on a high-definition TV or monitor, connect the high-definition device according to the following instructions:

1. Connect one end of the HDMI cable to the HDMI port on the computer. 20 Chapter 5 Entertainment features 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Connect the other end of the cable to the high-definition TV or monitor. Press f4 to alternate the computer screen image between 4 display states:

PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and the external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across both the computer and the external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press f4, the display state changes. NOTE:

For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, increase the screen resolution of the external device, as follows. Select the Start button, select Settings, and then select System. Under Display, select the appropriate resolution, and then select Keep changes. Setting up HDMI audio HDMI is the only video interface that supports high-definition video and audio. After you connect an HDMI TV to the computer, you can then turn on HDMI audio by following these steps:

Right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then select Playback devices. On the Playback tab, select the name of the digital output device. Click Set Default, and then click OK. To return the audio stream to the computer speakers:

Right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then click Playback devices. On the Playback tab, click Speakers. Click Set Default, and then click OK. Connecting a Thunderbolt DisplayPort device The Thunderbolt DisplayPort connects an optional high-resolution display device or a high-performance data device. This port delivers higher performance than the VGA external monitor port and improves digital connectivity. Using video 21 Install all the latest drivers for your Thunderbolt device before connecting the device to the NOTE:

Thunderbolt DisplayPort. Thunderbolt cable and Thunderbolt device (sold separately) must be compatible with Windows. To determine whether your device is Thunderbolt Certified for Windows, go to https://thunderbolttechnology.net/products. 1. Connect one end of the Thunderbolt DisplayPort cable to the Thunderbolt DisplayPort on the computer. 2. 3. Connect the other end of the cable to the digital display device. Press f4 to alternate the computer screen image between 4 display states:

PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across both the computer and external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press f4 the display state changes. For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, increase the screen resolution of NOTE:

the external device, as follows. Select the Start button, select Settings, and then select System. Under Display, select the appropriate resolution, and then select Keep changes. Discovering and connecting wired displays using MultiStream Transport MultiStream Transport (MST) allows you to connect multiple wired display devices to your computer by connecting to the VGA or DisplayPorts on your computer and also to the VGA or DisplayPorts on a hub or an external docking station. You can connect in several ways, depending on the type of graphics controller installed on your computer and whether or not your computer includes a built-in hub. Go to Device Manager to find out what hardware is installed on your computer. Type device manager in the taskbar search box, and then select the Device Manager app. A list displays all the devices installed on your computer. Connect displays to computers with AMD or Nvidia graphics (with an optional hub) NOTE: With an AMD graphics controller and optional hub, you can connect up to 6 external display devices. NOTE: With an Nvidia graphics controller and optional hub, you can connect up to 4 external display devices. 22 Chapter 5 Entertainment features 1. 2. 3. To set up multiple display devices, follow these steps:

Connect an external hub (purchased separately) to the DisplayPort on your computer, using a DP-to-DP cable (purchased separately). Be sure that the hub power adapter is connected to AC power. Connect your external display devices to the VGA ports or DisplayPorts on the hub. To see all of your connected display devices, type device manager in the taskbar search box, and then select the Device Manager app. If you don't see all of your connected displays, be sure that each is connected to the correct port on the hub. NOTE: Multiple display choices include Duplicate, which mirrors your computer screen on all enabled display devices, or Extend, which spans your computer screen across all enabled display devices. Connect displays to computers with Intel graphics (with an optional hub) NOTE: With an Intel graphics controller and optional hub, you can connect up to 3 display devices. To set up multiple display devices, follow these steps:

1. Connect an external hub (purchased separately) to the DisplayPort on your computer, using a DP-to-DP cable (purchased separately). Be sure that the hub power adapter is connected to AC power. 2. Connect your external display devices to the VGA ports or DisplayPorts on the hub. 3. When Windows detects a monitor connected to the DP hub, the DisplayPort Topology Notification dialog box is displayed. Click the appropriate options to configure your displays. Multiple display choices include Duplicate, which mirrors your computer screen on all enabled display devices, or Extend, which extends the screen image across all enabled display devices. If this dialog box does not appear, be sure that each external display device is connected to the NOTE:

correct port on the hub. Select the Start button, select Settings, and then select System. Under Display, select the appropriate resolution, and then select Keep changes. Connect displays to computers with Intel graphics (with a built-in hub) With your internal hub and Intel graphics controller, you can connect up to 3 display devices in the following configurations:

Two 1920 x 1200 DP monitors connected to the computer + one 1920 x 1200 VGA monitor connected to an optional docking station One 2560 x 1600 DP monitor connected to the computer + one 1920 x 1200 VGA monitor connected to an optional docking station To set up multiple display devices, follow these steps:

1. Connect your external display devices to the VGA ports or DisplayPorts (DP) on the computer base or the docking station. 2. When Windows detects a monitor connected to the DP hub, the DisplayPort Topology Notification dialog box is displayed. Click the appropriate options to configure your displays. Multiple display choices include Duplicate, which mirrors your computer screen on all enabled display devices, or Extend, which extends the screen image across all enabled display devices. If this dialog box does not appear, be sure that each external display device is connected to the NOTE:

correct port on the hub. Select the Start button, select Settings, and then select System. Under Display, select the appropriate resolution, and then select Keep changes. Using video 23 Discovering and connecting to Miracast-compatible wireless displays (select products only) NOTE: To learn what type of display you have (Miracast-compatible or Intel WiDi), refer to the documentation that came with your TV or secondary display. To discover and connect to Miracast-compatible wireless displays without leaving your current apps, follow the steps below. To open Miracast:

Type project in the taskbar search box, and then click Project to a second screen. Click Connect to a wireless display, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Discovering and connecting to Intel WiDi certified displays (select Intel products only) Use Intel WiDi to wirelessly project individual files such as photos, music, or videos, or to duplicate your entire computer screen to a TV or a secondary display device. Intel WiDi, a premium Miracast solution, makes it easy and seamless to pair your secondary display device;

provides for full-screen duplication; and improves speed, quality, and scaling. To connect to Intel WiDi certified displays:

Type project in the taskbar search box, and then click Project to a second screen. Click Connect to a wireless display, and then follow the on-screen instructions. To open Intel WiDi:

Type Intel WiDi in the taskbar search box, and then click Intel WiDi. Using data transfer Your computer is a powerful entertainment device that enables you to transfer photos, videos, and movies from your USB devices to view on your computer. To enhance your viewing enjoyment, use one of the USB Type-C ports on the computer to connect a USB device, such as a cell phone, camera, activity tracker, or smartwatch, and transfer the files to your computer. IMPORTANT: Be sure that the external device is connected to the correct port on the computer, using the correct cable. Follow the device manufacturer's instructions. For information on using your USB Type-C features, refer to HP Support Assistant. Connecting devices to a USB Type-C port (select products only) NOTE: To connect a USB Type-C device to your computer, you need a USB Type-C cable, purchased separately. 1. Connect one end of the USB Type-C cable to the USB Type-C port on the computer. 24 Chapter 5 Entertainment features 2. Connect the other end of the cable to the external device. Using data transfer 25 6 Managing power Your computer can operate on either battery power or external power. When the computer is running on battery power and an external power source is not available to charge the battery, it is important to monitor and conserve the battery charge. Some power management features described in this chapter may not be available on your computer. Using Sleep and Hibernation CAUTION: Several well-known vulnerabilities exist when a computer is in the Sleep state. To prevent an unauthorized user from accessing data on your computer, even encrypted data, HP recommends that you always initiate Hibernation instead of Sleep anytime the computer will be out of your physical possession. This practice is particularly important when you travel with your computer. CAUTION: To reduce the risk of possible audio and video degradation, loss of audio or video playback functionality, or loss of information, do not initiate Sleep while reading from or writing to a disc or an external media card. Windows has two power-saving states, Sleep and Hibernation. SleepThe Sleep state is automatically initiated after a period of inactivity. Your work is saved to memory, allowing you to resume your work very quickly. You can also initiate Sleep manually. For more information, see Initiating and exiting Sleep on page 26. HibernationThe Hibernation state is automatically initiated if the battery reaches a critical level or the computer has been in the Sleep state for an extended period of time. In the Hibernation state, your work is saved to a hibernation file and the computer powers down. You can also initiate Hibernation manually. For more information, see Initiating and exiting Hibernation (select products only) on page 27. Initiating and exiting Sleep You can initiate Sleep in any of the following ways:

Select the Start button, select the Power icon, and then select Sleep. Close the display (select products only). Press the Sleep hot key (select products only); for example, fn+f1 or fn+f12. Briefly press the power button (select products only). You can exit Sleep in any of the following ways:

Briefly press the power button. If the computer is closed, raise the display (select products only). Press a key on the keyboard (select products only). Tap the TouchPad (select products only). When the computer exits Sleep, your work returns to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on exiting Sleep, you must enter your Windows password NOTE:

before your work returns to the screen. 26 Chapter 6 Managing power Initiating and exiting Hibernation (select products only) You can enable user-initiated Hibernation and change other power settings and timeouts using Power Options. 1. Right-click the Power icon

, and then select Power Options. 2. 3. In the left pane, select Choose what the power buttons do (wording may vary by product). Depending on your product, you can enable Hibernation for battery power or external power in any of the following ways:

Power buttonUnder Power and sleep buttons and lid settings (wording may vary by product), select When I press the power button, and then select Hibernate. Sleep button (select products only)Under Power and sleep buttons and lid settings (wording may vary by product), select When I press the sleep button, and then select Hibernate. Lid (select products only)Under Power and sleep buttons and lid settings (wording may vary by product), select When I close the lid, and then select Hibernate. Power menuSelect Change Settings that are currently unavailable, and then, under Shutdown settings, select the Hibernate check box. The Power menu can be accessed by selecting the Start button. 4. Select Save changes. To initiate Hibernation, use the method that you enabled in step 3. To exit Hibernation, briefly press the power button. If you have set a password to be required on exiting Hibernation, you must enter your Windows NOTE:

password before your work returns to the screen. Shutting down (turning off) the computer CAUTION: Unsaved information is lost when the computer shuts down. Be sure to save your work before shutting down the computer. The Shut down command closes all open programs, including the operating system, and then turns off the display and the computer. Shut down the computer when it will be unused and disconnected from external power for an extended period. The recommended procedure is to use the Windows Shut down command. If the computer is in the Sleep state or in Hibernation, first exit Sleep or Hibernation by briefly NOTE:

pressing the power button. Save your work and close all open programs. 1. 2. Select the Start button, select the Power icon, and then select Shut down. Shutting down (turning off) the computer 27 If the computer is unresponsive and you are unable to use the preceding shutdown procedures, try the following emergency procedures in the sequence provided:

Press ctrl+alt+delete, select the Power icon, and then select Shut down. Press and hold the power button for at least 10 seconds. If your computer has a user-replaceable battery (select products only), disconnect the computer from external power, and then remove the battery. Using the Power icon and Power Options The Power icon is located on the Windows taskbar. The Power icon allows you to quickly access power settings and view the remaining battery charge. To view the percentage of remaining battery charge, place the mouse pointer over the Power icon

. To use Power Options, rightclick the Power icon

, and then select Power Options. Different Power icons indicate whether the computer is running on battery or external power. Placing the mouse pointer over the icon reveals a message if the battery has reached a low or critical battery level. Running on battery power WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, use only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased from HP. When a charged battery is in the computer and the computer is not plugged into external power, the computer runs on battery power. When the computer is off and unplugged from external power, the battery in the computer slowly discharges. The computer displays a message when the battery reaches a low or critical battery level. Computer battery life varies, depending on power management settings, programs running on the computer, screen brightness, external devices connected to the computer, and other factors. NOTE: When you disconnect external power, the display brightness is automatically decreased to conserve battery charge. Select computer products can switch between graphic controllers to conserve battery charge. Using HP Fast Charge (select products only) The HP Fast Charge feature allows you to quickly charge your computer battery. Charging time may vary by

+/- 10%. Depending on your computer model and the HP AC adapter provided with your computer, HP Fast Charge operates in one or more of the following ways:

When the remaining battery charge is between zero and 50%, the battery will charge to 50% of full capacity in no more than 30 to 45 minutes, depending on your computer model. When the remaining battery charge is between zero and 90%, the battery will charge to 90% of full capacity in no more than 90 minutes. To use HP Fast Charge, shut down your computer, and then connect the AC adapter to your computer and to external power. 28 Chapter 6 Managing power Displaying battery charge To view the percentage of remaining battery charge, place the mouse pointer over the Power icon

. Finding battery information in HP Support Assistant (select products only) To access battery information:

1. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Select the question mark icon in the taskbar. 2. Select Troubleshooting and fixes, and then in the Diagnostics section, select HP Battery Check. If HP Battery Check indicates that your battery should be replaced, contact support. HP Support Assistant provides the following tools and information about the battery:

HP Battery Check Information about battery types, specifications, life cycles, and capacity Conserving battery power To conserve battery power and maximize battery life:

Lower the brightness of the display. Select the Power saver setting in Power Options. Turn off wireless devices when you are not using them. Disconnect unused external devices that are not plugged into an external power source, such as an external hard drive connected to a USB port. Stop, disable, or remove any external media cards that you are not using. Before you leave your work, initiate Sleep or shut down the computer. Identifying low battery levels When a battery that is the sole power source for the computer reaches a low or critical battery level, the following behavior occurs:

The battery light (select products only) indicates a low or critical battery level. or NOTE:

on page 28. The Power icon shows a low or critical battery notification. For additional information about the Power icon, see Using the Power icon and Power Options Running on battery power 29 The computer takes the following actions for a critical battery level:

If Hibernation is disabled and the computer is on or in the Sleep state, the computer remains briefly in the Sleep state and then shuts down and loses any unsaved information. If Hibernation is enabled and the computer is on or in the Sleep state, the computer initiates Hibernation. 1. 2. Resolving a low battery level Resolving a low battery level when external power is available Connect one of the following to the computer and to external power:

AC adapter Optional docking device or expansion product Optional power adapter purchased as an accessory from HP Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available Save your work and shut down the computer. Resolving a low battery level when the computer cannot exit Hibernation Connect the AC adapter to the computer and to external power. Exit Hibernation by pressing the power button. 30 Chapter 6 Managing power 7 Security Protecting the computer Standard security features provided by the Windows operating system and the Windows Computer Setup utility (BIOS, which runs under any operating system) can protect your personal settings and data from a variety of risks. NOTE: Security solutions are designed to act as deterrents. These deterrents may not prevent a product from being mishandled or stolen. NOTE: Before you send your computer for service, back up and delete confidential files, and remove all password settings. NOTE: Some features listed in this chapter may not be available on your computer. NOTE: Your computer supports Computrace, which is an online security-based tracking and recovery service available in select regions. If the computer is stolen, Computrace can track the computer if the unauthorized user accesses the Internet. You must purchase the software and subscribe to the service in order to use Computrace. For information about ordering the Computrace software, go to http://www.hp.com. Computer risk Security feature Unauthorized use of the computer HP Client Security software, in combination with a password, smart card, contactless card, registered fingerprints, or other authentication credential BIOS power-on password Unauthorized access to Computer Setup (BIOS) BIOS administrator password in Computer Setup*

Unauthorized access to the contents of a hard drive DriveLock password (select products only) in Computer Setup*

Unauthorized startup from an optional external optical drive

(select products only), optional external hard drive (select products only), or internal network adapter Boot options feature in Computer Setup*

Unauthorized access to a Windows user account Windows user password Unauthorized access to data Windows BitLocker Unauthorized removal of the computer Security cable slot (used with an optional security cable on select products only)

*Computer Setup is an embedded, ROM-based utility that can be used even when the operating system is not working or will not load. You can use a pointing device (TouchPad, pointing stick, or USB mouse) or the keyboard to navigate and make selections in Computer Setup. NOTE: On tablets without keyboards, you can use the touch screen. Using passwords A password is a group of characters that you choose to secure your computer information. Several types of passwords can be set, depending on how you want to control access to your information. Passwords can be set in Windows or in Computer Setup, which is preinstalled on the computer. Protecting the computer 31 BIOS administrator, power-on, and DriveLock passwords are set in Computer Setup and are managed by the system BIOS. Windows passwords are set only in the Windows operating system. If you forget both the DriveLock user password and the DriveLock master password set in Computer Setup, the hard drive that is protected by the passwords is permanently locked and can no longer be used. You can use the same password for a Computer Setup feature and for a Windows security feature. Use the following tips for creating and saving passwords:

When creating passwords, follow requirements set by the program. Do not use the same password for multiple applications or websites, and do not reuse your Windows password for any other application or website. Use the Password Manager feature of HP Client Security to store your user names and passwords for your websites and applications. You can securely read them in the future if they cannot be remembered. Do not store passwords in a file on the computer. The following tables list commonly used Windows and BIOS administrator passwords and describe their functions. Setting passwords in Windows Password Function Administrator password*

Protects access to a Windows administrator-level account. NOTE: Setting the Windows administrator password does not set the BIOS administrator password. User password*

Protects access to a Windows user account.

*For information about setting a Windows administrator password or a Windows user password, type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. 32 Chapter 7 Security Setting passwords in Computer Setup Password Function BIOS administrator password*

Protects access to Computer Setup. Power-on password DriveLock master password*

DriveLock user password*

If features have been enabled to prevent removing the NOTE:

BIOS administrator password, you may not be able to remove it until those features have been disabled. Must be entered each time you turn on or restart the computer. If you forget your power-on password, you cannot turn on or restart the computer. Protects access to the internal hard drive that is protected by DriveLock, and is set under DriveLock Passwords during the enable process. This password is also used to remove DriveLock protection. Protects access to the internal hard drive that is protected by DriveLock, and is set under DriveLock Passwords during the enable process.

*For details about each of these passwords, see the following topics. Managing a BIOS administrator password To set, change, or delete this password, follow these steps:

Setting a new BIOS administrator password 1. Start Computer Setup. Computers or tablets with keyboards:

Setup. Tablets without keyboards:

Turn on or restart the computer, and when the HP logo appears, press f10 to enter Computer Turn off the tablet. Press the power button in combination with the volume down button until the Startup menu is displayed, and then tap f10 to enter Computer Setup. 2. Select Security, select Create BIOS administrator password or Set Up BIOS administrator Password

(select products only), and then press enter. 3. When prompted, type a password. 4. When prompted, type the new password again to confirm. 5. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, select Main, select Save Changes and Exit, and then select Yes. NOTE:

If you are using arrow keys to highlight your choice, you must then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Changing a BIOS administrator password 1. Start Computer Setup. Computers or tablets with keyboards:

Using passwords 33 2. 3. 2. 3. Turn on or restart the computer, and when the HP logo appears, press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Tablets without keyboards:

Turn off the tablet. Press the power button in combination with the volume down button until the Startup menu is displayed, and then tap f10 to enter Computer Setup. Enter your current BIOS administrator password. Select Security, select Change BIOS administrator Password or Change Password (select products only), and then press enter. 4. When prompted, type your current password. 5. When prompted, type your new password. 6. When prompted, type your new password again to confirm. 7. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, select Main, select Save Changes and Exit, and then select Yes. NOTE:

If you are using arrow keys to highlight your choice, you must then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Deleting a BIOS administrator password 1. Start Computer Setup. Computers or tablets with keyboards:

Setup. Tablets without keyboards:

Turn on or restart the computer, and when the HP logo appears, press f10 to enter Computer Turn off the tablet. Press the power button in combination with the volume down button until the Startup menu is displayed, and then tap f10 to enter Computer Setup. Enter your current BIOS administrator password. Select Security, select Change BIOS administrator Password or Change Password (select products only), and then press enter. 4. When prompted, type your current password. 5. When prompted for the new password, leave the field empty, and then press enter. 6. When prompted to type your new password again, leave the field empty, and then press enter. 7. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, select Main, select Save Changes and Exit, and then select Yes. NOTE:

If you are using arrow keys to highlight your choice, you must then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Entering a BIOS administrator password At the BIOS administrator password prompt, type your password (using the same kind of keys you used to set the password), and then press enter. After two unsuccessful attempts to enter the BIOS administrator password, you must restart the computer and try again. 34 Chapter 7 Security Using DriveLock Security Options DriveLock protection prevents unauthorized access to the contents of a hard drive. DriveLock can be applied only to the internal hard drive(s) of the computer. After DriveLock protection is applied to a drive, the appropriate password must be entered to access the drive. The drive must be inserted into the computer or an advanced port replicator in order for it to be unlocked. DriveLock Security Options offers the following features:

Automatic DriveLockSee Selecting Automatic DriveLock (select products only) on page 35. Set DriveLock Master PasswordSee Selecting manual DriveLock on page 36. Enable DriveLockSee Enabling DriveLock and setting a DriveLock user password on page 37. Selecting Automatic DriveLock (select products only) A BIOS administrator password must be set before you can enable Automatic DriveLock. When Automatic DriveLock is enabled, a random DriveLock user password and a DriveLock master password derived from the BIOS administrator password are created. When the computer is turned on, the random user password automatically unlocks the drive. If the drive is moved to another computer, you must enter the BIOS administrator password for the original computer at the DriveLock password prompt to unlock the drive. Enabling Automatic DriveLock To enable Automatic DriveLock, follow these steps:

1. Start Computer Setup. Computers or tablets with keyboards:

Turn off the computer. 1. 2. 1. 2. Tablets without keyboards:

Turn off the tablet. Press the power button, and when the HP logo appears, press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Press the power button in combination with the volume down button until the Startup menu is displayed, and then tap f10 to enter Computer Setup. At the BIOS administrator password prompt, enter the BIOS administrator password, and then press enter. Select Security, select Hard Drive Utilities, select DriveLock/Automatic DriveLock, and then press enter. Use the enter key, left mouse click, or touch screen to select the Automatic DriveLock check box. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, select Main, select Save Changes and Exit, and then select Yes. NOTE:

If you are using arrow keys to highlight your choice, you must then press enter. 2. 3. 4. 5. Disabling Automatic DriveLock To disable Automatic DriveLock, follow these steps:

1. Start Computer Setup. Computers or tablets with keyboards:

Using passwords 35 Press the power button, and when the HP logo appears, press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Turn off the computer. Tablets without keyboards:

Turn off the tablet. 1. 2. 1. 2. Press the power button in combination with the volume down button until the Startup menu is displayed, and then tap f10 to enter Computer Setup. At the BIOS administrator password prompt, enter the BIOS administrator password, and then press enter. Select Security, select Hard Drive Utilities, select DriveLock/Automatic DriveLock, and then press enter. Select an internal hard drive, and then press enter. Use the enter key, left mouse click, or touch screen to clear the Automatic DriveLock check box. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, select Main, select Save Changes and Exit, and then select Yes. NOTE:

If you are using arrow keys to highlight your choice, you must then press enter. Entering an Automatic DriveLock password While Automatic DriveLock is enabled and the drive remains attached to the original computer, you will not be prompted to enter a DriveLock password to unlock the drive. However, if the drive is moved to another computer, or the system board is replaced on the original computer, you will be prompted to provide the DriveLock password. If this happens, at the DriveLock Password prompt, type the BIOS administrator password for the original computer (using the same kind of keys you used to set the password), and then press enter to unlock the drive. After three incorrect attempts to enter the password, you must shut down the computer and try again. Selecting manual DriveLock CAUTION: To prevent a DriveLock-protected hard drive from becoming permanently unusable, record the DriveLock user password and the DriveLock master password in a safe place away from your computer. If you forget both DriveLock passwords, the hard drive will be permanently locked and can no longer be used. To manually apply DriveLock protection to an internal hard drive, a master password must be set, and DriveLock must be enabled in Computer Setup. Note the following considerations about using DriveLock protection:

After DriveLock protection is applied to a hard drive, the hard drive can be accessed only by entering either the DriveLock user password or the master password. The owner of the DriveLock user password should be the day-to-day user of the protected hard drive. The owner of the DriveLock master password may be either a system administrator or the day-to-day user. The DriveLock user password and the DriveLock master password can be identical. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 36 Chapter 7 Security Setting a DriveLock master password To set a DriveLock master password, follow these steps:

1. Start Computer Setup. Computers or tablets with keyboards:

Turn off the computer. 1. 2. 1. 2. 1. 2. 1. 2. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 2. 3. 4. Press the power button, and when the HP logo appears, press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Tablets without keyboards:

Turn off the tablet. Press the power button in combination with the volume down button until the Startup menu is displayed, and then tap f10 to enter Computer Setup. Select Security, make the selection for Hard Drive Utilities, select DriveLock/Automatic DriveLock, and then press enter. Select the hard drive you want to protect, and then press enter. Select Set DriveLock Master Password, and then press enter. Carefully read the warning. Follow the on-screen instructions to set a DriveLock master password. NOTE: You can enable DriveLock and set a DriveLock user password before exiting from Computer Setup. For more information, see Enabling DriveLock and setting a DriveLock user password on page 37. 7. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, select Main, select Save Changes and Exit, and then select Yes. NOTE:

If you are using arrow keys to highlight your choice, you must then press enter. Enabling DriveLock and setting a DriveLock user password To enable DriveLock, and set a DriveLock user password, follow these steps:

1. Start Computer Setup. Computers or tablets with keyboards:

Turn off the computer. Tablets without keyboards:

Turn off the tablet. Press the power button, and when the HP logo appears, press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Press the power button in combination with the volume down button until the Startup menu is displayed, and then tap f10 to enter Computer Setup. Select Security, select Hard Drive Utilities, select DriveLock/Automatic DriveLock, and then press enter. Select the hard drive you want to protect, and then press enter. Select Enable DriveLock and then press enter. Using passwords 37 Carefully read the warning. Follow the on-screen instructions to set a DriveLock user password and enable DriveLock. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, select Main, select Save Changes and Exit, and then select Yes. NOTE:

If you are using arrow keys to highlight your choice, you must then press enter. Disabling DriveLock 1. Start Computer Setup. Computers or tablets with keyboards:

Turn off the computer. Tablets without keyboards:

Turn off the tablet. 1. 2. 1. 2. Press the power button, and when the HP logo appears, press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Press the power button in combination with the volume down button until the Startup menu is displayed, and then tap f10 to enter Computer Setup. Select Security, select Hard Drive Utilities, select DriveLock/Automatic DriveLock, and then press enter. Select the hard drive you want to manage, and then press enter. Select Disable DriveLock, and then press enter. Follow the on-screen instructions to disable DriveLock. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, select Main, select Save Changes and Exit, and then select Yes. NOTE:

If you are using arrow keys to highlight your choice, you must then press enter. Entering a DriveLock password Be sure that the hard drive is inserted into the computer (not into an optional docking device or external MultiBay). At the DriveLock Password prompt, type your DriveLock user or master password (using the same kind of keys you used to set the password), and then press enter. After three incorrect attempts to enter the password, you must shut down the computer and try again. Changing a DriveLock password To change a DriveLock password in Computer Setup, follow these steps:

Turn off the computer. Press the power button. At the DriveLock Password prompt, type the current DriveLock user password or master password that you are changing, press enter, and then press or tap f10 to enter Computer Setup. Select Security, select Hard Drive Utilities, select DriveLock/Automatic DriveLock, and then press enter. 5. 6. 7. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. 38 Chapter 7 Security 5. Select the hard drive you want to manage, and then press enter. 6. Make the selection for the DriveLock password that you want to change, and then follow the on-screen instructions to enter passwords. NOTE: The Change DriveLock Master Password option is visible only if the DriveLock master password was provided at the DriveLock Password prompt in step 3. 7. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, select Main, select Save Changes and Exit, and then select Yes. NOTE:

If you are using arrow keys to highlight your choice, you must then press enter. Windows Hello (select products only) On products equipped with a fingerprint reader or an infrared camera, you can use Windows Hello to sign in by swiping your finger or looking at the camera. To set up Windows Hello:

To add a password, select Add. Select the Start button, select Settings, select Accounts, and then select Sign-in options. Select Get Started, and then follow the on-screen instructions enroll your fingerprint or facial ID and set up a PIN. NOTE: The PIN is not limited in length, but it must consist of numbers only. To include alphabetic or special characters, select the include letters and symbols checkbox. Using antivirus software When you use the computer to access e-mail, a network, or the Internet, you potentially expose it to computer viruses. Computer viruses can disable the operating system, programs, or utilities, or cause them to function abnormally. Antivirus software can detect most viruses, destroy them, and, in most cases, repair any damage they have caused. To provide ongoing protection against newly discovered viruses, antivirus software must be kept up to date. Windows Defender is preinstalled on your computer. It is strongly recommended that you continue to use an antivirus program in order to fully protect your computer. For more information about computer viruses, access the HP Support Assistant. Using firewall software Firewalls are designed to prevent unauthorized access to a system or network. A firewall can be a software program you install on your computer and/or network, or it can be a solution made up of both hardware and software. There are two types of firewalls to consider:

Host-based firewallsSoftware that protects only the computer it is installed on. Network-based firewallsInstalled between your DSL or cable modem and your home network to protect all the computers on the network. 1. 2. 3. Windows Hello (select products only) 39 When a firewall is installed on a system, all data sent to and from the system is monitored and compared with a set of user-defined security criteria. Any data that does not meet those criteria is blocked. Your computer or networking equipment may already have a firewall installed. If not, firewall software solutions are available. NOTE: Under some circumstances a firewall can block access to Internet games, interfere with printer or file sharing on a network, or block authorized e-mail attachments. To temporarily resolve the problem, disable the firewall, perform the task that you want to perform, and then reenable the firewall. To permanently resolve the problem, reconfigure the firewall. Installing software updates HP, Windows, and third-party software installed on your computer should be regularly updated to correct security problems and improve software performance. IMPORTANT: Microsoft sends out alerts regarding Windows updates, which may include security updates. To protect the computer from security breaches and computer viruses, install all updates from Microsoft as soon as you receive an alert. You can install these updates automatically. To view or change the settings:

1. 2. 3. Select the Start button, select Settings, and then select Update & Security. Select Windows Update, and then follow the on-screen instructions. To schedule a time for installing updates, select Advanced Options, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Using HP Client Security (select products only) HP Client Security software is preinstalled on your computer. This software can be accessed through the HP Client Security icon at the far right of the taskbar or Windows Control Panel. It provides security features that help protect against unauthorized access to the computer, networks, and critical data. For more information, see the HP Client Security software Help. Using HP Device as a Service (HP DaaS) (select products only) HP DaaS is a cloud-based IT solution that enables businesses to effectively manage and secure their company assets. HP DaaS helps protect devices against malware and other attacks, monitors device health, and helps reduce time spent solving device and security issues. You can quickly download and install the software, which is highly cost effective relative to traditional in-house solutions. For more information, go to https://www.hptouchpointmanager.com/. Using an optional security cable (select products only) A security cable (purchased separately) is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. To connect a security cable to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. 40 Chapter 7 Security Using a fingerprint reader (select products only) Integrated fingerprint readers are available on select products. In order to use the fingerprint reader, you must enroll your fingerprints in HP Client Security's Credential Manager. Refer to the HP Client Security software Help. After you enroll your fingerprints in Credential Manager, you can use HP Client Security's Password Manager to store and fill in your user names and passwords in supported websites and applications. Locating the fingerprint reader The fingerprint reader is a small metallic sensor that is located in one of the following areas of your computer:

Near the bottom of the TouchPad On the right side of the keyboard On the upper-right side of the display On the left side of the display On the back of the display Depending on your product, the reader may be oriented horizontally or vertically. Using a fingerprint reader (select products only) 41 8 Maintenance It is important to perform regular maintenance to keep your computer in optimal condition. This chapter explains how to use tools like Disk Defragmenter and Disk Cleanup. It also provides instructions for updating programs and drivers, steps to clean the computer, and tips for traveling with (or shipping) the computer. Improving performance Using Disk Defragmenter You can improve the performance of your computer by performing regular maintenance tasks with tools such as Disk Defragmenter and Disk Cleanup. HP recommends using Disk Defragmenter to defragment your hard drive at least once a month. NOTE:

It is not necessary to run Disk Defragmenter on solid-state drives. To run Disk Defragmenter:

Connect the computer to AC power. Type defragment in the taskbar search box, and then select Defragment and optimize your drives. Follow the on-screen instructions. For additional information, access the Disk Defragmenter software Help. Using Disk Cleanup Use Disk Cleanup to search the hard drive for unnecessary files that you can safely delete to free up disk space and help the computer run more efficiently. To run Disk Cleanup:

Type disk in the taskbar search box, and then select Disk Cleanup. Follow the on-screen instructions. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 42 Chapter 8 Maintenance Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select products only) HP 3D DriveGuard protects a hard drive by parking the drive and halting data requests under either of the following conditions:

You drop the computer. You move the computer with the display closed while the computer is running on battery power. A short time after the end of one of these events, HP 3D DriveGuard returns the hard drive to normal operation. NOTE: Only internal hard drives are protected by HP 3D DriveGuard. A hard drive installed in an optional docking device or connected to a USB port is not protected by HP 3D DriveGuard. NOTE: Because solid-state drives (SSDs) lack moving parts, HP 3D DriveGuard is unnecessary for these drives. Identifying HP 3D DriveGuard status The hard drive light on the computer changes color to show that the drive in a primary hard drive bay and/or the drive in a secondary hard drive bay (select products only) is parked. Updating programs and drivers HP recommends that you update your programs and drivers on a regular basis. Updates can resolve issues and bring new features and options to your computer. For example, older graphics components might not work well with the most recent gaming software. Without the latest driver, you would not be getting the most out of your equipment. Go to http://www.hp.com/support to download the latest versions of HP programs and drivers. In addition, register to receive automatic notifications when updates become available. If you would like to update your programs and drivers, follow these instructions:

1. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Select the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select My notebook, select the Updates tab, and then select Check for updates and messages. 2. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Cleaning your computer Use the following products to safely clean your computer:

Alcohol-free glass-cleaning fluid Solution of water and mild soap Static-free cloth wipes Dry microfiber cleaning cloth or a chamois (static-free cloth without oil) Updating programs and drivers 43 CAUTION: Avoid strong cleaning solvents or germicidal wipes that can permanently damage your computer. If you are not sure that a cleaning product is safe for your computer, check the product contents to make sure that ingredients such as alcohol, acetone, ammonium chloride, methylene chloride, and hydrocarbons are not included in the product. Fibrous materials, such as paper towels, can scratch the computer. Over time, dirt particles and cleaning agents can get trapped in the scratches. Cleaning procedures Follow the procedures in this section to safely clean your computer. WARNING! To prevent electric shock or damage to components, do not attempt to clean your computer while it is on. Turn off the computer. Disconnect AC power. 1. 2. 3. Disconnect all powered external devices. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not spray cleaning agents or liquids directly on any computer surface. Liquids dripped on the surface can permanently damage internal components. Cleaning the display Cleaning the sides or cover Gently wipe the display using a soft, lint-free cloth moistened with an alcohol-free glass cleaner. Be sure that a display is dry before you close the computer. To clean the sides or cover, use a soft microfiber cloth or chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously, or use an acceptable disposable wipe. NOTE: When cleaning the cover of the computer, use a circular motion to aid in removing dirt and debris. Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse (select products only) WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not allow liquids to drip between the keys. To clean the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse, use a soft microfiber cloth or a chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously. To prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles from the keyboard, use a can of compressed air with a straw extension. Traveling with or shipping your computer If you have to travel with or ship your computer, follow these tips to keep your equipment safe. Prepare the computer for traveling or shipping:

Back up your information to an external drive. Remove all discs and all external media cards, such as memory cards. 44 Chapter 8 Maintenance Turn off and then disconnect all external devices. Shut down the computer. Take along a backup of your information. Keep the backup separate from the computer. When traveling by air, carry the computer as hand luggage; do not check it in with the rest of your luggage. CAUTION: Avoid exposing a drive to magnetic fields. Security devices with magnetic fields include airport walk-through devices and security wands. Airport conveyer belts and similar security devices that check carry-on baggage use X-rays instead of magnetism and do not damage drives. If you plan to use the computer during a flight, listen for the in-flight announcement that tells you when you are allowed to use your computer. In-flight computer use is at the discretion of the airline. If you are shipping the computer or a drive, use suitable protective packaging and label the package FRAGILE. The use of wireless devices may be restricted in some environments. Such restrictions may apply aboard aircraft, in hospitals, near explosives, and in hazardous locations. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of a wireless device in your computer, ask for authorization to use your computer before you turn it on. If you are traveling internationally, follow these suggestions:

Check the computer-related customs regulations for each country or region on your itinerary. Check the power cord and adapter requirements for each location in which you plan to use the computer. Voltage, frequency, and plug configurations vary. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. Traveling with or shipping your computer 45 9 Backing up, restoring, and recovering 1. 2. This chapter provides information about the following processes, which are standard procedure for most products:

Backing up your personal informationYou can use Windows tools to back up your personal information (see Using Windows tools on page 46). Creating a restore pointYou can use Windows tools to create a restore point (see Using Windows tools on page 46). Creating recovery media (select products only)You can use HP Recovery Manager or HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool (select products only) to create recovery media (see Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 46). Restoring and recoveryWindows offers several options for restoring from backup, refreshing the computer, and resetting the computer to its original state (see Using Windows tools on page 46). Removing the Recovery PartitionTo remove the Recovery partition to reclaim hard drive space

(select products only), select the Remove Recovery Partition option of HP Recovery Manager. For more information, see Removing the HP Recovery partition (select products only) on page 50. Using Windows tools IMPORTANT: Windows is the only option that allows you to back up your personal information. Schedule regular backups to avoid information loss. You can use Windows tools to back up personal information and create system restore points and recovery media, allowing you to restore from backup, refresh the computer, and reset the computer to its original state. NOTE:

If computer storage is 32 GB or less, Microsoft System Restore is disabled by default. For more information and steps, see the Get Help app. Select the Start button, and then select the Get Help app. Enter the task you want to perform. NOTE: You must be connected to the Internet to access the Get Help app. Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) After you have successfully set up the computer, use HP Recovery Manager to create a backup of the HP Recovery partition on the computer. This backup is called HP Recovery media. In cases where the hard drive is corrupted or has been replaced, the HP Recovery media can be used to reinstall the original operating system. To check for the presence of the Recovery partition in addition to the Windows partition, right-click the Start button, select File Explorer, and then select This PC. If your computer does not list the Recovery partition in addition to the Windows partition, contact NOTE:

support to obtain recovery discs. Go to http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 46 Chapter 9 Backing up, restoring, and recovering On select products, you can use the HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool to create HP Recovery media on a bootable USB flash drive. For more information, see Using the HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool to create recovery media on page 48. Using HP Recovery Manager to create recovery media If you cannot create recovery media yourself, contact support to obtain recovery discs. Go to NOTE:

http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Before you begin Before you begin, note the following:

Only one set of recovery media can be created. Handle these recovery tools carefully, and keep them in a safe place. HP Recovery Manager examines the computer and determines the required media storage capacity. To create recovery media, use one of the following options:

NOTE:

If the computer does not have a recovery partition, HP Recovery Manager displays the Windows Create a Recovery Drive feature. Follow the on-screen instructions to create a recovery image on a blank USB flash drive or hard drive. If your computer has an optical drive with DVD writer capability, be sure to use only high-quality blank DVD-R, DVD+R, DVD-R DL, or DVD+R DL discs. Do not use rewritable discs such as CDRW, DVDRW, double-layer DVDRW, or BD-RE (rewritable Blu-ray) discs, which are not compatible with HP Recovery Manager software. If your computer does not include an integrated optical drive with DVD writer capability, you can use an external optical drive (purchased separately) to create recovery discs, as described above. If an external optical drive is used, you must connect it directly to a USB port on the computer. It cannot be connected to a USB port on an external device, such as a USB hub. To create a recovery USB flash drive, use a high-quality blank USB flash drive. Be sure that the computer is connected to AC power before you begin creating the recovery media. The creation process can take an hour or more. Do not interrupt this process. If necessary, you can exit the program before you have finished creating all of the recovery media. HP Recovery Manager will finish the current DVD or USB flash drive. The next time you start HP Recovery Manager, you will be prompted to continue. Creating the recovery media To create HP Recovery media using HP Recovery Manager:

IMPORTANT:

beginning these steps. For a tablet with a detachable keyboard, connect the tablet to the keyboard base before Type recovery in the taskbar search box, and then select HP Recovery Manager. Select Create recovery media, and then follow the on-screen instructions. If you need to recover the system, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager on page 48. 1. 2. Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) 47 1. 2. Using the HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool to create recovery media To create HP Recovery media using the HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool:

Go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Software and Drivers, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Restoring and recovery Restoring and recovery can be performed using one or more of the following options: Windows tools, HP Recovery Manager, or the HP Recovery partition. IMPORTANT: Not all methods are available on all products. Restoring, resetting, and refreshing using Windows tools Windows offers several options for restoring, resetting, and refreshing the computer. For details, see Using Windows tools on page 46. Restoring using HP Recovery Manager and the HP Recovery partition You can use HP Recovery Manager and the HP Recovery partition (select products only) to restore the computer to the original factory state:

Resolving problems with preinstalled applications or driversTo correct a problem with a preinstalled application or driver:

Type recovery in the taskbar search box, and then select HP Recovery Manager. Select Reinstall drivers and/or applications, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 1. 2. Using System RecoveryTo recover the Windows partition to original factory content, select the System Recovery option from the HP Recovery partition (select products only) or use the HP Recovery media. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager on page 48. If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 46. Using Factory Reset (select products only)Restores the computer to its original factory state by deleting all information from the hard drive and recreating the partitions and then reinstalling the operating system and the software that was installed at the factory (select products only). To use the Factory Reset option, you must use HP Recovery media. If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 46. If you have replaced the hard drive in the computer, you can use the Factory Reset option to NOTE:

install the operating system and the software that was installed at the factory. Recovering using HP Recovery Manager You can use HP Recovery Manager software to recover the computer to its original factory state by using the HP Recovery media that you either created or that you obtained from HP, or by using the HP Recovery partition (select products only). If you have not already created HP Recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 46. IMPORTANT: HP Recovery Manager does not automatically provide backups of your personal data. Before beginning recovery, back up any personal data that you want to retain. See Using Windows tools on page 46. 48 Chapter 9 Backing up, restoring, and recovering IMPORTANT: Recovery through HP Recovery Manager should be used as a final attempt to correct computer issues. NOTE: When you start the recovery process, only the options available for your computer are displayed. Before you begin, note the following:

HP Recovery Manager recovers only software that was installed at the factory. For software not provided with this computer, you must either download the software from the manufacturer's website or reinstall the software from the media provided by the manufacturer. If the computer hard drive fails, HP Recovery media must be used. This media is created using HP Recovery Manager. See Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 46. If your computer does not allow the creation of HP Recovery media or if the HP Recovery media does not work, contact support to obtain recovery media. Go to http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Recovering using the HP Recovery partition (select products only) The HP Recovery partition allows you to perform a system recovery without recovery discs or a recovery USB flash drive. This type of recovery can be used only if the hard drive is still working. The HP Recovery partition (select products only) allows System Recovery only. To start HP Recovery Manager from the HP Recovery partition:

IMPORTANT:

beginning these steps (select products only). For a tablet with a detachable keyboard, connect the tablet to the keyboard base before 1. Type recovery in the taskbar search box, select HP Recovery Manager, and then select Windows Recovery Environment. or For computers or tablets with keyboards attached:

Press f11 while the computer boots, or press and hold f11 as you press the power button. For tablets without keyboards:

Turn on or restart the tablet, quickly hold down the volume up button, and then select f11. Select Troubleshoot from the boot options menu. Select Recovery Manager, and then follow the on-screen instructions. If your computer does not automatically restart in HP Recovery Manager, change the computer NOTE:

boot order, and then follow the on-screen instructions. See Changing the computer boot order on page 50. 2. 3. Recovering using HP Recovery media If your computer does not have an HP Recovery partition or if the hard drive is not working properly, you can use HP Recovery media to recover the original operating system and software programs that were installed at the factory. Insert the HP Recovery media, and then restart the computer. Restoring and recovery 49 If your computer does not automatically restart in HP Recovery Manager, change the computer NOTE:

boot order, and then follow the on-screen instructions. See Changing the computer boot order on page 50. Changing the computer boot order If your computer does not restart in HP Recovery Manager, you can change the computer boot order. This is the order of devices listed in BIOS where the computer looks for startup information. You can change the selection to an optical drive or a USB flash drive, depending on the location of your HP Recovery media. For a tablet with a detachable keyboard, connect the tablet to the keyboard base before To change the boot order:

IMPORTANT:

beginning these steps. 1. 2. Insert the HP Recovery media. Access the system Startup menu. For computers or tablets with keyboards attached:

Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f9 for boot options. Turn on or restart the tablet, quickly hold down the volume up button, and then select f9. For tablets without keyboards:

or Turn on or restart the tablet, quickly hold down the volume down button, and then select f9. 3. Select the optical drive or USB flash drive from which you want to boot, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Removing the HP Recovery partition (select products only) HP Recovery Manager software allows you to remove the HP Recovery partition (select products only) to free up hard drive space. IMPORTANT: After you remove the HP Recovery partition, you will not be able to perform System Recovery or create HP Recovery media. Before removing the Recovery partition, create HP Recovery media. See Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 46. Follow these steps to remove the HP Recovery partition:

1. 2. Type recovery in the taskbar search box, and then select HP Recovery Manager. Select Remove Recovery Partition, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 50 Chapter 9 Backing up, restoring, and recovering 10 Computer Setup (BIOS), TPM, and HP Sure Start Using Computer Setup Computer Setup, or Basic Input/Output System (BIOS), controls communication between all the input and output devices on the system (such as disk drives, display, keyboard, mouse, and printer). Computer Setup includes settings for the types of devices installed, the startup sequence of the computer, and the amount of system and extended memory. NOTE: Use extreme care when making changes in Computer Setup. Errors can prevent the computer from operating properly. Starting Computer Setup Turn on or restart the computer, and when the HP logo appears, press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Navigating and selecting in Computer Setup To select a menu or a menu item, use the tab key and the keyboard arrow keys and then press enter, or use a pointing device to select the item. To scroll up and down, select the up arrow or the down arrow in the upper-right corner of the screen, or use the up arrow key or the down arrow key on the keyboard. To close open dialog boxes and return to the main Computer Setup screen, press esc, and then follow the on-screen instructions. To exit Computer Setup, choose one of the following methods:

To exit Computer Setup menus without saving your changes, select Main, select Ignore Changes and Exit, and then select Yes. NOTE:

If you are using arrow keys to highlight your choice, you must then press enter. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup menus, select Main, select Save Changes and Exit, and then select Yes. NOTE:

If you are using arrow keys to highlight your choice, you must then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Restoring factory settings in Computer Setup NOTE: Restoring defaults will not change the hard drive mode. To return all settings in Computer Setup to the values that were set at the factory, follow these steps:

Start Computer Setup. See Starting Computer Setup on page 51. Select Main, select Apply Factory Defaults and Exit, and then select Yes. NOTE:

If you are using arrow keys to highlight your choice, you must then press enter. 1. 2. Using Computer Setup 51 NOTE: On select products, the selections may display Restore Defaults instead of Apply Factory Defaults and Exit. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. NOTE: Your password settings and security settings are not changed when you restore the factory settings. Updating the BIOS Updated versions of the BIOS may be available on the HP website. Most BIOS updates on the HP website are packaged in compressed files called SoftPaqs. Some download packages contain a file named Readme.txt, which contains information regarding installing and troubleshooting the file. Determining the BIOS version To decide whether you need to update Computer Setup (BIOS), first determine the BIOS version on your computer. BIOS version information (also known as ROM date and System BIOS) can be accessed by pressing fn+esc (if you are already in Windows) or by using Computer Setup. Start Computer Setup. See Starting Computer Setup on page 51. Select Main, and then select System Information. To exit Computer Setup menus without saving your changes, select Main, select Ignore Changes and Exit, and then select Yes. NOTE:

If you are using arrow keys to highlight your choice, you must then press enter. To check for later BIOS versions, see Downloading a BIOS update on page 52. Downloading a BIOS update CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to the computer or an unsuccessful installation, download and install a BIOS update only when the computer is connected to reliable external power using the AC adapter. Do not download or install a BIOS update while the computer is running on battery power, docked in an optional docking device, or connected to an optional power source. During the download and installation, follow these instructions:

Do not disconnect power on the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. Do not shut down the computer or initiate Sleep. Do not insert, remove, connect, or disconnect any device, cable, or cord. 1. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Select the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select Updates, and then select Check for updates and messages. Follow the on-screen instructions. At the download area, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. 2. 3. 4. 52 Chapter 10 Computer Setup (BIOS), TPM, and HP Sure Start a. Identify the most recent BIOS update and compare it to the BIOS version currently installed on your computer. Make a note of the date, name, or other identifier. You may need this information to locate the update later, after it has been downloaded to your hard drive. b. Follow the on-screen instructions to download your selection to the hard drive. Make a note of the path to the location on your hard drive where the BIOS update is downloaded. You will need to access this path when you are ready to install the update. If you connect your computer to a network, consult the network administrator before installing NOTE:

any software updates, especially system BIOS updates. BIOS installation procedures vary. Follow any instructions that are displayed on the screen after the download is complete. If no instructions are displayed, follow these steps:

Type file in the taskbar search box, and then select File Explorer. Select your hard drive designation. The hard drive designation is typically Local Disk (C:). Using the hard drive path you recorded earlier, open the folder that contains the update. Double-click the file that has an .exe extension (for example, filename.exe). The BIOS installation begins. 5. Complete the installation by following the on-screen instructions. NOTE: After a message on the screen reports a successful installation, you can delete the downloaded file from your hard drive. Changing the boot order using the f9 prompt To dynamically choose a boot device for the current startup sequence, follow these steps:

1. Access the Boot Device Options menu:

Turn on or restart the computer, and when the HP logo appears, press f9 to enter the Boot Device Options menu. 2. Select a boot device, press enter, and then follow the on-screen instructions. TPM BIOS settings (select products only) IMPORTANT: Before enabling Trusted Platform Module (TPM) functionality on this system, you must ensure that your intended use of TPM complies with relevant local laws, regulations and policies, and approvals or licenses must be obtained if applicable. For any compliance issues arising from your operation/usage of TPM which violates the above mentioned requirement, you shall bear all the liabilities wholly and solely. HP will not be responsible for any related liabilities. TPM provides additional security for your computer. You can modify the TPM settings in Computer Setup

(BIOS). NOTE:

If you change the TPM setting to Hidden, TPM is not visible in the operating system. To access TPM settings in Computer Setup:

Start Computer Setup. See Starting Computer Setup on page 51. Select Security, select TPM Embedded Security, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. TPM BIOS settings (select products only) 53 Using HP Sure Start (select products only) Select computer models are configured with HP Sure Start, a technology that monitors the computer's BIOS for attacks or corruption. If the BIOS becomes corrupted or is attacked, HP Sure Start automatically restores the BIOS to its previously safe state, without user intervention. HP Sure Start is configured and already enabled so that most users can use the HP Sure Start default configuration. The default configuration can be customized by advanced users. To access the latest documentation on HP Sure Start, go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Find your product, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 54 Chapter 10 Computer Setup (BIOS), TPM, and HP Sure Start 11 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows (select products only) HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows is a Windows-based utility that allows you to run diagnostic tests to determine whether the computer hardware is functioning properly. The tool runs within the Windows operating system in order to diagnose hardware failures. If HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows is not installed on your computer, first you must download and install it. To download HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows, see Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows on page 55. After HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows is installed, follow these steps to access it from HP Help and Support or HP Support Assistant. 1. To access HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows from HP Help and Support:

Select the Start button, and then select HP Help and Support. Right-click HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows, select More, and then select Run as administrator. To access HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows from HP Support Assistant:

a. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. Select the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select Troubleshooting and fixes. Select Diagnostics, and then select HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows. 2. When the tool opens, select the type of diagnostic test you want to run, and then follow the on-screen NOTE:

If you need to stop a diagnostic test at any time, select Cancel. 3. When HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows detects a failure that requires hardware replacement, a 24-

digit Failure ID code is generated. For assistance in correcting the problem, contact support, and then provide the Failure ID code. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows The HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows download instructions are provided in English only. You must use a Windows computer to download this tool because only .exe files are provided. a. b. or or b. c. instructions. Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows (select products only) 55 1. 2. 1. 2. 3. Downloading the latest HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows version To download HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows, follow these steps:

Go to http://www.hp.com/go/techcenter/pcdiags. The HP PC Diagnostics home page is displayed. In the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics section, select Download, and then select a location on your computer or a USB flash drive. The tool is downloaded to the selected location. Downloading HP Hardware Diagnostics Windows by product name or number (select products only) For some products, it may be necessary to download the software to a USB flash drive by using the NOTE:

product name or number. To download HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows by product name or number, follow these steps:

Go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Get software and drivers, select your type of product, and then enter the product name or number in the search box that is displayed. In the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics section, select Download, and then select a location on your computer or a USB flash drive. The tool is downloaded to the selected location. Installing HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows To install HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows, follow these steps:

Navigate to the folder on your computer or the USB flash drive where the .exe file was downloaded, double-click the .exe file, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI NOTE:

For Windows 10 S computers, you must use a Windows computer and a USB flash drive to download and create the HP UEFI support environment because only .exe files are provided. For more information, see Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI to a USB flash drive on page 57. HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) allows you to run diagnostic tests to determine whether the computer hardware is functioning properly. The tool runs outside the operating system so that it can isolate hardware failures from issues that are caused by the operating system or other software components. If your PC will not boot into Windows, you can use HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI to diagnose hardware issues. When HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI detects a failure that requires hardware replacement, a 24-digit Failure ID code is generated. For assistance in correcting the problem, contact support, and provide the Failure ID code. NOTE: To start diagnostics on a convertible computer, your computer must be in notebook mode, and you must use the attached keyboard. NOTE:

If you need to stop a diagnostic test, press esc. 56 Chapter 11 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Starting HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI To start HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI, follow these steps:

Turn on or restart the computer, and quickly press esc. 1. 2. Press f2. The BIOS searches three places for the diagnostic tools, in the following order:

a. Connected USB flash drive NOTE: To download the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI tool to a USB flash drive, see Downloading the latest HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI version on page 57. b. c. Hard drive BIOS 3. When the diagnostic tool opens, select a language, select the type of diagnostic test you want to run, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI to a USB flash drive Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI to a USB flash drive can be useful in the following situations:

HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI is not included in the preinstall image. HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI is not included in the HP Tool partition. The hard drive is damaged. NOTE: The HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI download instructions are provided in English only, and you must use a Windows computer to download and create the HP UEFI support environment because only .exe files are provided. Downloading the latest HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI version To download the latest HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI version to a USB flash drive:

Go to http://www.hp.com/go/techcenter/pcdiags. The HP PC Diagnostics home page is displayed. In the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI section, select Download UEFI Diagnostics, and then select Run. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI by product name or number (select products only) For some products, it may be necessary to download the software to a USB flash drive by using the NOTE:

product name or number. To download HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI by product name or number (select products only) to a USB flash drive:

Go to http://www.hp.com/support. Enter the product name or number, select your computer, and then select your operating system. In the Diagnostics section, follow the on-screen instructions to select and download the specific UEFI Diagnostics version for your computer. 1. 2. 1. 2. 3. Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI 57 Using Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI settings (select products only) Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI is a firmware (BIOS) feature that downloads HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI to your computer. It can then execute the diagnostics on your computer, and it may upload results to a preconfigured server. For more information on Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI, go to http://www.hp.com/go/techcenter/pcdiags, and then select Find out more. Downloading Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI NOTE: HP Remote PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI is also available as a Softpaq that can be downloaded to a server. Downloading the latest Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI version To download the latest Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI version, follow these steps:

Go to http://www.hp.com/go/techcenter/pcdiags. The HP PC Diagnostics home page is displayed. In the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI section, select Download Remote Diagnostics, and then select Run. Downloading Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI by product name or number For some products, it may be necessary to download the software by using the product name or NOTE:

number. To download HP Remote PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI by product name or number, follow these steps:

Go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Get software and drivers, select your type of product, enter the product name or number in the search box that is displayed, select your computer, and then select your operating system. In the Diagnostics section, follow the on-screen instructions to select and download the Remote UEFI version for the product. Customizing Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI settings Using the Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics setting in Computer Setup (BIOS), you can perform the following customizations:

Set a schedule for running diagnostics unattended. You can also start diagnostics immediately in interactive mode by selecting Execute Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics. Set the location for downloading the diagnostic tools. This feature provides access to the tools from the HP website or from a server that has been preconfigured for use. Your computer does not require the traditional local storage (such as a disk drive or USB flash drive) to run remote diagnostics. Set a location for storing the test results. You can also set the user name and password settings used for uploads. Display status information about the diagnostics run previously. To customize Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI settings, follow these steps:

Turn on or restart the computer, and when the HP logo appears, press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Select Advanced, and then select Settings. 1. 2. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 58 Chapter 11 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics 3. Make your customization selections. 4. Select Main, and then Save Changes and Exit to save your settings. Your changes take effect when the computer restarts. Using Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI settings (select products only) 59 12 Specifications Input power The power information in this section may be helpful if you plan to travel internationally with the computer. The computer operates on DC power, which can be supplied by an AC or a DC power source. The AC power source must be rated at 100240 V, 5060 Hz. Although the computer can be powered from a standalone DC power source, it should be powered only with an AC adapter or a DC power source supplied and approved by HP for use with this computer. The computer can operate on DC power within the following specifications. The voltage and current for your computer is located on the regulatory label. Input Power Rating Operating voltage and current 5 V dc @ 2 A / 12 V dc @ 3 A /15 V dc @ 3 A 45 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 12 V dc @ 3.75 A /15 V dc @ 3 A 45 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 10 V dc @ 3.75 A / 12 V dc @ 3.75 A /

15 V dc @ 3 A / 20 V dc @ 2.25 A 45 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 12 V dc @ 5 A / 15 V dc @ 4.33 A / 20 V dc @ 3.25 A 65 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3A / 10 V dc @ 5 A / 12 V dc @ 5 A / 15 V dc

@ 4.33 A / 20 V dc @ 3.25 A 65 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 10 V dc @ 5 A / 12 V dc @ 5 A / 15 V dc

@ 5 A / 20 V dc @ 4.5 A 90 W USB-C 19.5 V dc @ 2.31 A 45 W 19.5 V dc @ 3.33 A 65 W 19.5 V dc @ 4.62 A 90 W 19.5 V dc @ 6.15 A 120 W 19.5 V dc @ 6.9 A 135 W 19.5 V dc @ 7.70 A 150 W 19.5 V dc @ 10.3 A 200 W 19.5 V dc @ 11.8 A 230 W 19.5 V dc @ 16.92 A 330 W NOTE: This product is designed for IT power systems in Norway with phase-to-phase voltage not exceeding 240 V rms. 60 Chapter 12 Specifications Operating environment Metric U.S. Factor Temperature Operating Nonoperating Operating Nonoperating Operating (writing to optical disc) 5C to 35C Nonoperating

-20C to 60C Relative humidity (noncondensing) 10% to 90%

5% to 95%

Maximum altitude (unpressurized) 41F to 95F

-4F to 140F 10% to 90%

5% to 95%

-15 m to 3,048 m

-15 m to 12,192 m

-50 ft to 10,000 ft

-50 ft to 40,000 ft Operating environment 61 13 Electrostatic Discharge Electrostatic discharge is the release of static electricity when two objects come into contactfor example, the shock you receive when you walk across the carpet and touch a metal door knob. A discharge of static electricity from fingers or other electrostatic conductors may damage electronic components. To prevent damage to the computer, damage to a drive, or loss of information, observe these precautions:

If removal or installation instructions direct you to unplug the computer, first be sure that it is properly grounded. Keep components in their electrostatic-safe containers until you are ready to install them. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Handle electronic components as little as possible. Use nonmagnetic tools. Before handling components, discharge static electricity by touching an unpainted metal surface. If you remove a component, place it in an electrostatic-safe container. 62 Chapter 13 Electrostatic Discharge 14 Accessibility Accessibility HP is working to weave diversity, inclusion and work/life into the fabric of our company, so it is reflected in everything we do. Here are some examples of how we are putting differences to work to create an inclusive environment focused on connecting people to the power of technology throughout the world. Finding the technology tools you need Technology can unleash your human potential. Assistive technology removes barriers and helps you create independence at home, at work, and in the community. Assistive technology helps increase, maintain, and improve the functional capabilities of electronic and information technology. For more information, see Finding the best assistive technology on page 64. Our commitment HP is committed to providing products and services that are accessible for people with disabilities. This commitment supports our company's diversity objectives and helps us ensure that the benefits of technology are available to all. Our accessibility goal is to design, produce, and market products and services that can be effectively used by everyone, including people with disabilities, either on a stand-alone basis or with appropriate assistive devices. To achieve our goal, this Accessibility Policy establishes seven key objectives to guide our actions as a company. All HP managers and employees are expected to support these objectives and their implementation in accordance with their roles and responsibilities:

Raise the level of awareness of accessibility issues within our company, and provide our employees with the training they need to design, produce, market, and deliver accessible products and services. Develop accessibility guidelines for products and services, and hold product development groups accountable for implementing these guidelines where competitively, technically, and economically feasible. Involve people with disabilities in the development of accessibility guidelines, and in the design and testing of products and services. Document accessibility features and make information about our products and services publicly available in an accessible form. Establish relationships with leading assistive technology and solution providers. Support internal and external research and development that will improve assistive technology relevant to our products and services. Support and contribute to industry standards and guidelines for accessibility. International Association of Accessibility Professionals (IAAP) IAAP is a not-for-profit association focused on advancing the accessibility profession through networking, education, and certification. The objective is to help accessibility professionals develop and advance their careers and to better enable organizations to integrate accessibility into their products and infrastructure. Accessibility 63 HP is a founding member, and we joined to participate with other organizations to advance the field of accessibility. This commitment supports our companys accessibility goal of designing, producing, and marketing products and services that can be effectively used by people with disabilities. IAAP will make our profession strong by globally connecting individuals, students, and organizations to learn from one another. If you are interested in learning more, go to http://www.accessibilityassociation.org to join the online community, sign up for newsletters, and learn about membership options. Finding the best assistive technology Everyone, including people with disabilities or age-related limitations, should be able to communicate, express themselves, and connect with the world using technology. HP is committed to increasing accessibility awareness within HP and with our customers and partners. Whether its large fonts that are easy on the eyes, voice recognition that lets you give your hands a rest, or any other assistive technology to help with your specific situationa variety of assistive technologies make HP products easier to use. How do you choose?

Assessing your needs Technology can unleash your potential. Assistive technology removes barriers and helps you create independence at home, at work, and in the community. Assistive technology (AT) helps increase, maintain, and improve the functional capabilities of electronic and information technology. You may choose from many AT products. Your AT assessment should allow you to evaluate several products, answer your questions, and facilitate your selection of the best solution for your situation. You will find that professionals qualified to do AT assessments come from many fields, including those licensed or certified in physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech/language pathology, and other areas of expertise. Others, while not certified or licensed, may also provide evaluation information. You will want to ask about the individual's experience, expertise, and fees to determine if they are appropriate for your needs. Accessibility for HP products The following links provide information on accessibility features and assistive technology, if applicable, included in various HP products. These resources will help you select the specific assistive technology features and product(s) most appropriate for your situation. HP Elite x3Accessibility Options (Windows 10 Mobile) HP PCsWindows 7 Accessibility Options HP PCsWindows 8 Accessibility Options HP PCsWindows 10 Accessibility Options HP Slate 7 TabletsEnabling Accessibility Features on Your HP Tablet (Android 4.1/Jelly Bean) HP SlateBook PCsEnabling Accessibility Features (Android 4.3,4.2/Jelly Bean) HP Chromebook PCsEnabling Accessibility Features on Your HP Chromebook or Chromebox (Chrome OS) HP Shoppingperipherals for HP products If you need additional support with the accessibility features on your HP product, see Contacting support on page 69. Additional links to external partners and suppliers that may provide additional assistance:

Microsoft Accessibility information (Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Microsoft Office) Google Products accessibility information (Android, Chrome, Google Apps) 64 Chapter 14 Accessibility Assistive Technologies sorted by impairment type Assistive Technologies sorted by product type Assistive Technology vendors with product descriptions Assistive Technology Industry Association (ATIA) Standards and legislation Standards Section 508 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) standards was created by the US Access Board to address access to information and communication technology (ICT) for people with physical, sensory, or cognitive disabilities. The standards contain technical criteria specific to various types of technologies, as well as performance-based requirements which focus on functional capabilities of covered products. Specific criteria cover software applications and operating systems, web-based information and applications, computers, telecommunications products, video and multi-media, and self-contained closed products. Mandate 376 EN 301 549 The EN 301 549 standard was created by the European Union within Mandate 376 as the basis for an online toolkit for public procurement of ICT products. The standard specifies the functional accessibility requirements applicable to ICT products and services, together with a description of the test procedures and evaluation methodology for each accessibility requirement. Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) from the W3C's Web Accessibility Initiative (WAI) helps web designers and developers create sites that better meet the needs of people with disabilities or age-related limitations. WCAG advances accessibility across the full range of web content (text, images, audio, and video) and web applications. WCAG can be precisely tested, is easy to understand and use, and allows web developers flexibility for innovation. WCAG 2.0 has also been approved as ISO/IEC 40500:2012. WCAG specifically addresses barriers to accessing the web experienced by people with visual, auditory, physical, cognitive, and neurological disabilities, and by older web users with accessibility needs. WCAG 2.0 provides characteristics of accessible content:

Perceivable (for instance, by addressing text alternatives for images, captions for audio, adaptability of presentation, and color contrast) Operable (by addressing keyboard access, color contrast, timing of input, seizure avoidance, and navigability) Understandable (by addressing readability, predictability, and input assistance) Robust (for instance, by addressing compatibility with assistive technologies) Legislation and regulations Accessibility of IT and information has become an area of increasing legislative importance. This section provides links to information on key legislation, regulations, and standards. United States Canada Europe Standards and legislation 65 United Kingdom Australia Worldwide United States www.section508.gov Buy Accessible Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act specifies that agencies must identify which standards apply to the procurement of ICT, perform market research to determine the availability of accessible products and services, and document the results of their market research. The following resources provide assistance in meeting Section 508 requirements:

The U.S. Access Board is currently updating the Section 508 standards. This effort will address new technologies and other areas where the standards need to be modified. For more information, go to Section 508 Refresh. Section 255 of the Telecommunications Act requires telecommunications products and services to be accessible to people with disabilities. FCC rules cover all hardware and software telephone network equipment and telecommunications equipment used in the home or office. Such equipment includes telephones, wireless handsets, fax machines, answering machines, and pagers. FCC rules also cover basic and special telecommunications services, including regular telephone calls, call waiting, speed dialing, call forwarding, computer-provided directory assistance, call monitoring, caller identification, call tracing, and repeat dialing, as well as voice mail and interactive voice response systems that provide callers with menus of choices. For more information, go to Federal Communication Commission Section 255 information. 21st Century Communications and Video Accessibility Act (CVAA) The CVAA updates federal communications law to increase the access of persons with disabilities to modern communications, updating accessibility laws enacted in the 1980s and 1990s to include new digital, broadband, and mobile innovations. Regulations are enforced by the FCC and documented as 47 CFR Part 14 and Part 79. FCC Guide on the CVAA Other U.S. legislation and initiatives Canada Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Telecommunications Act, the Rehabilitation Act and others The Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act was established to develop and implement accessibility standards to make goods, services, and facilities accessible to Ontarians with disabilities and to provide for the involvement of persons with disabilities in the development of the accessibility standards. The first standard of the AODA is the customer service standard; however, standards for transportation, employment, and information and communication are also being developed. The AODA applies to the Government of Ontario, the Legislative Assembly, every designated public sector organization, and to every other person or organization that provides goods, services, or facilities to the public or other third parties and that has at least one employee in Ontario; and accessibility measures must be implemented on or before January 1, 2025. For more information, go to Accessibility for Ontarians with Disability Act (AODA) . 66 Chapter 14 Accessibility Europe EU Mandate 376 ETSI Technical Report ETSI DTR 102 612: "Human Factors (HF); European accessibility requirements for public procurement of products and services in the ICT domain (European Commission Mandate M 376, Phase 1)" has been released. Background: The three European Standardization Organizations have set up two parallel project teams to carry out the work specified in the European Commission "Mandate 376 to CEN, CENELEC and ETSI, in Support of Accessibility Requirements for Public Procurement of Products and Services in the ICT Domain."

ETSI TC Human Factors Specialist Task Force 333 has developed ETSI DTR 102 612. Further details about the work performed by STF333 (e.g., Terms of Reference, specification of the detailed work tasks, time plan for the work, previous drafts, listing of comments received and means to contact the task force) can be found at the Special Task Force 333. The parts relating to the assessment of suitable testing and conformity schemes were carried out by a parallel project, detailed in CEN BT/WG185/PT. For further information, go to the CEN project team website. The two projects are closely coordinated. CEN project team European Commission mandate for e-accessibility (PDF 46KB) Commission takes low profile on e-accessibility The Disability Discrimination Act of 1995 (DDA) was enacted to ensure that websites are accessible to blind and disabled users in the United Kingdom. The Australian government has announced their plan to implement Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0. All Australian government websites will require Level A compliance by 2012, and Double A by 2015. The new standard replaces WCAG 1.0, which was introduced as a mandated requirement for agencies in 2000. United Kingdom W3C UK Policies Australia Worldwide JTC1 Special Working Group on Accessibility (SWG-A) G3ict: The Global Initiative for Inclusive ICT Italian accessibility legislation W3C Web Accessibility Initiative (WAI) Standards and legislation 67 Useful accessibility resources and links The following organizations may be good resources for information about disabilities and age-related limitations. NOTE: This is not an exhaustive list. These organizations are provided for informational purposes only. HP assumes no responsibility for information or contacts you may encounter on the Internet. Listing on this page does not imply endorsement by HP. Organizations American Association of People with Disabilities (AAPD) The Association of Assistive Technology Act Programs (ATAP) Hearing Loss Association of America (HLAA) Information Technology Technical Assistance and Training Center (ITTATC) Lighthouse International National Association of the Deaf National Federation of the Blind Rehabilitation Engineering & Assistive Technology Society of North America (RESNA) Telecommunications for the Deaf and Hard of Hearing, Inc. (TDI) W3C Web Accessibility Initiative (WAI) Educational institutions California State University, Northridge, Center on Disabilities (CSUN) University of Wisconsin - Madison, Trace Center University of Minnesota computer accommodations program Other disability resources ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act) Technical Assistance Program Business & Disability network EnableMart European Disability Forum Job Accommodation Network Microsoft Enable U.S. Department of Justice - A Guide to disability rights Laws HP links Our contact webform HP comfort and safety guide HP public sector sales 68 Chapter 14 Accessibility Contacting support NOTE: Support is in English only. Customers who are deaf or hard of hearing that have questions about technical support or accessibility of HP products:

Use TRS/VRS/WebCapTel to call (877) 656-7058 Monday through Friday, 6 a.m. to 9 p.m. Mountain Time. Customers with other disabilities or age-related limitations who have questions about technical support or accessibility of HP products, choose one of the following options:

Call (888) 259-5707 Monday through Friday, 6 a.m. to 9 p.m. Mountain Time. Complete the Contact form for people with disabilities or age-related limitations. Contacting support 69

 

 

Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices User Guide Copyright 2018, 2019 HP Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by HP Inc. under license. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered U.S. marks. Java is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Fourth Edition: April 2019 First Edition: March 2018 Document Part Number: L25269-004 About This Guide This guide provides regulatory, safety, and environmental information that is compliant with U.S., Canadian, and international regulations for notebook computers, tablets, desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, all-in-ones, and point-of-sale terminals. To access the latest user guides, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and follow the instructions to find your product. Then select User Guides. WARNING!

Indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in serious injury or death. CAUTION:

Indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. Indicates information considered important but not hazard-related (for example, messages IMPORTANT:

related to property damage). Warns the user that failure to follow a procedure exactly as described could result in loss of data or in damage to hardware or software. Also contains essential information to explain a concept or to complete a task. NOTE: Contains additional information to emphasize or supplement important points of the main text. TIP: Provides helpful hints for completing a task. iii iv About This Guide Table of contents 1 Regulatory notices ........................................................................................................................................ 1 Accessing regulatory labels ................................................................................................................................... 1 Federal Communications Commission notice ....................................................................................................... 1 Modifications ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Cables .................................................................................................................................................. 2 Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules ............................................. 2 Belarus regulatory notice ...................................................................................................................................... 3 Brazil notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 3 Canada notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 3 European Union regulatory notices ....................................................................................................................... 3 Declaration of Conformity ................................................................................................................... 3 Products with radio functionality (EMF) ........................................................................... 4 Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) ....................... 4 Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products and countries only) .................................................................................................................. 4 Ergonomics notice ............................................................................................................. 5 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ................................................. 5 Australia and New Zealand notice ......................................................................................................................... 5 China WWAN notice ................................................................................................................................................ 5 China radio equipment notice ................................................................................................................................ 5 Japan notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 6 Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings ................................................ 6 Mexico notice ......................................................................................................................................................... 6 Singapore wireless notice ...................................................................................................................................... 7 South Korea notices ............................................................................................................................................... 7 Thailand wireless notice ........................................................................................................................................ 7 Taiwan NCC notices ................................................................................................................................................ 8 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ............................................................................................................ 8 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices .............................................. 8 Airline travel notice ................................................................................................................................................ 8 User-replaceable battery notices .......................................................................................................................... 8 Factory-sealed battery notices ............................................................................................................................. 9 Laser compliance ................................................................................................................................................... 9 Telecommunications device approvals ................................................................................................................. 9 Modem notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 U.S. modem statements .................................................................................................................... 10 v U.S. modem declarations .................................................................................................................. 11 Canada modem statements .............................................................................................................. 12 Japan modem statements ................................................................................................................ 12 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 12 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 13 Macrovision Corporation notice ........................................................................................................................... 13 2 Safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 14 Important safety information ............................................................................................................................. 14 Heat-related safety warning notice .................................................................................................................... 15 Potential safety conditions notice ....................................................................................................................... 15 Installation conditions ......................................................................................................................................... 15 Acoustics notice ................................................................................................................................................... 15 Battery notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 15 Fan notices ........................................................................................................................................................... 16 Headset and earphone volume level notice ........................................................................................................ 16 Laser safety ......................................................................................................................................................... 16 Power supply and power cord set requirements ................................................................................................ 17 Power supply class I grounding requirements .................................................................................. 17 Brazil notice .................................................................................................................... 17 Denmark .......................................................................................................................... 17 Finland ............................................................................................................................. 17 Norway ............................................................................................................................ 17 Sweden ............................................................................................................................ 17 Power supply requirements .............................................................................................................. 17 For use in Norway ........................................................................................................... 17 Power cord set requirements ............................................................................................................ 18 Power cord notice .............................................................................................................................. 18 DC plug of external HP power supply ............................................................................. 18 Japan power cord notice ................................................................................................................... 19 Japan power cord requirements ....................................................................................................... 19 Pinch hazard ........................................................................................................................................................ 19 TV antenna connectors protection ...................................................................................................................... 19 External television antenna grounding ............................................................................................ 19 Lightning protection .......................................................................................................................... 19 Note to CATV system installer ........................................................................................................... 20 Travel notice ........................................................................................................................................................ 20 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 21 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 21 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 21 Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner ...................................................... 22 vi

......................................................................................................................................... 22 3 Environmental notices ................................................................................................................................. 23 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ....................................................................................... 23 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 23 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 23 Brazil hardware recycling information ................................................................................................................ 23 Taiwan battery recycling information ................................................................................................................. 24 ENERGY STAR Certification (select products only) ............................................................................................ 24 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 25 Mercury statement .............................................................................................................................................. 25 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ............................................................................................. 25 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 26 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 26 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) for notebook and tablet computers ................................... 29 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content ................................................... 29

..................................................................... 30 China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) for desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, all-in-

ones, and point-of-sale terminals ....................................................................................................................... 31 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content ................................................... 31

(ROHS) .................................................................................................................................................................. 33

(RoHS) ..................................................... 35

....................................................................................................... 35

(RoHS) ......................................................................................................................................... 36

....................................................................................................... 36 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 37 Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 .............................................................. 37 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 37 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 37 Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico .................................................................. 38 Turkey WEEE regulation ...................................................................................................................................... 38 TCO Certified ........................................................................................................................................................ 39 TCO Certified Edge ................................................................................................................................................ 40 Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 41 vii viii 1 Regulatory notices This chapter provides country- and region-specific non-wireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply aboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Accessing regulatory labels Regulatory labels, which provide country or regional regulatory information (for example, FCC ID), may be physically located on the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay (select products only), under the removable service door (select products only), on the back of the display, or on the wireless or modem module. Some products may also provide electronic regulatory labels (e-labels) that can be accessed through the system BIOS. NOTE: Electronic labels are not available on all products. NOTE: Devices not for sale or use in the United States may not contain a FCC ID. To view electronic regulatory labels:

Turn on or restart the computer. Press esc or f10 to enter Computer Setup. 1. 2. 3. 4. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Advanced, select Electronic Labels, and then press enter. To view an electronic label, use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select one of the listed items, and then press OK. NOTE: The list of available electronic label items varies depending on the computer model and installed devices. 5. To exit Computer Setup menus without making any changes:

Select the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main, select Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. Accessing regulatory labels 1 If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. 1. 2. For questions regarding this product:

Write to:

HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 Call HP at 650-857-1501 or Email techregshelp@hp.com To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Modifications Cables To maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations, connections to this device must be made with shielded cables having metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods. Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in a manner that is in conformance with the expected typical usage. 2 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices Belarus regulatory notice The product complies with the Belarus National Radio/Telecom Technical Regulation TR 2018/024/BY. Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Este equipamento atende aos limites de Taxa de Absoro Especfica referente exposio a campos eltricos, magnticos e eletromagnticos de radiofreqncias adotados pela ANATEL. Ao operar o dispositivo a uma distncia muito prxima do seu corpo, utilize um acessrio de armazenamento no metlico para posicionar o dispositivo a uma distncia mnima de 1,5 cm do corpo. IMPORTANT: A alimentao de energia predefinida para 220/230Vv. Se voc possuir tomada eltrica de 110/115Vv, por favor, altere a chave na parte traseira do seu computador para a tenso correta. Canada notices This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, the device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation: The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in a manner that is in conformance with the expected typical usage. IMPORTANT: When using IEEE 802.11a, n, or ac wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-

GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antennas for this device are not replaceable. Any attempt at user access will damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking have been constructed so that they can operate in at least one EU Member State and comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

Belarus regulatory notice 3 RED 2014/53/EU; Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU; EMC Directive 2014/30/EU; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU. Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following website: http://www.hp.eu/certificates

(Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Germany. Email techregshelp@hp.com Products with radio functionality (EMF) This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For notebook computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions. Products can be operated without maintaining a separation distance unless otherwise indicated in instructions specific to the product. Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) IEEE 802.11x wireless LAN with 5.155.35 GHz frequency band is restricted for IMPORTANT:

indoor use only in all countries reflected in the matrix. Using this WLAN application outdoors might lead to interference issues with existing radio services. IMPORTANT:

excluded in all countries reflected in the matrix. Fixed outdoor installations for WiGig application (5766 GHz frequency band) are Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products and countries only) Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) Radio Technology Bluetooth; 2,4 GHz NFC; 13,56 MHz RFID; 125 kHz/13,56 MHz WLAN Wi-Fi 802.11x; 2,4 GHz WLAN Wi-Fi 802.11x; 5 GHz WWAN 3G UTMS; 900/2100 MHz WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 900 MHz WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 1800 MHz WiGig 802.11ad; 60 GHz WWAN 4G LTE; 700/800/900/1800/2100/2300/2600/3500 MHz Less than 1 100 10 100 200 200 250 2000 1000 316 NOTE: Use only HP-supported software drivers and correct country settings to ensure compliance. 4 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices Ergonomics notice When a mobile computer is used at the office workstation for display work tasks where the Visual Display Unit

(VDU) Directive 90/270/EEC is applicable, an adequate external keyboard is required. Depending on the application and task, an adequate external monitor may also be necessary to attain working conditions comparable to a workstation setup. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (voluntary GS certification) Mobile computers bearing the "GS" approval mark meet the applicable ergonomic requirements. Without external keyboards, they are suitable only for short-time use for VDU tasks. During mobile use with disadvantageous illumination conditions (e.g. direct sunlight) reflections may occur, which result in reduced readability. A computer system comprising HP brand products meets the applicable ergonomic requirements if all affected constituent products bear the "GS" approval mark, for example Business Desktop PC, keyboard, PC-

mouse and monitor. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the applicable Directive and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/

regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Australia and New Zealand notice This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. The computer must be connected to the Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the requirements of AS/CA S008. WARNING! Modems without integral RJ11 connector that are shipped with this computer should not be installed in any other device. China WWAN notice China radio equipment notice Australia and New Zealand notice 5 Japan notice V-2 VCCI32-1 5GHz Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings This product contains certified radio equipment. Some products may use electronic regulatory labels (e-labels). To view the certification mark and numbers on an e-label, please refer to the previous Accessing regulatory labels section. e e Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. The regulatory model number for this product is on the regulatory label. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. The regulatory model number for this product is on the regulatory label. 6 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices Singapore wireless notice Turn off any WWAN devices while you are aboard aircraft. The use of these devices aboard aircraft is illegal, may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, and may disrupt the cellular network. Failure to observe this instruction may lead to suspension or denial of cellular services to the offender, or legal action, or both. Users are reminded to restrict the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, and where blasting operations are in progress. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, no part of the human body should be allowed to come too close to the antennas during operation of the equipment. This device has been designed to comply with applicable requirements for exposure to radio waves, based on scientific guidelines that include margins intended to assure the safety of all people, regardless of health and age. These radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods, with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. The SAR data information is based on CENELEC's standards EN50360 and EN50361, which use the limit of 2 watts per kilogram, averaged over 10 grams of tissue. South Korea notices Thailand wireless notice

(This telecommunication equipment conforms to the requirements of NBTC.) This radio communication equipment has the electromagnetic field strength in compliance with the Safety Standard for the Use of Radio communication Equipment on Human Health announced by the National Telecommunications Commission. Singapore wireless notice 7 Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices Airline travel notice Use of electronic equipment aboard commercial aircraft is at the discretion of the airline. User-replaceable battery notices When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, refer to the HP website at http://www.hp.com/

recycle. For information about removing a user-replaceable battery, refer to the user guide included with the product. 8 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices Factory-sealed battery notices The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. Laser compliance WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in the laser product installation guide, may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified in the laser product installation guide. Allow only authorized service providers to repair the unit. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (for example, a CD or DVD drive) and/or a fiber optic transceiver. Each of these devices that contain a laser is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with IEC/EN 60825-1 and meets the requirements for safety of that standard. Each laser product complies with US FDA regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. Factory-sealed battery notices 9 Modem notices U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. 10 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices U.S. modem declarations Refer to the following modem vendor declarations for the modem device installed in your computer:

Modem notices 11 Canada modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japan modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the V.92 56K Data/Fax Modem is below:

If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the LSI Corporation PCI-SV92EX Soft modem is below:

New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

12 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices a. b. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. d. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Macrovision Corporation notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only, unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Macrovision Corporation notice 13 2 Safety notices Important safety information WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. The computer may be heavy; be sure to use ergonomically correct lifting procedures when moving it. Install the computer near an AC outlet. The AC power cord is your computers main AC disconnecting device and must be easily accessible at all times. If the power cord provided with your computer has a grounded plug, always use the power cord with a properly grounded AC outlet to avoid the risk of electric shock. To reduce the possibility of an electric shock from the telephone network, plug your computer into the AC outlet before connecting it to the telephone line. Also, disconnect the telephone line before unplugging your computer from the AC power outlet. Always disconnect the modem cord from the telephone system before installing or removing your computer cover. Do not operate the computer with the cover removed. For your safety, always unplug the computer from its power source and from any telecommunications systems (such as telephone lines), networks, or modems before performing any service procedures. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage. Hazardous voltage levels are inside the power supply and modem of this product. As a safety precaution, if the system power load exceeds the specific configurations capacities, the system may temporarily disable some USB ports. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. IMPORTANT:

If your computer is provided with a voltage select switch for use in a 115 or 230 V power system, the voltage select switch has been pre-set to the correct voltage setting for use in the particular country/region where it was initially sold. Changing the voltage select switch to the incorrect position can damage your computer and void any implied warranty. 14 Chapter 2 Safety notices This product has not been evaluated for connection to an IT power system (an AC distribution system with no direct connection to earth, according to applicable safety standards). Heat-related safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the mobile computer, do not place the mobile computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the mobile computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The mobile computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by applicable safety standards. Potential safety conditions notice If you notice any of the following conditions (or if you have other safety concerns), do not use the computer:

crackling, hissing, or popping sound, or a strong odor or smoke coming from the computer. It is normal for these conditions to appear when an internal electronic component fails in a safe and controlled manner. However, these conditions may also indicate a potential safety issue. Do not assume it is a safe failure. Turn off the computer, disconnect it from its power source, and contact technical support for assistance. Installation conditions See installation instructions before connecting this equipment to the input supply. WARNING! Energized and moving parts may be inside the computer. Disconnect power to the equipment before removing the enclosure. Replace and secure the enclosure before re-energizing the equipment. Acoustics notice Battery notices Sound pressure level (LpA) is far below 70dB(A) (operator position, normal operation, according to ISO 7779). To display product noise emission data, go to IT ECO Declarations at http://www.hp.com/go/ted, and then select a product category from the drop-down menu. WARNING! The product may contain an internal lithium manganese dioxide, vanadium pentoxide, or alkaline battery or battery pack. There is risk of fire and burns if the battery pack is not handled properly. WARNING! Do not attempt to recharge the battery. WARNING! Do not expose to temperatures higher than 60 C (140 F). WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Fast charging may not be available for non-compatible or non-HP batteries. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts, or dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! Replace only with the HP spare designated for this product. Heat-related safety warning notice 15 WARNING! Do not ingest battery, a Chemical Burn Hazard. WARNING! This product contains a coin/button cell battery. If the coin/button cell battery is swallowed, it can cause severe internal burns in just 2 hours and can lead to death. WARNING! Keep new and used batteries away from children. If the battery compartment does not close securely, stop using the product and keep it away WARNING!

from children. WARNING!

immediate medical attention. If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek WARNING!

explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Leaving a battery in an extremely high temperature surrounding environment can result in an WARNING! A battery subjected to extremely low air pressure may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Icon Description Batteries, battery packs, and accumulators should not be disposed of together with the general household waste. In order to forward them to recycling or proper disposal, please use the public collection system or return them to HP, an authorized HP partner, or their agents. Fan notices WARNING!

Keep body parts away from moving parts. WARNING! Keep body parts away from fan blades. WARNING! Keep body parts out of the motion path. Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Adjustment of the volume control as well as the equalizer to other settings than the center position may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. The use of factors influencing the ear-/headphones output other than those specified by the manufacturer (e.g. operating system, equalizer software, firmware, driver) may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. Laser safety For products equipped with optical drives or fiber optic transceivers. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (i.e., CD or DVD drive) and/or fiber optic transceiver. These contain lasers and are classified as Class 1 Laser Products in accordance with the standard IEC/EN 60825-1 and comply with its requirements. Each laser product complies with US FDA Regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007. 16 Chapter 2 Safety notices WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser products installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified herein. Allow only HP Authorized Service technicians to repair the unit. Power supply and power cord set requirements Power supply class I grounding requirements For protection from fault currents, the equipment shall be connected to a grounding terminal. Plug the system power cord into an AC outlet that provides a ground connection. Substitute cords may not provide adequate fault protection. Only use the power cord supplied with this product or an HP Inc. authorized replacement. Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Apparatets stikprop skal tilsluttes en stikkontakt med jord, som giver forbindelse til stikproppens jord. Laite on liitettv suojakoskettimilla varustettuun pistorasiaan. Brazil notice Denmark Finland Norway Sweden Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag. Power supply requirements The power supplies on some products have external power switches. The voltage select switch feature on the product permits it to operate from any line voltage between 100-127 or 200-240 volts AC. Power supplies on those products that do not have external power switches are equipped with internal circuits that sense the incoming voltage and automatically switch to the proper voltage. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or an AC adapter purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. For use in Norway This product is also designed for an IT power system with phase-to-phase voltage 230V. Power supply and power cord set requirements 17 Power cord set requirements 1. 2. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. The power cord set received with the product meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment was originally purchased. Use only the power cord provided with the unit or an authorized replacement power cord from HP Inc. or an approved HP Inc. source. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/support. Power cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where you use the product. For more information on power cord set requirements, contact your authorized HP dealer, reseller, or service provider. WARNING! Do not use power cords from other products. Mismatched power cords may result in a shock and fire hazard. The requirements listed below are applicable to all countries:

The power cord must be approved by an acceptable accredited agency responsible for evaluation in the country where the power cord set will be installed. The length of the power cord must be between 1.8 m (6 feet) and 3.6 m (12 feet). For a power cord 2.0 m

(6.56 feet) or less, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm2 or 18AWG. If the power cord is longer than 2.0 m (6.56 feet), the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 1.0 mm2 or 16AWG. The power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. WARNING! Do not operate this product with a damaged power cord set. If the power cord set is damaged in any manner, replace it immediately. Damaged cords may result in user exposure to hazards. Power cord notice If you were not provided with a power cord for the computer or for an external power accessory intended for use with the computer, you should purchase a power cord that is approved for use in your country or region. The power cord must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product's electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cord should be greater than the voltage and current rating marked on the product. In addition, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm/

18AWG, and the length of the cord must be between 1.0 m (3.2 ft) and 2 m (6.56 ft). If you have questions about the type of power cord to use, contact your authorized service provider. A power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. DC plug of external HP power supply 18 Chapter 2 Safety notices Japan power cord notice Japan power cord requirements For use in Japan, use only the power cord received with this product. CAUTION: Do not use the power cord received with this product on any other products. Pinch hazard WARNING! Observe pinch hazard areas. Keep fingers away from closing parts. TV antenna connectors protection External television antenna grounding If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the product, be sure the antenna or cable system is electrically grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper electrical grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna-

discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. Lightning protection For added protection of any product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug the product from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the product from lightning and power line surges. Table 2-1 Antenna Grounding Reference Grounding Component 1 Electric Service Equipment Pinch hazard 19 Table 2-1 Antenna Grounding (continued) Reference Grounding Component 2 3 4 5 6 7 Power Service Grounding Electrode System (NEC Art 250, Part III) Ground Clamps Grounding Conductors (NEC Section 810.21) Antenna Discharge Unit (NEC Section 810.20) Ground Clamp Antenna Lead-in Wire Note to CATV system installer This reminder is provided to call the CATV systems installers attention to section 820.93 of the National Electric Code, which provides guidelines for proper grounding and in particular, specify that the Coaxial cable shield shall be connected to grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. Travel notice WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. 20 Chapter 2 Safety notices China safety notices China: Altitude notice 2000m Icon Description 2000m China: Tropical warning notice Icon Description China safety notices 21 Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner CAUTION: To reduce potential safety issues, use a galvanic isolator when connecting to a cable distribution system.

(1) 30 10

(2) 2 2 1 22 Chapter 2 Safety notices 3 Environmental notices This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users Icon Description This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Brazil hardware recycling information Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling 23 Taiwan battery recycling information Icon Description The Taiwan EPA requires dry battery manufacturing or importing firms, in accordance with Article 15 of the Waste Disposal Act, to indicate the recovery marks on the batteries used in sales, giveaways, or promotions. Contact a qualified Taiwanese recycler for proper battery disposal. ENERGY STAR Certification (select products only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, HP Inc. has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers:

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Notebooks, Mobile Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Tablets/Slates Less than or equal to 1 minute Not applicable Not applicable Desktops, Integrated Desktops, Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when the power/sleep button is pressed. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. Product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. When sleep mode is supported by operating system product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. Thin clients Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes when sleep mode is supported by the operating system (varies by model) 24 Chapter 3 Environmental notices Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. For computers that support an always-on, always-connected use profile where internet access is available

(such as tablets and slates), alternative low power modes - such as Short or Long Idle modes (as defined in the ENERGY STAR Computer Program Requirements) are provided that consume very little power (</= 10 Watts) and when applicable, maximize product battery life. These alternative low power modes are dynamic, with the display sleep mode activated within 1 minute of user inactivity. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management website at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR website at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances Mercury statement HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No. 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. This statement applies to all-in-one computers with built-in display panels that do not use LED backlighting. This HP product may contain the following material that might require special handling at end-of-life:

Mercury in the fluorescent lamp in the display LCD Disposal of mercury can be regulated because of environmental considerations. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)

(http://www.eiae.org). Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply The computers real-time clock battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/. Chemical substances 25 China environmental notices China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers, this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Category B 125.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa Category C 159.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa Category D 184.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa Portable Computer Category A 20.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa Category B 26.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa Category C 54.5+Efa 75.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers". Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

Product Type Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer 26 Chapter 3 Environmental notices Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

System memory of not less than 2 GB The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. A Discrete GPU 1. 2. 1. 2. Category D CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. China PC energy label 27 28 Chapter 3 Environmental notices China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) for notebook and tablet computers The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by Chinas Management Methods for Restricted Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Products Part Name Lead (Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd) Mercury Cadmium Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Hazardous Substances Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power pack Power supply Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Speakers, external X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) for notebook and tablet computers 29 Hazardous Substances Mercury Cadmium Lead (Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity.

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(PBB)

(PBDE)

(Cr(VI)) Part Name TV tuner USB flash memory drive USB hub Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards

I/O PCA

(LCD) CD/DVD/

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 30 Chapter 3 Environmental notices

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(PBB)

(PBDE)

/Java USB USB X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

(Cr(VI)) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) for desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, all-in-ones, and point-of-sale terminals The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by Chinas Management Methods for Restricted Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Products China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) for desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, all-in-

ones, and point-of-sale terminals 31 Hazardous Substances Part Name Lead (Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd) Mercury Cadmium Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Flash memory card reader Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Fan Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones Heat sink I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power supply Projector Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Solid-state drives Speakers, external Stylus Touch mat TV tuner USB flash memory drive X X X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 32 Chapter 3 Environmental notices Hazardous Substances Mercury Cadmium Lead (Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Part Name USB hub Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards 3D Capture Stage/

Turntable

I/O PCA This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity.

(ROHS)

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(PBB)

(PBDE)

(Cr(VI)) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

(ROHS) 33

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(PBB)

(PBDE)

(Cr(VI))

(LCD) CD/DVD/

/Java USB USB 3D /

X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 34 Chapter 3 Environmental notices

(RoHS) Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Unit Lead (Pb) Mercury (Hg) Cadmium (Cd) Hexavalent chromium (Cr+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Cables

Chassis/Other

I/O PCAs

(LCD) Liquid crystal display (LCD) panel Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Power pack Power supply Storage Devices Wireless Devices 1 0.1 % 0.01 %

Note 1: "Exceeding 0.1 wt %" and "exceeding 0.01 wt %" indicate that the percentage content of the restricted substance exceeds the reference percentage value of presence condition. 2 Note 2: "" indicates that the percentage content of the restricted substance does not exceed the percentage of reference value of presence. 3 Note 3: The "" indicates that the restricted substance corresponds to the exemption.

(RoHS) 35 http://www.hp.com/support To access the latest user guides, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and follow the instructions to find your product. Then select User Guides.

(RoHS) Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Lead Mercury Cadmium

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd) Hexavalent chromium (Cr

+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Unit Cables

/ Chassis/Other

I/O PCAs

(LCD) Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel (for AIO only) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Power supply Storage Devices 1 0.1 % 0.01 %

Note 1: "Exceeding 0.1 wt %" and "exceeding 0.01 wt %" indicate that the percentage content of the restricted substance exceeds the reference percentage value of presence condition. 2 Note 2: "" indicates that the percentage content of the restricted substance does not exceed the percentage of reference value of presence. 3 Note 3: The "" indicates that the restricted substance corresponds to the exemption. http://www.hp.com/support To access the latest user guides, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and follow the instructions to find your product. Then select User Guides. 36 Chapter 3 Environmental notices India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product, as well as its related consumables and spares, complies with the reduction in hazardous substances provisions of the "India E-waste Rule 2016." It does not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except where allowed pursuant to the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 To locate product power consumption data, including when the product is in networked standby with all wired network ports connected and wireless devices connected, refer to section P14 Additional information of the product IT ECO Declaration at http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/

itecodesktop-pc.html. Where applicable, activate and deactivate a wireless network using the instructions included in the product user guide or the operating system. Information is also available at http://www.hp.com/support. IT ECO declarations Notebook or tablet PCs http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/iteconotebook-o.html Desktop PCs and Thin Clients Workstations http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html?

jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecoworkstatio.html Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 37 Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico Se ha etiquetado este producto en conformidad con la Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico, que requiere la divulgacin del consumo de energa del modo de uso normal (modo inactivo) y del modo de espera. Su producto es una de las muchas configuraciones de esta familia de modelos; el consumo de energa del modo inactivo de su configuracin especfica puede diferir de la informacin de la etiqueta. El consumo real de energa de su producto puede ser mayor o menor que el valor informado en la etiqueta de energa de producto para Mxico a causa de factores como la configuracin (componentes y mdulos seleccionados) y el uso (tareas que se estn efectuando, software instalado y en ejecucin, etc.). NOTE: Esta ley no es aplicable a las estaciones de trabajo. Turkey WEEE regulation Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: AEEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur 38 Chapter 3 Environmental notices TCO Certified This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified logo. TCO Certified 39 TCO Certified Edge This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified Edge logo. 40 Chapter 3 Environmental notices Symbols/Numerics 35, 36 Federal Communications Commission notices notebook computers cables 2 notebook computers modifications 2 35, 36 notebook computers notice 1 Index A airline travel notice 8 altitude notice 21 B battery 15 battery notice 8, 9, 23 battery recycling 23 Belarus regulatory notice 3 Brazil notice 3, 17 C cable grounding notice 22 Canada modem statement 12 Canada notices 3 China environmental notices 26 China PC energy label 26 China restriction of hazardous substances notice 29, 31 D disposal notices battery 23 battery, user replacement 8 equipment 23 factory sealed battery 9 E electronic hardware and battery recycling 23 ENERGY STAR certification 24 environmental notices 23 equipment disposal notice 23 ergonomics notice 5 European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 37 F fan notice 16 G GS Notice 5 H headset and earphone volume level notice 16 I India restriction of hazardous substances notice 37 J Japan modem statement 12 Japan notice 6 Japan power cord notice 19 Japan restriction of hazardous substances notice 37 L labels, regulatory 1 laser safety notice 9, 16 M Macrovision Corporation notice 13 maximum power levels 4 Mexico wireless notice 6 modem notices 10 modem statements Canada 12 Japan 12 New Zealand 12 U.S. 10, 11 modifications, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 2 N New Zealand modem statement 12 airline travel 8 battery 8, 9, 15, 23 Belarus regulatory 3 Brazil 3, 17 Canada 3 China restriction of hazardous substances 29, 31 environmental 23 equipment disposal 23 ergonomics 5 fan 16 headset and earphone volume level 16 India restriction of hazardous substances 37 Japan 6 Japan power cord 19 Japan restriction of hazardous substances 37 laser safety 9, 16 Macrovision Corporation 13 Mexico 6 modem 10 perchlorate material 25 power cords 18 Singapore 7 South Korea 7 Taiwan 8 Thailand wireless notice 7 travel 20 notices, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 1 P power cord notice 18 R radio frequency bands 4 recycling, electronic hardware and battery 23 S Singapore wireless notice 7 Index 41 South Korea notice 7 T Taiwan notice 8 TCO Certified Certification 39 TCO Certified Edge Certification 40 Thailand wireless notice 7 travel notice 20 tropical warning notice 21 TV tuner, cable grounding notice 22 U U.S. modem statement 10, 11 V voice support 13 volume level notice, headset and earphone 16 W wireless LAN devices 2 42 Index

 

 

User's Manual SATELLITE PRO C30-K/C40-K/C50-K SATELLITE C30-K/C40-K/C50-K TECRA L30-K dynabook EX3xL-K/E40-K dynabook CS4xL-Kx/CS5xL-Kx Series Table of Contents Legal, Regulatory, and Safety Copyright, Disclaimer and Trademarks .............................................. 1-1 Chapter 1 Regulatory Information ......................................................................... 1-2 Video Standard Notice ........................................................................ 1-10 OpenSSL Toolkit License Issues ....................................................... 1-10 FreeType License Issues .................................................................... 1-13 ENERGY STAR Program .................................................................. 1-16 Disposing of the computer and the computer's battery .................. 1-16 General Precautions ........................................................................... 1-17 Safety Icons ......................................................................................... 1-19 Chapter 2 Getting Started Equipment checklist ............................................................................. 2-1 Conventions ........................................................................................... 2-1 Using your computer for the first time ................................................ 2-2 Getting to know Windows ..................................................................... 2-7 Turning off the power ............................................................................ 2-9 System Recovery ................................................................................ 2-13 Chapter 3 The Grand Tour Front with the display closed ............................................................... 3-1 Left side .................................................................................................. 3-1 Right side ............................................................................................... 3-3 Back ........................................................................................................ 3-5 Underside ............................................................................................... 3-5 Front with the display open .................................................................. 3-6 Internal Hardware Components ........................................................... 3-9 Power Condition Descriptions ........................................................... 3-11 Chapter 4 Operating Basics Using the Touch Pad ............................................................................. 4-1 The Keyboard ......................................................................................... 4-2 Using the Fingerprint Sensor ............................................................... 4-5 Battery .................................................................................................... 4-6 Memory media ....................................................................................... 4-9 HDMI out port ................................................................................... 4-13 LAN ....................................................................................................... 4-14 Wireless display .................................................................................. 4-15 User's Manual ii Security lock ........................................................................................ 4-16 Optional Accessories .......................................................................... 4-16 Sound System and Video mode ......................................................... 4-17 Chapter 5 Utilities and Advanced Usage Utilities and Applications ...................................................................... 5-1 Special features ..................................................................................... 5-4 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Problem-solving process ..................................................................... 6-1 Hardware and system checklist ........................................................... 6-4 Technical support ................................................................................ 6-13 Chapter 7 Appendix Specifications ........................................................................................ 7-1 AC Power Cord and Connectors .......................................................... 7-2 Information for Wireless Devices ........................................................ 7-3 Accessibility ........................................................................................ 7-15 Accessibility for Dynabook notebook ............................................... 7-15 Legal Footnotes ................................................................................... 7-18 Glossary ............................................................................................... 7-21 Index User's Manual iii Chapter 1 Legal, Regulatory, and Safety This chapter states the legal, regulatory, and safety information applicable to your computer. Copyright, Disclaimer and Trademarks Copyright 2022 Dynabook Inc. All Rights Reserved. Under the copyright laws, this manual cannot be reproduced in any form without the prior written permission of Dynabook Inc. No patent liability is assumed, with respect to the use of the information contained herein. First edition May 2022 Copyright authority for music, movies, computer programs, databases and other intellectual property covered by copyright laws belongs to the author or to the copyright owner. Copyrighted material can be reproduced only for personal use or use within the home. Any other use beyond that stipulated above (including conversion to digital format, alteration, transfer of copied material and distribution on a network) without the permission of the copyright owner is a violation of copyright or author's rights and is subject to civil damages or criminal action. Comply with copyright laws in making any reproduction from this manual. Disclaimer This manual has been validated and reviewed for accuracy. The instructions and descriptions it contains are accurate for your computer at the time of this manuals production. However, succeeding computers and manuals are subject to change without notice. Dynabook Inc. assumes no liability for damages incurred directly or indirectly from errors, omissions or discrepancies between the computer and the manual. Any references in this Guide to Dynabook shall mean Dynabook Inc. and/

or its affiliates. Trademarks Intel, Intel logo are trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries. Microsoft, Windows are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. User's Manual 1-1 The Bluetooth word mark is a registered trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing Administrator, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Wi-Fi is a registered trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance. USB Type-C and USB-C are trademarks of USB Implementers Forum. All other company names, product names, and service names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies. Regulatory Information The regulatory information herein might vary. Check the ID information on the bottom of the device or box for specific information applicable to the model you purchased. FCC information This device complies with FCC RF exposure requirements This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Only peripherals complying with the FCC class B limits can be attached to this equipment. Operation with non-compliant peripherals or peripherals not recommended by Dynabook is likely to result in interference to radio and TV reception. Shielded cables must be used between the external devices and the computers Universal Serial Bus (USB 3.2 Gen1) port, USB Type-

C port and HDMI out port. Changes or modifications made to this equipment, not expressly approved by Dynabook or parties authorized by Dynabook could void the users authority to operate the equipment. User's Manual 1-2 FCC conditions This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Approved wireless devices This section presents the FCC ID and model number of each wireless device. WIFI Model: AX201NGW, FCC ID: CJ6AX201NGWWB,Intel Wireless -AX201 WIFI Model: RTL8852AE, FCC ID: TX2-RTL8852AE,11ax RTL8852AE Combo module WIFI Model: AW-XB547NF (RTL8852BE),FCC ID: TX2-RTL8852BE,11ax RTL8852BE Combo module WIFI Model: AW-CM304NF (RTL8821CE), FCC ID: TX2-RTL8821CE,RTL8821CE Contact Address:

Dynabook Americas, Inc. 5241 California Avenue, Suite 100 Irvine, California, USA, 92617 Telephone:

(949) 583-3000 This information is only applicable for the countries/regions where it is required. California Prop 65 Warning This product contains chemicals, including lead, known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling. For the state of California only. Export Administration Regulation This document contains technical data that may be controlled under the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, and may be subject to the approval of the U.S. Department of Commerce prior to export. Any export, directly or indirectly, in contravention of the U.S. Export Administration Regulations is prohibited. EU Declaration of Conformity This product is carrying the CE mark in accordance with the related European Directives. Responsible for CE marking is Dynabook Europe GmbH, Stresemannallee 4b, 41460 Neuss, Germany. The complete and official EU Declaration of Conformity can be found on the website https://emea.dynabook.com/product-conformity. User's Manual 1-3 CE compliance Hereby, Dynabook Europe GmbH declares that the model(s) described in this manual is/are in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address: https://emea.dynabook.com/product-conformity. This product is labeled with the CE mark in accordance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of the applicable European Directives, notably Radio Equipment Directive (2014/53/EU), RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU, Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC (ErP) and the related implementing measures. This product and the original accessories are designed to observe the applicable EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility) standards. However, Dynabook cannot guarantee that this product still observes these EMC standards if accessories or cables not produced by Dynabook are connected or implemented. In this case the persons who have connected/

implemented those accessories/cables have to provide assurance that the system (PC plus accessories/cables) still fulfils the required standards. To avoid in general EMC problems, the following guidance should be noted:

Only CE marked accessories should be connected/implemented. Only best shielded cables should be connected. Working environment This product was designed to fulfil the EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility) requirements to be observed for so-called residential, commercial and light industry environments. Dynabook does not recommend the use of this product in working environments other than the above listed working environment. For example, the following environments are not verified:

Industrial environments (e.g. environments where a mains voltage of 380 V three-phase is used) Medical environments (according to Medical Device Directive) Automotive environments Aircraft environments Any consequences resulting from the use of this product in working environments that are not verified/recommended are not the responsibility of Dynabook. The consequences of the use of this product in non-verified working environments may be:

Interference with other devices or machines in the near surrounding area Malfunction of, or data loss from, this product caused by disturbances generated by other devices or machines in the near surrounding area User's Manual 1-4 Therefore Dynabook strongly recommends that the electromagnetic compatibility of this product should be suitably tested in all non-verified working environments before use. In the case of vehicles or aircraft, the manufacturer or airline operator respectively should be asked for permission before use of this product. Furthermore, for general safety reasons, the use of this product in environments with explosive atmospheres is not permitted. VCCI Class B Information (Japan Only) Canadian regulatory information (Canada only) This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus as set out in the Radio Interference Regulation of the Canadian Department of Communications. Note that Canadian Department of Communications (DOC) regulations provide, that changes or modifications not expressly approved by Dynabook could void your authority to operate this equipment. This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations. Cet appareil numrique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Rglement sur le matriel brouilleur du Canada. Canadian Notice This device complies with ISED (formerly Industry Canada) license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. User's Manual 1-5 To comply with the Canadian RF exposure compliance requirements, this device and its antenna must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. When operating this computer, minimum distance of 13 mm from the antenna must be maintained. Pour tre conforme aux exigences canadiennes en matire d'exposition aux frquences radio, l'appareil et son antenne ne doivent pas tre situs au mme endroit qu'une autre antenne ou un autre metteur ni fonctionner en mme temps. Une distance minimale de 13 mm de l'antenne doit tre maintenue durant l'utilisation de cet ordinateur. This device is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz frequency range. FCC requires this product to be used indoors for frequency range 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5.25 GHz to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 GHz to 5.85 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage this device. Les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont rservs uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Veuillez noter que les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., quils ont la priorit) pour les bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient causer du brouillage et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. The above caution applies to products that operate with an 802.11a/n/ac/ax radio device. La mise en garde ci-dessus ne sapplique quaux appareils ayant un transmetteur oprant en mode 802.11a/n/ac/ax. User's Manual 1-6 Following information is only valid for EU member states:

Information requirements Regulation EC 1275/2008 Additional information as required by Regulation (EC) 1275/2008 amended by Regulation (EU) 801/2013 implementing European Ecodesign Directive with regard to requirements for standby, off mode and networked standby electric power consumption of electrical and electronic household and office equipment can be found here: http://emea.dynabook.com/environment. Disposal of products The crossed-out wheeled bin symbol indicates that products must be collected and disposed of separately from household waste. Integrated batteries and accumulators can be disposed of with the product. They will be separated at the recycling centres. The black bar indicates that the product was placed on the market after August 13, 2005. By participating in the separate collection of products and batteries, you will help to assure the proper disposal of products and batteries and thus help to prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health. For more detailed information about the collection and recycling programmes available in your country, please visit our website http://emea.dynabook.com/environment or contact your local council office or the retail outlet where you purchased the product. User's Manual 1-7 Disposal of batteries and/or accumulators The crossed out wheeled dust bin symbol indicates that batteries and/or accumulators must be collected and disposed of separately from household waste. If the battery or accumulator contains more than the specified values of lead (Pb), mercury (Hg), and/or cadmium (Cd) defined in the European Battery Directive, then the chemical symbols for lead (Pb), mercury (Hg) and/or cadmium (Cd) will appear below the crossed out wheeled dust bin symbol. By participating in the separate collection of batteries, you will help to assure the proper disposal of products and batteries and thus help to prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health. To achieve this you should take any battery and/or accumulator to your local recycling site, or to a retail outlet or facility that offers to collect these devices for environmentally friendly disposal, ensuring that the terminal contacts are covered by non-conductive tape. For more detailed information about the collection and recycling programmes available in your country, please visit our website http://emea.dynabook.com/environment or contact your local council office or the retail outlet where you purchased the product. These symbols might not stick depending on the country and region where you purchased. REACH - Compliance Statement The European Union (EU) chemical regulation, REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals), entered into force on 1 June 2007, with phased deadlines to 2018. Dynabook will meet all REACH requirements and is committed to provide our customers with information about the presence in our articles of substances included on the candidate list according to REACH regulation. Please consult the following website http://emea.dynabook.com/environment for information about the presence in our articles of substances included on the candidate list according to REACH in a concentration above 0.1 % weight by weight. User's Manual 1-8 Following information is only for Turkey:

Disposal of products:

The crossed-out wheelie bin symbol means that this product should not be collected and disposed of with other household waste. When the product becomes waste at its end of life, to protect environment and human health, it should be given to the nearest collection, recycling or disposal center. For more information about collection and recycling programs in your country please contact your local authority or the retailer where the product was purchased. Dynabook meets all requirements of Turkish regulation 28300 Restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. AEEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur Dynabook 28300 sayl Trkiye ''Elektrikle alan ve elektronik ekipmanda belirli tehlikeli maddelerin kullanmyla ilgili kstlama ynetmelii gereklerini tamamen yerine getirmektedir. The number of possible pixel failures of your display is defined according to ISO 9241-307 standards. If the number of pixel failures is less than this standard, they will not be counted as defect or failure. Battery is a consumption product, since the battery time depends on the usage of your computer. If the battery can not be charged at all, then it is a defect or failure. The changes in battery time is not a defect or failure. These symbols might not stick depending on the country and region where you purchased. Following information is only for India:

The use of this symbol indicates that this product may not be treated as household waste. By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused by inappropriate waste handling of this product. For more detailed information about recycling of this product, please visit our website https://asia.dynabook.com or contact call center (1800 200 6768). User's Manual 1-9 These symbols might not stick depending on the country and region where you purchased. Video Standard Notice THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC, THE VC-1 AND MPEG-4 VISUAL PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER FOR (I) ENCODING VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ABOVE STANDARDS ("VIDEO") AND/OR (II) DECODING AVC, VC-1 AND MPEG-4 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED BY MPEG LA TO PROVIDE SUCH VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION INCLUDING THAT RELATING TO PROMOTIONAL, INTERNAL AND COMMERCIAL USES AND LICENSING MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE http://www.mpegla.com. OpenSSL Toolkit License Issues LICENSE ISSUES

The OpenSSL toolkit stays under a dual license, i.e. both the conditions of the OpenSSL License and the original SSLeay license apply to the toolkit. See below for the actual license texts. Actually both licenses are BSD-style Open Source licenses. In case of any license issues related to OpenSSL please contact openssl-core@openssl.org OpenSSL License

Copyright (c) 1998-2019 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment:

"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit."

[http://www.openssl.org]

User's Manual 1-10 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission. For written permission, please contact openssl-core@openssl.org. 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project. 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment:

"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit"

[http://www.openssl.org]

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS''

AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT

(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young

(eay@cryptsoft.com). This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).

Original SSLeay License

/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com) All rights reserved. This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young

(eay@cryptsoft.com). The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL. This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as the following conditions are adheared to. The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, lhash, DES, etc., code;

not just the SSL code. The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). User's Manual 1-11 Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed. If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used. This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement:

"This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young

(eay@cryptsoft.com)"

4. The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the routines from the library being used are not cryptographic related :-). If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:

"This product includes software written by Tim Hudson

(tjh@cryptsoft.com)"

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be copied and put under another distribution licence [including the GNU Public Licence.]

User's Manual 1-12 FreeType License Issues The FreeType Project LICENSE

2006-Jan-27 Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg Introduction

The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to the FreeType font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType Project. This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit license. The license affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs, documentation and makefiles, at the very least. This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which all encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a consequence, its main points are that:

We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports. (`as is' distribution) You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us. (`royalty-free' usage) You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. (`credits') We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in commercial products. We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The FreeType Project. Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this license. We thus encourage you to use the following text:

Portions of this software are copyright (C) <year> The FreeType Project www.freetype.org. All rights reserved.

Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you actually use. Legal Terms User's Manual 1-13

0. Definitions

Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and

`FreeType archive' refer to the set of files originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the

`FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.

`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where `using' is a generic term including compiling the project's source code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'. This program is referred to as

`a program using the FreeType engine'. This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code, binaries and documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as distributed in the original archive. If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify this. The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. All rights reserved except as specified below. 1. No Warranty

THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT. 2. Redistribution

This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute, perform, compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project (in both source and object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:

Redistribution of source code must retain this license file (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files. User's Manual 1-14 Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of the work of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory. These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the unmodified files. If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us. 3. Advertising

Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial, advertising, or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission. We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software in your documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine', `FreeType library', or

`FreeType Distribution'. As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project is copyrighted material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right to use, distribute, and modify it. Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and accept all the terms of this license. 4. Contacts

There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:

freetype@nongnu.org Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library and distribution. If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the documentation. freetype-devel@nongnu.org Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc. Our home page can be found at http://www.freetype.org User's Manual 1-15 ENERGY STAR Program Your computer model may be ENERGY STAR compliant. If the model you purchased is compliant, it uses the ENERGY STAR logo and the following information applies. Dynabook is a partner in the ENERGY STAR program and has designed this computer to meet the latest ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency. Your computer ships with the power management options preset to a configuration that will provide the most stable operating environment and optimum system performance for both AC power and battery modes. To conserve energy, your computer is set to enter the low-

power Sleep Mode which shuts down the system and display within 15 minutes of inactivity in AC power mode. Dynabook recommends that you leave this and other energy saving features active, so that your computer will operate at its maximum energy efficiency. You can wake the computer from Sleep Mode by pressing the power button. Your ENERGY STAR certified computer should be set by default to enter a low-power "sleep mode" after a period of inactivity. Simply touching the mouse or keyboard "wakes"

the computer in seconds. These sleep features can save you up to $23 per year (200 kWh per year in electricity) and prevent up to 300 pounds of greenhouse gas emissions annually. To learn how to adjust or activate these sleep settings on your computer, please go to:

www.energystar.gov/sleepinstructions To activate sleep settings organization-wide quickly and easily through network tools, please go to:

www.energystar.gov/powermanagement Disposing of the computer and the computer's battery The computer's battery pack is not user-accessible. Contact an authorized service provider for details regarding how to dispose of the computer and the battery pack. Dynabook is strongly committed to reducing electronic waste. For the efficient use of resources and appropriate treatment of hazardous substances, local, state and federal regulations must be adhered to when recycling your electronic device. To learn about Dynabooks sustainability commitment, visit:

User's Manual 1-16 http://us.dynabook.com/company/corporate-social-responsibility/sustainability General Precautions Your computer is designed to optimize safety, minimize strain and withstand the rigors of portability. However, certain precautions should be observed to further reduce the risk of personal injury or damage to the computer. Be certain to read the following general precautions and to note the cautions included in the text of the manual. Provide adequate ventilation Always make sure that your computer and AC adaptor have adequate ventilation and are protected from overheating when the power is turned on or when an AC adaptor is connected to a power outlet (even if your computer is in Sleep Mode). In this condition, observe the following:

Never cover your computer or AC adaptor with any object. Never place your computer or AC adaptor near a heat source, such as an electric blanket or heater. Never cover or block the air vents including those at the base of the computer. Always operate your computer on a hard flat surface. Using your computer on a carpet or other soft material can block the vents. Always provide sufficient space around the computer. Overheating your computer or AC adaptor could cause system failure, computer or AC adaptor damage or a fire, possibly resulting in serious injury. Creating a computer-friendly environment Place the computer on a flat surface that is large enough for the computer and any other items you are using, such as a printer. Leave enough space around the computer and other equipment to provide adequate ventilation. Otherwise, they might overheat. To keep your computer in prime operating condition, protect your work area from:

Dust, moisture, and direct sunlight Equipment that generates a strong electromagnetic field, such as stereo speakers (other than speakers that are connected to the computer) or speakerphones Rapid changes in temperature or humidity and sources of temperature change such as air conditioner vents or heaters Extreme heat, cold, or humidity Liquids and corrosive chemicals User's Manual 1-17 Stress injury Carefully read the Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort. It contains information on the prevention of stress injuries to your hands and wrists that can be caused by extensive keyboard use. It also includes information on work space design, posture, and lighting that can help reduce physical stress. Heat injury Avoid prolonged physical contact with the computer. If the computer is used for long periods, its surface can become very warm. While the temperature will not feel hot to the touch, if you maintain physical contact with the computer for a long time, for example if you rest the computer on your lap or if you keep your hands on the palm rest, your skin might suffer a low-heat injury. If the computer has been used for a long time, avoid direct contact with the metal plate supporting the various interface ports as this can become hot. The surface of the AC adaptor can become hot when in use, but this condition does not indicate a malfunction. If you need to transport the AC adaptor, disconnect it and let it cool before moving it. Do not lay the AC adaptor on a material that is sensitive to heat as the material could become damaged. Pressure or impact damage Do not apply heavy pressure to the computer or subject it to any form of strong impact as this can damage the computer's components or otherwise cause it to malfunction. Cleaning the computer To help ensure long, trouble-free operation, keep the computer free of dust and dirt, and use care with all liquids around it. Be careful not to spill liquids into the computer. If the computer does get wet, turn the power off immediately and let the computer dry completely. In these circumstances, you should get the computer inspected by an authorized service provider in order to assess the scope of any damage. Clean the plastics of the computer using a cloth slightly dampened with water. You can clean the display screen by spraying a small amount of glass cleaner onto a soft, clean cloth and then wiping the screen gently with the cloth. Never spray cleaner directly onto the computer or let liquid run into any part of it. Never use harsh or caustic chemical products to clean the computer. User's Manual 1-18 Moving the computer While the computer is designed for flexible day-to-day usage, you should exercise a few simple precautions when moving it in order to help ensure trouble-free operation. Make sure all disk/disc activity has ended before moving the computer. Turn off (shut down) the computer. Disconnect the AC adaptor and all peripherals before moving the computer. Close the display panel. Do not pick up the computer by its display panel. Before carrying your computer, shut it down, disconnect the AC adaptor and allow it to cool down. A failure to follow this instruction might result in minor heat injury. Do not expose the computer to rapid temperature changes (for example, in a situation where you carry the computer from a cold environment to a warm room). Do not turn on the power until condensation disappears. Be careful not to subject the computer to impact or shock. A failure to follow this instruction could result in damage to computer, computer failure, or loss of data. Never transport your computer with any cards inserted. This might damage either the computer and/or the card resulting in computer failure. Always use a suitable carry case when transporting the computer. When carrying your computer, be sure to hold it securely so that it does not fall or hit anything. Do not carry your computer by holding any of its protruding elements. Mobile phones Be aware that the use of mobile phones can interfere with the audio system. The operation of the computer will not be impaired in any way, but it is recommended that a minimum distance of 30 cm is maintained between the computer and a mobile phone that is in use. Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort All important information on the safe and proper use of this computer is described in the enclosed Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort. Be sure to read it before using the computer. Safety Icons Safety icons are used in this manual to bring important information to your attention. Each type of message is identified as follows. User's Manual 1-19 Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which could result in death or serious injury, if you do not follow instructions. A caution informs you that improper use of equipment or failure to follow instructions might cause data loss, equipment damage, or might result in minor or moderate injury. Please read. A note is a hint or advice that helps you make best use of your equipment. User's Manual 1-20 Chapter 2 Getting Started This chapter provides an equipment checklist, and basic information to start using your computer. If you use an operating system that was not pre-installed by Dynabook, some of the features described in this manual might not function properly. You might not have all the software/feature mentioned in this manual depending on the model you purchased. Equipment checklist Carefully unpack your computer, taking care to save the box and packaging materials for future use. Hardware Check to make sure that you have all the following items:

Portable personal computer AC adaptor and power cord (2-pin plug or 3-pin plug) Documentation User Information Guide or Quickstart Warranty Information If any of the items are missing or damaged, contact your dealer immediately. Conventions This manual uses the following formats to describe, identify, and highlight terms and operating procedures. Click Right-click Tap the Touch Pad or click the left Touch Pad control button once. Left-click the mouse once. Click the right Touch Pad control button once. Right-click the mouse once. User's Manual 2-1 Double-click Start Tap the Touch Pad or click the left Touch Pad control button twice. Left-click the mouse twice. The word "Start" refers to the "

center of the Windows taskbar.

" button on the Using your computer for the first time Be sure to read the enclosed Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort for information on the safe and proper use of this computer. It is intended to help you be more comfortable and productive while using a notebook computer. By following the recommendations in it, you can reduce your chance of developing a painful or disabling injury to your hand, arms, shoulders, or neck. This section provides basic information to start using your computer. It covers the following topics:

Connecting the AC adaptor Opening the display Turning on the power Initial setup Getting to know Windows Use a virus-check program and make sure that it is updated regularly. Never format storage media without checking its content - formatting destroys all stored data. It is a good idea to back up the internal Solid-State Drive or other main storage device to external media periodically. Generally, storage media is not durable or stable over long periods of time and under certain conditions might cause data loss. Before you install a device or application, save any data in memory to the internal Solid-State Drive or other storage media. Failure to do so might result in data loss. Connecting the AC adaptor Attach the AC adaptor when you want to charge the battery or operate from AC power. The battery pack must be charged before you can operate from battery power. The AC adaptor can automatically adjust to any voltage ranging from 100 volts to 240 volts and to a frequency of either 50 hertz or 60 hertz, enabling you to use this computer in almost any country/region. The adaptor converts AC power to DC power and reduces the voltage supplied to this computer. User's Manual 2-2 Always use the AC adaptor that was included with your computer, or use AC adaptors specified by Dynabook to avoid any risk of fire or other damage to the computer. Use of an incompatible AC adaptor might cause fire or damage to the computer, possibly resulting in serious injury. Dynabook assumes no liability for any damage caused by use of an incompatible adaptor. Never plug the AC adaptor into a power source that does not correspond to both the voltage range and the frequency specified on the regulatory label of the unit. Failure to do so might result in a fire or electric shock, possibly resulting in serious injury. Always use or purchase power cables that comply with the legal voltage and frequency specifications and requirements in the country of use. Failure to do so might result in a fire or electric shock, possibly resulting in serious injury. The supplied power cord conforms to safety rules and regulations in the region the computer is bought and should not be used outside this region. For use in other regions, buy power cords that conform to safety rules and regulations in the particular region. Do not use a 3-pin to 2-pin conversion plug. When you connect the AC adaptor to the computer, always follow the steps in the exact order as described in this Users Manual. As a general safety precaution, avoid touching any metal parts. Never place your computer or AC adaptor on a wooden surface, furniture, or any other surface that might be marred by exposure to heat since the computer base and the surface of the AC adaptor increase in temperature during normal use. Always place your computer or AC adaptor on a flat and hard surface that is resistant to heat damage. Refer to the enclosed Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort for detailed precautions and handling instructions. Depending on the model you purchased, the following AC adaptor might be provided. DC IN 19V jack connection type USB Type-C port connection type DC IN 19V jack connection type 1. Connect the power cord to the AC adaptor. User's Manual 2-3 Figure 2-1 Connecting the power cord to the AC adaptor (2-pin plug) Figure 2-2 Connecting the power cord to the AC adaptor (3-pin plug) Product appearance depends on the model you purchased. Either a 2-pin or 3-pin adaptor/cord is included with the computer depending on the model. 2. Connect the DC output plug of the AC adaptor to the DC IN 19V jack on your computer. Figure 2-3 Connecting the DC output plug to the computer 1. DC IN 19V jack 2. DC output plug Product appearance depends on the model you purchased. 3. Plug the power cord into a live wall outlet. The DC IN/Battery indicator glows. USB Type-C port connection type 1. Connect the power cord to the AC adaptor. Figure 2-4 Connecting the power cord to the AC adaptor (2-pin plug) User's Manual 2-4 12 Figure 2-5 Connecting the power cord to the AC adaptor (3-pin plug) Product appearance depends on the model you purchased. Either a 2-pin or 3-pin adaptor/cord is included with the computer depending on the model. 2. Plug the power cord into a live wall outlet. 3. Connect the DC output plug of the AC adaptor to the USB Type-C port on your computer. The DC IN/Battery indicator glows. Figure 2-6 Connecting the DC output plug to the computer 1. USB Type-C port 2. DC output plug Opening the display The display panel can be opened to a wide range of angles (up to 180 degrees) for optimal viewing. To open the display panel, slowly lift it with one hand holding the center of the display panel (as shown in the following figure) and the other hand holding the palm rest down so that the main body of the computer is not raised. This will allow the angle of the display panel to be adjusted to provide optimum clarity. User's Manual 2-5 21 Figure 2-7 Opening the display panel 1. Display panel Product appearance depends on the model you purchased. Open and close the display panel with reasonable care. Opening it vigorously or slamming it shut might damage the computer. Be careful not to open the display panel too far as this might put stress on the display panels hinges and cause damage. Do not lift the computer by the display panel. Do not close the computer with pens or any other objects left in between the display panel and the keyboard. When opening or closing the display panel, place one hand on the palm rest to hold the computer in place and use the other hand to slowly open or close the display panel. Do not use excessive force when opening or closing the display panel. Do not press or push with excessive force on the display screen, otherwise the computer might become unsteady and possibly fall over. Turning on the power This section describes how to turn on the power. The power indicator indicates the status. Refer to the Power Condition Descriptions section for more information. After you turn on the power for the first time, do not turn it off until you have set up the operating system. User's Manual 2-6 1 Volume cannot be adjusted during Windows Setup. Do not touch the display screen while turning on the computer. 1. Open the display panel. 2. Press the power button. Figure 2-8 Turning on the power 1. Power button Product appearance depends on the model you purchased. Initial setup The Windows Startup Screen is the first screen displayed when you turn on the power. To install the operating system properly, follow the on-screen instructions on each screen. When it is displayed, be sure to read the license terms and license agreement carefully. Getting to know Windows For detailed information on what is new and how to operate Windows, refer to Tips in the Start menu. Start menu The Start menu is the launching pad for everything you can do in the Windows operating system, providing easy ways to get to your favorite apps, recent files, and a powerful search box for finding anything. You can access the Start menu from an app or the desktop in the following ways:

Click the Start button (

Press the Windows logo key (

) on your keyboard.

) on the center of the Windows taskbar. User's Manual 2-7 1 Windows taskbar By default, the bottom of the desktop is Windows taskbar. You can see all of your currently running apps on the Windows taskbar. Task view

) is launched from the Windows taskbar at the bottom of the Task view (

screen. Task view allows you to view the apps that are currently running. Also, you can create custom desktops so that running apps can be grouped for entertainment, productivity, or what you just want. To do this, click the Task view icon the apps you want to use on that desktop. To switch between desktops, click Task view again.

, and then click New desktop. Open Search Search on the Windows taskbar allows you to find apps, files, settings, and more on the computer. When internet connection is available, it also shows you the best search result from the internet. The personal assistant called Cortana may be available, depending on your country/region. You can ask questions or talk to Cortana in your natural voice, and Cortana answers your questions using information from the internet. To talk with Cortana, an internal or external microphone is required. Settings Settings provides system settings including advanced settings in the Control Panel. They are divided in categories so that you can configure, optimize, or personalize Windows. You can also type in the keyword, and use Search to find any setting. To open Settings, click Start -> Settings (

). Microsoft Store Although many apps are pre-installed in your computer, you can also download many others from the Microsoft Store. You can search for and browse thousands of apps, all grouped into easy-

to-find categories there. Windows Hello Windows Hello is a more personal and secure way to sign in to your Windows system, apps, and services using fingerprint or a PIN. To set up Windows Hello, click Start -> Settings -> Accounts -> Sign-in options. User's Manual 2-8 Under Sign-in options, you will see options for Face Recognition and Fingerprint if your computer has fingerprint sensor and if your computer has face recognition sensor that supports it. Once you have set up, you will be able to sign in with a quick touch or glance. You might need to add a PIN under PIN (Windows Hello) before you can set up Facial recognition (Windows Hello) and Fingerprint recognition

(Windows Hello). Sign-in options

), Fingerprint (

), PIN Windows offers a number of sign-in options including Password (

) authentication to prevent from unauthorized access. If you have multiple sign-in methods set for a user account, you can select an option on the Windows login screen by clicking sign-in options.

) and Picture password (

), Face (

It is highly recommended to use Windows Hello Face indoors. Operating outdoors might cause enrollment/sign-in failure due to the possible sunlight affection. Turning off the power The power can be turned off in one of the following modes, either Shut Down Mode, Sleep Mode or Hibernation Mode. Shut Down Mode When you turn off the power in Shut Down Mode, no data will be saved and the computer will boot to the main screen of the operating system the next time it is turned on. 1. If you have entered data, either save it to the internal storage drive or to other storage media. 2. Make sure all disk/disc activity has stopped before removing the disk/

disc. If you turn off the power while a disk (disc) is being accessed, you might lose data or damage the disk. Never turn off the power while an application is running. Failure to do so can cause data loss. Never turn off the power, disconnect an external storage device, or remove storage media during data read/write. Failure to do so can cause data loss. 3. Click Start ->

4.

(Power) and then select Shut down. Turn off any peripheral devices connected to your computer. User's Manual 2-9 Do not turn the computer or peripheral devices back on immediately. Wait a short period to avoid any potential damage. Restarting the computer Certain conditions require that you restart the computer, for example if you change certain computer settings. To restart the computer, there are several ways this can be achieved:

Click Start ->

(Power) and then select Restart. Press CTRL, ALT, and DEL simultaneously (once) to display the menu window, and then select Restart by clicking the power icon (

in the lower-right corner.

) Before restarting the computer, be sure to save your data. Sleep Mode If you have to interrupt your work, you are able to turn off the power without exiting from your software by placing the computer into Sleep Mode. In this mode, data is maintained in the main memory of the computer. When you turn on the power again, you can continue working right where you left off. When you have to turn off your computer aboard an aircraft or in places where electronic devices are regulated or controlled, always shut down the computer. This includes turning off any wireless communication functionalities, and canceling settings that reactivate the computer automatically, such as a timer recording function. Failure to shut down the computer in this way might allow the operating system to reactivate and run pre-programmed tasks or preserve unsaved data, which might interfere with aviation or other systems, possibly causing serious injury. Before entering Sleep Mode, be sure to save your data. To avoid possible battery life decrease, it is recommended to remove any peripheral device connected to the computer before entering Sleep Mode. To prevent data loss, do not switch to Sleep Mode while transferring data to external media, such as USB devices, memory media, or other external memory devices. User's Manual 2-10 When the AC adaptor is connected, the computer will go into Sleep Mode according to the settings in the Power Options (to access it, click Start -> All apps -> Windows Tools and double-click Control Panel. In the Control Panel window, click System and Security ->

Power Options.) If the computer enters Sleep Mode while a network application is active, the application might not be restored when the computer is next turned on and the system returns from Sleep Mode. To prevent the computer from automatically entering Sleep Mode, disable Sleep Mode within the Power Options. Benefits of Sleep Mode The Sleep Mode feature provides the following benefits:

Restores the previous working environment more rapidly than the Hibernation Mode feature. Saves power by shutting down the system when the computer receives no input or hardware access for the time period set by the System Sleep Mode feature. Allows the use of the panel power off feature. Executing Sleep Mode You can enter Sleep Mode in one of following ways:

(Power) and then select Sleep. Click Start ->

Close the display panel. Note that this feature must be enabled within the Power Options. Press the power button. Note that this feature must be enabled within the Power Options. When you turn the power back on, you can continue where you left off when you shut down the computer. If you are operating the computer on battery power, you can lengthen the overall operating time by turning it off into Hibernation Mode. Sleep Mode consumes more power while the computer is off. Sleep Mode limitations Sleep Mode will not function under the following conditions:

Memory circuits are exposed to static electricity or electrical noise. Hibernation Mode The Hibernation Mode feature saves the contents of memory to the internal storage drive when the computer is turned off so that, the next time it is User's Manual 2-11 turned on, the previous state is restored. Note that the Hibernation Mode feature does not save the status of any peripheral devices connected to the computer. Save your data. While entering Hibernation Mode, the computer saves the contents of memory to the internal storage drive. However, for safety sake, it is best to save your data manually. Data will be lost if you disconnect the AC adaptor before saving is completed. To prevent data loss, do not switch to Hibernation Mode while transferring data to external media, such as USB devices, memory media, or other external memory devices. Benefits of Hibernation Mode The Hibernation Mode feature provides the following benefits:

Saves data to the internal storage drive when the computer automatically shuts down because of a low battery condition. You can return to your previous working environment immediately when you turn on the computer. Saves power by shutting down the system when the computer receives no input or hardware access for the time period set by the System Hibernate feature. Allows the use of the panel power off feature. Starting Hibernation Mode To enter Hibernation Mode, click Start ->

Hibernate.

(Power) and then select To show Hibernate in Power menu, set up according to the following steps:

1. Click Start -> All apps -> Windows Tools and double-click Control 2. Panel. In the Control Panel window, click System and Security -> Power Options. 3. Click Choose what the power button does or Choose what closing the lid does. 4. Click Change settings that are currently unavailable. 5. Select the Hibernate check box from Shutdown settings. 6. Click the Save changes button. Automatic Hibernation Mode The computer can be configured to enter Hibernation Mode automatically when you press the power button or close the display panel. To define these settings, do the following:

User's Manual 2-12 1. Click Power Options and then click Choose what the power button does or Choose what closing the lid does. 2. Enable the desired Hibernation Mode settings for When I press the power button and When I close the lid. 3. Click the Save changes button. Data saving in Hibernation Mode When you turn off the power in Hibernation Mode, the computer takes a moment to save the current data in memory to the internal storage drive. After you turn off the computer, and the content of memory has been saved to the internal storage drive, turn off the power to any peripheral devices. Do not turn the computer or devices back on immediately. Wait a moment to let all capacitors fully discharge. System Recovery There is a hidden partition allocated on the internal storage drive for the System Recovery Options in the event of a problem. You can also create recovery media and restore the system. The following items are described in this section:

Creating Recovery Media Restoring the pre-installed software from your created Recovery Media Restoring the pre-installed software from the Recovery Partition If you choose dynabook Maintenance Utility to erase the internal storage drive, all data including the operating system and recovery partition will be deleted. In that case, you cannot create recovery media or restore the pre-

installed software from the recovery partition. Make sure that you have already created recovery media before you start dynabook Maintenance Utility. This recovery media can be used to restore your system after you have erased your internal storage drive. Creating Recovery Media This section describes how to create Recovery Media. Be sure to connect the AC adaptor when you create Recovery Media. Be sure to close all other software programs. Do not run software such as screen savers which can put a heavy load on the CPU. Operate the computer at full power. User's Manual 2-13 Do not use power-saving features. Do not write to the media when the virus check software is running. Wait for it to finish, then disable virus detection programs including any software that checks files automatically in the background. Do not use utilities, including those intended to enhance internal storage drive access speed. They might cause unstable operation and damage data. Do not shut down/log off or Sleep/Hibernate while writing or rewriting the media. Set the computer on a level surface and avoid places subjected to vibrations such as airplanes, trains, or cars. Do not use on an unstable surface such as a stand. A recovery image of the software on your computer is stored on the internal storage drive, and can be copied to either disc media or USB Flash Memory by using the following steps:

1. Select either blank disc or USB Flash Memory. The application allows you to choose from a variety of different media onto which the recovery image can be copied including disc media and USB Flash Memory. Some of the disc media might not be compatible with the optical disc drive connected to your computer. You should therefore verify that the optical disc drive supports the blank media you have chosen before proceeding. USB Flash Memory will be formatted and all the data in the USB Flash Memory will be lost when proceeding. 2. 3. Turn on your computer and allow it to load the Windows operating system from the internal storage drive as normal. Insert the first blank disc into the external optical disc drive tray, or insert the USB Flash Memory into one available USB port. 4. Click Start -> All apps -> Windows Tools and double-click Control Panel. In the Control Panel window, click System and Security ->

Security and Maintenance -> Recovery -> Create a recovery drive. Follow the on-screen instructions to finish creating the Recovery Media. 5. Restoring the pre-installed software from your created Recovery Media If the pre-installed files are damaged, you are able to use the Recovery Media you have created to restore the computer to the state it was in when you originally received it. To perform this restoration, do the following:

User's Manual 2-14 Make sure that the AC adaptor is connected during the restoring process. Do not close the display panel during the restoring process. When you reinstall the Windows operating system, the internal storage drive will be reformatted and all data will be lost. If your model has fingerprint function, before you reinstall the Windows operating system, delete the registered fingerprints. Otherwise, the same fingerprints cannot be registered after the reinstallation. 1. Load the Recovery Media into the external optical disc drive or insert the recovery USB Flash Memory into one available USB port. 2. Click Start ->

3. Hold down the F12 key and then release this key just after the

(Power) and then select Restart. computer is powered on. 4. Use the up and down cursor key to select the appropriate option from the menu according to your actual recovery media. 5. A menu is displayed from which you should follow the on-screen instructions. If you have previously chosen to remove the recovery partition without creating Recovery Media, the Recovery Media cannot be created. However, if you have already created a Recovery Media, you can use it to restore the recovery partition. If you have not created Recovery Media, contact Technical Support for assistance. Restoring the pre-installed software from the Recovery Partition A portion of the total internal storage drive space is configured as a hidden recovery partition. This partition stores files which can be used to restore pre-installed software in the event of a problem. If you set up your internal storage drive again later, do not change, delete, or add partitions in a manner other than specified in the manual, otherwise you might find that space for the required software is not available. In addition, if you use a third-party partitioning program to reconfigure the partitions on your internal storage drive, you might find that it becomes impossible to set up your computer. Make sure that the AC adaptor is connected during the restoring process. Do not close the display panel during the restoring process. User's Manual 2-15 When you reinstall the Windows operating system, the internal storage drive will be reformatted and all data will be lost. If your model has fingerprint function, before you reinstall the Windows operating system, delete the registered fingerprints. Otherwise, the same fingerprints cannot be registered after the reinstallation. 1. Click Start ->

2. Hold down 0 (zero) key and then release this key just after the

(Power) and then select Restart. computer is powered on. 3. Select Troubleshoot -> dynabook Maintenance Utility ->

dynabook Recovery Wizard. Follow the on-screen instructions to finish the recovery. 4. User's Manual 2-16 Chapter 3 The Grand Tour This chapter identifies the various components of the computer. It is recommended that you become familiar with each before you operate the computer. Legal Footnote (Non-applicable Icons) For more information regarding Non-applicable Icons, refer to the Legal Footnotes section. Handle your computer carefully to avoid scratching or damaging the surface. Front with the display closed The following figures show the front of the computer with the display panel in the closed position. Figure 3-1 Front of the computer with display panel closed 1. Stereo speakers Product appearance depends on the model you purchased. Stereo speakers The speakers emit sound generated by your software as well as audio alarms, such as low battery condition, generated by the system. Left side The following figure shows the left side of the computer. User's Manual 3-1 11 Figure 3-2 The left side of the computer 1. DC IN 19V jack 2. DC IN/Battery indicator 3. HDMI out port 4. Universal Serial Bus (USB 3.2 Gen1) port 5. USB Type-C (USB 3.2 Gen2) port Product appearance depends on the model you purchased. DC IN 19V jack DC IN/Battery indicator The AC adaptor connects to this jack in order to power the computer and charge its internal batteries. Note that you must use the AC adaptor that was included with your computer, or use AC adaptors specified by Dynabook. Use of an incompatible AC adaptor might cause fire or damage to the computer, possibly resulting in serious injury. The DC IN/Battery indicator shows the condition of the DC IN and the battery charge status. White indicates that the battery is fully charged while the power is being correctly supplied from the AC power adaptor. Refer to the Power Condition Descriptions section for more information on this feature. HDMI out port HDMI out port can connect with Type A connector HDMI cable. Universal Serial Bus

(USB 3.2 Gen1) port One Type-A Universal Serial Bus port, which complies to the USB 3.2 standard, is provided on the left side of the computer. USB 3.2 port is compliant with USB 3.2 standard and backward compatible with USB 2.0 devices. User's Manual 3-2 13245 USB Type-C (USB 3.2 Gen2) port One USB Type-C port, which complies to the USB 3.2 Gen2 standard, is provided on the left side of the computer. This USB Type-C port supports USB 3.2 Gen2

(DC 5V, 3A) with theoretical maximum transmission rate at 10 Gbps. This port supports USB data transmission, video output (audio stream can be included) and USB Power Delivery. Note that it is not possible to confirm the operation of all functions of all USB devices that are available. Some functions associated with a specific device might not operate properly. Before removing a USB device from the USB port or USB Type-C port of your computer, click the Safely Remove Hardware and Eject Media icon on the Windows Taskbar, and then select the USB device that you want to remove. Keep foreign metal objects, such as screws, staples, and paper clips, out of the USB port or the USB Type-C port. Foreign metal objects can create a short circuit, which can cause damage and fire, possibly resulting in serious injury. Right side The following figures show the right side of the computer. Figure 3-3 The right side of the computer 1. Memory media slot 2. Headphone/Microphone jack 3. Universal Serial Bus (USB 3.2 Gen1) port 4. LAN jack 5. Security lock slot Product appearance depends on the model you purchased. User's Manual 3-3 21345321345 Memory media slot This slot lets you insert a micro SD/SDHC/

SDXC memory card. Refer to the Memory media section for more information. Keep foreign metal objects, such as screws, staples, and paper clips, out of the memory media slot. Foreign metal objects can create a short circuit, which can cause damage and fire, possibly resulting in serious injury. Headphone/

Microphone jack A 3.5 mm mini headphone/microphone jack enables connection of a monaural microphone, stereo headphones, or a headset. Universal Serial Bus

(USB 3.2 Gen1) port One or two Type-A Universal Serial Bus ports, which comply to the USB 3.2 standard, are provided on the right side of the computer. USB 3.2 port is compliant with USB 3.2 standard and backward compatible with USB 2.0 devices. Note that it is not possible to confirm the operation of all functions of all USB devices that are available. Some functions associated with a specific device might not operate properly. Before removing a USB device from the USB port of your computer, click the Safely Remove Hardware and Eject Media icon on the Windows Taskbar, and then select the USB device that you want to remove. Keep foreign metal objects, such as screws, staples, and paper clips, out of the USB port. Foreign metal objects can create a short circuit, which can cause damage and fire, possibly resulting in serious injury. LAN jack This jack lets you connect to a LAN. The adaptor has built-in support for Ethernet LAN (10 megabits per second, 10BASE-T), Fast Ethernet LAN (100 megabits per second, 100BASE-TX) or Gigabit Ethernet LAN (1000 megabits per second, 1000BASE-T). Refer to Operating Basics, for details. Do not connect any cable other than a LAN cable to the LAN jack. It might cause damage or malfunction. User's Manual 3-4 Security lock slot A security cable can be attached to this slot and then connected to a desk or other large object in order to deter theft of the computer. Back The following figure shows the back of the computer. Figure 3-4 The back of the computer Underside The following figures show the underside of the computer. Ensure that the display is closed before the computer is turned over to avoid causing any damage. Figure 3-5 The underside of the computer 1. Cooling vents 2. Stereo speakers Product appearance depends on the model you purchased. Cooling vents The cooling vents help the processor to avoid overheating. Do not block the cooling vents. Keep foreign metal objects, such as screws, staples, and paper clips, out of the cooling vents. Foreign metal objects can create a short circuit, which can cause damage and fire, possibly resulting in serious injury. User's Manual 3-5 122221 Carefully clean the dust on the surface of the cooling vents using a soft cloth. Stereo speakers The speakers emit sound generated by your software as well as audio alarms, such as low battery condition, generated by the system. Front with the display open This section shows the computer with the display panel open. In order to open the display, lift up the display panel and position it at a comfortable viewing angle for you. User's Manual 3-6 Figure 3-6 The front of the computer with the display panel open 1. Infrared LED*

2. Web Camera 3. Web Camera LED 4. Web Camera Shutter 5. Microphones 6. Display screen 7. Wireless communication antennas

(not shown) 8. Power indicator 9. Power button 10. Display hinge 11. Keyboard 12. Fingerprint sensor*

13. Touch Pad 14. Touch Pad control buttons

* Provided with some models. Product appearance depends on the model you purchased. Infrared LED Web Camera The infrared LED blinks when Windows Hello Face is operating. Only models which support face recognition feature are equipped with the infrared LED. Web Camera is a device that allows you to record video or take photographs with your computer. You can use it for video chatting or video conferences using a communication tool. User's Manual 3-7 16101112144361011121412951359132437878 Web Camera LED The Web Camera LED glows when the Web Camera is operating. Web Camera Shutter The Web Camera Shutter can be used to protect your privacy, by sliding towards left to cover the Web Camera lens. Do not point the web camera directly at the sun. Do not touch or press strongly on the web camera lens and LED. Failure to do so might reduce image quality, possibly resulting in recognizing faces incorrectly. Use an eyeglass cleaner (cleaner cloth) or other soft cloth to clean the lens and the LED if it becomes dirty. While web camera is capturing your face, make sure that your face is in front of the web camera and you look directly at it. Microphones Display screen The built-in microphones allow you to record sounds for your application. Refer to the Sound System and Video mode section for more information. 39.6 cm (15.6"), 35.6 cm (14") or 33.8 cm (13.3") LCD screen, is configured with one of the following resolutions depending on the model you purchased:

HD, 1366 horizontal x 768 vertical pixels FHD, 1920 horizontal x 1080 vertical pixels Be aware that, when the computer is operating on the AC adaptor, the image displayed on the internal screen is somewhat brighter than when it operates on battery power. This difference in brightness levels is intended to save power when operating on battery. Legal Footnote (LCD) For more information regarding LCD, refer to the Legal Footnotes section. Wireless communication antennas The following antennas are built-in:

Wireless LAN/Bluetooth Do not cover the wireless communication antennas area with any metal objects, otherwise the wireless function might not work. Legal Footnote (Wireless LAN) User's Manual 3-8 For more information regarding Wireless LAN, refer to the Legal Footnotes section. Power indicator The Power indicator normally glows white when the computer is turned on. Power button Display hinge Keyboard Fingerprint sensor Touch Pad Touch Pad control buttons Press this button to turn the computer's power on or off. The display hinge allows the display panel to be positioned at a variety of easy-to-view angles. The keyboard contains character keys, control keys, function keys, and special Windows key, providing all the functionality of a full-size keyboard. Refer to the The Keyboard section for details. This sensor enables you to enroll and sign in with a fingerprint in Windows Hello. For more information, refer to the on-screen instructions in Windows Hello. Some models are equipped with a fingerprint sensor. The Touch Pad located in the palm rest is used to control the movement of the mouse pointer. To use the Touch Pad, simply touch and move your fingertip across it in the direction you want the mouse pointer to go. The two buttons located on the bottom of the Touch Pad are used like the buttons on a standard mouse. Press the left button to select a menu item or to manipulate text or graphics designated by the mouse pointer, and press the right button to display a menu or other function depending on the software you are using. Internal Hardware Components This section describes the internal hardware components of your computer. The actual specifications might vary depending on the model you purchased. CPU The processor type varies depending on model. To check which type of processor is included in your model, click Start -> All apps -> dynabook Support Utility -> System Information. User's Manual 3-9 Legal Footnote (CPU) For more information regarding CPU, refer to the Legal Footnotes section. Internal Storage Drive The capacity of the internal storage drive varies depending on the model. Note that part of the internal storage drive overall capacity is reserved as administration space. Your computer is equipped with a "Solid-State Drive (SSD)". In this manual, the word "internal storage drive" refers to SSD unless otherwise stated. SSD is a large-capacity storage device which uses Solid-State Memory in place of a magnetic disk of the hard disk. Under certain unusual conditions of prolonged non-use and/or exposure to high temperatures, the SSD might be vulnerable to data retention errors. Legal Footnote (Internal Storage Drive Capacity) For more information regarding Internal Storage Drive Capacity, refer to the Legal Footnotes section. Video RAM Graphics Processing Unit The memory in the graphics adaptor of the computer, used to store the image displayed on a bitmap display. The amount of Video RAM available depends on the system memory of the computer. Graphics Processing Unit (GPU) performance might vary depending on product model, design configuration, applications, power management settings and features utilized. GPU performance is only optimized when operating in AC power mode and might decrease considerably when operating in battery power mode. Legal Footnote (Graphics Processing Unit (GPU)) For more information regarding Graphics Processing Unit (GPU), refer to the Legal Footnotes section. User's Manual 3-10 Intel Display Power Saving Technology Intel GPU models might include the Display Power Saving Technology feature that can save the power consumption of the computer by optimizing picture contrast on the internal LCD. This feature can be used if the computer is:

running in battery mode using the internal LCD display The Display Power Saving Technology feature is enabled at factory default. To turn this feature off, change it in the settings accordingly in the Intel Graphics Command Center. 1. Click Start -> All apps -> Intel Graphics Command Center. 2. Click System and then click Power. 3. Click On/Off under Display Power Savings. Power Condition Descriptions The computer operating capability and battery charge status are affected by different power conditions, including whether an AC adaptor is connected and what the battery charge level is. DC IN/Battery indicator Check the DC IN/Battery indicator to determine the status of the battery pack and the power status with the AC adaptor connected. The following indicator conditions should be noted:

Flashing Amber Amber White No light The battery charge might be low. Connect the AC adaptor to recharge the battery. If it still flashes amber, it indicates a problem with the computer. Disconnect the AC adaptor for several seconds, and then reconnect it. After that, press the power button. If it still does not operate properly, you should contact your reseller or dealer. Indicates that the AC adaptor is connected and the battery is charging. Indicates that the AC adaptor is connected and the battery is fully charged. Under any other conditions, the indicator does not light. If the battery pack becomes too hot while it is being charged, the charge stops and the DC IN/Battery indicator goes out. When the temperature of User's Manual 3-11 the battery pack falls to a normal range, charging will resume. This process occurs regardless of whether the computer's power is on or off. Power indicator Check the Power indicator to determine the power status of the computer. The following indicator conditions should be noted:

White No light Indicates that the computer is turned on. Under any other conditions, the indicator does not light. User's Manual 3-12 Chapter 4 Operating Basics This chapter describes the basic operations of your computer, and highlights the precautions that must be taken when using it. Using the Touch Pad The Touch Pad on the palm rest might support the following gestures:

Tap Tap once on the Touch Pad to activate an item, such as an app. Two-Finger Tap Pinch or stretch Two-Finger Scroll Tap once on the Touch Pad with two fingers together to display a menu or other function depending on the software you are using.

(Similar to right-click) Place two fingers down on the Touch Pad and move them toward each other (pinch) or away from each other (stretch). This shows different levels of information or visually zooms in or out. Place two fingers down and slide them vertically or horizontally from anywhere on the Touch Pad. This allows you to operate the scroll bars of a window. Three-Finger Tap Tap once on the Touch Pad with three fingers together to launch Windows Search. User's Manual 4-1 Three-Finger Scroll Place three fingers down and slide them vertically or horizontally from anywhere on the Touch Pad. Slide towards left/right: switches between your open apps. Slide your fingers slowly across the Touch Pad to flip through them all. Slide up: views all your open apps in task view. Slide down: shows the desktop. Four-Finger Tap Tap once on the Touch Pad with four fingers together to open the Notification Center. Four-Finger Scroll Place four fingers down and slide them vertically or horizontally from anywhere on the Touch Pad. Slide towards left/right: switches between virtual desktops. Slide up: views all your open apps in task view. Slide down: shows the desktop. Do not put items on the Touch Pad surface to prevent abnormal action. Some of the Touch Pad operations described in this section are only supported in certain applications. The Keyboard The number of keys available on your keyboard depends on which country/

region your computer is configured for, with keyboards being available for numerous languages. There are different types of keys, specifically typewriter keys, function keys, Windows special key, and the keypad overlay. Never remove the key caps on your keyboard. Failure to do so might damage the parts under the key caps. Keyboard indicators The following figures show the position of the CAPS LOCK indicator and the NUM LOCK indicator. User's Manual 4-2 When the CAPS LOCK indicator glows, the keyboard produces capitals when any letter is typed. When the NUM LOCK indicator glows, the ten key allows you to enter numbers. Figure 4-1 Keyboard indicators 1. CAPS LOCK indicator 2. NUM LOCK indicator Product appearance depends on the model you purchased. CAPS LOCK NUM LOCK This indicator glows green when letter keys are locked into their uppercase format. When the NUM LOCK indicator glows, you can use the number keys on the keyboard for number entry. Function Keys The function keys (F1 ~ F12) are the 12 keys at the top of your keyboard. Function keys let you enable or disable certain features of the computer. The functions can be performed by pressing the associated function keys. Key Combination Function FN + F1 FN + F2 FN + F3 Turns the Microphone mute on or off. Decreases the playback volume of the computer. Increases the playback volume of the computer. User's Manual 4-3 211 Key Combination Function FN + F4 FN + F5 Turns the sound on or off. Changes the active display device. To use a simultaneous mode, you must set the resolution of the internal display panel to match the resolution of the external display device. Decreases the brightness of the display panel in individual steps. Increases the brightness of the display panel in individual steps. Turns the Airplane mode on or off. Enables or disables the Touch Pad. Allows you to pick up the phone. Allows you to hang up the phone. Enables the calculator. FN + F6 FN + F7 FN + F8 FN + F9 FN + F10 FN + F11 FN + F12 FN + ESC Enables or disables the "Fn Lock" mode. FN + 1 FN + 2 Reduces the icon size on the desktop or the font sizes within one of the supported application windows. Enlarges the icon size on the desktop or the font sizes within one of the supported application windows. FN + Space Changes the display resolution. FN + S (

) FN + A (

) Allows you to search your computer, the web, or within an app. Enables the same function as the secondary (right) mouse button. Some functions show the toast notification at the edges of the screen. Those toast notifications are enabled by default. You can disable them in dynabook Settings. To access it, click Start -> All apps -> dynabook Settings -> Keyboard. Windows special key The keyboard provides the key that have special functions in Windows. User's Manual 4-4 This Windows logo key activates the Windows Start menu. Using the Fingerprint Sensor Some models are equipped with the fingerprint sensor for the purpose of enrolling and recognizing fingerprints. Lightly touch and rest your finger on the fingerprint sensor to recognize fingerprints. During enrollment, you might need to touch and lift your finger on the sensor repeatedly until setup is complete. Follow the on-screen instructions to finish the setup. By enrolling the ID and password onto the fingerprint authentication feature, it is no longer necessary to input the password from the keyboard. Fingerprint feature enables you to:

Sign-in to Windows Figure 4-2 Using the fingerprint sensor 1. Fingerprint sensor Fingerprint cannot be used in models that do not have a fingerprint function. Total fingerprints which can be registered are 10 pcs. Points to note about the Fingerprint Sensor Be aware of the following considerations when using the fingerprint sensor. A failure to follow these guidelines might result in damage to the sensor, sensor failure, fingerprint recognition problems or a lower fingerprint recognition success rate. Do not scratch or poke the sensor with your nails or any hard or sharp objects. Do not press the sensor strongly. Do not touch the sensor with a wet finger or any wet objects. Keep the sensor surface dry and free from water vapor. Do not touch the sensor with a soiled or dirty finger as minute foreign particles of dust and dirt might scratch it. Do not paste stickers or write on the sensor. User's Manual 4-5 11 Do not touch the sensor with a finger or any other object which might have a build-up of static electricity on it. Observe the following before you place your finger on the sensor whether for fingerprint enrollment/registration or recognition:

Wash and dry your hands thoroughly. Remove static electricity from your fingers by touching any metal surface. Static electricity is a common cause of sensor failures, especially when the weather is dry. Clean the sensor with a lint-free cloth. Do not use detergent or any other chemicals to clean the sensor. Avoid the following finger conditions for enrollment or recognition as they might result in fingerprint enrollment errors or a drop in the fingerprint recognition success rate:

Soaked or swollen finger, for example as might occur after taking a bath Injured finger Wet finger Soiled or oily finger Extremely dry skin condition on finger Observe the following to improve the fingerprint recognition success rate:

Enroll two or more fingers. Enroll additional fingers if a recognition failure often occurs when using already enrolled fingers. Check the condition of your finger. Any conditions which have changed since enrollment, such as injury, rough skin, and extremely dry, wet, soiled, dirty, oily, soaked or swollen fingers, might lower the recognition success rate. Also if the fingerprint is worn down or the finger becomes thinner or fatter, the recognition success rate might be lowered. As the fingerprint for each finger is different and unique, you should ensure that only the registered or enrolled fingerprint or fingerprints are used for identification. The fingerprint sensor compares and analyzes the unique characteristics in a fingerprint. However, there might be instances where certain users are unable to register their fingerprints due to insufficient unique characteristics in their fingerprints. The recognition success rate might differ from user to user. Battery This section explains battery types, use, recharging methods and handling. Battery pack When the AC adaptor is not connected, the main power source of the computer is a lithium ion battery pack, also referred to in this manual as the main battery. User's Manual 4-6 Real-Time Clock (RTC) function The Real-Time Clock (RTC) function is supported. The main battery provides power for the internal real-time clock and calendar function and also maintains the system configuration while the computer is turned off. If the RTC lasting time completely runs out, the system will lose this information and the real-time clock and calendar will stop working. You can change the Real-Time Clock settings in the dynabook Setup Utility. Refer to Real-Time Clock for further information. Care and use of the battery pack This section provides the important safety precautions in order to handle your battery pack properly. Refer to the enclosed Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort for detailed precautions and handling instructions. Charge the battery pack only in an ambient temperature from 5 through 35 degrees Celsius. Otherwise, the electrolyte solution might leak, battery pack performance might deteriorate, and the battery life might be shortened. Never replace the battery by an incorrect type, which could possibly result in an explosion. Never expose a battery to excess heat, extremely low temperatures or extremely low air pressure at high altitude during use, storage or transportation as that may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Do not mechanically crush or cut the battery as that may result in an explosion. Always dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Charging the battery When the power in the battery pack becomes low, the DC IN/Battery indicator flashes amber to indicate that only a few minutes of battery power remain. If you continue to use the computer while the DC IN/Battery indicator flashes, the computer enters Hibernation Mode so that you do not lose any data, and automatically turns itself off. You must recharge the battery pack when it becomes discharged. Procedures To recharge a battery pack, connect the AC adaptor to the DC IN 19V jack/

USB Type-C port and plug the other end into a working outlet. The DC IN/Battery indicator glows amber while the battery is being charged. User's Manual 4-7 Charging notice The battery might not begin charging immediately under the following conditions:

The battery is extremely hot or cold (if the battery is extremely hot, it might not charge at all). To ensure the battery charges to its full capacity, charge it at room temperature of between 5C to 35C (41F to 95F). The battery is nearly completely discharged. In this instance, leave the AC adaptor connected for a few minutes and the battery should begin charging. The DC IN/Battery indicator might show a rapid decrease in battery operating time when you try to charge a battery under the following conditions:

The battery has not been used for a long time. The battery has completely discharged and been left in the computer for a long time. In such cases, do the following:

1. Fully discharge the battery by leaving it in the computer with the power on until the system automatically turns itself off. 2. Connect the AC adaptor to the DC IN 19V jack/USB Type-C port on the computer and to a wall outlet that is supplying power. 3. Charge the battery until the DC IN/Battery indicator glows white. Repeat these steps two or three times until the battery recovers normal capacity. Monitoring battery capacity Remaining battery power can be monitored using the following methods:

Clicking the battery icon on the Windows Taskbar Via the Battery Status in the Windows Mobility Center window Wait several seconds to monitor the remaining operating time because the computer needs time to check the remaining capacity of the battery pack and then calculate the remaining operating time, based on this together with the current power consumption. Be aware that the actual remaining operating time might differ slightly from the calculated time. With repeated discharges and recharges, the battery capacity will gradually decrease. In view of this, it is noted that an often used, older battery will not operate for as long as a new battery even when both are fully charged. User's Manual 4-8 Maximizing battery operating time The usefulness of a battery depends on how long it can supply power on a single charge, while how long the charge lasts in a battery depends on:

Processor speed Screen brightness Internal storage drive power off period How often and for how long you use the internal storage drive and external disk drives, for example, optical disc How much charge the battery contained to begin with How you use optional devices, such as a USB device, to which the battery supplies power Where you store your programs and data Whether you close the display panel when you are not using the keyboard - closing the display saves power. The environmental temperature - operating time decreases at low temperatures. System Sleep Mode System Hibernation Mode Display power off period Whether you enable Sleep Mode, which can conserve battery power if you are frequently turning the computer off and on. Extending battery life To maximize the life of your battery pack, do the following at least once a month:

Turn off the computer's power. 1. 2. Disconnect the AC adaptor and turn on the computer's power. If it does not turn on, then go to Step 4. 3. Operate the computer on battery power for five minutes. If you find that the battery pack has at least five minutes of operating time, continue operating until the battery pack is fully discharged. However, if the DC IN/Battery indicator flashes or there is some other warning to indicate a low battery condition, go to Step 4. 4. Connect the AC adaptor to the DC IN 19V jack/USB Type-C port on the computer and to a wall outlet that is supplying power. The DC IN/

Battery indicator glows amber to indicate that the battery pack is being charged. However, if DC IN/Battery indicator does not glow, this indicates that power is not being supplied. Check the connections for the AC adaptor and the power cord. 5. Charge the battery pack until the DC IN/Battery indicator glows white. Memory media The computer is equipped with a memory media slot that can accommodate some kinds of memory media with various memory User's Manual 4-9 capacities so that you can easily transfer data from devices, such as digital cameras and Personal Digital Assistants. Keep foreign objects out of the memory media slot. Never allow metal objects, such as screws, staples and paper clips, to enter the computer or keyboard. Foreign metal objects can create a short circuit, which can cause computer damage and fire, possibly resulting in serious injury. This memory media slot supports the following memory media:

microSD/SDHC/SDXC card. Not all memory media have been tested and verified to work correctly. Therefore, it is not possible to guarantee that all memory media can operate properly. Figure 4-3 Example of memory media (microSD card) Points to note about the memory media card microSD/SDHC/SDXC memory cards comply with SDMI (Secure Digital Music Initiative), which is a technology adopted to prevent unlawful copy or playback of digital music. For this reason, you cannot copy or play back protected material on another computer or other device, and you cannot reproduce any copyrighted material except for your personal enjoyment. The supported maximum capacity of memory card is 512 GB. Memory media format New media cards are formatted according to specific standards. If you wish to reformat a media card, be sure to do so with a device that uses media cards. Formatting a memory media card Memory media cards are sold already formatted in conformity to specific standards. If you reformat a memory card, be sure to reformat it with a device such as digital camera or digital audio player that uses the memory cards, not with the format command provided within Windows. To format all areas of the memory card, including the protected area, you must obtain an appropriate application that applies the copy protection system. User's Manual 4-10 Media care Observe the following precautions when handling the card:

Do not twist or bend cards. Do not expose cards to liquids or store in humid areas or lay media close to containers of liquid. Do not touch the metal part of a card or expose it to liquids or let it get dirty. After using the card, return it to its case. The card is designed so that it can be inserted only one way. Do not try to force the card into the slot. Do not leave a card partially inserted in the slot. Press the card until you hear it click into place. Set the write-protect switch to the lock position, if you do not want to record data. Memory cards have a limited lifespan, so it is important to back up important data. Do not write to a card if the battery power is low. Low power might affect writing accuracy. Do not remove a card while read/write is in progress. For more details on using memory cards, see manuals accompanying the cards. Inserting memory media The following instructions apply to all types of supported media devices. To insert memory media, do the following:

1. 2. Turn the memory media so that the contacts (metal areas) face down. Insert the memory media into the memory media slot on your computer. User's Manual 4-11 3. Press the memory media gently until it clicks into place. Figure 4-4 Inserting memory media 1. Memory media slot 2. Memory media Product appearance depends on the model you purchased. Make sure that the memory media is oriented properly before you insert it. If you insert the media in wrong direction, you might not be able to remove it. When inserting the memory media, do not touch the metal contacts. You might expose the storage area to static electricity, which can destroy data. Do not turn off the computer or switch to Sleep Mode or Hibernation Mode while files are being copied. Failure to do so might cause data loss. Removing memory media The following instructions apply to all types of supported media devices. To remove memory media, do the following:

1. Click the Safely Remove Hardware and Eject Media icon on the Windows taskbar. 2. Select the memory media that you want to remove. 3. Push the memory media until you hear a click to partially release it. 4. Grasp the media and remove it. If you remove the memory media or turn off the power while the computer is accessing the memory media, you might lose data or damage the media. Do not remove the memory media while the computer is in Sleep or Hibernation Mode. The computer might become unstable or data in the memory media might be lost. User's Manual 4-12 12 HDMI out port HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) out port digitally transfers both video and audio data without reducing the quality. HDMI-compatible external display devices including televisions can be connected via the HDMI out port. As the port operation of all external monitors have not been confirmed, some display devices might not function properly. To connect an HDMI-compatible display device, do the following:

To connect a device to the HDMI out port, you must purchase a suitable HDMI cable. 1. Plug one end of the HDMI cable into the HDMI in port of the HDMI display device. Turn the HDMI display device's power on. 2. 3. Plug the other end of the HDMI cable into the HDMI out port on your computer. Figure 4-5 Connecting the HDMI out port 1. HDMI out port 2. HDMI cable Product appearance depends on the model you purchased. Do not plug/unplug an HDMI device under the following conditions:

The system is starting up. The system is shutting down. When you unplug the HDMI cable and replug it, wait at least 5 seconds before you replug the HDMI cable again. Settings for display video on HDMI To view video on the HDMI display device, be sure to configure the settings, otherwise you might find that nothing is displayed. User's Manual 4-13 12 Be sure to select the display device or audio device before starting to play video. Do not change the display device or audio device while playing video. Do not change the display device under the following conditions. While data is being read or written While communication is being carried out LAN The computer has built-in support for Ethernet LAN (10 megabits per second, 10BASE-T), Fast Ethernet LAN (100 megabits per second, 100BASE-TX) or Gigabit Ethernet LAN (1000 megabits per second, 1000BASE-T). This section describes how to connect/disconnect to a LAN. The Wake-up on LAN function consumes power even when the system is off. Leave the AC adaptor connected while using this feature. The link speed (10/100/1000 megabits per second) changes automatically depending on the network conditions (connected device, cable or noise and so on). LAN cable types The computer must be configured properly before connecting to a LAN. Logging onto a LAN using the computers default settings might cause a malfunction in LAN operation. Check with your LAN administrator regarding set-up procedures. If you are using Gigabit Ethernet LAN (1000 megabits per second, 1000BASE-T), be sure to connect with a CAT5e cable or higher. You cannot use a CAT3 or CAT5 cable. If you are using Fast Ethernet LAN (100 megabits per second, 100BASE-

TX), be sure to connect with a CAT5 cable or higher. You cannot use a CAT3 cable. If you are using Ethernet LAN (10 megabits per second, 10BASE-T), you can connect with a CAT3 or higher cable. Connecting the LAN cable To connect the LAN cable, do the following:

User's Manual 4-14 Connect the AC adaptor before connecting the LAN cable. The AC adaptor must remain connected during LAN use. If you disconnect the AC adaptor while the computer is accessing a LAN, the system might hang up. Do not connect any other cable to the LAN jack except the LAN cable. Otherwise, malfunctions or damage might occur. Do not connect any power supplying device to the LAN cable that is connected to the LAN jack. Otherwise, malfunctions or damage might occur. Turn off the power to all external devices connected to the computer. 1. 2. Plug one end of the cable into the LAN jack. Press gently until you hear the latch click into place. Figure 4-6 Connecting the LAN cable 1. LAN jack 2. LAN cable Product appearance depends on the model you purchased. 3. Plug the other end of the cable into a LAN hub connector or router. Check with your LAN administrator and hardware or software vendor before using or configuring a network connection. To disconnect the LAN cable, gently grasp the LAN cable while pressing the latch, and then slowly lift it up to remove it. Wireless display Your computer might support wireless display, a wireless technology which utilizes Wi-Fi to allow the computer to be wirelessly connected to external displays including TVs as extended screens. With wireless display, documents, streamed/local media contents or other online contents can be shared wirelessly with others. To use wireless display, either one of the following devices is required:

A compatible external display with built-in support for wireless display. User's Manual 4-15 12 An external display with HDMI port and a wireless display adapter. The wireless display adapter is a device that connects to the external display via HDMI port and can receive Wi-Fi signals from your computer. To wirelessly connect to an external display, you can follow the steps as described below:

1. Click Start -> Settings -> Bluetooth & devices -> Add device. 2. Click Wireless display or dock. Your computer starts searching for the wireless display device. 3. After the wireless display device is searched, follow the on-screen instructions to finish connection. After the connection is established, the name of the wireless display device appears under Devices. To disconnect the Wireless display device, click the wireless display device name and then click Remove device. Security lock A security lock enables you to anchor your computer to a desk or other heavy object in order to help prevent unauthorized removal or theft. The computer has a security lock slot into which you can attach one end of the security cable, while the other end attaches to a desk or similar object. The methods used for attaching security cables differ from product to product. Refer to the instructions for the product you are using for more information. Connecting the security lock To connect a security cable to the computer, do the following:

Turn the computer so the security lock slot faces you. 1. 2. Align the security cable with the lock slot and secure it in place. Figure 4-7 Security lock 1. Security lock slot 2. Security lock Product appearance depends on the model you purchased. Optional Accessories To make your computer even more powerful and convenient to use, you can add a number of accessories. For reference, the following list details some of the items that are available from your reseller or Dynabook dealer:

User's Manual 4-16 12 AC Adaptor USB Type-C Adapters dynabook USB-C Dock If you frequently use your computer at more than one site, it might be convenient to purchase an additional AC adaptor to be kept at each site in order to remove the need to carry the adaptor with you always. You can purchase different types of USB Type-

C adapters as accessories from Dynabook. Please contact your reseller or Dynabook dealer regarding which type is available in your region. dynabook USB-C Dock is the docking station that enables you to connect your computer peripherals through one USB Type-C cable to selected Dynabook computers. Refer to dynabook USB-C Dock's User's Manual for more details. Not all the accessories are available in your region. Contact your reseller or Dynabook dealer for more information. Sound System and Video mode This section describes some of the audio control functions. Volume Mixer The Volume Mixer utility lets you control the audio volume for playback of devices and applications under Windows. To launch the Volume Mixer settings, right-click on the speaker icon on the Windows Taskbar, and then select Open volume mixer from the sub menu. To adjust the volume level of speakers or headphones, move the Volume slider. To adjust the volume level of an application that you are using, move the slider for the corresponding application. Microphone Level To change the microphone recording level, do the following:

If the microphones are not built in, you can connect an external microphone instead. 1. Click Start -> All apps -> Windows Tools and double-click Control Panel. 2. Click Hardware and Sound -> Sound -> Recording. 3. Select Microphone Array or External Microphone, and click Properties. User's Manual 4-17 4. On the Levels tab, move the Microphone Array or External Microphone slider to increase or decrease the microphone volume level. If you feel the microphone volume level is inadequate while using an external microphone, move the Microphone Boost slider to a higher level. Realtek Audio Console You can confirm and change the audio configuration using the Realtek Audio Console. To launch the Realtek Audio Console:

Click Start -> All apps -> Realtek Audio Console. Main When you launch the Realtek Audio Console, the Main tab shows all available Playback and Recording devices. You can adjust the volume and switch to related setting pages by clicking the icon in this tab. Speakers/Headphones This tab allows you to set Main Volume, Sound Effects, AI Noise Reduction, Default Format and Speaker configuration. Click the Auto Test button internal speakers or the headphone sound is coming from the right direction. at the bottom of this tab to confirm the Microphone Array/External Microphone This tab allows you to set Main Volume, Microphone Effects and Default Format. If the microphones are not built in, you can connect an external microphone instead. Device advanced settings This tab allows you to choose the type of headphone or microphone and select devices when an external device is plugged in. To choose the type of headphone or microphone, do the following:

1. Plug a headphone or microphone into the headphone/microphone jack. 2. Click the Device advanced settings tab. 3. Select one from the device list under ANALOG for the device you plugged into. When an external headphone or microphone is plugged in, you can turn on/off the multi-stream function for playback or recording under Playback Device or Recording Device in this tab. To use multi-stream function for playback/recording, do the following:

User's Manual 4-18 1. Select Make internal and external output devices playback two different audio streams simultaneously, or Separate all input jacks as independent input devices. 2. Click Start -> Settings -> System -> Sound -> Volume mixer. 3. Choose different devices from the drop-down list. Information This tab shows the driver version and UI version as well. Video mode Video mode settings are configured via the Display dialog. To open the Display dialog, click Start -> Settings -> System -> Display. If you are running some applications (for example a 3D application or video playback), you might see some disturbance, flickering, or frame dropping on your screen. If that occurs, adjust the resolution of display, lowering it until the screen is displayed properly. User's Manual 4-19 Chapter 5 Utilities and Advanced Usage This chapter describes the utilities and special features of this computer, and the advanced usage of some utilities. Utilities and Applications This section describes the pre-installed utilities that come with the computer and details how to start them. For further information on their operation, refer to online manual, help files, or README.TXT file (if applicable) of each utility. You might not have all the software/feature listed in this section depending on the model you purchased. dynabook Settings dynabook Settings is the configuration management tool available through the Windows operating system. To run dynabook Settings, click Start -> All apps -> dynabook Settings. This utility allows you to configure your computer settings by the following tabs:

HomeAllows you to view the current BIOS/EC version or change certain settings back to their default values eco UtilityAllows you to manage the Battery Charge Mode of your computer KeyboardAllows you to set options for the keyboard The settings or options explained here might vary depending on the model you purchased. eco Utility This computer supports "Battery Charge Mode". You can choose the charge mode that suits your computer usage in this utility. To access this utility, click Start -> All apps -> dynabook Settings -> eco Utility. User's Manual 5-1 System Password You can set a password in the dynabook Setup Utility in order to restrict access to the computer. Follow the on-screen instructions to set the passwords. Two levels of password security are provided: User and Supervisor. Refer to dynabook Setup Utility to enter it. Passwords set in the dynabook Setup Utility are different from the Windows password. If you set a Supervisor Password, some functions might be restricted when a user logs on with the User Password. When entering the character string to register the password, enter from the keyboard character by character and do not enter as ASCII code or copy-and-paste the character string. In addition, ensure that the registered password is correct by outputting the character string to the password file. Starting the computer using a password To enter a password manually, do the following:

1. Turn on the power as described in the Getting Started section. At this point, the function keys do not work. They will function after you enter the password. 2. Enter the password in the dialog that appears on the screen. 3. Press ENTER. If you enter the password incorrectly three times in a row, or if you do not enter the password within 1 minute, the computer shuts down. In this case, some features that can power on the computer automatically (Task Scheduler, etc.) might not work. You must turn the computer back on to retry password entry. dynabook Support Utility dynabook Support Utility allows your computer to automatically search for alerts from Dynabook that are specific to your computer system and its programs. This utility also displays the System Information. On the initial internet connection, your computer will send some limited system information to Dynabook periodically. The transmission is completely anonymous since no personal identifiable information is collected. To access this utility, click Start -> All apps -> dynabook Support Utility. The following tabs might be provided:

User's Manual 5-2 HomeDisplays the introduction of this utility. AlertsAllows you to check available alerts. System InformationAllows you to view basic information of your computer. OptionsAllows you to set options for showing a notification. The settings or options explained here might vary depending on the model you purchased. dynabook Screen Rotation Utility dynabook Screen Rotation Utility rotates the screen orientation between landscape (normal) and landscape (flipped) by using the Ctrl + Alt + Up arrow/Down arrow keys. To access this utility, click Start -> All apps -> dynabook Screen Rotation Utility. The following options might be provided:

Screen RotationRotate the screen orientation by using the Ctrl + Alt

+ Up arrow/Down arrow keys. Confirmation messageShow a confirmation message when the screen is rotated. External display messageShow a message when the screen did not rotate because an external display is connected. dynabook Setup Utility dynabook Setup Utility provides you a menu-based user interface so that you can easily view and change BIOS settings. To enter the dynabook Setup Utility, do the following:

1. Save your work. 2. Click Start ->

3. Hold down the F2 key and then release this key just after the

(Power) and then select Restart. computer is powered on. Follow the on-screen instructions to proceed. 4. To save the changes and exit the utility, press the F10 key and proceed by selecting Yes or select Exit -> Exit Saving Changes -> Yes. The computer restarts immediately. dynabook Maintenance Utility dynabook Maintenance Utility is provided to erase the internal storage drive. This utility allows you to delete all data and partitions and also overwrite all sectors on the internal storage drive. If there is an external hard disk drive connected to your computer, it can also be erased. However, if you do not want to delete the data from the external hard disk drive, disconnect it from your computer. User's Manual 5-3 To access this utility:

1. Click Start -> Settings -> System -> Recovery. 2. Click Restart now in Advanced startup. 3. Click Troubleshoot -> dynabook Maintenance Utility. If you select the deletion method and continue with the operation, you will lose all data (including the operating system and recovery partition) on the internal storage drives. Make sure that you have already created recovery media if you want to use the computer after erasing your hard disk drive(s). Special features The following features are either unique to Dynabook computers or are advanced features which make the computer more convenient to use. Access each function using the following procedures.

*1 To access the Power Options, click Start -> All apps -> Windows Tools and double-click Control Panel. In the Control Panel window, click System and Security -> Power Options. Display automatic power off *1 Internal storage drive automatic power off *1 System automatic Sleep/Hibernation Mode *1 Power on password Intelligent power supply *1 This feature automatically cuts off power to the computer's display panel when there is no keyboard input for a specified time, with power being restored the next time a key is pressed. This can be specified in the Power Options. This feature automatically cuts off power to the internal storage drive when it is not accessed for a specified time, with power being restored when the internal storage drive is next accessed. This can be specified in the Power Options. This feature automatically shuts down the system into either Sleep Mode or Hibernation Mode when there is no input or hardware access for a specified time. This can be specified in the Power Options. Two levels of password security, supervisor and user, are available to prevent unauthorized access to your computer. A microprocessor in the computer's intelligent power supply detects the battery charge, automatically calculates the remaining battery capacity, and protects electronic components from abnormal conditions such as a voltage overload from the AC adaptor. This can be specified in the Power Options. Battery save mode *1 This feature lets you configure the computer in order to save battery power. This can be specified in the Power Options. User's Manual 5-4 Panel power on/off *1 This feature automatically turns power to the Low battery automatic Hibernation Mode *1 Hibernation Mode USB Wake-up function Heat dispersal *1 computer off when the display panel is closed, and turns it back on when the display panel is opened. This can be specified in the Power Options. When battery power is exhausted to the point that computer operation cannot be continued, the system automatically enters Hibernation Mode and shuts itself down. This can be specified in the Power Options. This feature lets you turn off the power to the computer without exiting from your software. The contents of main memory are automatically saved to the internal storage drive so that when you next turn on the power again, you can continue working right where you left off. You must enable the Hibernation Mode before using this feature. Refer to the Starting Hibernation Mode section for more details. This function restores the computer from Sleep Mode depending on the external devices connected to the USB ports. For example, if a mouse or USB keyboard is connected to a USB port, clicking the mouse button or pressing the keyboard will wake up the computer. To protect against overheating, the processor is equipped with an internal temperature sensor which activates a cooling fan or lowers the processing speed if the computer's internal temperature rises to a certain level. You are able to select whether to control this temperature by either turning on the fan first, then if necessary lowering the processor speed, or by lowering the processor speed first, then if necessary turning on the fan. Both of these functions are controlled through the Power Options. When the processor's temperature falls within normal range, the fan and the processor operation return to their standard speed. If the processor's temperature reaches an unacceptably high level with either setting, the computer automatically shuts down to prevent any damage. In this instance, all unsaved data in memory will be lost. User's Manual 5-5 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Dynabook has designed this computer for durability, however, should problems occur, you are able to use the procedures detailed in this chapter to help determine the cause. You should become familiar with this chapter as knowing what might go wrong can help prevent problems from occurring in the first place. Problem-solving process If you observe the following guidelines, resolving problems will be much easier. Stop immediately when you recognize a problem exists as taking further action might result in data loss or damage, or you might destroy valuable problem-related information that can help solve the problem. Observe what is happening. Write down what the system is doing and what actions you performed immediately before the problem occurred. Make a screenshot of the current display. Also be aware that the questions and procedures described in this chapter are meant only as a guide, they are not definitive problem-solving techniques. In reality many problems can be solved simply, but a few might require help from Technical Support. If you find you need to consult others, be prepared to describe the problem in as much detail as possible. Preliminary checklist You should always consider the simplest solution first. The items detailed in this checklist are easy to fix and yet can cause what appears to be a serious problem:

Make sure that you turn on all peripheral devices before you turn on the computer - this includes your printer and any other external device you are using. Before you attach an external device, you should first turn off the computer, then when you turn the computer back on, it recognizes the new device. Make sure that all optional accessories are configured properly in the computer's setup program and that all required driver software has been loaded (refer to the documentation included with the optional accessories for further information on its installation and configuration). User's Manual 6-1 Check all cables to ensure that they are correctly and firmly attached to the computer - loose cables can cause signal errors. Inspect all connecting cables for loose wires and all connectors for loose pins. Check that your disc media is correctly loaded. Always try to make detailed notes of your observations and keep them in a permanent error log - this helps you to describe your problems to Technical Support. In addition, if a problem recurs, the log you have made helps to identify the problem faster. Analyzing the problem Sometimes the computer gives you clues that can help you identify why it is malfunctioning. In view of this, keep the following questions in mind:

Which part of the computer is not operating properly - keyboard, SSD, display panel, Touch Pad, Touch Pad control buttons - as each device produces different symptoms. Check the options within the operating system to ensure that its configuration is set properly. What appears on the display? Does it display any messages or random characters? Make a screenshot of the current display and, if possible, look up the messages in the documentation included with the computer, software, or operating system. Check that all connecting cables are correctly and firmly attached as loose cables can cause erroneous or intermittent signals. Do any indicators light, if so, which ones, what color are they and do they stay on or blink? Write down what you see. Do you hear any beeps, if so, how many, are they long or short and are they high pitched or low pitched? In addition, is the computer making any unusual noises? Write down what you hear. Record your observations so you can describe them in detail to Technical Support. Software The problems might be caused by your software or disk. If you cannot load a software package, the media might be damaged or the program might be corrupted. In these instances, try loading another copy of the software if possible. If an error message appears while you are using a software package, you should refer to the documentation supplied with it as this usually includes a problem-solving section or a summary of error messages. Next, check any error messages against the operating system documentation. User's Manual 6-2 Hardware If you cannot find a software problem, you should then check the setup and configuration of your hardware. First run through the items in the preliminary checklist as described previously, then, if you still cannot correct the problem, try to identify the source. The next section provides checklists for individual components and peripherals. Before using a peripheral device or application software that is not an authorized part or product, make sure that the device or software can be used with your computer. Use of incompatible devices might cause injury or might damage your computer. If something goes wrong Your computer does not respond to the keyboard commands If an error occurs and the computer does not respond to your keyboard commands, do the following:

Press the power button and hold it down for ten seconds. Once the computer has turned itself off, wait 10-15 seconds before turning on the power again by pressing the power button. Your program stops responding If you are working with a program that suddenly freezes all operations, chances are the program has stopped responding. You can exit the failed program without shutting down the operating system or closing other programs. To close a program that has stopped responding:

1. Press CTRL, ALT, and DEL simultaneously (once), then click Task Manager. The Windows Task Manager window appears. 2. Select the program you want to close, then click End Task. Closing the failed program should allow you to continue working. If it does not, continue with the next step. 3. Close the remaining programs one by one by selecting the program name, then End Task. Closing all programs should allow you to continue working. If it does not, power off your computer and then restart it. The computer does not start Make sure that you attached the AC adaptor and power cord/cable properly. If you are using the AC adaptor, check that the wall outlet is working by plugging in another device, such as a lamp. User's Manual 6-3 Verify that the computer is on by looking at the Power indicator. If the indicator is glowing, the computer is on. Also, try turning the computer off and then on. If you are using an AC adaptor, verify that the computer is receiving power from the external power source by looking at the DC IN/Battery indicator. If the indicator is glowing, the computer is connected to a live external power source. The computer does not load advanced options during startup By holding down one of the following keys during startup, your computer can load the following advanced options:

Key F2 F12 Advanced option dynabook Setup Utility Boot Menu 0 (zero) Recovery options If your computer starts to load the Operating System instead of desired advanced options, do the following:

1. Click Start ->

2. Hold down the corresponding key and then release this key just after

(Power) and then select Restart. the computer is powered on. Follow the on-screen instructions to proceed. 3. Hardware and system checklist This section discusses problems caused by your computers hardware or attached peripherals. Basic problems might occur in the following areas:

Power Keyboard Internal display panel Internal storage Memory media card Pointing device USB device Sound system External monitor LAN Wireless LAN Bluetooth Power When the computer is not plugged into an AC power outlet, the battery pack is the primary power source. Your computer also has Real-Time Clock (RTC) function. All of the power resources are interrelated with anyone having the ability to produce apparent power problems. User's Manual 6-4 Overheating power down If the processor's temperature reaches an unacceptably high level with either setting, the computer automatically shuts down to prevent any damage. In this instance, all unsaved data in memory is lost. Problem Procedure Computer shuts down automatically Leave the computer off until it reaches room temperature. If the computer has reached room temperature and it still does not start, or if it starts but shuts down quickly, contact Technical Support. AC power If you have trouble turning on the computer with the AC adaptor connected, check the status of the DC IN/Battery indicator. Refer to the Power Condition Descriptions section for further information. Problem Procedure AC adaptor does not power the computer Check the connections to make sure that the power cord/adaptor is firmly connected to the computer and a working power outlet. Check the condition of the cord and terminals. If the cord is frayed or damaged, it should be replaced, while if the terminals are soiled, they should be cleaned with a clean cotton cloth. If the AC adaptor still does not power the computer, you should contact Technical Support. Battery If you suspect a problem with the battery, check the status of the DC IN/

Battery indicator. Problem Procedure Battery does not power the computer The battery might be discharged. Connect the AC adaptor to recharge the battery. Battery does not charge when the AC adaptor is attached If the battery is completely discharged, it will not begin charging immediately. In these instances, wait a few minutes before trying again. If the battery still does not charge, check that the power outlet of the AC adaptor is connected to its supplying power. This can be tested by plugging another appliance into it. User's Manual 6-5 Problem Procedure Battery does not power the computer as long as expected If you frequently recharge a partially charged battery, the battery might not charge to its full potential. In these instances, you should fully discharge the battery and then attempt to charge it again. Real-Time Clock Problem Procedure BIOS setting and system date/time are lost The lasting time of the Real-Time Clock (RTC) has run out. You must set the date and time in the dynabook Setup Utility by using the following steps:

1. Launch the dynabook Setup Utility. Refer to the dynabook Setup Utility section for further information. 2. Set the date in the System Date field. 3. Set the time in the System Time field. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions to proceed. BIOS Problem Procedure Computer cannot be powered on Disconnect the AC adaptor for several seconds and then reconnect the AC adaptor. After that, press the power button. If it still does not work, press and hold the power button for about 15 seconds. If it still does not operate properly, you should contact your reseller or dealer. Keyboard Keyboard problems can be caused by the setup and configuration of the computer. Refer to the The Keyboard section for further information. User's Manual 6-6 Problem Procedure Output to screen is garbled Refer to your software documentation to ensure that it is not remapping the keyboard in any way

(remapping involves changing or reassigning the function of each key). If you are still unable to use the keyboard, you should contact Technical Support. Internal display panel Apparent problems of the computer's display panel might be related to setup and configuration of the computer. Problem No display Markings appear on the computer's display panel Procedure Press the function keys to adjust the display priority, and to make sure that it is not set for output to an external monitor. These marks might have come from contact with the keyboard and Touch Pad while the display panel has been closed. Try to remove the marks by gently wiping the display panel with a clean dry cloth or, if this fails, with a good quality LCD screen cleaner. In this latter instance, you should always follow the instructions with the screen cleaner and always ensure that you let the display panel dry properly before closing it. Internal Storage Drive Problem Procedure Computer does not boot from internal storage Check to see whether there is a disc in the external optical disc drive - if so remove it and try to start the computer again. If this has no effect, check the Boot Priority Options setting under Boot within the dynabook Setup Utility. User's Manual 6-7 Problem Procedure Slow performance The files on the internal storage drive might be fragmented. In this instance you should run the disk defragmentation utility to check the condition of your files and the internal storage drive. Refer to the operating system's documentation or online help file for further information on operating and using the defragmentation utility. As a last resort, you should reformat the internal storage drive and then reload the operating system and all other files and data. If you are still unable to resolve the problem, contact Technical Support. Memory Media Card For further information, refer to Operating Basics. Problem Procedure Memory media card error occurs Remove the memory media card from the computer and then reinsert it to ensure that it is firmly connected. If the problem persists, then you should refer to the documentation supplied with your memory media card for further information. You cannot read a file Check to ensure that the required file is actually on the memory media card that is inserted into the computer. If you are still unable to resolve the problem, contact Technical Support. Pointing device If you are using a USB mouse, you should also refer to both the USB mouse section and the documentation supplied with your mouse. Touch Pad Problem Procedure Touch Pad does not work Check the device settings. Click Start -> Settings -> Bluetooth & devices ->

Touchpad. User's Manual 6-8 Problem Procedure Mouse pointer does not respond to pointing device operation In this instance, the system might be busy. Try moving the mouse again after waiting a short while. Double-tapping

(Touch Pad) does not work In this instance, you should initially try changing the double-click speed setting within the Mouse Control utility. 1. To access this utility, click Start -> Settings

-> Bluetooth & devices -> Touchpad ->

More touchpad settings. 2. Within the Mouse Properties window, click the Buttons tab. 3. Set the double-click speed as required and click OK. Mouse pointer moves too fast or too slow In this instance, you should initially try changing the cursor speed within the Touch Pad settings. To access it, click Start -> Settings -> Bluetooth

& devices -> Touchpad. Reaction of Touch Pad is either too sensitive or not sensitive enough Adjust the touch sensitivity. To access it, click Start -> Settings -> Bluetooth

& devices -> Touchpad. If you are still unable to resolve the problem, contact Technical Support. USB mouse Problem Procedure Mouse pointer does not respond to mouse operation In this instance, the system might be busy. Try moving the mouse again after waiting a short while. Remove the mouse from the computer and then reconnect it to a free USB port in order to ensure that it is firmly attached. User's Manual 6-9 Problem Procedure Double-clicking does not work In this instance, you should initially try changing the double-click speed setting within the Mouse Control utility. 1. To access this utility, click Start -> Settings

-> Bluetooth & devices -> Touchpad ->

More touchpad settings. 2. Within the Mouse Properties window, click the Buttons tab. 3. Set the double-click speed as required and click OK. In this instance, you should initially try changing the speed setting within the Mouse Control utility. 1. To access this utility, click Start -> Settings

-> Bluetooth & devices -> Touchpad ->

More touchpad settings. 2. Within the Mouse Properties window, click the Pointer Options tab. 3. Set the mouse pointer speed as required and click OK. The elements of the mouse responsible for detecting movement might be dirty. Refer to the documentation supplied with the mouse for instructions on how to clean it. If you are still unable to resolve the problem, contact Technical Support. Mouse pointer moves too fast or too slow Mouse pointer moves erratically USB device In addition to the information in this section, also refer to the documentation supplied with your USB device. Problem Procedure USB device does not work Remove the USB device from the computer and then reconnect it to a free port in order to ensure that it is firmly attached. Ensure that any required USB device drivers are properly installed. To achieve this, you should refer to both the device documentation and the operating system documentation. User's Manual 6-10 Sound system In addition to the information in this section, also refer to the documentation supplied with your audio device. Problem Procedure No sound is heard Press the function keys to increase or decrease volume. Annoying sound is heard Check the software volume settings. Check to see if Mute is turned to Off. Check to make sure that the headphone connection is secure. Check within the Windows Device Manager application to ensure that the sound device is enabled and that the device is properly working. In this instance, you might be experiencing feedback from either the internal microphone or an external microphone connected to the computer. Refer to Sound System and Video mode for further information. Volume cannot be adjusted during Windows start up or shut down. If you are still unable to resolve the problem, contact Technical Support. External monitor Also refer to Operating Basics, and to the documentation supplied with your monitor for further information. Problem Procedure Monitor does not turn on After confirming that the monitor's power switch is on, check the connections to make sure that the power cord/adaptor is firmly connected to the monitor and to a working power outlet. User's Manual 6-11 Problem No display Procedure Try adjusting the contrast and brightness controls on the external monitor. Press the function key in order to change the display priority and ensure that it is not set for the internal display only. Check to see if the external monitor is connected. When the external monitor is set as the primary display device in extended desktop mode, it does not display when the computer wakes up from Sleep Mode if the external monitor has been disconnected while in Sleep Mode. To keep this from happening, do not disconnect the external monitor while the computer is in Sleep or Hibernation Mode. Remember to turn off the computer before disconnecting the external monitor. When the display panel and an external monitor are set to Clone Mode and they are turned off by the timer, the display panel or the external monitor might not display when turned on again. If this occurs, press the function key to reset the display panel and external monitor to Clone Mode. When booting up the computer, screen of BIOS setting etc. might not be indicated correctly if the power saving function of the external monitor is enabled. In this case, turn the power of the external monitor OFF and ON once (to disable power saving function) and then restart your computer. Display error occurs Check that the cable connecting the external monitor to the computer is firmly attached. If you are still unable to resolve the problem, contact Technical Support. LAN Problem Procedure Cannot access LAN Check for a firm cable connection between the LAN jack and the LAN hub. User's Manual 6-12 Problem Procedure Wake-up on LAN does not work Make sure the AC adaptor is connected. The Wake-up on LAN function consumes power even when the system is off. If problems persist, consult your LAN administrator. Wireless LAN Problem Procedure Cannot access Wireless LAN Make sure that the wireless communication function of the computer is on. If problems persist, contact your LAN administrator. Bluetooth Problem Procedure Cannot access Bluetooth device Check to ensure that the wireless communication function of the computer is on. Check to ensure that power to the external Bluetooth device is turned on. Check to ensure that no optional Bluetooth Adaptor is installed in the computer. The built-in Bluetooth hardware cannot operate simultaneously with another Bluetooth controller. If you are still unable to resolve the problem, contact Technical Support. Technical support If you require any additional help using your computer or if you are having problems operating the computer, you might need to contact us for additional technical assistance. Before you call Some problems you experience might be related to software or the operating system, so it is important that you investigate other sources of assistance first. Before contacting, try the following:

Review troubleshooting sections in the documentation supplied with your software and/or peripheral devices. User's Manual 6-13 If a problem occurs when you are running software applications, consult the software documentation for troubleshooting suggestions and consider calling the software company's technical support department for assistance. Consult the reseller or dealer from where you purchased your computer and/or software - they are your best resource for current information and support. Technical support If you are still unable to solve the problem and suspect that it is hardware related, refer to the information listed in the accompanying warranty booklet. User's Manual 6-14 Chapter 7 Appendix Specifications This section summarizes the technical specifications of the computer. Physical Dimensions The physical dimensions vary depending on the model you purchased. Size Approximately 305.9 (w) x 201.7 (d) x 15.95 (h) millimeters

(13.3" LCD screen) Approximately 323.9 (w) x 211.8 (d) x 18.75 (h) millimeters

(14.0" LCD screen) Approximately 358.9 (w) x 230.5 (d) x 18.95 (h) millimeters

(15.6" LCD screen)

(not including parts that extend beyond the main body) Environmental Requirements Conditions Operating Non-operating Ambient temperature Relative humidity 5C (41F) to 35C

(95F) 20% to 80%

(noncondensing)

-20C (-4F) to 60C

(140F) 10% to 90%

(noncondensing) Wet-bulb temperature 29C maximum Conditions Altitude (from sea level) Operating

-60 to 3,000 meters Non-operating

-60 to 10,000 meters maximum Power Requirements AC adaptor 100-240V AC 50 Hz or 60 Hz (cycles per second) User's Manual 7-1 Computer 5-20V DC AC Power Cord and Connectors The AC input plug of the power cord must be compatible with the various international AC power outlets and the cord must meet the standards for the country/region in which it is used. All cords must meet the following specifications:

Wire size:

Minimum 0.75 mm2 Current rating:

Minimum 2.5 amperes Certification agencies China:

CQC U.S. and Canada:

UL listed and CSA certified No. 18 AWG, Type SVT or SPT-2 Australia:

AS Japan:

Europe:

Austria:

Belgium:

Denmark:

Finland:

France:

Germany:

DENANHO OVE Italy:

IMQ CEBEC The Netherlands:

KEMA DEMKO Norway:

FIMKO Sweden:

NEMKO SEMKO LCIE VDE Switzerland:

SEV United Kingdom:

BSI In Europe, two conductors power cord must be VDE type, H05VVH2-F or H03VVH2-F and for three conductors power cord must be VDE type, H05VV-F. For the United States and Canada, two-pin plug configuration must be 2-15P (250 V) or 1-15P (125 V) and three-pin plug configuration must be 6-15P (250 V) or 5-15P (125 V) as designated in the U.S. National Electrical Code Handbook and the Canadian Electrical Code Part II. User's Manual 7-2 The following illustrations show the plug shapes for the U.S.A. and Canada, the United Kingdom, Australia, Europe, Middle-East, Africa, South Africa, Switzerland, Italy and China. USA United Kingdom, South Africa, Middle-East UL approved Australia AS approved BS approved Europe, Africa, South Africa, Middle-East Approved by the appropriate agency Canada China CSA approved State of Israel CCC approved Africa SII approved Switzerland Approved by the appropriate agency Italy Approved by the appropriate agency Approved by the appropriate agency Information for Wireless Devices Wireless Technology Interoperability The Wireless LAN is compatible with other LAN systems with Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS) /Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) radio technology, and is compliant to:

User's Manual 7-3 The IEEE 802.11 Standard on Wireless LANs (Revision a/b/g/n/ac/ax), as defined and approved by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. Bluetooth Modules are designed to be interoperable with any product with Bluetooth wireless technology that is based on Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS) radio technology, and is compliant to:

Bluetooth Specification (depending on the model you purchased), as defined and approved by the Bluetooth Special Interest Group. Logo certification with Bluetooth wireless technology as defined by the Bluetooth Special Interest Group. This Bluetooth product is not compatible with devices using Bluetooth Version 1.0B specifications. The wireless devices have not completed verification of connection and operation with all devices which are using the Wireless LAN or Bluetooth radio technology. Bluetooth and Wireless LAN devices operate within the same radio frequency range and might interfere with one another. If you use Bluetooth and Wireless LAN devices simultaneously, you might occasionally experience a less than optimal network performance or even lose your network connection. If you experience any such problem, immediately turn off either one of your Bluetooth or Wireless LAN. Wireless devices and your health Wireless products, like other radio devices, emit radio frequency electromagnetic energy. The level of energy emitted by wireless products however is far much less than the electromagnetic energy emitted by wireless devices like for example mobile phones. Because wireless products operate within the guidelines found in radio frequency safety standards and recommendations, Dynabook believes wireless products are safe for use by consumers. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the scientific community and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of wireless products might be restricted by the proprietor of the building or responsible representatives of the organization. These situations might for example include:

Using the wireless products equipment on board of airplanes, or In any other environment where the risk of interference to other devices or services is perceived or identified as harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless devices in a specific organization or environment (for example, airports), you are User's Manual 7-4 encouraged to ask for authorization to use the wireless device prior to turning on the equipment. Wireless LAN Technology The wireless communication function of the computer supports some wireless communication devices. Only some models are equipped with both Wireless LAN and Bluetooth functions. Do not use the Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) or Bluetooth functionalities near a microwave oven or in areas subject to radio interference or magnetic fields. Interference from a microwave oven or other source can disrupt Wi-Fi or Bluetooth operation. Turn off all wireless functionalities when near a person who might have a cardiac pacemaker implant or other medical electric device. Radio waves might affect pacemaker or medical device operation, possibly resulting in serious injury. Follow the instruction for your medical device when using any wireless functionality. Always turn off wireless functionality if the computer is near automatic control equipment or appliances such as automatic doors or fire detectors. Radio waves can cause malfunction of such equipment, possibly resulting in serious injury. It might not be possible to make a network connection to a specified network name using the ad hoc network function. If this occurs, the new network (*) has to be configured for all computers connected to the same network in order to re-enable network connections.

* Make sure to use new network name. Security Dynabook strongly recommends that you enable encryption functionality, otherwise your computer is open to illegal access by an outsider using a wireless connection. If this occurs, the outsider might illegally access your system, eavesdrop, or cause the loss or destruction of stored data. Dynabook is not liable for the loss of data due to eavesdropping or illegal access through the wireless LAN and the damage thereof. Card Specifications Compatibility IEEE 802.11 Standard for Wireless LANs Network Operating System Media Access Protocol Microsoft Windows Networking CSMA/CA (Collision Avoidance) with Acknowledgment (ACK) User's Manual 7-5 Radio Characteristics Radio Characteristics of Wireless LAN module might vary according to:

Country/region where the product was purchased Type of product Wireless communication is often subject to local radio regulations. Although Wireless LAN networking products have been designed for operation in the license-free 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz band, local radio regulations might impose a number of limitations to the use of wireless communication equipment. Radio Frequency Band 5 GHz (5150-5850 MHz) (Revision a, n, ac and ax) Band 2.4 GHz (2400-2483.5 MHz) (Revision b/g, n and ax) The range of the wireless signal is related to the transmit rate of the wireless communication. Communications at lower transmit range might travel larger distances. The range of your wireless devices can be affected when the antennas are placed near metal surfaces and solid high-density materials. Range is also impacted due to "obstacles" in the signal path of the radio that might either absorb or reflect the radio signal. Radio Frequency Interference Requirements This device is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15 to 5.25 GHz frequency range. High-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5.25 to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 to 5.85 GHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Bluetooth wireless technology Some computers in this series have Bluetooth wireless communication function which eliminates the need for cables between electronic devices such as computers, printers, and mobile phones. When it is enabled, Bluetooth provides a safe and trustworthy wireless personal area network environment that is quick and easy. You cannot use the built-in Bluetooth functions of the computer and an external Bluetooth adaptor simultaneously. For reference, Bluetooth wireless technology has the following features:

Security Two advanced security mechanisms ensure a high level of security:

User's Manual 7-6 Authentication prevents access to critical data and makes it impossible to falsify the origin of a message. Encryption prevents eavesdropping and maintains link privacy. Worldwide operation The Bluetooth radio transmitter and receiver operate in the 2.4 GHz band, which is license-free and compatible with radio systems in most countries in the world. Radio links You can easily establish links between two or more devices, with these links being maintained even if the devices are not within a line-of-sight of each other. Radio Regulatory Information The Wireless device must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturers instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. This product complies with the following radio frequency and safety standards. The wireless modules listed here are applicable for your products at the time of this manual's production. However, succeeding products are subject to change without notice. Europe Restrictions for Use of 2400.0 - 2483.5 MHz Frequencies in Europe Azerbaijan:

Limited implementation No license needed if used indoor and power not exceeding 30 mW (14.77 dBm). Italy:

Implemented The public use is subject to general authorisation by the respective service provider. User's Manual 7-7 Russian Federation:

Limited implementation Using SRD (Short Range Device) with FHSS (Frequency-Hopping Spread Spectrum) modulation. 1. Maximum 2.5 mW (4 dBm) EIRP

(Equivalent Isotropically Radiated Power) is permitted to use. 2. Maximum 100 mW (20 dBm) EIRP is permitted to use with the following conditions:

Permitted to use SRD for outdoor applications without restriction on installation height only for purposes of gathering telemetry information for automated monitoring and resources accounting systems. Permitted to use SRD for other purposes for outdoor applications only when the installation height is not exceeding 10 m above the ground surface. 3. Maximum 100 mW (20 dBm) EIRP. Indoor applications are permitted to use. User's Manual 7-8 Using SRD with DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) and other than FHSS wideband modulation. 1. Maximum EIRP density is 2 mW/

MHz. Maximum 100 mW (20 dBm) EIRP is permitted to use. 2. Maximum EIRP density is 20 mW/MHz. Maximum 100 mW (20 dBm) EIRP is permitted to use with the following condition:

It is permitted to use SRD for outdoor applications only for purposes of gathering telemetry information for automated monitoring and resources accounting systems or security systems. 3. Maximum EIRP density is 10 mW/MHz. Maximum 100 mW (20 dBm) EIRP. Indoor applications are permitted to use. Ukraine:

Limited implementation EIRP =100 mW (20 dBm) with built-in antennas maximum gain is 6 dBi. User's Manual 7-9 Restrictions for Use of 5150 - 5350 MHz Frequencies in Europe Limited implementation This product is for indoor use only. Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden Restrictions for Use of 5725 - 5875 MHz Frequencies in Europe Russian Federation:

Limited implementation When duty cycle is 0.1% or using LBT (Listen Before Talk) technology. Antenna height should not exceed 5 m, with maximum EIRP 25 mW (13.98 dBm) is permitted to use. Software Version and Maximum Power Output of the Wireless Module Europe: model AX201NGW User's Manual 7-10 Software Version Maximum Power Output Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Software 22.x and following versions

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) IEEE802.11 b/

g/n/ax mode / Bluetooth Maximum 50.1 mW (17.0 dBm) EIRP

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) BLE Maximum 17.8 mW (12.5 dBm) EIRP

(5150 - 5725 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/

ac/ax mode Maximum 22.4 mW (13.5 dBm) EIRP Europe: model AW-XB547NF Software Version Maximum Power Output 6001.0.15.11x and following versions

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) IEEE802.11 b/

g/n/ax mode / Bluetooth Maximum 50.1 mW (17.0 dBm) EIRP

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) BLE Maximum 17.8 mW (12.5 dBm) EIRP

(5150 - 5725 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/

ac/ax mode Maximum 22.4 mW (13.5 dBm) EIRP

(5745 - 5875 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/

ac/ax mode Maximum 22.4 mW (13.5 dBm) EIRP Europe: model AW-CB304NF Software Version Maximum Power Output 2024.0.10.13x and following versions

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) IEEE802.11 b/

g/n mode / Bluetooth Maximum 50.1 mW (17.0 dBm) EIRP

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) BLE Maximum 17.8 mW (12.5 dBm) EIRP

(5150 - 5725 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/

ac mode Maximum 22.4 mW (13.5 dBm) EIRP

(5745 - 5875 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/

ac mode Maximum 22.4 mW (13.5 dBm) EIRP User's Manual 7-11 To remain in conformance with European spectrum usage laws for Wireless LAN operation, the above 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz channel limitations apply for outdoor usage. The user should use the wireless LAN utility to check the current channel of operation. If operation is occurring outside of the allowable frequencies for outdoor use, as listed above, the user must contact the applicable national spectrum regulator to request a license for outdoor operation. Canada - Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) This device complies with RSS-247 of the ISED Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Ce dispositif est conforme la norme CNR-247 d'Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISDE) applicable aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Son fonctionnement est sujet aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) le dispositif ne doit pas produire de brouillage prjudiciable, et (2) ce dispositif doit accepter tout brouillage reu, y compris un brouillage susceptible de provoquer un fonctionnement indsirable. Les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5.15-5.25 GHz sont rservs uniquement pour une utilisation l'intrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Les utilisateurs devraient aussi tre aviss que les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., qu'ils ont la priorit) pour les bandes 5.25-5.35 GHz et 5.65-5.85 GHz et que ces radars pourraient causer du brouillage et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. The term IC before the equipment certification number only signifies that the ISED technical specifications were met. USA - Federal Communications Commission (FCC) This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. Refer to the FCC information section for the detailed information. Caution: Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of the Wireless device is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the Wireless device shall be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. User's Manual 7-12 In the usual operating configuration, the distance between the antenna and the user should not be less than 20 cm. Please refer to the computer users manual for the details regarding antenna location. The installer of this radio equipment must ensure that the antenna is located or pointed such that it does not emit RF field in excess of Health Canada limits for the general population; consult Safety Code 6, obtainable from Health Canadas website www.hc-sc.gc.ca Caution: Radio Frequency Interference Requirements This device is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15 to 5.25 GHz frequency range. High-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5.25 to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 to 5.85 GHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Australia and New Zealand regulatory compliance This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting device. When used in the Clamshell mode, a separation distance of 20cm from the antennas will ensure the radio frequency exposure level complies with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. Using this equipment in Japan In Japan, the frequency bandwidth of 2,400 MHz to 2,483.5 MHz for second generation low-power data communication systems such as this equipment overlaps that of mobile object identification systems (premises radio station and specified low-power radio station). 1. Important notice The frequency bandwidth of this equipment may operate within the same range as industrial devices, scientific devices, medical devices, microwave ovens, licensed radio stations and non-licensed specified low-power radio stations for mobile object identification systems (RFID) used in factory production lines (Other Radio Stations). 1. Before using this equipment, ensure that it does not interfere with any 2. of the equipment listed above. If this equipment causes RF interference to other radio stations, promptly change the frequency being used, change the location of use, or turn off the source of emissions. 3. Contact an authorized service provider if you have problems with interference caused by this product to Other Radio Stations. 2. Indication for Wireless LAN The indication shown below appears on this equipment. User's Manual 7-13 2.4 : This equipment uses a frequency of 2.4 GHz. 1. 2. DS : This equipment uses DS-SS modulation. 3. OF : This equipment uses OFDM modulation. 4. 5. 4 : The interference range of this equipment is less than 40 m.

: This equipment uses a frequency bandwidth from 2,400 MHz to 2,483.5 MHz. It is possible to avoid the band of mobile object identification systems. 3. Indication for Bluetooth The indication shown below appears on this equipment. 1. 2. 3. 4. 2.4 : This equipment uses a frequency of 2.4 GHz. FH : This equipment uses FH-SS modulation. 1 : The interference range of this equipment is less than 10 m.

: This equipment uses a frequency bandwidth from 2,400 MHz to 2,483.5 MHz. It is impossible to avoid the band of mobile object identification systems. 4. About the JEITA 5 GHz Wireless LAN supports W52/W53/W56 Channel. Device Authorization This device obtains the Technical Regulation Conformity Certification and it belongs to the device class of radio equipment of low-power data communication system radio station stipulated in the Telecommunications Business Law of Japan. User's Manual 7-14

(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(4)(1)(2)(3)1/ax/ax Intel Wi-Fi 6 AX201 The Name of the radio equipment: AX201NGW DSP Research, Inc. Approval Number: D180131003 Azure Wave Wi-Fi AW-XB547NF The Name of the radio equipment: AW-XB547NF DSP Research, Inc. Approval Number: D210109201 Azure Wave Wi-Fi 5 AW-CB304NF The Name of the radio equipment: AW-CB304NF DSP Research, Inc. Approval Number: D160283201 The following restrictions apply:

Do not disassemble or modify the device. Do not install the embedded wireless module into other device. Accessibility Accessibility options provided by Windows 11 operating system are accessible through Accessibility features of Windows settings. It allows you to customize your Dynabook notebook the way you want to use it. To see the available features in one of the following ways:

Go to Start and select Settings

. Using a keyboard, press the word Settings, then press Enter.

( Windows key ) + I, scroll up to the Then select Accessibility from the Settings screen. Accessibility for Dynabook notebook Accessibility options provides those with learning, vision, hearing, mobility and other impairments with the following features categories. Vision Text size: To change the size that appear in Windows and in applications. Visual effects: Animations, transparency and automatically hide scroll bars in Windows can be enabled or disabled. Notifications for can be adjusted for 5 seconds, 7 seconds, 15 seconds, 30 seconds, 1 minute and 5 minutes. Mouse pointer and touch: Makes pointer, cursor and touch feedback easier to see. Change pointer size and colour, cursor thickness, touch feedback and make visual feedback for touch points darker and larger. User's Manual 7-15 Text cursor: Makes the text cursor easier to see by changing the colour, size, and thickness. Magnifier: Makes part or all of your screen bigger allowing words and images easier to see. For more information, refer to Use Magnifier to make things on the screen easier to see. Colour Filters: Makes photos and colours easier to see by applying a colour filter to your screen. Toggle Turn on colour filters to enable or disable this feature. Then, select a colour filter from the menu and see which one best suits you. Contrast Themes: This can be used to change to different contrast themes. Choose a theme from the drop-down menu to customize colour for links and button text. To turn high contrast mode on or off from the sign-in screen, select the Accessibility button, then turn on the toggle under High Contrast. From the keyboard press Left Alt +

Left Shift + Print Screen. Narrator: Screen-reading app built into Windows 11. For more information, refer to How to use Narrator. Click here for more information about making your device easier to see or use without a screen. Hearing Audio: For those with hearing difficulties, this option makes it easier to hear with features like Hear all sounds in one channel, and Display audio alerts visually. Captions: Lets you read the word spoken in the audio portion of a video, TV show or movie that supports Closed Caption technology. You can select the settings you want and see how they appear in preview. Click here for more information about making your device easier to hear or use with these visual alternatives to sound. Interaction Speech: Talk instead of type. Press the start dictation or select the microphone button on the touch keyboard. Cortana, the Windows 11 built-in digital assistant, can help with setting reminders, opening apps, finding facts, and sending emails and text messages.

(Windows key) + H to Cortana is only available in certain countries and some Cortana features might not be available everywhere. Keyboard: Among many other features, this option allows those with limited typing ability to type by pointing and clicking. Mouse: Allows you to change the size and color of the mouse pointer making it easier to view. Other mouse properties settings are customizable through the Additional mouse options. User's Manual 7-16 Eye control: Allows you to setup an eye tracking device. Refer to Compatible Eye tracking device for more information. For more information about Accessibility and other features with Windows 11 operating system, Click here. Others in task bar and select Power Options to configure.

(Power) > Shutdown when closing the lid. Click here for Hardware: All ports used for input or output device connections are industry standards and can be used to connect to any industry standard compatible third party devices. Power On/Off: User can choose to have their notebook go to sleep mode to avoid having to manually power off or click on Start and then select more information on this feature. The notebook can be configured to resume when the lid is open without having to push the power on button. This can be specified in the Power Options. Right click on the battery icon Sign-in options: Windows offers a number of sign-in options including biometric and non-biometric, refer to Sign-in options in Chapter 2 of the users manual. Touch Pad: The Touch Pad on the palm rest supports several features, refer to Using the Touch Pad section for more information. Keyboard: The number of keys available on your keyboard depends on which region your computer is configured for, with keyboards being available for numerous languages. There are different types of keys, functions keys, Windows special key, and the keypad overlay. Refer to The Keyboard section for more information. Fingerprint Sensor: Some notebook configurations have fingerprint sensor for enrolling and recognizing fingerprints. Refer to Using the Fingerprint Sensor section for more information. Battery: When the AC adaptor is not connected, the main power source of the computer is the main battery. Refer to the Battery section for information about charging and caring of the battery pack. Memory Media: The computer is equipped with a memory media slot that can accommodate some kinds of memory media with various memory capacities so that you can transfer data between devices. Refer to Memory media section for more information. HDMI out port: HDMI out port digitally transfers both video and audio data and can be connected to HDMIcompatible external display. Refer to The HDMI out port section for more information. LAN: Your computer may have built-in Ethernet LAN (10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX or Gigabit Ethernet LAN 1000BASE-T). Refer to LAN section for more information on how to connect/disconnect to a LAN. Wireless Display: Your computer might support wireless display, a wireless technology which utilizes Wi-Fi to allow the computer to be wirelessly connected to external displays including TVs as extended screens. Refer to Wireless display section for more information. User's Manual 7-17 Security Lock: This feature enables you to anchor your computer to a desk or other object in order to prevent unauthorized removal or theft. Refer to Security lock section for more information. Sound System and Video mode: This section describes some of the audio controls functions such as volume mixer, Microphone level, Realtek Audio Console and video modes. Refer to Sound Systems and Video mode section for more information. Utilities and Advanced Usage: Your computer comes with pre-

installed utilities such as dynabook Support Utility, dynabook Setup Utility (including System Password, etc), and dynabook Maintenance Utility. Refer to Utilities and Advanced Usage section for more information. You might have all the software listed depending on the model you purchased. Special features: Your computer may come pre-installed with several special features such as Display automatic power off, Internal storage drive automatic power off, System automatic Sleep/Hibernation Mode, Power on password, Intelligent power supply, Battery save mode, Panel power on/off, Low battery automatic Hibernation Mode, Sleep Mode, Hibernation Mode, USB Wake-up function, and Heat dispersal. Refer to Special features section for more information. Troubleshooting: Dynabook has designed this computer for durability, however, should problems occur, you are able to use the procedures detailed in the Troubleshooting section to help determine the cause. You should familiarize yourself with this section as knowing what might go wrong can help prevent problems from occurring in the first place. Support: Please visit our support website support.dynabook.com if you need further assistance. Legal Footnotes Non-applicable Icons Certain computer chassis are designed to accommodate all possible configurations for an entire product series. Therefore, be aware that your selected model might not have all the features and specifications corresponding to all of the icons or switches shown on the computer chassis. CPU CPU performance in your computer product might vary from specifications under the following conditions:

use of certain external peripheral products use of battery power instead of AC power use of certain multimedia, computer generated graphics or video applications use of standard telephone lines or low speed network connections User's Manual 7-18 use of complex modeling software, such as high end computer aided design applications use of several applications or functionalities simultaneously use of computer in areas with low air pressure (high altitude >1,000 meters or >3,280 feet above sea level) use of computer at temperatures outside the range of 5C to 30C (41

-86F) or >25C (77F) at high altitude (all temperature references are approximate and might vary depending on the specific computer model - contact Technical Support for details). CPU performance might also vary from specifications due to design configuration. Under some conditions, your computer product might automatically shut down. This is a normal protective feature designed to reduce the risk of lost data or damage to the product when used outside recommended conditions. To avoid risk of lost data, always make back-up copies of data by periodically storing it on an external storage medium. For optimum performance, use your computer product only under recommended conditions. Read additional restrictions in your product documentation. Contact technical service and support, refer to Technical support section for more information. 64-Bit Computing Certain 32-bit device drivers and/or applications might not be compatible with a 64-bit CPU operating system and therefore might not function properly. Memory (Main System) Part of the main system memory might be used by the graphics system for graphics performance and therefore reduce the amount of main system memory available for other computing activities. The amount of main system memory allocated to support graphics might vary depending on the graphics system, applications utilized, system memory size, and other factors. Battery Life Battery life might vary considerably depending on product model, configuration, applications, power management settings, and features utilized, as well as the natural performance variations produced by the design of individual components. Published battery life numbers are achieved on select models and configurations tested by Dynabook at the time of publication. Recharge time varies depending on usage. Battery might not charge while computer is consuming full power. After going through many charge and discharge cycles, the battery loses its ability to perform at maximum capacity and needs to be replaced. This is a User's Manual 7-19 normal phenomenon for all batteries. To purchase a new battery pack, see the accessories information that is shipped with your computer. Internal Storage Drive Capacity 1 Gigabyte (GB) means 109 = 1,000,000,000 bytes using powers of 10. The computer operating system, however, reports storage capacity using powers of 2 for the definition of 1 GB = 230 = 1,073,741,824 bytes, and therefore shows less storage capacity. Available storage capacity will also be less if the product includes one or more pre-installed operating systems, such as Microsoft Operating System and/or pre-installed software applications, or media content. Actual formatted capacity might vary. LCD Over a period of time, and depending on the usage of the computer, the brightness of the LCD screen will deteriorate. This is an intrinsic characteristic of LCD technology. Maximum brightness is only available when operating in AC power mode. Screen dims when the computer is operated on battery power and you might not be able to increase the brightness of the screen. Graphics Processing Unit (GPU) Graphics processing unit (GPU) performance might vary depending on product model, design configuration, applications, power management settings and features utilized. GPU performance is only optimized when operating in AC power mode and might decrease considerably when operating in battery power mode. Total Available Graphics Memory is the total of, as applicable, Dedicated Video Memory, System Video Memory and Shared System Memory. Shared System Memory varies depending on system memory size and other factors. Wireless LAN The transmission speed over the wireless LAN and the distance over which wireless LAN can reach might vary depending on surrounding electromagnetic environment, obstacles, access point design and configuration, and client design and software/hardware configurations. The actual transmission speed is lower than the theoretical maximum speed. Copy Protection Applicable copy protection standards included in certain media may prevent or limit recording or viewing of the media. User's Manual 7-20 Glossary The terms in this glossary cover topics related to this manual. Alternate naming is included for reference. Abbreviations AC:

AMT:

ASCII:

BIOS:

BD-ROM:

bps:

CD:

CD-ROM:

CD-RW:

CMOS:

CPU:

DC:

DDR:

DIMM:

DVD:

DVD-R:

DVD-RAM:

DVD-R DL:

DVD-ROM:

DVD-RW:

DVD+R DL:

FAT:

FCC:

FHD:

GB:

GBps:

HD:

HD+:

HDD:

Alternating Current Intel Active Management Technology American Standard Code for Information Interchange Basic Input/output System Blu-ray Disc Read-only Memory bits per second Compact Disc Compact Disc Read-only Memory Compact Disc-rewritable Complementary Metal-oxide Semiconductor Central Processing Unit Direct Current Double Data Rate Dual Inline Memory Module Digital Versatile Disc Digital Versatile Disc-recordable Digital Versatile Disc-random Access Memory Digital Versatile Disc Recordable Dual Layer Digital Versatile Disc-read Only Memory Digital Versatile Disc-rewritable Digital Versatile Disc Recordable Double Layer File Allocation Table Federal Communications Commission Full High Definition gigabyte gigabytes per second High Definition High Definition Plus Hard Disk Drive HDMI:

High-definition Multimedia Interface User's Manual 7-21 HDMI CEC:

High-definition Multimedia Interface Consumer Electronics Control HTML:

IEEE:

I/O:

IRQ:

ISP:

KB:

LAN:

LCD:

LED:

MB:

MBps:

MMC:

OCR:

PC:

PCI:

PCMCIA:

RAM:

RGB:

RFI:

ROM:

RTC:

S/P DIF:

SD:

SDHC:

SDXC:

SDRAM:

SSD TFT:

URL:

USB:

WAN:

WQHD:

Hypertext Markup Language Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Input/Output interrupt request Internet Service Provider kilobyte Local Area Network Liquid Crystal Display Light Emitting Diode megabyte megabytes per second MultiMediaCard Optical Character Recognition (Reader) Personal Computer Peripheral Component Interconnect Personal Computer Memory Card International Association Random Access Memory Red, Green, and Blue Radio Frequency Interference Read-Only Memory Real-Time Clock Sony/philips Digital Interface Format Secure Digital Secure Digital High Capacity Secure Digital Extended Capacity Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory Solid-State Drive Thin-film Transistor Uniform Resource Locator Universal Serial Bus Wide Area Network Wide Quad High Definition User's Manual 7-22 www:

World Wide Web User's Manual 7-23 Index A B C D E External monitor problems 6-11 Graphics Processing Unit 3-10 Hard disk drive automatic power off 5-4 AC adaptor additional 4-17 connecting 2-2 DC IN 19V jack 3-2 Battery extending life 4-9 monitoring capacity 4-8 real time clock 4-7 save mode 5-4 G H K Bluetooth 7-6 Keyboard Cleaning the computer 1-18 Cooling vents 3-5 DC IN/Battery indicator 3-11 Display automatic power off 5-4 screen 3-8 Documentation list 2-1 Dual Pointing Device Touch Pad 6-8 L M Equipment checklist 2-1 function keys 4-3 function keys F1...F12 4-3 problems 6-6 Windows special keys 4-4 LAN cable types 4-14 connecting 4-14 LAN jack 4-14 Media care card care 4-11 memory card care 4-11 Memory media card inserting 4-11 removing 4-12 User's Manual Index-1 R S U V W Recovery hard disk drive 2-15 Recovery Media 2-14 SD/SDHC/SDXC card formatting 4-10 Security lock 4-16 Sleep Mode setting 2-10 system automatic 5-4 Sound system problems 6-11 USB device problems 6-10 Video mode 4-19 Video RAM 3-10 Web Camera 3-7 Wireless communication 7-5 Memory media slot 4-9 microSD/SDHC/SDXC card note 4-10 Moving the computer 1-19 P Password power on 5-4 Power Hibernation Mode 2-11 panel on/off 5-5 Shut Down mode 2-9 Sleep Mode 2-10 turning off 2-9 turning on 2-6 Problems AC power 6-5 Analyzing the problem 6-2 Battery 6-5 Dual Pointing device 6-8 External monitor 6-11 Hardware and system checklist 6-4 HDD 6-7, 6-8 Internal display panel 6-7 Keyboard 6-6 Memory Media Card 6-8 Overheating power down 6-5 Power 6-4 Real Time Clock 6-6 Sound system 6-11 Technical support 6-13 Touch Pad 6-8 USB device 6-10 USB mouse 6-9 User's Manual Index-2 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort Table of Contents Introduction .......................................................................................4 Safe Use of Product, Components and Accessories ........................................................5 Power ....................................................................................................5 Communication....................................................................................12 Main Unit .............................................................................................15 Systems/Peripherals............................................................................22 Computer User Comfort Recommendations ...............................27 Good Working Posture ........................................................................27 Viewing Recommendations .................................................................28 Using the product with an external keyboard, mouse or monitor ........28 Typing style..........................................................................................29 Taking breaks and varying tasks..........................................................29 Mobile computing tips ..........................................................................30 Transporting the product......................................................................30 Seeking additional help .......................................................................30 Check list .............................................................................................31 2 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 2020 Dynabook Inc. All Rights Reserved. Any references in this Guide to TOSHIBA shall mean Dynabook Inc. and/

or its affiliates. The product system you purchased may include Recordable and/or ReWritable optical media drive(s) and associated software, among the most advanced data storage technologies available. As with any new technology, you must read and follow all set-up and usage instructions in the applicable user guides and/or manuals enclosed or provided electronically. If you fail to do so, this product may not function properly and you may lose data or suffer other damage. TOSHIBA, ITS AFFILIATES AND SUPPLIERS DO NOT WARRANT THAT OPERATION OF THE PRODUCT WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE. YOU AGREE THAT TOSHIBA ITS AFFILIATES AND SUPPLIERS SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF ANY BUSINESS, PROFITS, PROGRAMS, DATA OR REMOVABLE STORAGE MEDIA ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THE PRODUCT, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF. While Toshiba has made every effort at the time of publication to ensure the accuracy of the information provided herein, such information is subject to change without notice. TOSHIBA PROVIDES NO WARRANTY WITH REGARD TO THIS MANUAL OR ANY OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN. ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. TOSHIBA ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR ANY DAMAGES INCURRED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM ANY TECHNICAL OR TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS CONTAINED HEREIN. IN NO EVENT SHALL TOSHIBA BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, WHETHER BASED ON TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS MANUAL, OR ANY INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN OR THE USE THEREOF. Trademarks Wi-Fi is a registered trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance. The Bluetooth word mark is a registered trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Blu-ray Disc, Blu-ray and the logos are trademarks of the Blu-ray Disc Association. Other trademarks and registered trademarks not listed above may be used in this manual. Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 3 Introduction All of the Safety Instructions contained in this Manual must be read carefully and must be fully understood before you attempt to use your product, in order to avoid potential hazards that could cause bodily injury, property damage, or damage the product. Not all components or functions introduced in this Manual will be provided with your product. Some features are only available on certain models. Store this Manual near your product, for convenient future reference. This Manual contains:

Product Safety Instructions which should be observed to avoid hazards that could cause bodily injury and/or property damage. User Instructions which should be observed to maximize the use and enjoyment of your product. The Safety Instructions contained in this Manual have been categorized according to the seriousness of the potential hazards, through the use of Signal Words. Signal Words DANGER WARNING CAUTION CAUTION NOTE Meaning Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor injury or moderate injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in property damage. Provides important information. 4 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort Power Safe Use of Product, Components and Accessories Power WARNING Handling of the battery Never attempt to dispose of a battery by burning or by throwing it into a fire, and never allow exposure to a heating apparatus (e.g., microwave oven). Heat can cause a battery to explode and/or release caustic liquid, both which may possibly cause serious injury. Never attempt to disassemble, tamper with or repair a battery. The battery could overheat and ignite. Leakage of the caustic alkaline solution or other electrolytic substances could cause fire, possibly resulting in death or serious injury. Never short-circuit the battery by either accidentally or intentionally bringing the battery terminals in contact with another conductive object. This could cause serious injury or a fire, and could also damage the battery and product. Always wrap the battery in plastic (or place it in a plastic bag) whenever transporting it, to avoid exposing the terminals to another conductive object which could result in serious injury. Always cover the metal terminals with insulating tape when disposing of the battery, to prevent accidental short-circuiting which could result in serious injury. Never drive a nail or any other sharp object into the battery, hit battery with a hammer or other object or step on it. Doing so could cause a fire or explosion possibly resulting in serious injury. Never charge the battery by a method other than as instructed in the Users Manual. Doing so could cause a fire or explosion possibly resulting in serious injury. Never connect the battery to a plug socket or a car cigarette plug socket. The battery could rupture or ignite causing a fire or explosion possibly resulting in serious injury. Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 5 Power WARNING Never allow a battery to become wet. A wet battery will overheat or ignite causing rupture or fire, possibly resulting in death or serious injury. Never store a battery in an area of high humidity. This could cause a fire or explosion possibly resulting in serious injury. Never expose a battery to abnormal shock, vibration or pressure. Never use a battery which has been exposed to abnormal shock even if the appearance is normal. The battery's internal protective device could fail, causing it to overheat or ignite resulting in caustic liquid leakage, or explosion or fire, possibly resulting in death or serious injury. Never subject a battery to heat, and never store it or use it near a heat source. The battery could ignite or explode when heated or burned, possibly resulting in death or serious injury. Subjecting a battery to heat could also cause caustic liquid to leak. It can also cause failure, malfunction, or loss of stored data. Keep your product in room temperature and charge the battery every half year if it is not used for long periods. Use of correct battery Always use the correct battery provided with your product or an equivalent battery specified in the Users Manual. Other batteries have different voltage and terminal polarities. Use of non-conforming batteries could generate smoke or cause fire or rupture, possibly resulting in serious injury. Battery safety Never allow caustic electrolyte fluid leaked from the battery to contact your eyes, body or clothing. Use appropriate protective gloves when handling a damaged battery. If caustic electrolyte fluid from the battery should contact your eyes, immediately wash your eyes with large amounts of running water and obtain prompt medical attention, to help prevent permanent eye damage. If electrolyte fluid should contact any part of your body, immediately wash it off under running water to help prevent skin rashes. If electrolyte fluid should contact your clothes, promptly remove them to help prevent the electrolyte fluid from contacting your body, possibly resulting in serious injury. 6 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort Power WARNING Battery warning indicators Always immediately turn the power off and disconnect the power cable/

cord plug from the plug socket and stop using the battery if you observe any of the following conditions:

Offensive or unusual odor Excessive heat Discoloration Deformation, cracks or leaks Smoke Other unusual event during use, such as abnormal sound In such an event, carefully and immediately remove the battery (for models with the removable battery) from your product. In some instances, you might have to wait for your product to cool down before removing the battery, in order to avoid any possible minor injury due to heat exposure. Do not turn on your product's power again until an authorized Toshiba service provider has checked it for safety. Continued use could cause a fire or rupture possibly resulting in serious injury or product failure including but not limited to the loss of data. Disposal of used batteries Always dispose of used batteries in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Put insulating tape, such as cellophane tape, on the electrode during transportation to avoid a possible short circuit, fire or electric shock. Failure to do so could possibly result in serious injury. Never leave the dry cell battery in the product for a long time Never leave the dry cell battery in the product (e.g., remote controller, wireless keyboard/mouse, stylus pen) for a long time if it is not in use. Failure to do so could possibly damage your product. Indications of damage if your product is dropped If your product is dropped, and emits smoke, unusual odor or excessive heat, immediately unplug the AC adaptor (if connected) and shut off your product. Do not turn on your products power again until an authorized Toshiba service provider has checked it for safety. Continuing to use your product could cause a fire or battery rupture possibly resulting in serious injury. It could also cause a product failure including but not limited to the loss of data. Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 7 Power WARNING Do not disassemble, modify, tamper with or repair your product Do not attempt to disassemble, modify, tamper with or repair product

(including AC adaptor). Disassembly, modification, tampering or repairing your product could cause fire or electric shock, possibly resulting in serious injury. Please contact an authorized Toshiba service provider for any repair service. Disconnect the power cable/cord before moving your product Before moving your product, shut down your product, disconnect the power cable/cord and wait until your product cools down and if the power button has a lock, set it to the lock position. Failure to follow this instruction may cause excessive force to be applied to the connector section, which could cause a product failure or fire, possibly resulting in serious injury. Handling the AC adaptor power cables/cords or plugs When handling the power cable/cord, follow these precautions:

Never tamper with the power cable/cord or plug. Never splice or alter a power cable/cord. Never bend or twist a power cable/cord. Never pull on a power cable/cord to remove a plug from a socket. Always grasp the plug directly. Never place heavy objects on a power cable/cord. Never run a power cable/cord through a pinch point such as a door or window. Never place a power cable/cord near a heat source. Never use nails, staples or similar objects to fasten or attach cord in place. Never attempt to disassemble or repair an AC adaptor. Doing any of the above may damage the cables, and/or result in a fire or electric shock, possibly resulting in serious injury. 8 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort Power WARNING Attaching the power cable/cord Always confirm that the power plug (and extension cable plug if used) has been fully inserted into the socket, to ensure a secure electrical connection. Failure to do so may result in a fire or electric shock, possibly resulting in serious injury. Be careful if you use a multiple connector. An overload on one socket could cause a fire or electric shock, possibly resulting in serious injury. The socket outlet must be near to your product and easily accessible. Disconnecting electrical power To disconnect electrical power to your device, remove the power cord/

cable from the electrical outlet. Dust on the power plug connectors or connector base If dust gets on the power plug connectors or connector base, turn the power off and disconnect the power plug. Then clean the connector and/or connector base with a dry cloth. Continuing to use your product without cleaning the power plug may result in a fire or an electric shock, possibly resulting in serious injury. Only use TOSHIBA AC adaptor Always use the TOSHIBA AC adaptor that was provided with your product, or use AC adaptors specified by TOSHIBA to avoid any risk of fire or other damage to your product. Use of an incompatible AC adaptor could cause fire or damage to your product possibly resulting in serious injury. TOSHIBA assumes no liability for any damage caused by use of an incompatible adaptor. Use correct power source Never plug the AC adaptor into a power source that does not correspond to both the voltage and the frequency specified on the regulatory label of the unit. Failure to do so could result in a fire or electric shock, possibly resulting in serious injury. Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 9 Power WARNING Only use approved power cables/cords Always use or purchase power cables/cords that comply with the legal voltage and frequency specifications and requirements in the country of use. Failure to do so could result in a fire or electric shock, possibly resulting in serious injury. Do not handle the power plug with wet hands Never attempt to connect or disconnect a power plug with wet hands. Failure to follow this instruction could result in an electric shock, possibly resulting in serious injury. Avoid prolonged contact with the AC adaptor The surface of the AC adaptor can become hot when in use for long periods. Avoid prolonged contact to prevent skin irritation and/or heat injury. CAUTION Inserting the battery When installing a battery or before moving your product, always make sure the battery is inserted correctly and securely. If the battery falls out, while you are carrying your product, you could be injured or the battery could be damaged. CAUTION Do not use an impaired or exhausted battery Never continue to use a battery after its recharging capability has become impaired, or after the warning message indicating that the battery power is exhausted has been displayed. Continued use of an exhausted or impaired battery could result in the loss of data or damage to your product. 10 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort Power NOTE Handling of the battery Never attempt to install batteries in reverse polarity. For more information on batteries, please refer to your product User's Manual. Storing your product If you do not intend to use your product for a long period of time, disconnect the power plug from the plug socket and store your product in a plastic bag to avoid dust accumulation. Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 11 Communication Communication WARNING Turn Wi-Fi, Bluetooth and Wireless WAN Functionalities off for Cardiac Pacemakers Turn Wi-Fi, Bluetooth and Wireless WAN Functionalities off when near a person who may have a cardiac pacemaker implant or other medical electric device. Radio waves may affect pacemaker or medical device operation, possibly resulting in serious injury. Follow the instruction of your medical device when using any Wi-Fi or Bluetooth or Wireless WAN functionality. Turn off the power to your product in medical facilities or near electronic medical equipment Always turn off the power to your product when visiting medical facilities such as hospitals or when near electronic medical equipment. Radio waves (antenna), line noise (AC adaptor) or electromagnetic waves (product circuits) could adversely affect electronic medical devices and equipment. This may result in an accident or malfunction of the device or equipment, which could possibly result in serious injury. WARNING Turn Wi-Fi or Bluetooth or Wireless WAN Functionalities off when located close to automatic control equipment or appliances Always turn off Wi-Fi or Bluetooth or Wireless WAN functionality if your product is near automatic control equipment or appliances such as automatic doors or fire detectors. Radio waves can cause malfunction of such equipment, possibly resulting in serious injury. 12 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort Communication Turn Wi-Fi or Bluetooth or Wireless WAN Functionalities off in aircraft Turn off the Wi-Fi or Bluetooth or Wireless WAN functionality in aircraft or in places that generate or can generate radio interference. Radio waves can potentially affect them, causing an accident due to malfunction. Check if a car has adequate electromagnetic compatibility when using your product in a car When using your product in a car, check with the automobile dealer if the car has an adequate electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Radio waves from your product can potentially hamper safe driving. Depending on car model, your product can rarely affect car electronic equipment if it is used in a car. CAUTION Turn off the power to your product when it is interfering with radio equipment If your product interferes with radio equipment, turn your product power off immediately. Such interference could cause equipment malfunction. CAUTION Do not use the product near a microwave oven Do not use your product in the places near a microwave oven where a magnetic field generates and places where static electricity or radio interference generates. Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 13 Communication Ensuring Wireless Network Security A wireless LAN can greatly enhance the flexibility of your LAN configuration and operations. You can exchange data between products and other devices on the LAN without the restrictions inherent in cabling. Toshiba strongly recommends that you take appropriate steps to ensure that the proper security is in place whenever you use a wireless connection to protect your privacy and guard against identity and/or data theft. However, please note that even with security settings activated, experienced malicious hackers may still be able to gain access to your network and/or secured data. The Access Point (AP) security settings determine the wireless network security, not your wireless product. If the AP has not been configured for security, then your wireless product will not be able to use those features. Additionally, your wireless products security settings must match those of the AP or the feature will not function. Please contact the person responsible for the AP for information on security for wireless connections. 14 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort Main Unit Main Unit WARNING Turning off your product where electronic devices are regulated or controlled When you have to turn off your product aboard an aircraft or in places where electronic devices are regulated or controlled, always completely shut down your product. This includes turning off any wireless communication switches or devices, and canceling settings that reactivate your product automatically, such as a timer recording function. Failure to completely shut down your product in this way could allow the operating system to reactivate and run pre-programmed tasks or preserve unsaved data, which could interfere with aviation or other systems, possibly causing serious injury. Provide adequate ventilation Always make sure your product and AC adaptor have adequate ventilation and are protected from overheating when the power is turned on or when an AC adaptor is connected to a power outlet (even if your product is in Standby mode). In this condition, observe the following:

Never cover your product or AC adaptor with any object. Never place your product or AC adaptor near a heat source, such as an electric blanket or heater. Never cover or block the air vents including those located at the base of your product. Always operate your product on a hard flat surface. Using your product on a carpet or other soft material can block the vents. Always provide sufficient space around your product. Overheating your product or AC adaptor could cause system failure, product or AC adaptor damage or a fire, possibly resulting in serious injury. Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 15 Main Unit WARNING Choking hazards Never leave small parts such as covers, small batteries, small memory cards, caps and screws within the reach of infants or small children. Swallowing a small part may cause choking and suffocation resulting in death or serious injury. If a part is swallowed, immediately take appropriate emergency action and consult a doctor. Avoid liquids, moisture and foreign objects Never allow any liquids to spill into any part of your product, and never expose your product to rain, water, seawater or moisture. Exposure to liquid or moisture can cause electric shock or fire, resulting in damage or serious injury. If any of these eventualities should accidentally occur, immediately:

1. Turn off your product. 2. Disconnect the AC adaptor from the power plug socket and product. 3. Remove the battery( for models with the removable battery).. Do not turn on the power again, until you have taken your product to an authorized service center. Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious injury or permanent damage to your product. Never allow metal objects, such as screws, staples and paper clips, to enter your product or keyboard. Foreign metal objects can create a short circuit, which can cause product damage and fire, possibly resulting in serious injury. If a metal object should accidentally enter your product, immediately:

1. Turn off your product. 2. Disconnect the AC adaptor from the power plug socket and product. 3. Remove the battery (for models with the removable battery). 4. Disconnect all cables from connectors (if any). Do not turn on the power again, until you have taken your product to an authorized service center. Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious injury or permanent damage to your product. Avoid moist or damp environments Never use or place your product in a bathroom or any other damp environment or in an outdoor environment or location where it may be exposed to rain, mist, fog or other source of water or moisture. Such exposure could cause a fire or electric shock, possibly resulting in serious injury. It may also cause a product failure, or loss of data. 16 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort Main Unit WARNING Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners Always turn off the power and unplug the product from the electrical outlet before cleaning. The injected combustible gas produced by these types of cleaners may remain inside of your product. The electrostatic spark from the motor or contact point of switch may ignite the gas residue, which could result in an explosion, fire, or burn injury. Instead use a lightly dampened cloth for cleaning in general and remove dust with a dry cloth. Display screen safety If the LCD panel is damaged, causing a liquid crystal leak, never ingest or touch the liquid. Serious injury could result. If LCD liquid should accidentally contact your lips or mouth, always rinse immediately with large amounts of water. If LCD liquid contacts your body, always use large amounts of water to wash it off immediately to prevent skin rash. If LCD liquid should accidentally contact your eyes, always rinse them immediately with large amounts of water, and obtain prompt medical attention. If any of the LCD liquid contacts your clothes, remove them immediately and wash with a synthetic detergent. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious injury. Never touch the LCD if it is damaged or broken, as the liquid contained within the display may leak, possibly resulting in serious injury. Contact an authorized Toshiba service provider immediately for replacement of the damaged LCD and dispose of any damaged LCD in compliance with local laws and/or regulations. Never touch a cracked or damaged display screen as it could result in possible injury. Experiencing discomfort If you experience discomfort while operating your product, stop immediately and rest. Continuous operation for long periods without adequate rest may cause pain in the arms, wrists, hands, back, neck or other parts of the body. If pain persists despite rest, consult your doctor. Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 17 Main Unit CAUTION Avoid placing your product on unstable surfaces Never place your product on a shaky table, uneven, tilted surface or other unstable location. your product may fall, causing damage to your product or possibly injury. Depending on the direction and/or angle of tilt of your product, your product could automatically shut down to avoid overheating. Avoid extended contact between your product base/palm rest and your skin Product base and palm rest can become hot! Avoid prolonged contact to prevent skin irritation and/or heat injury. Todays performance products generate heat under normal operating conditions, as a function of system activity. Avoid extended contact between your product base or palm rest and your skin. Under certain operating conditions such prolonged contact between your product base or Palm Rest and your skin may result in skin irritation and/or heat injury. Consider using a hard product insulating pad or similarly suitable hard insulating material when using a product on your lap. Disposal of this product Discard this product in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. For further information, contact your local government. CAUTION Never expose your product to excess heat, extremely low temperatures or sudden temperature variations Never expose your product to excess heat, extremely low temperatures, or sudden temperature variations. This may result in a system failure, malfunction, loss of data or damage to your product. 18 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort Main Unit CAUTION Never place your product in a dusty location Do not expose your product to dusty environments. If dust gets inside your product, it could cause a system failure, malfunction or loss of data. If dust contaminates your product, do not turn on the power. Take it to an authorized Toshiba service provider before you use it. Clean any dust accumulated on your products air vents Always remove the dust accumulated on your product's air vents. Failure to follow this instruction could cause overheating of your product or result in lower performance. Never place your product or AC adaptor on a heat sensitive surface Never place your product or AC adaptor on a wooden surface, furniture, or any other surface that could be marred by exposure to heat since your product base and AC adaptor's surface increase in temperature during normal use. Always place your product or AC adaptor on a flat and hard surface that is resistant to heat damage. Never operate your product during a thunderstorm Never operate your product on AC power during a thunderstorm. If you see lightning or hear thunder, never touch your product, cables and peripherals. An electric surge caused by the storm, may result in a system failure, loss of data or hardware damage. Never place your product near magnets Never place your product near an object that generates a magnetic field, such as a speaker or TV. Do not wear magnetic bracelets while using your product. Exposure to magnetic fields can cause system failure, malfunction or loss of data. Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 19 Main Unit CAUTION Never place or drop heavy objects onto your product Never place a heavy object on your product and be careful not to drop a heavy object onto your product. It could damage your product or cause system failure. Never place or drop objects onto your products display screen Never place or drop objects onto your products display screen. Failure to follow this instruction could result in possible damage to your product. Never use benzine, thinner or other chemicals to clean your product Never use benzine or naphtha (petroleum), thinner or other chemicals when cleaning your product, AC adaptor, or storage device. The use of benzine or naphtha (petroleum), thinner or other chemicals may result in deterioration, deformation or discoloration of those items and the loss of data. NOTE Take a rest periodically When using this product, rest your eyes periodically and relax or stretch your muscles to avoid strain. Turn your product off when not in use Never leave the power to your product on continuously for more than 24 hours. Turn the power off when this product is not in use. 20 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort NOTE Product installation environment Main Unit Always provide sufficient space around your product to ensure adequate ventilation. Never cover or block the air vents. Use your product at temperatures and humidity levels within the recommended environmental ranges. These ranges may vary depending on the specific product model - please refer to your product documentation or Toshiba website for details. Always avoid abrupt changes of temperature or humidity. Never place close to heat radiating appliances such as a heater. Never place close to corrosive chemicals. Never place close to magnetic field radiating appliances such as a stereo speaker. Always place this product on a hard flat surface. Provide a sufficient space behind your product to allow easy adjustment of the display panel. Always provide sufficient space for operating a mouse and other peripheral devices.

(See Provide adequate ventilation section in this Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort) Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 21 Systems/Peripherals Systems/Peripherals DANGER Do not disassemble or repair your optical drive The product may contain a Optical Disk Drive (ODD), such as a CD-

ROM, CDR/W, DVD, Blu-ray Disc drive or similar which have built-in laser device. To prevent any risk of exposure to laser radiation, do not disable or open any ODD assembly for any reason. The ODD comply with the safety requirements and is classified as Class 1 Laser Product, under the US DHHS Standard and IEC/

EN60825-1 Laser Safety Standard. The ODD device contain no user adjustments or any user serviceable or replaceable parts. WARNING Do not alter or disassemble your product Never open any cover on your product, or remove screws or in any way attempt to alter or disassemble your product. Never try to connect a peripheral device except as instructed in the manual. Doing so could damage your product or cause serious injury including electric shock and burns. Headset and earphone volume level notice Do not set the volume too high when using headphones. Continuous exposure to loud sound can harm your hearing. To reduce the risk of hearing damage, lower the volume to a safe, comfortable level and reduce the amount of time listening at high levels. For your own safety, before using headsets or earphones, always reset the volume. Some headphones are louder than other headphones, even if the volume control setting is the same. Changing the default audio or equalizer settings might lead to higher volume and should only be done with caution. 22 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort Systems/Peripherals CAUTION Connecting peripheral devices Always turn the power off before connecting a peripheral device that is not approved for Hot Insertion. An electrical shock or system failure may result if the peripheral device is connected while the power is turned on. Hot Insertion means connecting or disconnecting a device while your product power is on. Do not use unauthorized peripheral devices or application software Before using a peripheral device or application software that is not an authorized Toshiba part or product, make sure the device or software can be used with your product. Use of incompatible devices may cause injury or may damage your product. Do not use cracked, deformed or repaired CDs, DVDs and Blu-ray discs Never use a cracked, deformed or repaired CD/DVD/Blu-ray Disc Fragments from a damaged CD/DVD/Blu-ray Disc could cause injury. Closing the optical drive Always keep fingers away from the sides of the tray when closing the tray of an optical drive (CD/DVD/Blu-ray Disc drive, CD-RW drive, Multi-drive or any other optical drive) to avoid pinching your fingers. Handling of the optical mouse or laser mouse Never look directly at the light source of an optical mouse or laser mouse. Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 23 Systems/Peripherals CAUTION Replacing the memory module Turn off the power and disconnect the AC adaptor when installing or replacing a memory module. If you use your product for an extended period of time, the memory modules and the circuits located close to the memory modules will become hot. Allow them to cool to room temperature before you replace them. CAUTION Never remove the key caps Never remove the key caps on your keyboard. Doing so could cause damage to the parts under the key caps. Do not turn off power while application software is running Never turn off the power while an application is running. Doing so could cause loss of data. Do not turn power off or remove external storage device while it is writing or reading media Never turn off the power, disconnect an external storage device or remove storage media during data read/write. Doing so can cause data loss. Formatting storage media Never format storage media without checking its content. Formatting destroys all stored data. 24 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort Systems/Peripherals CAUTION Periodic back up of stored data It is a good idea to periodically back up the internal hard disk or other main storage device to external media. General storage media is not durable or stable over long periods of time and under certain conditions may result in data loss. Save data before installing devices or software Before you install a device or application, save any data in memory to the hard disk drive or other storage media. Failure to do so may result in the loss of data. Caring for CDs, DVDs and Blu-ray discs Take proper care of your CD/DVD/Blu-ray discs to avoid data loss or damage to the disc or to the optical drive. Never bend a CD/DVD/Blu-ray Disc. Never damage the surface of a CD/DVD/Blu-ray Disc. Never place the CD/DVD/Blu-ray discs in direct sunlight. Never expose the CD/DVD/Blu-ray discs to extreme heat or cold. Never place a heavy object on a CD/DVD/Blu-ray Disc. Never write on, or otherwise mar, the read surface of a CD/DVD/

Blu-ray Disc. Always use AC power when writing to the optical drive When writing to media using an optical drive, always connect the AC adaptor to a power plug socket or power source to ensure maximum performance. If data is written powered by the batteries, writing may sometimes fail due to low battery power and data loss may occur. Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 25 Systems/Peripherals NOTE Anti-virus software Use a virus-check program and make sure it is updated regularly. Use AC power when playing video of DVD/Blu-ray When playing video of DVD/Blu-ray, always connect the AC adaptor to a power plug socket or power source to ensure maximum performance. Operation on battery power might result in skipped frames. Erasing data If your hard disk or other storage media contains sensitive data, you should be aware that standard deletion procedures do not remove data from the media. These standard deletion procedures include:

Selecting Delete for a target file Putting files in the Recycle Bin and emptying the Recycle Bin Reformatting the media Reinstalling an operating system from the recovery media The procedures above delete only the initial part of the data used for file management. This makes the file invisible to the operating system, but the data can still be read by specialized utilities. If you dispose of your product, please delete all the data on its Hard Disk Drive/Solid State Drive. Doing so prevents unauthorized use of such data. To ensure your data is not used for unauthorized purposes, you can:

Physically destroy the Hard Disk Drive/Solid State Drive. Use a proven specialized utility to overwrite all data Take the Hard Disk Drive/Solid State Drive. to a professional deletion service All data deletion costs will be borne by you. 26 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort Good Working Posture Computer User Comfort Recommendations Good Working Posture Adjust your chair height: your feet should be flat on the floor and the bottom of your thighs should be evenly supported by the seat. If your feet cannot reach the floor, use a foot rest. Avoid pressure points behind the knee or under the thigh. The space under your desk should be free of clutter so that your legs and feet are not restricted, and you can get close enough to your product and other items that you use frequently. Adjust the chair back rest: it should match the curve of your back and provide comfortable back support. Adjust the chair arm rests: they should be about the same height as the keyboard and comfortably support your arms, allowing your shoulders to relax. When using the keyboard, it should be centered in front of you. The keyboard and pointing device should be close to your elbow level. The keyboard should be flat so that your wrists are straight when typing. However, if the product is on a worksurface that is above your elbow height you may need to slope the product to keep your wrists straight. Work with relaxed shoulders. When typing, keep your wrists straight and try not to rest your wrists on the product. Support your arms on your forearm area. The forearms can be supported by the chair arm supports or the desk surface. The product display should be tilted so that the image on the screen is clear. Avoid glare: position the product so that light sources (lamps or windows) do not shine or reflect directly into your eyes. Place the product display away from bright light sources or reduce the light intensity from windows by using blinds. Glare on the product display may cause eye strain, eye fatigue or headaches. Certain product displays have a brightness approaching that of a TV device. We recommend that you adjust the brightness of your product display to a comfortable level to prevent possible eye strain. Keep your head level, facing forward and balanced over your torso. Adjust the font size of text on your screen to make viewing comfortable. Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 27 Viewing Recommendations Rest your eyes periodically by focusing on objects that are farther away. Viewing Recommendations Some individuals may experience health-related complications when exposed to certain images or flashing lights (for example when playing videos or games). Discontinue use and consult a physician if you experience any health-related complications. Using the product with an external keyboard, mouse or monitor Top of monitor screen at eye level or slightly below eye level Keep your keyboard centered in front of you and close to elbow level. Use a light touch on keyboard; and keep your wrists straight when typing. Keep backs of your knees slightly away from chair to avoid pressure points behind the knee or under the thigh Rest your feet fllat on floor or footrest Keep your head level, facing forward Relax your shoulders Adjust the chair back to provide comfortable back support Keep your thighs evenly supported by the seat, approximately parallel to the floor When using a product for long hours, it may be more comfortable to dock the product and use an external keyboard, mouse and monitor. The keyboard and mouse (or trackball) should be close to your elbow level. The mouse should be next to the keyboard to avoid a reach. If you have to reach, the arm should be supported in the forearm area by the desk surface or the chair arm supports. Alternative keyboards, such as the split curved keyboard, may improve shoulder and arm comfort. Select a mouse that is comfortable for you to use. Dont rest your wrists on the edge of the keyboard or on the work surface when typing. The monitor should be about an arm length away while sitting back in the chair. The monitor should be centered in front of your body. 28 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort Typing style / Taking breaks and varying tasks Typing style The top of the monitor should be at or slightly below eye level. A monitor that is too high or too low can cause awkward head and neck postures and may lead to discomfort in the neck muscles. If you use bifocals you may need to lower the monitor. Alternatively, you might consider customized prescription product glasses. Typing style Learn to touch type so that you dont have to look down at the keyboard. Type with straight wrists. Type lightly. Learn the keyboard shortcuts for your applications. You will be more productive. Use the pointing device (e.g., touch pad, Accupoint, or tablet pen whichever is available with your product, or other optional pointing devices like mouse or trackball) with a comfortable hand posture. Avoid awkward hand postures or high gripping force. It is helpful to change the type of pointing device that you use on a regular basis to avoid working in just one hand posture. Taking breaks and varying tasks Change they way you work so that you are not stuck in the same posture for long periods of time. Some people find it comfortable to occasionally stand while using the product. To do this properly, the product needs to be on an elevated surface. Make sure you follow the Good Working Posture points mentioned above while working. Take short, strategically spaced rest breaks to avoid eye strain and body fatigue. For example, stand up and walk around or stretch for a few minutes every hour. Taking regular breaks is especially important if you are working long hours on your product or working on a deadline. If stress at work is affecting your health, try to identify the sources of the stress and evaluate ways to reduce the stress. Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 29 Mobile computing tips / Transporting the product / Seeking additional help Mobile computing tips Mobile computing tips When using the product at airports, on airplanes or trains, or at meetings, make sure that you take the time to consider the points just mentioned. When working on the road it may be difficult to set up the product in an optimal position. In these situations it is important that you take frequent breaks and change your posture frequently to relieve the excess loads on your body. Be creative, when in a hotel room, use a rolled up blanket or pillows to provide back support, or to provide arm support. To position the product at a good height, remember to operate the product on a hard flat stable surface. Using your product on a carpet, blanket or other soft materials can block the air vents including those located at the base of the product and possibly cause overheating of your product (See Provide adequate ventilation section in this Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort). Transporting the product Carrying your product for a long time may lead to shoulder and arm fatigue. If you carry your product with other items, consider using an ergonomically-

designed computer case. Seeking additional help Follow the advice from your company health and safety staff. Contact them if you need assistance making adjustment to your workstation or adjusting the lighting. Again, if you experience persistent or recurrent pain, ache, numbness, burning, or stiffness you should promptly see a qualified health care provider. These sensations may be caused by serious medical conditions that can be treated. For more specific recommendations on the safety and comfort of your product environment, customers in the United States may visit the United States Department of Labor, Occupational Safety & Health Administration website at: http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/etools/computerworkstations/

30 Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort Check list Check list Is your chair comfortable - does it support your back and arms well?

Are your feet flat on the ground?

Is there adequate space under your desk for your legs?

Are the keyboard and mouse at elbow level?

Are your shoulders relaxed when using the keyboard?

Are your shoulders relaxed when using a mouse or other optional pointing device?

Are your hands and wrists aligned in a comfortable, straight posture?

Are your arms supported in the forearm area (not at the wrist)?

Do you hold the mouse or trackball with a loose, relaxed hand?

Do you use a light touch when typing or using the mouse?

Do you clean your mouse or trackball regularly?

Is the top of your monitor close to eye level?

Is the monitor about an arm length away?

Have you eliminated the glare on the monitor?

Is the monitor tilted so that it is easy to read?

Do you change postures regularly?

Do you take breaks, at least once an hour?

Instruction Manual for Safety and Comfort 31

 

 

Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices User Guide SUMMARY This guide provides regulatory, safety, and environmental information that is compliant with U.S., Canadian, and international regulations for notebook computers, tablets, desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, all-in-ones, and point-of-sale terminals. Copyright 20182021 HP Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by HP Inc. under license. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered U.S. marks. Java is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates. WiGig is a registered trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Eighth Edition: April 2021 First Edition: March 2018 Document Part Number: L25269-008 About this guide This guide provides regulatory, safety, and environmental information that is compliant with U.S., Canadian, and international regulations for notebook computers, tablets, desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, all-in-ones, and point-of-sale terminals. To access the latest user guides, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and follow the instructions to find your product. Then select User Guides. WARNING!

Indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in serious injury or death. CAUTION:

Indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. Indicates information considered important but not hazard-related (for example, messages IMPORTANT:

related to property damage). Warns the user that failure to follow a procedure exactly as described could result in loss of data or in damage to hardware or software. Also contains essential information to explain a concept or to complete a task. NOTE: Contains additional information to emphasize or supplement important points of the main text. TIP: Provides helpful hints for completing a task. iii iv About this guide Table of contents 1 Regulatory notices ........................................................................................................................................ 1 Accessing regulatory labels ................................................................................................................................... 1 Federal Communications Commission notice ....................................................................................................... 1 Modifications ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Cables .................................................................................................................................................. 2 Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules ............................................. 2 Belarus regulatory notice ...................................................................................................................................... 2 Brazil notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 3 Canada notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 3 European Union and UK regulatory notices .......................................................................................................... 3 Declaration of Conformity ................................................................................................................... 3 Products with radio functionality (EMF) ........................................................................... 4 Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) ....................... 4 Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products and countries only) .................................................................................................................. 4 Ergonomics notice ............................................................................................................. 5 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ................................................. 5 Australia and New Zealand notice ......................................................................................................................... 5 China WWAN notice ................................................................................................................................................ 6 China radio equipment notice ................................................................................................................................ 6 Japan notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 6 Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings ................................................ 6 Mexico notice ......................................................................................................................................................... 6 Singapore wireless notice ...................................................................................................................................... 7 South Korea notices ............................................................................................................................................... 7 Thailand wireless notice ........................................................................................................................................ 7 Taiwan NCC notices ................................................................................................................................................ 7 LAN 802.11 //: ......................................................................... 8 Airline travel notice ................................................................................................................................................ 8 User-replaceable battery notices .......................................................................................................................... 8 Factory-sealed battery notices ............................................................................................................................. 8 Laser compliance ................................................................................................................................................... 8 Telecommunications device approvals ................................................................................................................. 9 Modem notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 9 U.S. modem statements ...................................................................................................................... 9 Canada modem statements .............................................................................................................. 10 v Japan modem statements ................................................................................................................ 10 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 11 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 11 Macrovision Corporation notice ........................................................................................................................... 11 2 Safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 13 Important safety information ............................................................................................................................. 13 Heat-related safety warning notice .................................................................................................................... 14 Potential safety conditions notice ....................................................................................................................... 14 Installation conditions ......................................................................................................................................... 14 Acoustics notice ................................................................................................................................................... 14 Battery notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 14 Fan notices ........................................................................................................................................................... 15 Headset and earphone volume level notice ........................................................................................................ 15 Laser safety ......................................................................................................................................................... 16 Power supply and power cord set requirements ................................................................................................ 16 Power supply class I grounding requirements .................................................................................. 16 Brazil notice .................................................................................................................... 16 Denmark .......................................................................................................................... 16 Finland ............................................................................................................................. 16 Norway ............................................................................................................................ 17 Sweden ............................................................................................................................ 17 Power supply requirements .............................................................................................................. 17 China ................................................................................................................................ 17 For use in Norway ........................................................................................................... 17 Power cord set requirements ............................................................................................................ 17 Power cord notice .............................................................................................................................. 18 DC plug of external HP power supply ............................................................................. 18 Japan power cord notice ................................................................................................................... 18 Japan power cord requirements ....................................................................................................... 18 Pinch hazard ........................................................................................................................................................ 18 TV antenna connectors protection ...................................................................................................................... 18 External television antenna grounding ............................................................................................ 18 Lightning protection .......................................................................................................................... 19 Note to CATV system installer ........................................................................................................... 19 Travel notice ........................................................................................................................................................ 19 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 20 China altitude notice ......................................................................................................................... 20 China tropical warning notice ............................................................................................................ 20 Norway and Sweden cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner ....................................................... 20 Taiwan eyesight notice ........................................................................................................................................ 21 vi

....................................................................................................................... 21 3 Environmental notices ................................................................................................................................. 22 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ....................................................................................... 22 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 22 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 22 Brazil hardware recycling information ................................................................................................................ 22 Taiwan battery recycling information ................................................................................................................. 23 Turkey WEEE regulation ...................................................................................................................................... 23 ENERGY STAR Certification (select products only) ............................................................................................ 23 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 25 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ............................................................................................. 25 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 25 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 25 China RoHS ........................................................................................................................................................... 29

................................................... 29

............................................................................................................................................... 30

(RoHS) ..................................................... 32

....................................................................................................... 32

(RoHS) ......................................................................................................................................... 33

....................................................................................................... 33 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 34 Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 .............................................................. 34 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 35 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 35 Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico .................................................................. 35 TCO Certified ........................................................................................................................................................ 35 TCO Certified Edge ................................................................................................................................................ 36 Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 38 vii viii 1 Regulatory notices This chapter provides country- and region-specific non-wireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply aboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Accessing regulatory labels Some products may also provide electronic regulatory labels (e-labels) that can be accessed through the system BIOS. Regulatory labels, which provide country or regional regulatory information (for example, FCC ID), may be physically located on the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay (select products only), under the removable service door (select products only), on the back of the display, or on the wireless or modem module. NOTE: Electronic labels are not available on all products. NOTE: Devices not for sale or use in the United States may not contain a FCC ID. To view electronic regulatory labels:

Turn on or restart the computer. Press esc or f10 to enter Computer Setup. 1. 2. 3. 4. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Advanced, select Electronic Labels, and then press enter. To view an electronic label, use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select one of the listed items, and then press OK. NOTE: The list of available electronic label items varies depending on the computer model and installed devices. 5. To exit Computer Setup menus without making any changes:

Select the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main, select Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and 1 used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. 1. 2. For questions regarding this product:

Write to:

HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 Call HP at 650-857-1501 or Email techregshelp@hp.com To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Modifications Cables To maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations, connections to this device must be made with shielded cables having metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods. Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in a manner that is in conformance with the expected typical usage. Belarus regulatory notice The product complies with the Belarus National Radio/Telecom Technical Regulation TR 2018/024/BY. 2 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices Brazil notice Canada notices Este equipamento no tem direito proteo contra interferncia prejudicial e no pode causar interferncia em sistemas devidamente autorizados. IMPORTANT: A alimentao de energia predefinida para 220/230V. Se voc possuir tomada eltrica de 110/115V, por favor, altere a chave na parte traseira do seu computador para a tenso correta. Para maiores informaes, consulte o site da ANATEL www.anatel.gov.br. This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, the device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation: The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in a manner that is in conformance with the expected typical usage. IMPORTANT: When using IEEE 802.11a, n, or ac wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25 GHz to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 GHz to 5.85 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antennas for this device are not replaceable. Any attempt at user access will damage your computer. European Union and UK regulatory notices The European Union and UK have their own set of regulatory notices. Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking and UK marking have been constructed so that they can operate in at least one EU Member State and UK and comply with one or more of the following EU Directives and the equivalent UK Statutory Instruments as may be applicable:

RED 2014/53/EU; Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU; EMC Directive 2014/30/EU; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU. Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. Brazil notice 3 The full EU and UK Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following website: http://www.hp.eu/

certificates (Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters: Email techregshelp@hp.com. Products with radio functionality (EMF) Use this notice when you need to provide EMF data for radio operation. This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For notebook computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions. Products can be operated without maintaining a separation distance unless otherwise indicated in instructions specific to the product. Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) Some products in some countries have restrictions on radio function. IMPORTANT:

IEEE 802.11x wireless LAN with 5.155.35 GHz frequency band is restricted for indoor use only in all countries reflected in the matrix. Using this WLAN application outdoors might lead to interference issues with existing radio services. Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products and countries only) The table shows radio frequency bands and maximum power levels for some products and some countries. Table 1-1 Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products and countries only) Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) Radio Technology Bluetooth; 2,4 GHz NFC; 13,56 MHz WLAN Wi-Fi 802.11x; 2,4 GHz WLAN Wi-Fi 802.11x; 5 GHz WWAN 5G NR (450 MHz7125 MHz) 100 10 100 200 400 RFID; 865-868 MHz/915-921 MHz 2000/4000 WWAN 5G NR (24250 MHz52600 MHz) 316.230 4 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices Table 1-1 Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products and countries only) (continued) Radio Technology Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) WWAN 4G LTE; 700/800/900/1800/2100/2300/2600/3500 MHz WWAN 3G UTMS; 900/2100 MHz WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 900 MHz WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 1800 MHz WiGig 802.11ad; 60 GHz Ergonomics notice 200 250 2000 1000 316 NOTE: Use only HP-supported software drivers and correct country settings to ensure compliance. When a mobile computer is used at the office workstation for display work tasks where the Visual Display Unit

(VDU) Directive 90/270/EEC is applicable, an adequate external keyboard is required. Depending on the application and task, an adequate external monitor may also be necessary to attain working conditions comparable to a workstation setup. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (voluntary GS certification) Mobile computers bearing the "GS" approval mark meet the applicable ergonomic requirements. Without external keyboards, they are suitable only for short-time use for VDU tasks. During mobile use with disadvantageous illumination conditions (e.g. direct sunlight) reflections may occur, which result in reduced readability. A computer system comprising HP brand products meets the applicable ergonomic requirements if all affected constituent products bear the "GS" approval mark, for example Business Desktop PC, keyboard, PC-

mouse and monitor. Please pay attention when installing a dedicated Tower, Micro Tower Business Desktop PC or Workstation that is not intended to be installed/used in the direct field of view at visual display workplaces. To avoid annoying reflections at visual display workplaces, this device must not be placed in the direct field of view. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the applicable Directive and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/

regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Australia and New Zealand notice This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. The computer must be connected to the Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the requirements of AS/CA S008. WARNING! Modems without integral RJ11 connector that are shipped with this computer should not be installed in any other device. Australia and New Zealand notice 5 China WWAN notice China radio equipment notice Japan notice V-2 B VCCI-B VCCI32-1 B VCCI-B 5GHz Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings This product contains certified radio equipment. Some products may use electronic regulatory labels (e-labels). To view the certification mark and numbers on an e-label, please refer to the previous Accessing regulatory labels section. e e Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico 6 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. Aviso sobre conexiones inalmbricas para Mxico:

En el caso de PC de escritorio, equipos All-in-One, terminales de punto de venta, thin clients y workstations en uso normal e instalados con un dispositivo de transmisin y recepcin de radio, una distancia de separacin de 20 cm garantiza que los niveles de exposicin a radiofrecuencia cumplan con los requisitos de Mxico. Singapore wireless notice Turn off any WWAN devices while you are aboard aircraft. The use of these devices aboard aircraft is illegal, may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, and may disrupt the cellular network. Failure to observe this instruction may lead to suspension or denial of cellular services to the offender, or legal action, or both. Users are reminded to restrict the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, and where blasting operations are in progress. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, no part of the human body should be allowed to come too close to the antennas during operation of the equipment. This device has been designed to comply with applicable requirements for exposure to radio waves, based on scientific guidelines that include margins intended to assure the safety of all people, regardless of health and age. These radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods, with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. The SAR data information is based on CENELEC's standards EN50360 and EN50361, which use the limit of 2 watts per kilogram, averaged over 10 grams of tissue. South Korea notices Thailand wireless notice

(This telecommunication equipment conforms to the requirements of NBTC.) This radio communication equipment has the electromagnetic field strength in compliance with the Safety Standard for the Use of Radio communication Equipment on Human Health announced by the National Telecommunications Commission. Taiwan NCC notices The following notices apply to Taiwan. Singapore wireless notice 7 LAN 802.11 //:

Airline travel notice Use of electronic equipment aboard commercial aircraft is at the discretion of the airline. User-replaceable battery notices When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, refer to the HP website at http://www.hp.com/

recycle. For information about removing a user-replaceable battery, refer to the user guide included with the product. Factory-sealed battery notices The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. Laser compliance Use this notice to warn of possible radiation exposure from incorrect laser usage. WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in the laser product installation guide, may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified in the laser product installation guide. Allow only authorized service providers to repair the unit. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (for example, a CD or DVD drive) and/or a fiber optic transceiver. Each of these devices that contain a laser is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with IEC/EN 60825-1 and meets the requirements for safety of that standard. 8 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices Each laser product complies with US FDA regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007 or Laser Notice No. 56, dated May 8, 2019. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. Modem notices U.S. modem statements Canada, Japan, New Zealand, and the U.S. have their own sets of modem notices. This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. Telecommunications device approvals 9 The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. Canada modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japan modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the V.92 56K Data/Fax Modem is below:

If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the LSI Corporation PCI-SV92EX Soft modem is below:

10 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Macrovision Corporation notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Macrovision Corporation notice 11 Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only, unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. 12 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices 2 Safety notices Your product documentation might require one or more of these safety notices. Important safety information These notices could apply to many products. WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. The computer may be heavy; be sure to use ergonomically correct lifting procedures when moving it. Install the computer near an AC outlet. The AC power cord is your computers main AC disconnecting device and must be easily accessible at all times. If the power cord provided with your computer has a grounded plug, always use the power cord with a properly grounded AC outlet to avoid the risk of electric shock. To reduce the possibility of an electric shock from the telephone network, plug your computer into the AC outlet before connecting it to the telephone line. Also, disconnect the telephone line before unplugging your computer from the AC power outlet. Always disconnect the modem cord from the telephone system before installing or removing your computer cover. Do not operate the computer with the cover removed. For your safety, always unplug the computer from its power source and from any telecommunications systems (such as telephone lines), networks, or modems before performing any service procedures. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage. Hazardous voltage levels are inside the power supply and modem of this product. As a safety precaution, if the system power load exceeds the specific configurations capacities, the system may temporarily disable some USB ports. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Important safety information 13 IMPORTANT:

If your computer is provided with a voltage select switch for use in a 115 or 230 V power system, the voltage select switch has been pre-set to the correct voltage setting for use in the particular country/region where it was initially sold. Changing the voltage select switch to the incorrect position can damage your computer and void any implied warranty. This product has not been evaluated for connection to an IT power system (an AC distribution system with no direct connection to earth, according to applicable safety standards). Heat-related safety warning notice Use this notice if injury from excessive heat is a possibility. WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the mobile computer, do not place the mobile computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the mobile computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The mobile computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by applicable safety standards. Potential safety conditions notice Use this notice to warn users about the possibility that a failure was not safe and controlled. If you notice any of the following conditions (or if you have other safety concerns), do not use the computer:

crackling, hissing, or popping sound, or a strong odor or smoke coming from the computer. It is normal for these conditions to appear when an internal electronic component fails in a safe and controlled manner. However, these conditions may also indicate a potential safety issue. Do not assume it is a safe failure. Turn off the computer, disconnect it from its power source, and contact technical support for assistance. Installation conditions See installation instructions before connecting this equipment to the input supply. WARNING! Energized and moving parts may be inside the computer. Disconnect power to the equipment before removing the enclosure. Replace and secure the enclosure before re-energizing the equipment. Use this notice when the sound pressure level might be lower than recommended or expected. Sound pressure level (LpA) is far below 70dB(A) (operator position, normal operation, according to ISO 7779). To display product noise emission data, go to IT ECO Declarations at http://www.hp.com/go/ted, and then select a product category from the drop-down menu. One or more of these safety notices might apply to your product's battery. WARNING! The product may contain an internal lithium manganese dioxide, vanadium pentoxide, or alkaline battery or battery pack. There is risk of fire and burns if the battery pack is not handled properly. WARNING! Do not attempt to recharge the battery. WARNING! Do not expose to temperatures higher than 60 C (140 F). Acoustics notice Battery notices 14 Chapter 2 Safety notices WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Fast charging may not be available for non-compatible or non-HP batteries. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts, or dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! Replace only with the HP spare designated for this product. WARNING! Do not ingest battery, a Chemical Burn Hazard. WARNING! This product contains a coin/button cell battery. If the coin/button cell battery is swallowed, it can cause severe internal burns in just 2 hours and can lead to death. WARNING! Keep new and used batteries away from children. If the battery compartment does not close securely, stop using the product and keep it away WARNING!

from children. WARNING!

immediate medical attention. If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek WARNING!

explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Leaving a battery in an extremely high temperature surrounding environment can result in an WARNING! A battery subjected to extremely low air pressure may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Table 2-1 Battery disposal icon and description Icon Description Batteries, battery packs, and accumulators should not be disposed of together with the general household waste. In order to forward them to recycling or proper disposal, please use the public collection system or return them to HP, an authorized HP partner, or their agents. Fan notices Use one or more of these notices to warn users about the dangers of injuries from spinning fan blades. WARNING!

Keep body parts away from moving parts. WARNING! Keep body parts away from fan blades. WARNING! Keep body parts out of the motion path. Headset and earphone volume level notice This notice warns about the danger of high volume settings for headsets and earphones. Fan notices 15 WARNING!

To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Adjustment of the volume control as well as the equalizer to other settings than the center position may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. The use of factors influencing the ear-/headphones output other than those specified by the manufacturer (e.g. operating system, equalizer software, firmware, driver) may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. Laser safety For products equipped with optical drives or fiber optic transceivers. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (i.e., CD or DVD drive) and/or fiber optic transceiver. These contain lasers and are classified as Class 1 Laser Products in accordance with the standard IEC/EN 60825-1 and comply with its requirements. Each laser product complies with US FDA Regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007 or Laser Notice No. 56, dated May 8, 2019. WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser products installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified herein. Allow only HP Authorized Service technicians to repair the unit. Power supply and power cord set requirements Different countries have different requirements for power supplies and power cords. Power supply class I grounding requirements For protection from fault currents, the equipment shall be connected to a grounding terminal. Plug the system power cord into an AC outlet that provides a ground connection. Substitute cords may not provide adequate fault protection. Only use the power cord supplied with this product or an HP Inc. authorized replacement. Brazil notice Denmark Finland Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Apparatets stikprop skal tilsluttes en stikkontakt med jord, som giver forbindelse til stikproppens jord. Laite on liitettv suojakoskettimilla varustettuun pistorasiaan. 16 Chapter 2 Safety notices Norway Sweden Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag. Power supply requirements The power supplies on some products have external power switches. The voltage select switch feature on the product permits it to operate from any line voltage between 100-127 or 200-240 volts AC. Power supplies on those products that do not have external power switches are equipped with internal circuits that sense the incoming voltage and automatically switch to the proper voltage. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or an AC adapter purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. China For use in Norway CCC Some products are designed for an IT power system with phase-to-phase voltage 230 V. Power cord set requirements One or more of these notices might apply to your product's power cord. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. The power cord set received with the product meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment was originally purchased. Use only the power cord provided with the unit or an authorized replacement power cord from HP Inc. or an approved HP Inc. source. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/support. Power cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where you use the product. For more information on power cord set requirements, contact your authorized HP dealer, reseller, or service provider. WARNING! Do not use power cords from other products. Mismatched power cords may result in a shock and fire hazard. The requirement listed below is applicable to all countries:

The power cord must be approved by an acceptable accredited agency responsible for evaluation in the country where the power cord set will be installed. Power supply and power cord set requirements 17 The power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. WARNING! Do not operate this product with a damaged power cord set. If the power cord set is damaged in any manner, replace it immediately. Damaged cords may result in user exposure to hazards. Power cord notice If you were not provided with a power cord for the computer or for an external power accessory intended for use with the computer, you should purchase a power cord that is approved for use in your country or region. The power cord must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product's electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cord should be greater than the voltage and current rating marked on the product. In addition, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm/

18AWG, and the length of the cord must be between 1.0 m (3.2 ft) and 2 m (6.56 ft). If you have questions about the type of power cord to use, contact your authorized service provider. A power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. DC plug of external HP power supply The diagram illustrates the DC plug of external HP power supply. Japan power cord notice Japan power cord requirements For use in Japan, use only the power cord received with this product. CAUTION: Do not use the power cord received with this product on any other products. Pinch hazard Use this notice to warn about the possibility of pinching injuries. WARNING! Observe pinch hazard areas. Keep fingers away from closing parts. TV antenna connectors protection Several safety notices might apply to TV antenna connectors. External television antenna grounding If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the product, be sure the antenna or cable system is electrically grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. 18 Chapter 2 Safety notices Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper electrical grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna-

discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. Lightning protection For added protection of any product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug the product from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the product from lightning and power line surges. Table 2-2 Antenna Grounding Reference Grounding Component 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Electric Service Equipment Power Service Grounding Electrode System (NEC Art 250, Part III) Ground Clamps Grounding Conductors (NEC Section 810.21) Antenna Discharge Unit (NEC Section 810.20) Ground Clamp Antenna Lead-in Wire Note to CATV system installer This reminder is provided to call the CATV systems installers attention to section 820.93 of the National Electric Code, which provides guidelines for proper grounding and in particular, specify that the Coaxial cable shield shall be connected to grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. Travel notice Use this notice to warn about the possibility of serious injury from voltage converter kits. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. Travel notice 19 China safety notices China altitude notice 2000m 2000m China tropical warning notice Norway and Sweden cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner Norway and Sweden require a galvanic isolator for grounding. 20 Chapter 2 Safety notices CAUTION: To reduce potential safety issues, use a galvanic isolator when connecting to a cable distribution system. Taiwan eyesight notice This eyesight notice applies to products in Taiwan.

(1) 30 10

(2) 2 2 1 Taiwan eyesight notice 21 3 Environmental notices This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users Use this notice to explain the icon associated with waste disposal. Table 3-1 Disposal of waste equipment icon and its description Icon Description This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar Brazil hardware recycling information No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum 22 Chapter 3 Environmental notices Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar Taiwan battery recycling information This notice provides the regulations for battery manufacture and recycling in Taiwan. Table 3-2 Taiwan battery recycling icon and its description Icon Description The Taiwan EPA requires dry battery manufacturing or importing firms, in accordance with Article 15 of the Waste Disposal Act, to indicate the recovery marks on the batteries used in sales, giveaways, or promotions. Contact a qualified Taiwanese recycler for proper battery disposal. Turkey WEEE regulation Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: AEEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur ENERGY STAR Certification (select products only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, HP Inc. has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers:

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Taiwan battery recycling information 23 Table 3-3 Preset power management features when the computer is operating on AC power Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Notebooks, Mobile Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Tablets/Slates Less than or equal to 1 minute Not applicable Not applicable Desktops, Integrated Desktops, Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Thin clients Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes when sleep mode is supported by the operating system (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when the power/sleep button is pressed. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. Product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. When sleep mode is supported by operating system product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. For computers that support an always-on, always-connected use profile where internet access is available

(such as tablets and slates), alternative low power modes - such as Short or Long Idle modes (as defined in the ENERGY STAR Computer Program Requirements) are provided that consume very little power (</= 10 Watts) and when applicable, maximize product battery life. These alternative low power modes are dynamic, with the display sleep mode activated within 1 minute of user inactivity. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management website at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR website at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 24 Chapter 3 Environmental notices Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No. 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply The computers real-time clock battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/. China environmental notices China PC energy label China requires this notice of energy efficiency. In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers, this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. Chemical substances 25 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Table 3-4 Typical Energy Consumption (TEC) values Product Type TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Category B 125.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa Category C 159.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa Category D 184.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa Portable Computer Category A 20.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa Category B 26.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa Category C 54.5+Efa 75.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers". Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

Table 3-5 Product category and configuration description Product Type Configuration Description Category A Category B Category C Category D Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

System memory of not less than 2 GB The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit 26 Chapter 3 Environmental notices For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. China PC energy label 27 28 Chapter 3 Environmental notices China RoHS China uses the following notices for RoHS. Table 3-6

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(PBB)

(PBDE)

(Cr(VI))

I/O PCA

(LCD) CD/DVD/

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China RoHS 29 Table 3-6 (continued)

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(PBB)

(PBDE)

(Cr(VI))

/Java USB USB SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572

"X" RoHS

"X" RoHS X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Table 3-7

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(PBB)

(PBDE)

(Cr(VI))

30 Chapter 3 Environmental notices Table 3-7 (continued)

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(PBB)

(PBDE)

(Cr(VI)) I/O PCA

(LCD) CD/DVD/

/Java USB USB 3D /

X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 China RoHS 31 Table 3-7 (continued)

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(PBB)

(PBDE)

"X" RoHS

"X" RoHS

(Cr(VI))

(RoHS) Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Table 3-8 Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Unit Lead (Pb) Mercury (Hg) Cadmium (Cd) Hexavalent chromium (Cr+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Cables

Chassis/Other

I/O PCAs

(LCD) Liquid crystal display (LCD) panel Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Power pack Power supply Storage Devices 32 Chapter 3 Environmental notices Table 3-8 Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking

(continued) Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Wireless Devices 1 0.1 % 0.01 %

Note 1: "Exceeding 0.1 wt %" and "exceeding 0.01 wt %" indicate that the percentage content of the restricted substance exceeds the reference percentage value of presence condition. 2 Note 2: "" indicates that the percentage content of the restricted substance does not exceed the percentage of reference value of presence. 3 Note 3: The "" indicates that the restricted substance corresponds to the exemption. http://www.hp.com/support To access the latest user guides, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and follow the instructions to find your product. Then select Manuals.

(RoHS) Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Table 3-9 Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent chromium (Cr

+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Unit Cables

/ Chassis/Other

I/O PCAs

(LCD) Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel (for AIO only) Memory

(RoHS) 33 Table 3-9 Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking

(continued) Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent chromium (Cr

+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Unit Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Power supply Storage Devices 1 0.1 % 0.01 %

Note 1: "Exceeding 0.1 wt %" and "exceeding 0.01 wt %" indicate that the percentage content of the restricted substance exceeds the reference percentage value of presence condition. 2 Note 2: "" indicates that the percentage content of the restricted substance does not exceed the percentage of reference value of presence. 3 Note 3: The "" indicates that the restricted substance corresponds to the exemption. http://www.hp.com/support To access the latest user guides, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and follow the instructions to find your product. Then select Manuals. India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product, as well as its related consumables and spares, complies with the reduction in hazardous substances provisions of the "India E-waste Rule 2016."

It does not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except where allowed pursuant to the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 The European Union requires this notice about power consumption. To locate product power consumption data, including when the product is in networked standby with all wired network ports connected and wireless devices connected, refer to section P14 Additional information of the product IT ECO Declaration at http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/

itecodesktop-pc.html. Where applicable, activate and deactivate a wireless network using the instructions included in the product user guide or the operating system. Information is also available at http://www.hp.com/support. 34 Chapter 3 Environmental notices IT ECO declarations Use these links to provide locations for IT ECO declarations. http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/iteconotebook-o.html http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html?

jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN Notebook or tablet PCs Desktop PCs and Thin Clients Workstations http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecoworkstatio.html Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 2008 JISC0950 2006 7 1 http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950/

A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico Se ha etiquetado este producto en conformidad con la Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico, que requiere la divulgacin del consumo de energa del modo de uso normal (modo inactivo) y del modo de espera. Su producto es una de las muchas configuraciones de esta familia de modelos; el consumo de energa del modo inactivo de su configuracin especfica puede diferir de la informacin de la etiqueta. El consumo real de energa de su producto puede ser mayor o menor que el valor informado en la etiqueta de energa de producto para Mxico a causa de factores como la configuracin (componentes y mdulos seleccionados) y el uso (tareas que se estn efectuando, software instalado y en ejecucin, etc.). NOTE: Esta ley no es aplicable a las estaciones de trabajo. TCO Certified This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified logo. IT ECO declarations 35 TCO Certified Edge This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified Edge logo. 36 Chapter 3 Environmental notices TCO Certified Edge 37 Index Symbols/Numerics 32, 33 32, 33 A airline travel notice 8 altitude notice 20 Aviso para o Brasil 3 avisos Brasil 3 B battery 14 battery notice 8, 22 battery recycling 22 Belarus regulatory notice 2 Brazil notice 3, 16 C cable grounding notice 20 Canada modem statement 10 Canada notices 3 China environmental notices 25 China PC energy label 25 D disposal notices battery 22 battery, user replacement 8 equipment 22 factory sealed battery 8 E electronic hardware and battery recycling 22 ENERGY STAR certification 23 environmental notices 22 equipment disposal notice 22 ergonomics notice 5 European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 34 38 Index F fan notice 15 Federal Communications Commission notebook computers cables 2 notebook computers modifications 2 notebook computers notice 1 G GS Notice 5 H headset and earphone volume level notice 15 I India restriction of hazardous substances notice 34 J Japan modem statement 10 Japan notice 6 Japan power cord notice 18 Japan restriction of hazardous substances notice 35 L labels, regulatory 1 laser safety notice 8, 16 M Macrovision Corporation notice 11 maximum power levels 4 Mexico wireless notice 6 modem notices 9 modem statements Canada 10 Japan 10 New Zealand 11 U.S. 9 modifications, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 2 N New Zealand modem statement 11 notices airline travel 8 battery 8, 14, 22 Belarus regulatory 2 Brazil 3, 16 Canada 3 environmental 22 equipment disposal 22 ergonomics 5 fan 15 headset and earphone volume level 15 India restriction of hazardous substances 34 Japan 6 Japan power cord 18 Japan restriction of hazardous substances 35 laser safety 8, 16 Macrovision Corporation 11 Mexico 6 modem 9 perchlorate material 25 power cords 18 Singapore 7 South Korea 7 Taiwan 7 Thailand wireless notice 7 travel 19 notices, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 1 P power cord notice 18 R radio frequency bands 4 recycling, electronic hardware and battery 22 S Singapore wireless notice 7 South Korea notice 7 T Taiwan notice 7 TCO Certified Certification 35 TCO Certified Edge Certification 36 Thailand wireless notice 7 travel notice 19 tropical warning notice 20 TV tuner, cable grounding notice 20 U U.S. modem statement 9 V voice support 11 volume level notice, headset and earphone 15 W wireless LAN devices 2 Index 39

 

 

L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Read this first Before using this documentation and the product it supports, ensure that you read and understand the following:

Appendix A Important safety information on page 59 Safety and Warranty Guide Setup Guide Second Edition (June 2021) Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021. LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant to a General Services Administration GSA contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-

35F-05925. Contents Discover your Lenovo notebook. . . . . iii Chapter 1. Meet your computer . . . . . 1

. . 1 Front view . . 3 Side view . 5 Bottom . . . 6 Features and specifications . . 6

. . . . . . . . . . . . USB specifications . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 2. Get started with your computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

. 9 Access networks . . 9

. 9

. . Connect to Wi-Fi networks. Connect to the wired Ethernet Connect to a cellular network (for selected models)

. . Turn on the Airplane mode . Interact with your computer . . Use the keyboard shortcuts . Use the TrackPoint pointing device . Use the trackpad . Use the touch screen (for selected models) Connect to an external display . . 9

. 10

. 10

. 10

. 12

. 13

. 14

. 16

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Get to know YOGA modes (for L13 Yoga Gen 2 and S2 Yoga Gen 6 only) Use ThinkPad Pen Pro (for L13 Yoga Gen 2 and S2 Yoga Gen 6 only)

. . . . . . . . 17

. 18

. . . . . Chapter 3. Explore your computer . . 21

. 21

. . . Lenovo apps . 21 Smart features (for selected models). . 24

. . Intelligent cooling . . 24

. . . Manage power . 25

. . 25

. . 26

. . 27

. . 27 Set up a Bluetooth connection . . 27 Use a microSD card or smart card . 28

. . 28

. . 28

. . Check the battery status Charge the computer . Change the power settings

. Purchase accessories

. Docking station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer data . Accessories . . . . . . . Set, change, and remove a password . Use Power Loss Protection function (for selected

. models) . . Use the fingerprint reader (for selected models)

. Use face authentication (for selected models) . . . . 35

. 36

. 36

. 36

. Chapter 5. Configure advanced settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

. 39

. UEFI BIOS . 39

. 39

. 39

. 39

. 40

. 40

. 40

. . . . . . What is UEFI BIOS . . . Enter the UEFI BIOS menu . . . Navigate in the UEFI BIOS interface . . . Change the startup sequence . . Set the system date and time. . . Update UEFI BIOS . . . . Recovery information . . Restore system files and settings to an earlier

. . point

. . Restore your files from a backup . . . Reset your computer . . . Use advanced options . Windows automatic recovery. . Create and use a recovery USB device . . 40

. 40

. 40

. 41

. 41

. 41

. 41 Install Windows 10 and drivers . . . . . . . Chapter 6. CRU replacement . . . . . 43

. 43 What are CRUs . . 43 Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery . 44

. . Replace a CRU . 44

. . 45

. . 48

. . . Base cover assembly . M.2 solid-state drive and bracket . Keyboard . . . . . Chapter 7. Help and support

. Frequently asked questions . . Error messages . . Beep errors . . . Self-help resources . . Call Lenovo . . . Before you contact Lenovo . Lenovo Customer Support Center . Purchase additional services. . . . . . . . . . 53

. 53

. . 54

. . 55

. . 56

. . 56

. . 56

. . 57

. . 58

. . Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

. 33 Lock the computer

. 33 Use passwords . 33

. . Password types . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A. Important safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Appendix B. Accessibility and ergonomic information . . . . . . . . 73 Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 i Appendix C. Supplemental information about the Linux operating system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Appendix D. Compliance and TCO Certified information . . . . . . . . . . 79 Appendix E. Notices and trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 ii L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Discover your Lenovo notebook Thank you for choosing a Lenovo notebook! We are dedicated to delivering the best solution to you. Before starting your tour, please read the following information:

Illustrations in this documentation might look different from your product. Depending on the model, some optional accessories, features, software programs, and user interface instructions might not be applicable to your computer. Documentation content is subject to change without notice. To get the latest documentation, go to https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 iii iv L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Chapter 1. Meet your computer ThinkPad L13 Gen 2, ThinkPad L13 Yoga Gen 2, ThinkPad S2 Gen 6, and ThinkPad S2 Yoga Gen 6 might be shipped with different microprocessors, namely Intel and Advanced Micro Devices (AMD). Hereby Intel models and AMD models are used to distinguish computer models with different microprocessors. Front view Infrared camera* / Camera*

Webcam privacy shutter Microphone Touch screen*

TrackPoint pointing stick Fingerprint reader*

Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 1 Smart-card slot*

Trackpad TrackPoint buttons

* for selected models Webcam privacy shutter Related topics Use face authentication (for selected models) on page 36 Use the touch screen (for selected models) on page 14 Use the fingerprint reader (for selected models) on page 36 Use the TrackPoint pointing device on page 12 Use the trackpad on page 13 Slide the webcam privacy shutter to cover or uncover the camera lens. It is designed to protect your privacy. 2 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Side view Intel models USB-C (Thunderbolt 4) power connector USB-C (Thunderbolt 4) connector Ethernet connector Always On USB 3.2 connector Gen 1 Audio connector Security-lock slot HDMI connector USB 3.2 connector Gen 1 microSD-card slot Power button Chapter 1. Meet your computer 3 AMD models USB-C power connector Ethernet connector Always On USB 3.2 connector Gen 1 Audio connector Security-lock slot HDMI connector USB 3.2 connector Gen 1 microSD-card slot Power button Note: The Ethernet extension connector Gen 2 and the adjoining USB-C (Thunderbolt 4) connector cannot be used simultaneously. Related topics Charge the computer on page 25 USB specifications on page 6 Use a microSD card or smart card on page 27 Lock the computer on page 33 4 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Bottom Emergency-reset hole Speaker Emergency-reset hole If the computer stops responding and you cannot turn it off by pressing the power button, reset your computer:

1. Disconnect your computer from ac power. 2. Insert a straightened paper clip into the hole to cut off power supply temporarily. 3. Connect your computer to ac power and then turn on your computer. CAUTION:

When the computer is operating, it should be placed on a hard and flat surface with its bottom area not in contact with users bare skin. Under normal operating conditions, the temperature of the bottom surface will remain within an acceptable range as defined in IEC 62368-1, but such temperatures can still be high enough to cause discomfort or harm to the user if directly touched for over one minute at a time. As such, it is recommended that users avoid prolonged direct contact with the bottom of the computer. Note: Some Lenovo computers include a display that can be rotated 360 degrees. When those products are used as a tablet computer, the temperatures of all the accessible parts are within an acceptable range as defined in IEC 62368-1. Chapter 1. Meet your computer 5 Features and specifications For detailed specifications of your computer, go to https://psref.lenovo.com and search by product. Dimensions Width: 311.3 mm (12.26 inches) Depth: 219 mm (8.62 inches) Thickness: 17.6 mm to 17.85 mm (0.69 inches to 0.70 inches) Power source (ac power adapter) Sine-wave input at 50 Hz to 60 Hz Input rating of the ac power adapter: 100 V to 240 V ac, 50 Hz to 60 Hz Microprocessor To view the microprocessor information of your computer, right-click the Start button and then click System. Memory Double data rate 4 (DDR4), soldered on board, up to 16GB Storage device One slot, 2242 or 2280 M.2 solid-state drive, up to 1TB Color display with In-Plane Switching (IPS) or Twisted Nematic (TN) technology Display resolution: 1366 x 768 pixels or 1920 x 1080 pixels Audio Display Security features Wireless features Dolby Atomos Speaker Dolby Voice Display ratio: 16:9 Multi-touch technology*

Face authentication*

Fingerprint reader*

Security-lock slot Trusted Platform Module (TPM)*

Bluetooth GPS (on wireless WAN model)*

Wireless LAN Wireless WAN*

Note: The 4G cellular service is provided by authorized mobile service carriers in some countries or regions. You must have a cellular plan from a service carrier to connect to the cellular network. The cellular data plan might vary by location.

* for selected models USB specifications Note: Depending on the model, some USB connectors might not be available on your computer. 6 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Connector name Description Connect USB-compatible devices, such as a USB keyboard, USB mouse, USB storage device, or USB printer. USB 2.0 connector USB 3.2 connector Gen 1 USB 3.2 connector Gen 2 Charge USB-C compatible devices with the output voltage and current of 5 V and 3 A. Connect to an external display:

USB-C to VGA: up to 1920 x 1200 pixels, 60 Hz USB-C to DP: up to 5120 x 3200 pixels, 60 Hz USB-C (3.2 Gen 1) connector USB-C (3.2 Gen 2) connector Connect to USB-C accessories to help expand your computer functionality. To purchase USB-C accessories, go to https://

www.lenovo.com/accessories. USB-C (Thunderbolt 3) connector USB-C (Thunderbolt 4) connector Statement on USB transfer rate Depending on many factors such as the processing capability of the host and peripheral devices, file attributes, and other factors related to system configuration and operating environments, the actual transfer rate using the various USB connectors on this device will vary and will be slower than the data rate listed below for each corresponding device. USB device 3.2 Gen 1 / 3.1 Gen 1 3.2 Gen 2 / 3.1 Gen 2 3.2 Gen 2 2 Thunderbolt 3 Thunderbolt 4 Data rate (Gbit/s) 5 10 20 40 40 Chapter 1. Meet your computer 7 8 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Chapter 2. Get started with your computer Access networks This section helps you connect to a wireless or wired network. Connect to Wi-Fi networks Click the network icon in the Windows notification area, and then select a network for connection. Provide required information, if needed. Connect your computer to a local network with an Ethernet cable through the following accessories:

Connect to the wired Ethernet Lenovo USB-C to Ethernet adapter ThinkPad Ethernet Extension Adapter Gen 2 You can also purchase a Lenovo USB-C to Ethernet adapter or ThinkPad Ethernet Extension Adapter Gen 2 from Lenovo at https://www.lenovo.com/accessories. Connect to a cellular network (for selected models) If your computer has a wireless wide area network (WAN) card and a nano-SIM card installed, you can connect to a cellular data network and get online everywhere. Note: The cellular service is provided by authorized mobile service carriers in some countries or regions. You must have a cellular plan from a service carrier to connect to the cellular network. To establish a cellular connection:

1. Turn off the computer. 2. Locate the nano-SIM card slot and insert the nano-SIM card as shown. Note the orientation of the card and ensure that it is seated correctly. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 9 3. Turn on the computer. information, if needed. 4. Click the network icon, and then select the cellular network icon from the list. Provide required Turn on the Airplane mode When the Airplane mode is enabled, all wireless features are disabled. 1. Click the action center icon in the Windows notification area. 2. Click Airplane mode to turn on the Airplane mode. Interact with your computer Your computer provides you various ways to navigate the screen. Use the keyboard shortcuts The special keys on the keyboard help you work more effectively. https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/videos/vid500145 Invoke the special function printed as an icon on each key or standard function of F1F12 function keys.

FnLock indicator on: standard function FnLock indicator off: special function Enable / disable speakers Decrease volume Increase volume Enable / disable microphones Darken display Brighten display Manage external displays 10 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Enable / disable wireless Open / collapse notification center Answer incoming calls This function only works with some apps, such as Skype for Business 2016 and Microsoft Teams 1.0. By default, the function works with Skype for Business 2016. You can change the default setting on the Vantage app. Decline incoming calls This function only works with some apps, such as Skype for Business 2016 and Microsoft Teams 1.0. By default, the function works with Skype for Business 2016. You can change the default setting on the Vantage app. Note: You can also press F11 to hang up ongoing calls on Skype for Business 2016. Open the Vantage app. You can customize the function of this key on the Vantage app. Toggle keyboard backlight (for selected models)

Open Snipping Tool Break operation Pause operation Scroll contents Send system request Enter sleep mode Go to beginning Go to end To wake up the computer, press Fn or the power button. Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 11 Use the TrackPoint pointing device The TrackPoint pointing device enables you to perform all the functions of a traditional mouse, such as pointing, clicking, and scrolling. Use the TrackPoint pointing device Use your finger to apply pressure to the pointing-stick nonslip cap in any direction parallel to the keyboard. The pointer on the screen moves accordingly. The higher the pressure applied, the faster the pointer moves. TrackPoint pointing stick TrackPoint buttons The left-click button and right-click button correspond to the left and right buttons on a traditional mouse. Press and hold the dotted middle button while using your finger to applying pressure to the pointing stick in the vertical or horizontal direction. Then, you can scroll through the document, Web site, or apps. Disable the TrackPoint pointing device The TrackPoint pointing device is active by default. To disable the device:

1. Open the Start menu, and then click Settings Devices Mouse. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions to disable TrackPoint. 12 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Replace the pointing-stick nonslip cap Note: Ensure that the new cap has grooves a . You can use the trackpad to perform all the pointing, clicking, and scrolling functions of a traditional mouse. Use the trackpad Use the trackpad Left-click zone Right-click zone Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 13 Use the touch gestures Tap once to select or open an item. Tap twice quickly to display a shortcut menu. Two-finger zoom in or zoom out. Scroll through items. Open the task view to see all open windows. Show the desktop. Notes:

When using two or more fingers, ensure that you position your fingers slightly apart. Some gestures are not available if the last action was done from the TrackPoint pointing device. Some gestures are only available when you are using certain apps. If the trackpad surface is stained with oil, turn off the computer first. Then, gently wipe the trackpad surface with a soft and lint-free cloth moistened with lukewarm water or computer cleaner. For more gestures, see the help information of the pointing device. Disable the trackpad The trackpad is active by default. To disable the device:

1. Open the Start menu, and then click Settings Devices Touchpad. 2. In the Touchpad section, turn off the Touchpad control. Use the touch screen (for selected models) If your computer display supports the multi-touch function, you can navigate the screen with simple touch gestures. Note: Some gestures might not be available when you are using certain apps. 14 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Tap once to single click Tap twice quickly to double-click Tap and hold to right-click Slide to scroll through items Zoom out Zoom in Swipe from the left: view all open windows Swipe from the right: open action center Swipe downwards shortly: show title bar Swipe downwards: close the current app Drag Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 15 Maintenance tips:

Turn off the computer before cleaning the touch screen. Use a dry, soft, and lint-free cloth or a piece of absorbent cotton to remove fingerprints or dust from the touch screen. Do not apply solvents to the cloth. The touch screen is a glass panel covered with a plastic film. Do not apply pressure or place any metallic object on the screen, which might damage the touch panel or cause it to malfunction. Do not use fingernails, gloved fingers, or inanimate objects for input on the screen. Regularly calibrate the accuracy of the finger input to avoid a discrepancy. Connect to an external display Connect your computer to a projector or a monitor to give presentations or expand your workspace. Connect to a wired display 1. Connect the external display to an appropriate video connector on your computer, such as the USB-C connector (USB 3.2 Gen 1), Thunderbolt connector, and HDMI connector. 2. Connect the external display to an electrical outlet. 3. Turn on the external display. If your computer cannot detect the external display, right-click a blank area on the desktop, and then click Display settings Detect. Supported resolution The following table lists the supported maximum resolution of the external display. Connect the external display to Supported resolution the USB-C connector the Thunderbolt connector the HDMI connector Connect to a wireless display Up to 5120 x 3200 pixels / 60 Hz Up to 5120 x 3200 pixels / 60 Hz Up to 4096 x 2304 pixels / 60 Hz To use a wireless display, ensure that both your computer and the external display support the Miracast feature. Open the Start menu, and then click Settings Devices Bluetooth & other devices Add Bluetooth or other device. In the Add a device window, click Wireless display or dock. Then, follow the instructions on the screen. Click the action center icon in the Windows notification area and click Connect. Select the wireless display and follow the on-screen instructions. Set the display mode Press or and then select a display mode of your preference. Duplicate these displays: Display the same video output on both your computer screen and an external display. Extend these displays: Extend the video output from your computer display to an external display. You can drag and move items between the two displays. 16 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Show only on 1: Display the video output only on your computer screen. Show only on 2: Display the video output only on an external display. If you show programs using DirectDraw or Direct3D in full-screen mode, only the main display shows the video output. Change display settings 1. Right-click a blank area on the desktop and select Display settings. 2. Select the display that you want to configure. 3. Change display settings of your preference. You can change the settings for both the computer display and the external display. For example, you can define which one is the main display and which one is the secondary display. You also can change the resolution and orientation. Note: If you set a higher resolution for the computer display than the external display, only part of the screen can be displayed on the external display. Get to know YOGA modes (for L13 Yoga Gen 2 and S2 Yoga Gen 6 only) Your computer display can be rotated to any angle up to 360 degrees. Attention: Do not rotate the computer display with too much force, or apply too much force to the upper-

right or upper-left corner of the computer display. Otherwise the computer display or hinges might get damaged. Your computer features the following four YOGA modes. You can switch among different modes according to your preference. Note: The keyboard and the pointing devices are automatically disabled in the stand mode, tent mode, and tablet mode. Use the touch screen to control your computer instead. Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 17 Notebook mode Stand mode Tent mode Tablet mode Use ThinkPad Pen Pro (for L13 Yoga Gen 2 and S2 Yoga Gen 6 only) The ThinkPad Pen Pro is an electronic pen stored in the pen slot. To use the pen, slide it out of the slot. Notes:

The ThinkPad Pen Pro is not waterproof. Keep the pen away from water and excessive moisture. To purchase the ThinkPad Pen Pro, go to https://www.lenovo.com/accessories. 18 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Use the ThinkPad Pen Pro 1 Tip 2 Eraser button 3 Right-click button 4 Pen tether hole You can perform the following operations with the ThinkPad Pen Pro:

To click or make a selection, tap the display once. To double-click, tap twice without pausing. To right-click, tap the tip 1 on the display and hold the pen there for one second. Alternatively, you can press and hold the right-click button 3 while tapping the tip 1 on the display. To erase ink, press and hold the eraser button 2 , tap the tip 1 on the display, and drag the pen across the ink you want to erase. To protect your pen from loss, use a tether to tie the pen through the pen tether hole 4 . Check the battery status of the ThinkPad Pen Pro 1. Tap the pen tip on the computer screen before checking battery status of the pen. Otherwise, the battery status as shown in Lenovo Pen Settings might not be accurate. 2. Type Lenovo Pen Settings in the search box to open Lenovo Pen Settings. A battery icon is displayed on the upper right corner. 3. Move the mouse pointer on the battery icon to check the battery status. If the battery of the pen is low, insert the pen back to the pen slot for charging. Charge the ThinkPad Pen Pro 1. Ensure that your computer is on or in sleep mode. 2. Insert the pen back into the pen slot. The pen is 80% charged in about 15 seconds and 100% charged in about five minutes. Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 19 20 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Chapter 3. Explore your computer This section provides introduction to the Vantage and Lenovo Quick Clean apps. Lenovo apps The Vantage app The preinstalled Vantage app is a customized one-stop solution to help you maintain your computer with automated updates and fixes, configure hardware settings, and get personalized support. To access the Vantage app, type Vantage in the search box. Key features The Vantage app enables you to:

Know the device status easily and customize device settings. Download and install UEFI BIOS, firmware, and driver updates to keep your computer up-to-date. Monitor your computer health, and secure your computer against outside threats. Scan your computer hardware and diagnose hardware problems. Look up warranty status (online). Access User Guide and helpful articles. Notes:

The available features vary depending on the computer model. The Vantage app makes periodic updates of the features to keep improving your experience with your computer. The description of features might be different from that on your actual user interface. Lenovo Quick Clean Depending on the model, your computer might support the Lenovo Quick Clean feature. The preinstalled Lenovo Quick Clean enables you to temporarily disable the keyboard, screen, trackpad, and TrackPoint pointing device for cleaning. To access Lenovo Quick Clean, do one of the following:

Open the Start menu and click Lenovo Quick Clean. Type Lenovo Quick Clean in the search box. Press Fn and the right Shift key at the same time. To download the latest version of Lenovo Quick Clean, go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. Smart features (for selected models) Your computer might be preinstalled with Glance by Mirametrix. Glance can capture your head movement through camera and makes your computer smarter and more efficient. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 21 Access Glance by Mirametrix Open the Start menu and click Glance by Mirametrix. Use Windows Search. Note: If Glance is uninstalled, you can request it through https://support.lenovo.com/contactus. Depending on the model, some features might not be available on your computer. Explore key features Protect privacy Presence Detection: Keep your computer awake when in use and automatically lock the computer when your head moves out of the camera range. Privacy Alert: When a shoulder surfer is detected, an alert icon appears on your computer screen. Privacy Guard: When a shoulder surfer is detected, your screen is blurred. Press Alt+F2 to cancel the blur effect. Smart Display: Blur screens you are not looking at. If you are not facing any screen, all screens are blurred. Press Alt+F2 to cancel the blur effect. 22 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Note: If your computer comes with an ePrivacy screen, it can work with Glance to achieve better privacy protection. For details, go to https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/videos/vid500144. Improve productivity Snap Window: When you select a window on one screen and turn your face to another, the window automatically snaps to the top center of the screen you are facing. Smart Pointer: Relocate the pointer to the screen you are facing. When the pointer moves from one screen to another, it is temporarily drawn large. Note: Snap Window and Smart Pointer only work when your computer is connected to external displays. Ensure that external displays are placed at the same height of your computer. Promote digital wellness Posture check: Remind you to adjust your posture once you hunch toward the screen. 20/20/20 Alert: Remind you to look away from the screen and relax your eyes for 20 seconds every 20 minutes. Chapter 3. Explore your computer 23 The Intelligent Cooling feature helps you adjust fan speed, computer temperature and performance. This feature works in auto mode by default. Press Fn+T to switch between manual mode and auto mode. Intelligent cooling Manual mode Quiet mode: the least fan noise Balanced mode: balanced performance and fan noise Performance mode: the highest performance and normal fan noise on ac power on battery power Do the following to select the preferred mode:

1. Click the battery status icon in the Windows notification area. 2. Move the slider to the left or right to select your preferred mode. Auto battery mode: Switch between quiet mode and battery mode automatically based on the amount Auto performance mode: Switch among quiet mode, balanced mode and performance mode automatically based on the amount of system activity. Auto mode of system activity. Manage power Use the information in this section to achieve the best balance between performance and power efficiency. 24 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Check the battery status Click the battery icon in the Windows notification area to check the battery status, view the current power plan, change the power mode, and access battery settings quickly. For more details about your battery, refer to the Vantage app. Charge the computer Use ac power Power source of the ac power adapter:

Sine-wave input at 50 Hz to 60 Hz Input rating of the ac power adapter: 100 V to 240 V ac, 50 Hz to 60 Hz Notes: To maximize the life of the battery:

Use the battery until the charge is depleted and recharge the battery completely before using it. Once the battery is fully charged, it must discharge to 94% or lower before it will be allowed to recharge again. The battery may optimize its full charge capacity based on your usage. After prolonged periods of limited use, full battery capacity may not be available until you discharge to as low as 20% and recharge completely. For more information, refer to the power section of the Vantage app. Chapter 3. Explore your computer 25 Use P-to-P 2.0 (Peer to Peer 2.0) charging function Both USB-C (Thunderbolt 3) connectors on the computer feature the Lenovo-unique P-to-P 2.0 charging function. To use the function, ensure that Always On USB and Charge in Battery Mode are enabled in UEFI BIOS of your computers, so that the function works even when the computers are off or in hibernation mode. To enable Always On USB and Charge in Battery Mode:

1. Press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Click Config USB, and then to enable Always On USB and Charge in Battery Mode. When no ac power is available:

Note: The remaining battery power of computer A should be at least 30% and be 3% higher than that of computer B. When ac power is available:

Note: The actual charging speed of your computer depends on many factors, such as the remaining battery power of the computers, the wattage of the ac power adapter, and whether you are using the computers. Change the power settings For ENERGY STAR compliant computers, the following power plan takes effect when your computer has been idle for a specified duration:

Turn off the display: After 10 minutes Put the computer to sleep: After 10 minutes To reset the power plan:

1. Right-click the battery status icon and select Power Options. 2. Choose or customize a power plan of your preference. To reset the power button function:

2. Change the settings as you prefer. 1. Right-click the battery status icon and select Power Options Change what the power buttons do. 26 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Transfer data Quickly share your files using the built-in Bluetooth or NFC technology among devices with the same features. You also can insert a microSD card or smart card to transfer data. Set up a Bluetooth connection You can connect all types of Bluetooth-enabled devices to your computer, such as a keyboard, a mouse, a smartphone, or speakers. To ensure successful connection, place the devices at most 10 meters (33 feet) from the computer. 1. Click the action center icon in the Windows notification area, and enable the Bluetooth feature. 2. Right-click the Bluetooth icon. 3. Select Go To Settings Add Bluetooth or other device Bluetooth. 4. Select a Bluetooth device, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Use a microSD card or smart card If your computer has a media-card slot or smart-card slot, read the following information. Supported smart card Supported smart card specifications: 85.60 mm (3.37 inches) x 53.98 mm (2.13 inches) Attention: Smart cards with slits are not supported. Do not insert such a smart card into the smart-card reader of your computer. Otherwise, the reader might get damaged. 1. Insert the card firmly into the card slot until it is secured in place. For the microSD card, ensure that the metal contacts are facing down and pointing toward the card For the smart card, ensure that the metal contacts are facing upward and pointing toward the card Install the card Notes:

slot. slot. Remove the card Attention: Before removing a card, eject the card from the Windows operating system first. Otherwise, data on the card might get corrupted or lost. 1. Click the triangular icon in the Windows notification area to show hidden icons. Then, right-click the Safely Remove Hardware and Eject Media icon. 2. Select the corresponding item to eject the card from the Windows operating system. Chapter 3. Explore your computer 27 3. Press the card and remove it from your computer. Store the card safely for future use. This section provides instructions on how to use hardware accessories to expand your computer functionalities. Accessories Purchase accessories Lenovo has a number of hardware accessories and upgrades to help expand the functionalities of your computer. Options include memory modules, storage devices, network cards, port replicators or docking stations, batteries, power adapters, keyboards, mice, and more. To shop at Lenovo, go to https://www.lenovo.com/accessories. You can use the following docking stations to extend the capacity of your computer:

Docking station ThinkPad Basic Docking Station ThinkPad Pro Docking Station ThinkPad Ultra Docking Station Side connectors of docking stations Figure 1. ThinkPad Basic Docking Station Figure 2. ThinkPad Pro Docking Station Figure 3. ThinkPad Ultra Docking Station 1. Audio connector 3. DisplayPort connector 2. ac power connector 4. VGA connector 28 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide 5. USB 2.0 connector 7. USB 3.2 connector Gen 1 9. Security-lock slot 11. HDMI connector 13. USB 3.2 connector Gen 2 Attach a docking station Notes:

6. Always On USB 3.2 connector Gen 1 8. Ethernet connector 10. USB-C connector 12. Always On USB 3.2 connector Gen 2 ThinkPad Basic Docking Station does not ship with a system lock installed. If you do not purchase and install a system lock, skip step 4 and step 7 in the following instruction. If you do not connect the docking station to ac power, the computer attached runs on battery power. 1. Connect the docking station to ac power. 2. Disconnect the cables and devices from the left side of the computer. 3. Turn the system lock key to the unlocked position (

). 4. Align the top-left corner of the computer with the guide post of the docking station. Attach your computer to the docking station as shown 1 until you hear a click. Slide the latch in the direction as shown 2 . 5. Check the docking status indicator. The docking status indicator turns on when the computer is successfully docked. Note: If the indicator is off, your computer is not attached to the docking station successfully. To solve the problem, detach and reattach the computer. 6. Turn the system lock key to the locked position (

). Chapter 3. Explore your computer 29 Attention: When the computer is attached to a docking station, always hold the whole assembly when you need to move your computer. Otherwise, the docking station might drop down. Detach a docking station Note: ThinkPad Basic Docking Station does not ship with a system lock installed. If you do not purchase and install a system lock, skip step 1 in the following instruction. 1. Turn the system lock key to the unlocked position (

). 2. Slide the latch in the direction as shown 1 to release the computer, and then grasp both sides of the computer to remove it 2 . Connect multiple external displays You can connect multiple external displays to a supported docking station. To ensure that the multiple displays work correctly, refer to the following table and connect the external displays to the appropriate connectors. 30 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Docking station Connectors supporting external displays ThinkPad Basic Docking Station ThinkPad Pro Docking Station ThinkPad Ultra Docking Station DisplayPort VGA DisplayPort (x2) DisplayPort (x2) HDMI VGA Chapter 3. Explore your computer 31 32 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information Lock the computer Lock your computer to a desk, table, or other fixtures through a compatible security cable lock. Note: You are responsible for evaluating, selecting, and implementing the locking device and security feature. Lenovo makes no comments, judgments, or warranties about the function, quality, or performance of the locking device and security feature. Cable locks for your product are available from Lenovo at https://

www.lenovoquickpick.com. Use passwords Password types Power-on password Supervisor password This section introduces types of passwords in UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) BIOS (Basic Input/Output System) and how to set, change, and remove a password. You can set a power-on password, supervisor password, system management password, or hard disk password in UEFI BIOS to prevent unauthorized access to your computer. However, you are not prompted to enter any UEFI BIOS password when your computer resumes from sleep mode. If you set a power-on password, a window is displayed on the screen when you turn on the computer. Enter the correct password to use the computer. The supervisor password protects the system information stored in UEFI BIOS. When entering the UEFI BIOS menu, enter the correct supervisor password in the window prompted. You also can press Enter to Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 33 skip the password prompt. However, you cannot change most of the system configuration options in UEFI BIOS. If you have set both the supervisor password and power-on password, you can use the supervisor password to access your computer when you turn it on. The supervisor password overrides the power-on password. System management password The system management password can also protect the system information stored in UEFI BIOS like a supervisor password, but it has lower authority by default. The system management password can be set through the UEFI BIOS menu or through Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) with the Lenovo client-management interface. You can enable the system management password to have the same authority as the supervisor password to control security related features. To customize the authority of the system management password through the UEFI BIOS menu:

1. Enter the UEFI BIOS menu. See Enter the UEFI BIOS menu on page 39. Note: When you are prompted to enter the password, enter the correct supervisor password if a supervisor password has been set, or enter the correct system management password if no supervisor password has been set. Otherwise, you cannot change the configurations in the following steps. 2. Select Security Password System Management Password Access Control. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. If you have set both the supervisor password and the system management password, the supervisor password overrides the system management password. If you have set both the system management password and the power-on password, the system management password overrides the power-on password. Hard disk passwords The hard disk password prevents unauthorized access to the data on the storage drive. When a hard disk password is set, you are prompted to type a correct password each time you try to access the storage drive. To set the hard disk password, select one of the following types:

User hard disk password only When a user hard disk password is set without a master hard disk password, the user must enter the user hard disk password to access files and applications on the storage drive. Master hard disk password + User hard disk password The master hard disk password is set and used by a system administrator. It enables the administrator to access any storage drive in a system or any computer connected in the same network. The administrator can also assign a user hard disk password for each computer in the network. The user of the computer can change the user hard disk password as desired, but only the administrator can remove the user hard disk password. When prompted to enter a hard disk password, press F1 to switch between the master hard disk password and user hard disk password. Note: The hard disk password is not available in the following situations:

A Trusted Computing Group (TCG) Opal-compliant storage drive and a TCG Opal management software program are installed in the computer, and the TCG Opal management software program is activated. An eDrive storage drive is installed in the computer preinstalled with the Windows 10 operating system. 34 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Set, change, and remove a password Before you start, print these instructions. 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Security Password by using the arrow keys. 3. Select the password type. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to set, change, or remove a password. You should record all your passwords and store them in a safe place. If you forget any of your passwords, any potential repair actions required are not covered under warranty. What to do if you forget your power-on password If you forget your power-on password, do the following to remove the power-on password:

If you have set a supervisor password and remember it:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1. 2. Type the supervisor password to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 3. Select Security Password Power-On Password by using the arrow keys. 4. Type the current supervisor password in the Enter Current Password field. Then, leave the Enter New Password field blank, and press Enter twice. 5. In the Changes have been saved window, press Enter. 6. Press F10 to save changes and exit the UEFI BIOS menu. power-on password removed. What to do if you forget your hard disk password If you have not set a supervisor password, contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the If you forget your user hard disk password or both user and master hard disk passwords, Lenovo cannot reset your passwords or recover data from the storage drive. You can contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the storage drive replaced. A fee will be charged for parts and service. If the storage drive is a CRU (Customer Replaceable Unit), you can also contact Lenovo to purchase a new storage drive to replace the old one by yourself. To check whether the storage drive is a CRU and the relevant replacement procedure, see Chapter 6 CRU replacement on page 43. What to do if you forget your supervisor password If you forget your supervisor password, there is no service procedure to remove the password. You have to contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the system board replaced. A fee will be charged for parts and service. What to do if you forget your system management password If you forget your system management password, do the following to remove the system management password:

If you have set a supervisor password and remember it:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1. 2. Type the supervisor password to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 3. Select Security Password System Management Password by using the arrow keys. 4. Type the current supervisor password in the Enter Current Password field. Then, leave the Enter New Password field blank, and press Enter twice. 5. In the Changes have been saved window, press Enter. Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information 35 6. Press F10 to save changes and exit the UEFI BIOS menu. If you have not set a supervisor password, contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the system management password removed. Use Power Loss Protection function (for selected models) For models shipped with an NVMe (Non-Volatile Memory express) M.2 solid-state drive, the M.2 solid-state drive features the Lenovo-unique PLP (Power Loss Protection) function to avoid data loss or damage. On very rare occasions, your computer is not responding and you might have to shut down your computer by pressing and holding the power button for about seven seconds. In this case, the PLP function enables key data of your computer to be saved timely. However, there is no guarantee that all data is saved in any situation. To check the type of your M.2 solid-state drive:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F10 to enter the Lenovo diagnostics window. 2. On the TOOLS tab, select SYSTEM INFORMATION STORAGE using the arrow keys. 3. Locate the Device Type section to check the information. Use the fingerprint reader (for selected models) If your computer comes with a fingerprint reader, you can use it to enroll your fingerprints. After enrollment, you can tap your finger on the fingerprint reader to log in to Windows. Enroll your fingerprints Open the Start menu and then click Settings Accounts Sign-in options. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to finish the enrollment. During the enrollment, the fingerprints are associated with the Windows password automatically. It is recommended that you put your finger at the middle of the fingerprint reader during enrollment and enroll more than one fingerprint in case of any injuries to your fingers. Log in with your fingerprint Maintain the fingerprint reader To ensure that the fingerprint reader works correctly, do not:

Scratch the surface of the reader with anything hard. Use or touch the reader with a wet, dirty, wrinkled, or injured finger. Use face authentication (for selected models) If your computer comes with a Windows Hello-compatible infrared camera, you can unlock your computer by scanning your face instead of using a password. 36 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Create face ID 1. Open the Start menu and click Settings Accounts Sign-in options. 2. Locate the Password section and click Add to create a password. 3. Locate the Windows Hello Face section and click Set up under Face Recognition. Then, click Get Started.The camera preview starts. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions to create a Personal Identification Number (PIN) and complete the setup. 5. Click Improve Recognition to improve the image so that Windows Hello can recognize you in different light conditions or when your appearance changes. Log in with face authentication 1. On the Windows lock screen, select the smiling face icon from the sign-in options. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions and ensure that you are centered and looking directly at the camera. When the program recognizes your face, it automatically unlocks the screen and signs you in to the Windows operating system. Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information 37 38 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Chapter 5. Configure advanced settings This chapter provides information about UEFI BIOS, RAID, recovery, operating system installation, and system management. This section introduces what is UEFI BIOS and the operations you can perform in UEFI BIOS. UEFI BIOS What is UEFI BIOS UEFI BIOS is the first program that the computer runs when the computer is turned on. UEFI BIOS initializes the hardware components and loads the operating system and other programs. Your computer comes with a setup program with which you can change UEFI BIOS settings. Enter the UEFI BIOS menu Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. Note: If you have set the supervisor password, enter the correct password when prompted. You also can press Enter to skip the password prompt and enter the UEFI BIOS menu. However, you cannot change the system configurations that are protected by the supervisor password. Navigate in the UEFI BIOS interface Attention: The default configurations are already optimized for you in boldface. Improper change of the configurations might cause unexpected results. You can navigate in the UEFI BIOS interface by pressing the following keys:

F1 F9 F10 F5 /

F6 / +

Esc Enter Display the General Help screen. Restore to the default settings. Save your configuration and exit. Change to a lower value. Change to a higher value. Locate an item. Select a tab. Exit the submenu and return to the parent menu. Enter the selected tab or submenu. Change the startup sequence 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1. 2. Select Startup Boot. Then, press Enter. The default device order list is displayed. Note: No bootable device is displayed if the computer cannot start from any devices or the operating system cannot be found. 3. Set the startup sequence as desired. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 39 4. Press F10 to save the changes and exit. To change the startup sequence temporarily:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F12. 2. Select the device that you want the computer to start from and press Enter. Set the system date and time 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1. 2. Select Date/Time and set the system date and time as desired. 3. Press F10 to save changes and exit. Update UEFI BIOS When you install a new program, device driver, or hardware component, you might need to update UEFI BIOS. Download and install the latest UEFI BIOS update package by one of the following methods:

Open the Vantage app to check the available update packages. If the latest UEFI BIOS update package is available, follow the on-screen instructions to download and install the package. Go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com and select the entry for your computer. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to download and install the latest UEFI BIOS update package. Recovery information This section introduces the recovery information of the Windows 10 operating system. Ensure that you read and follow the on-screen recovery instructions. The data on your computer might be deleted during the recovery process. To avoid data loss, make a backup copy of all the data that you want to keep. Restore system files and settings to an earlier point 1. Go to Control Panel and view by Large icons or Small icons. 2. Click Recovery Open System Restore. Then, follow the on-screen instructions. Restore your files from a backup Note: If you use the File History tool to restore your files from a backup, ensure that you backed up your data earlier with the tool. 1. Go to Control Panel and view by Large icons or Small icons. 2. Click File History Restore personal files. Then, follow the on-screen instructions. Reset your computer In the resetting process, you can choose to keep your files or remove them when you reinstall the operating system. Note: The items in the graphical user interface (GUI) might change without notice. 1. Open the Start menu, and then click Settings Update & Security Recovery. 2. In the Reset this PC section, click Get started. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions to reset your computer. 40 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Use advanced options Note: The items in the graphical user interface (GUI) might change without notice. 1. Open the Start menu, and then click Settings Update & security Recovery. 2. In the Advanced startup section, click Restart now Troubleshoot Advanced options. 3. Select a preferred option, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Windows automatic recovery Note: Ensure that your computer is connected to ac power during the recovery process. The Windows recovery environment on your computer operates independently from the Windows 10 operating system. It enables you to recover or repair the operating system even if the Windows 10 operating system fails to start. After two consecutive failed boot attempts, the Windows recovery environment starts automatically. Then you can choose repair and recovery options by following the on-screen instructions. Create and use a recovery USB device It is recommended that you create a recovery USB drive as early as possible as a backup for the Windows recovery programs. With the recovery USB drive, you can troubleshoot and fix the problems even if the preinstalled Windows recovery programs are damaged. If you did not create a recovery USB drive as a precautionary measure, you can contact Lenovo Customer Support Center and purchase one from Lenovo. For a list of the Lenovo Support phone numbers for your country or region, go to:

https://pcsupport.lenovo.com/supportphonelist Create a recovery USB drive Attention: The creation process deletes anything stored on the USB drive. To avoid data loss, make a backup copy of all the data that you want to keep. 1. Ensure that your computer is connected to ac power. 2. Prepare a USB drive with at least 16 GB of storage capacity. The actual USB capacity required depends on the size of the recovery image. 3. Connect the prepared USB drive to the computer. 4. Type recovery in the search box. Then, click Create a recovery drive. 5. Click Yes in the User Account Control window to allow the Recovery Media Creator program to start. 6. In the Recovery Drive window, follow the on-screen instructions to create a recovery USB drive. Use the recovery USB drive 1. Ensure that your computer is connected to ac power. 2. Connect the recovery USB drive to the computer. 3. Turn on or restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F12. The Boot Menu window 4. Select the recovery USB drive as the boot device. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to complete opens. the process. Install Windows 10 and drivers This section provides instructions on installing a Windows 10 operating system and device drivers. Chapter 5. Configure advanced settings 41 Install a Windows 10 operating system Microsoft constantly makes updates to the Windows 10 operating system. Before installing a particular Windows 10 version, check the compatibility list for the Windows version. For details, go to https://

support.lenovo.com/us/en/solutions/windows-support. Attention:

might cause security risks. It is recommended that you update your operating system through official channels. Any unofficial update The process of installing a new operating system deletes all the data on your internal storage drive, including the data stored in a hidden folder. 1. If you are using the Windows BitLocker Drive Encryption feature and your computer has a Trusted Platform Module, ensure that you have disabled the feature. 2. Ensure that the security chip is set to Active. a. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. b. Select Security Security Chip and press Enter. The Security Chip submenu opens. c. Ensure that the security chip for TPM 2.0 is set to Active. d. Press F10 to save the settings and exit. 3. Connect the drive that contains the operating system installation program to the computer. 4. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 5. Select Startup Boot to display the Boot Priority Order submenu. 6. Select the drive that contains the operating system installation program, for example, USB HDD. Then, press Esc. Attention: After you change the startup sequence, ensure that you select the correct device during a copy, a save, or a format operation. If you select the wrong device, the data on that device might be erased or overwritten. 7. Select Restart and ensure that OS Optimized Defaults is enabled. Then, press F10 to save the settings 8. Follow the on-screen instructions to install the device drivers and necessary programs. 9. After installing the device drivers, apply Windows Update to get the latest updates, for example the 10. Go to Microsoft Store to download and install the latest version of Lenovo Vantage. and exit. security patches. Install device drivers You should download the latest driver for a component when you notice poor performance from that component or when you added a component. This action might eliminate the driver as the potential cause of a problem. Download and install the latest driver by one of the following methods:

Open the Vantage app to check the available update packages. Select the update packages you want, and then follow the on-screen instructions to download and install the packages. Go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com and select the entry for your computer. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to download and install necessary drivers and software. 42 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Chapter 6. CRU replacement What are CRUs Customer Replaceable Units (CRUs) are parts that can be upgraded or replaced by the customer. The computers contain the following types of CRUs:

Self-service CRUs: Refer to parts that can be installed or replaced easily by customer themselves or by trained service technicians at an additional cost. Optional-service CRUs: Refer to parts that can be installed or replaced by customers with a greater skill level. Trained service technicians can also provide service to install or replace the parts under the type of warranty designated for the customers machine. If you intend on installing a CRU, Lenovo will ship the CRU to you. CRU information and replacement instructions are shipped with your product and are available from Lenovo at any time upon request. You might be required to return the defective part that is replaced by the CRU. When return is required: (1) return instructions, a prepaid shipping label, and a container will be included with the replacement CRU; and (2) you might be charged for the replacement CRU if Lenovo does not receive the defective CRU within thirty (30) days of your receipt of the replacement CRU. For full details, see the Lenovo Limited Warranty documentation at https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02. Refer to the following CRU list for your computer. ThinkPad Pen Pro (for L13 Yoga Gen 2 / S2 Yoga Gen 6 only) Self-service CRUs ac power adapter Power cord Optional-service CRUs Base cover assembly Keyboard M.2 solid-state drive M.2 solid-state drive bracket*

* for selected models Note: Replacement of any parts not listed above, including the built-in rechargeable battery, must be done by a Lenovo-authorized repair facility or technician. Go to https://support.lenovo.com/partnerlocation for more information. Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery Before replacing any CRU, ensure that you disable Fast Startup first and then disable the built-in battery. To disable Fast Startup:

1. Go to Control Panel and view by Large icons or Small icons. 2. Click Power Options, and then click Choose what the power buttons do on the left pane. 3. Click Change settings that are currently unavailable at the top. 4. If prompted by User Account Control (UAC), click Yes. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 43 1. Restart your computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS 5. Clear the Turn on fast startup check box, and then click Save changes. To disable the built-in battery:

menu. 2. Select Config Power. The Power submenu is displayed. 3. Select Disable Built-in Battery and press Enter. 4. Select Yes in the Setup Confirmation window. The built-in battery is disabled and the computer turns off automatically. Wait three to five minutes to let the computer cool. Replace a CRU Follow the replacement procedure to replace a CRU. Base cover assembly Prerequisite Before you start, read Appendix A Important safety information on page 59 and print the following instructions. Note: When your computer is connected to ac power, do not remove the base cover assembly. Otherwise, there might be a risk of short circuits. Replacement procedure 1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 43. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn over the computer. 4. Loosen the screws that secure the base cover assembly 1 . Then, pry up the latches and remove the base cover assembly 2 . 44 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide 5. Install the new base cover assembly in place 1 . Ensure that the latches of the base cover assembly are secured under the base cover assembly 2 . Then, tighten the screws to secure the base cover assembly 3 . 6. Turn over the computer. Connect the ac power adapter and all disconnected cables to the computer. Troubleshooting If the computer does not start up after you reinstall the base cover assembly, disconnect the ac power adapter and then reconnect it to the computer. M.2 solid-state drive and bracket Prerequisite Before you start, read Appendix A Important safety information on page 59 and print the following instructions. Attention: If you replace a solid-state drive, you might need to install a new operating system. For details on how to install a new operating system, see Install Windows 10 and drivers on page 41. The M.2 solid-state drive is sensitive. Inappropriate handling might cause damage and permanent loss of data. When handling the M.2 solid-state drive, observe the following guidelines:

Replace the M.2 solid-state drive only for upgrade or repair. The M.2 solid-state drive is not designed for frequent changes or replacement. Before replacing the M.2 solid-state drive, make a backup copy of all the data that you want to keep. Do not apply pressure to the M.2 solid-state drive. Do not touch the contact edge or circuit board of the M.2 solid-state drive. Otherwise, the M.2 solid-state drive might get damaged. Do not make the M.2 solid-state drive subject to physical shocks or vibration. Put the M.2 solid-state drive on a soft material, such as cloth, to absorb physical shocks. Chapter 6. CRU replacement 45 Replacement procedure for the short M.2 solid-state drive 1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 43. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn over the computer. 4. Remove the base cover assembly. See Base cover assembly on page 44. 5. Remove the M.2 solid-state drive:

a. Remove the screw that secures the M.2 solid-state drive bracket 1 . Then, remove the M.2 solid-

state drive with the bracket out of the drive slot 2 . b. Turn over the M.2 solid-state drive with the bracket and remove the screw 1 . Then, remove the M.2 solid-state drive from the bracket 2 . 46 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide 6. Install a new M.2 solid-state drive:

a. Install the screw to secure the new M.2 solid-state drive on the bracket. b. Turn over the new M.2 solid-state drive with the bracket. Insert the new M.2 solid-state drive to the drive slot 1 . Then, pivot the bracket downward and install the screw to secure the bracket 2 . 7. Reinstall the base cover assembly. 8. Turn over the computer. Connect the ac power adapter and all disconnected cables to the computer. Replacement procedure for the long M.2 solid-state drive 1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 43. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn over the computer. 4. Remove the base cover assembly. See Base cover assembly on page 44. 5. Remove the screw that secures the M.2 solid-state drive 1 . Then, remove the drive from the drive slot 2 . Chapter 6. CRU replacement 47 6. Insert the new M.2 solid-state drive to the drive slot 1 . Then, pivot the drive downward and install the screw to secure the drive 2 . 7. Reinstall the base cover assembly. 8. Turn over the computer. Connect the ac power adapter and all disconnected cables to the computer. Keyboard Prerequisite Before you start, read Appendix A Important safety information on page 59 and print the following instructions. Replacement procedure Note: You might be instructed to slide the keyboard frame forward or backward in some of the following steps. In this case, ensure that you do not press or hold the keys while sliding the keyboard frame. Otherwise, the keyboard frame cannot be moved. 48 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide 1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 43. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Take the tool out of the new keyboard package. Insert the tabs a and b into the slot between the TrackPoint buttons and the trackpad 1 . Slightly pivot the tool downward 2 to release the left and right TrackPoint buttons. Then, remove the two TrackPoint buttons 3 . Note: If your new keyboard is not shipped with the special tool shown in the following procedure, you can use alternative tools to pry up the TrackPoint buttons. 4. Loosen the screws that secure the keyboard. Chapter 6. CRU replacement 49 5. Insert the tabs c and d into the two dents near the two screw heads as shown. 6. Pivot the tool in the direction as shown to release the keyboard 1 . Push the keyboard in the direction as shown by arrows 2 to release the latches from the keyboard bezel. 7. Pivot the keyboard slightly upward 1 and then turn over the keyboard 2 . 50 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide 8. Put the keyboard on the palm rest as shown and detach the connectors. Then, remove the keyboard. 9. Attach the connectors and then turn over the keyboard. 10. Insert the keyboard into the keyboard bezel as shown. Ensure that the top edge of the keyboard (the edge that is close to the display) is under the keyboard bezel. Chapter 6. CRU replacement 51 11. Slide the keyboard in the direction as shown. Ensure that the latches are secured under the keyboard frame. 12. Tighten the screws to secure the keyboard. 13. Take the new TrackPoint buttons out of the new keyboard package. Install the TrackPoint buttons as shown. 14. Connect the ac power adapter and all disconnected cables to the computer. 52 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Chapter 7. Help and support Frequently asked questions How do I access Control Panel?

Open the Start menu and click Windows System Control Panel. Use Windows Search. How do I turn off my computer?

Open the Start menu and click Power. Then, click Shut down. How do I partition my storage drive?

https://support.lenovo.com/solutions/ht503851 What do I do if my computer stops responding. What do I do if I spill liquid on the computer?

1. Press and hold the power button until the computer turns off. Then, restart the computer. 2. If step 1 does not work:

For models with an emergency reset hole: Insert a straightened paper clip into the emergency reset hole to cut off power supply temporarily. Then, restart the computer with ac power connected. For models without an emergency reset hole:

For models with the removable battery, remove the removable battery and disconnect all power sources. Then, reconnect to ac power and restart the computer. For models with the built-in battery, disconnect all power sources. Press and hold the power button for about seven seconds. Then, reconnect to ac power and restart the computer. 1. Carefully unplug the ac power adapter and turn off the computer immediately. The more quickly you stop the current from passing through the computer the more likely you will reduce damage from short circuits. Attention: Although you might lose some data or work by turning off the computer immediately, leaving the computer on might make your computer unusable. 2. Do not try to drain out the liquid by turning over the computer. If your computer has keyboard drainage holes on the bottom, the liquid will be drained out through the holes. 3. Wait until you are certain that all the liquid is dry before turning on your computer. How do I enter the UEFI BIOS menu?

Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. How do I disable my trackpad?

1. Open the Start menu, and then click Settings Devices Touchpad. 2. In the Touchpad section, turn off the Touchpad control. Where can I get the latest device drivers and UEFI BIOS?

Update UEFI BIOS on page 40. From the Vantage app. See Install Windows 10 and drivers on page 41 and Download from Lenovo Support Web site at https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 53 Error messages If you see a message that is not included in the following table, record the error message first, then shut down the computer and call Lenovo for help. See Lenovo Customer Support Center on page 57. Message Solution 0190: Critical low-battery error The computer turned off because the battery power is low. Connect the ac power adapter to the computer and charge the batteries. 0191: System Security - Invalid remote change requested The system configuration change has failed. Confirm the operation and try again. 0199: System Security - Security password retry count exceeded. This message is displayed when you enter a wrong supervisor password more than three times. Confirm the supervisor password and try again. 0271: Check Date and Time settings. The date or the time is not set in the computer. Enter the UEFI BIOS menu and set the date and time. 210x/211x: Detection/Read error on HDDx/SSDx The storage drive is not working. Reinstall the storage drive. If the problem still exists, replace the storage drive. Note:

This error indicates that the operating system or programs cannot create, modify, or delete data in the non-volatile system UEFI variable storage due to insufficient storage space after POST. The non-volatile system UEFI variable storage is used by the UEFI BIOS and by the operating system or programs. This error occurs when the operating system or programs store large amounts of data in the variable storage. All data needed for POST, such as UEFI BIOS setup settings, chipset, or platform configuration data, are stored in a separate UEFI variable storage. Press F1 after the error message is displayed to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. A dialog asks for confirmation to clean up the storage. If you select Yes, all data that were created by the operating system or programs will be deleted except global variables defined by the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Specification. If you select No, all data will be kept, but the operating system or programs will not be able to create, modify, or delete data in the storage. If this error happens at a service center, Lenovo authorized service personnel will clean up the non-volatile system UEFI variable storage using the preceding solution. The thermal fan might not work correctly. After the error message is displayed, press ESC within five seconds to start up the computer with limited performance. Otherwise, the computer will shut down immediately. If the problem still exists when you starts up next time, have your computer serviced. Error: The non-volatile system UEFI variable storage is nearly full. Fan error. Press ESC to startup with limited performance. 54 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Beep errors Lenovo SmartBeep technology enables you to decode beep errors with your smartphone when a black screen occurs with beeps from your computer. To decode the beep error with Lenovo SmartBeep technology:

1. Go to https://support.lenovo.com/smartbeep or scan the following QR Code. 2. Download the proper diagnostic app and install it on your smartphone. 3. Run the diagnostic app and place the smartphone near the computer. 4. Press Fn on your computer to emit the beep again. The diagnostic app decodes the beep error and shows possible solutions on the smartphone. Note: Do not attempt to service a product yourself unless instructed to do so by the Customer Support Center or product documentation. Only use a Lenovo-authorized service provider to repair your product. Chapter 7. Help and support 55 Use the following self-help resources to learn more about the computer and troubleshoot problems. Self-help resources Resources Use the Vantage app to:

Configure device settings. Download and install UEFI BIOS, drivers, and firmware updates. Secure your computer from outside threats. Diagnose hardware problems. Check the computer warranty status. Access User Guide and helpful articles. Product documentation:

Safety and Warranty Guide Setup Guide This User Guide Regulatory Notice Lenovo Support Web site with the latest support information of the following:

Drivers and software Diagnostic solutions Product and service warranty Product and parts details Knowledge base and frequently asked questions Windows help information Call Lenovo How to access?

Type Vantage in the search box. Go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. Then, follow the on-

screen instructions to filter out the documentation you want. https://pcsupport.lenovo.com Open the Start menu and click Get Help or Tips. Use Windows Search or the Cortana personal assistant. Microsoft support Web site: https://

support.microsoft.com If you have tried to correct the problem yourself and still need help, you can call Lenovo Customer Support Center. Before you contact Lenovo Prepare the following before you contact Lenovo:

1. Record the problem symptoms and details:

What is the problem? Is it continuous or intermittent?

Any error message or error code?

What operating system are you using? Which version?

Which software applications were running at the time of the problem?

56 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Can the problem be reproduced? If so, how?

2. Record the system information:

Product name Machine type and serial number The following illustration shows where to find the machine type and serial number of your computer. Lenovo Customer Support Center During the warranty period, you can call Lenovo Customer Support Center for help. Telephone numbers For a list of the Lenovo Support phone numbers for your country or region, go to https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com/supportphonelist for the latest phone numbers. Note: Phone numbers are subject to change without notice. If the number for your country or region is not provided, contact your Lenovo reseller or Lenovo marketing representative. Services available during the warranty period Problem determination - Trained personnel are available to assist you with determining if you have a hardware problem and deciding what action is necessary to fix the problem. Lenovo hardware repair - If the problem is determined to be caused by Lenovo hardware under warranty, trained service personnel are available to provide the applicable level of service. Engineering change management - Occasionally, there might be changes that are required after a product has been sold. Lenovo or your reseller, if authorized by Lenovo, will make selected Engineering Changes

(ECs) that apply to your hardware available. Services not covered Replacement or use of parts not manufactured for or by Lenovo or nonwarranted parts Identification of software problem sources Configuration of UEFI BIOS as part of an installation or upgrade Chapter 7. Help and support 57 Changes, modifications, or upgrades to device drivers Installation and maintenance of network operating systems (NOS) Installation and maintenance of programs For the terms and conditions of the Lenovo Limited Warranty that apply to your Lenovo hardware product, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02 https://pcsupport.lenovo.com/warrantylookup Purchase additional services During and after the warranty period, you can purchase additional services from Lenovo at https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com/warrantyupgrade. Service availability and service name might vary by country or region. 58 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Appendix A. Important safety information Safety notices This information can help you safely use your computer. Follow and retain all information included with your computer. The information in this document does not alter the terms of your purchase agreement or the Limited Warranty. For more information, see Safety and Warranty Guide that comes with your computer. Customer safety is important. Our products are developed to be safe and effective. However, personal computers are electronic devices. Power cords, power adapters, and other features can create potential safety risks that can result in physical injury or property damage, especially if misused. To reduce these risks, follow the instructions included with your product, observe all warnings on the product and in the operating instructions, and review the information included in this document carefully. By carefully following the information contained in this document and provided with your product, you can help protect yourself from hazards and create a safer computer work environment. Note: This information includes references to power adapters and batteries. In addition, some products

(such as speakers and monitors) ship with external power adapters. If you have such a product, this information applies to your product. In addition, computer products contain a coin-sized internal battery that provides power to the system clock even when the computer is unplugged, so the battery safety information applies to all computer products. Important information about using your computer Ensure that you follow the important tips given here to get the most use and enjoyment out of your computer. Failure to do so might lead to discomfort or injury, or cause the computer to fail. Protect yourself from the heat that your computer generates. When your computer is turned on or the battery is charging, the base, the palm rest, and some other parts may become hot. The temperature they reach depends on the amount of system activity and the level of charge in the battery. Extended contact with your body, even through clothing, could cause discomfort or even a skin burn. Avoid keeping your hands, your lap, or any other part of your body in contact with a hot section of the computer for any extended time. Periodically take your hands away from the keyboard by lifting your hands from the palm rest. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 59 Protect yourself from the heat generated by the ac power adapter. Prevent your computer from getting wet. Protect the cables from being damaged. Protect your computer and data when moving it. When the ac power adapter is connected to an electrical outlet and your computer, it generates heat. Extended contact with your body, even through clothing, may cause a skin burn. Do not place the ac power adapter in contact with any part of your body while it is in use. Never use it to warm your body. Do not wrap the cords around the ac power adapter while in use. To avoid spills and the danger of electrical shock, keep liquids away from your computer. Applying strong force to cables may damage or break them. Route communication lines, or the cables of an ac power adapter, a mouse, a keyboard, a printer, or any other electronic device, so that they cannot be walked on, tripped over, pinched by your computer or other objects, or in any way subject to treatment that could interfere with the operation of your computer. Before moving a computer equipped with a storage drive, do one of the following:

Turn it off. Put it in sleep mode. Put it in hibernation mode. This helps to prevent damage to the computer, and possible loss of data. 60 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Handle your computer gently. Carry your computer carefully. Do not drop, bump, scratch, twist, hit, vibrate, push, or place heavy objects on your computer, display, or external devices. Use a quality carrying case that provides adequate cushioning and protection. Do not pack your computer in a tightly packed suitcase or bag. Before putting your computer in a carrying case, make sure that it is off, in sleep mode, or in hibernation mode. Do not put a computer in a carrying case while it is turned on. Conditions that require immediate action Products can become damaged due to misuse or neglect. Some product damage is serious enough that the product should not be used again until it has been inspected and, if necessary, repaired by an authorized servicer. As with any electronic device, pay close attention to the product when it is turned on. On very rare occasions, you might notice an odor or see a puff of smoke or sparks vent from your product. You might also hear sounds like popping, cracking, or hissing. These might merely mean that an internal electronic component has failed in a safe and controlled manner. Or, they might indicate a potential safety issue. Do not take risks or attempt to diagnose the situation yourself. Contact the Customer Support Center for further guidance. For a list of Service and Support phone numbers, see the following Web site:

https://pcsupport.lenovo.com/supportphonelist Frequently inspect your computer and its components for damage, wear, or signs of danger. If you have any question about the condition of a component, do not use the product. Contact the Customer Support Center or the product manufacturer for instructions on how to inspect the product and have it repaired, if necessary. In the unlikely event that you notice any of the following conditions, or if you have any safety concerns with your product, stop using the product and unplug it from the power source and telecommunication lines until you can speak to the Customer Support Center for further guidance. Appendix A. Important safety information 61 Power cords, plugs, power adapters, extension cords, surge protectors, or power supplies that are cracked, broken, or damaged. Signs of overheating, smoke, sparks, or fire. Damage to a battery (such as cracks, dents, or creases), discharge from a battery, or a buildup of foreign substances on the battery. A cracking, hissing, or popping sound, or strong odor that comes from the product. Signs that liquid has been spilled or an object has fallen onto the computer product, the power cord, or power adapter. The computer product, power cord, or power adapter has been exposed to water. The product has been dropped or damaged in any way. The product does not operate normally when you follow the operating instructions. Note: If you notice these conditions with a product (such as an extension cord) that is not manufactured for or by Lenovo, stop using that product until you can contact the product manufacturer for further instructions, or until you get a suitable replacement. Service and upgrades Do not attempt to service a product yourself unless instructed to do so by the Customer Support Center or your documentation. Only use a Service Provider who is approved to repair your particular product. Note: Some computer parts can be upgraded or replaced by the customer. Upgrades typically are referred to as options. Replacement parts approved for customer installation are referred to as Customer Replaceable Units, or CRUs. Lenovo provides documentation with instructions when it is appropriate for customers to install options or replace CRUs. You must closely follow all instructions when installing or replacing parts. The Off state of a power indicator does not necessarily mean that voltage levels inside a product are zero. Before you remove the covers from a product equipped with a power cord, always ensure that the power is turned off and that the product is unplugged from any power source. If you have any questions or concerns, contact the Customer Support Center. Although there are no moving parts in your computer after the power cord has been disconnected, the following warnings are required for your safety. Keep fingers and other parts of your body away from hazardous, moving parts. If you suffer an injury, seek medical care immediately. Do not touch hot surface of hot components inside the computer. During operation, some components become hot enough to burn the skin. Before you open the computer cover, turn off the computer, disconnect power, and wait approximately 10 minutes for the components to cool. After replacing a CRU, reinstall all protective covers, including the computer cover, before connecting power and operating the computer. This action is important to help prevent unexpected electrical shock and help ensure the containment of an unexpected fire that could happen under extremely rare conditions. 62 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide When replacing CRUs, be cautious of sharp edges or corners that might cause injury. If you suffer an injury, seek medical care immediately. Power cords and power adapters DANGER Use only the power cords and power adapters supplied by the product manufacturer. The power cords shall be safety approved. For Germany, it shall be H03VV-F, 3G, 0.75 mm2, or better. For other countries, the suitable types shall be used accordingly. Never wrap a power cord around a power adapter or other object. Doing so can stress the cord in ways that can cause the cord to fray, crack, or crimp. This can present a safety hazard. Always route power cords so that they will not be walked on, tripped over, or pinched by objects. Protect power cords and power adapters from liquids. For instance, do not leave your power cord or power adapter near sinks, tubs, toilets, or on floors that are cleaned with liquid cleansers. Liquids can cause a short circuit, particularly if the power cord or power adapter has been stressed by misuse. Liquids also can cause gradual corrosion of power cord terminals and/or the connector terminals on a power adapter, which can eventually result in overheating. Ensure that all power cord connectors are securely and completely plugged into receptacles. Do not use any power adapter that shows corrosion at the ac input pins or shows signs of overheating (such as deformed plastic) at the ac input pins or anywhere on the power adapter. Do not use any power cords where the electrical contacts on either end show signs of corrosion or overheating or where the power cord appears to have been damaged in any way. To prevent possible overheating, do not cover the power adapter with clothing or other objects when the power adapter is plugged into an electrical outlet. Extension cords and related devices Ensure that extension cords, surge protectors, uninterruptible power supplies, and power strips that you use are rated to handle the electrical requirements of the product. Never overload these devices. If power strips are used, the load should not exceed the power strip input rating. Consult an electrician for more information if you have questions about power loads, power requirements, and input ratings. Appendix A. Important safety information 63 Plugs and outlets DANGER If a receptacle (power outlet) that you intend to use with your computer equipment appears to be damaged or corroded, do not use the outlet until it is replaced by a qualified electrician. Do not bend or modify the plug. If the plug is damaged, contact the manufacturer to obtain a replacement. Do not share an electrical outlet with other home or commercial appliances that draw large amounts of electricity; otherwise, unstable voltage might damage your computer, data, or attached devices. Some products are equipped with a three-pronged plug. This plug fits only into a grounded electrical outlet. This is a safety feature. Do not defeat this safety feature by trying to insert it into a non-grounded outlet. If you cannot insert the plug into the outlet, contact an electrician for an approved outlet adapter or to replace the outlet with one that enables this safety feature. Never overload an electrical outlet. The overall system load should not exceed 80 percent of the branch circuit rating. Consult an electrician for more information if you have questions about power loads and branch circuit ratings. Be sure that the power outlet you are using is properly wired, easily accessible, and located close to the equipment. Do not fully extend power cords in a way that will stress the cords. Be sure that the power outlet provides the correct voltage and current for the product you are installing. Carefully connect and disconnect the equipment from the electrical outlet. Power supply statement Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached. Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached. There are no serviceable parts inside these components. If you suspect a problem with one of these parts, contact a service technician. External devices CAUTION:

Do not connect or disconnect any external device cables other than Universal Serial Bus (USB) and 1394 cables while the computer power is on; otherwise, you might damage your computer. To avoid possible damage to attached devices, wait at least five seconds after the computer is shut down to disconnect external devices. 64 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide General battery notice DANGER Batteries supplied by Lenovo for use with your product have been tested for compatibility and should only be replaced with approved parts. A battery other than the one specified by Lenovo, or a disassembled or modified battery is not covered by the warranty. Battery abuse or mishandling can cause overheat, liquid leakage, or an explosion. To avoid possible injury:

Do not open, dissemble, or service any battery. Do not crush or puncture the battery. Do not short-circuit the battery, or expose it to water or other liquids. Keep the battery away from children. Keep the battery away from fire. Stop using the battery if it is damaged, or if you notice any discharge or the buildup of foreign materials on the battery leads. Store the rechargeable batteries or products containing the rechargeable batteries at room temperature, charged to approximately 30 to 50% of capacity. We recommend that the batteries be charged about once per year to prevent overdischarge. Do not put the battery in trash that is disposed of in landfills. When disposing of the battery, comply with local ordinances or regulations. Notice for built-in rechargeable battery DANGER Do not attempt to remove or replace the built-in rechargeable battery. Replacement of the battery must be done by a Lenovo-authorized repair facility or technician. Only recharge the battery strictly according to instructions included in the product documentation. The Lenovo-authorized repair facilities or technicians recycle Lenovo batteries according to local laws and regulations. Lithium coin-cell battery notice DANGER Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. If the coin-cell battery is not a CRU, do not attempt to replace the coin-cell battery. Replacement of the battery must be done by a Lenovo-authorized repair facility or technician. Appendix A. Important safety information 65 The Lenovo-authorized repair facilities or technicians recycle Lenovo batteries according to local laws and regulations. When replacing the lithium coin-cell battery, use only the same type or equivalent type that is recommended by the manufacturer. The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used, handled, or disposed of. Swallowing the lithium coin-cell battery will cause chocking or severe internal burns in just two hours and might even result in death. Keep batteries away from children. If the lithium coin-cell battery is swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek medical care immediately. Do not:

Throw or immerse into water Heat to more than 100 C (212F) Repair or disassemble Leave in an extremely low air pressure environment Leave in an extremely high-temperature environment Crush, puncture, cut, or incinerate Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations. The following statement applies to users in the state of California, U.S.A. California Perchlorate Information:

Products containing manganese dioxide lithium coin-cell batteries may contain perchlorate. Perchlorate Material - special handling may apply, see https://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/

perchlorate/. 66 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Heat and product ventilation DANGER Computers, ac power adapters, and many accessories can generate heat when turned on and when batteries are charging. Notebook computers can generate a significant amount of heat due to their compact size. Always follow these basic precautions:

When your computer is turned on or the battery is charging, the base, the palm rest, and some other parts may become hot. Avoid keeping your hands, your lap, or any other part of your body in contact with a hot section of the computer for any extended length of time. When you use the keyboard, avoid keeping your palms on the palm rest for a prolonged period of time. Your computer generates some heat during normal operation. The amount of heat depends on the amount of system activity and the battery charge level. Extended contact with your body, even through clothing, could cause discomfort or even a skin burn. Periodically take breaks from using the keyboard by lifting your hands from the palm rest; and be careful not to use the keyboard for any extended length of time. Do not operate your computer or charge the battery near flammable materials or in explosive environments. Ventilation slots, fans and/or heat sinks are provided with the product for safety, comfort, and reliable operation. These features might inadvertently become blocked by placing the product on a bed, sofa, carpet, or other flexible surface. Never block, cover, or disable these features. When the ac power adapter is connected to an electrical outlet and your computer, it generates heat. Do not place the adapter in contact with any part of your body while using it. Never use the ac power adapter to warm your body. Extended contact with your body, even through clothing, may cause a skin burn. For your safety, always follow these basic precautions with your computer:

Keep the cover closed whenever the computer is plugged in. Regularly inspect the outside of the computer for dust accumulation. Remove dust from vents and any perforations in the bezel. More frequent cleanings might be required for computers in dusty or high-traffic areas. Do not restrict or block any ventilation openings. Do not operate your computer inside furniture, as this might increase the risk of overheating. Airflow temperatures into the computer should not exceed 35C (95F). Appendix A. Important safety information 67 Electrical current safety information DANGER Electric current from power, telephone, and communication cables is hazardous. To avoid a shock hazard:

Do not use your computer during a lightning storm. Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation, maintenance, or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical storm. Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded electrical outlet. Connect properly wired outlets to any equipment that will be attached to this product. Whenever possible, use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal cables. Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire, water, or structural damage. Disconnect the attached power cords, battery, and all the cables before you open the device covers, unless instructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures. Do not use your computer until all internal parts enclosures are fastened into place. Never use the computer when internal parts and circuits are exposed. DANGER Connect and disconnect cables as described in the following procedures when installing, moving, or opening covers on this product or attached devices. To connect:

To disconnect:

1. Turn everything OFF. 1. Turn everything OFF. 2. First, attach all cables to devices. 2. First, remove power cords from outlets. 3. Attach signal cables to connectors. 3. Remove signal cables from connectors. 4. Attach power cords to outlets. 4. Remove all cables from devices. 5. Turn devices ON. The power cord must be disconnected from the wall outlet or receptacle before installing all other electrical cables connected to the computer. The power cord may be reconnected to the wall outlet or receptacle only after all other electrical cables have been connected to the computer. DANGER During electrical storms, do not perform any replacement and do not connect the telephone cable to or disconnect it from the telephone outlet on the wall. 68 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Liquid crystal display (LCD) notice CAUTION:

The liquid crystal display (LCD) is made of glass, and rough handling or dropping the computer can cause the LCD to break. If the LCD breaks and the internal fluid gets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately wash the affected areas with water for at least 15 minutes; if any symptoms are present after washing, get medical care. Note: For products with mercury-containing fluorescent lamps (for example, non-LED), the fluorescent lamp in the liquid crystal display (LCD) contains mercury; dispose of according to local, state, or federal laws. Use earphones, headphones, or a headset Excessive sound pressure from earphones and headphones can cause hearing loss. Adjustment of the equalizer to maximum increases the earphone and headphone output voltage and the sound pressure level. Therefore, to protect your hearing, adjust the equalizer to an appropriate level. Excessive use of headphones or earphones for a long period of time at high volume can be dangerous if the output of the headphone or earphone connectors do not comply with specifications of EN 50332-2. The headphone output connector of your computer complies with EN 50332-2 Sub clause 7. This specification limits the computers maximum wide band true RMS output voltage to 150 mV. To help protect against hearing loss, ensure that the headphones or earphones you use also comply with EN 50332-2 (Clause 7 limits) for a wide band characteristic voltage of 75 mV. Using headphones that do not comply with EN 50332-

2 can be dangerous due to excessive sound pressure levels. If your Lenovo computer came with headphones or earphones in the packaging, as a set, the combination of the headphones or earphones and the computer already complies with the specifications of EN 50332-1. If different headphones or earphones are used, ensure that they comply with EN 50332-1 (Clause 6.5 Limitation Values). Using headphones that do not comply with EN 50332-1 can be dangerous due to excessive sound pressure levels. Choking hazard notice CHOKING HAZARD Product contains small parts. Keep away from children under three years. Plastic bag notice DANGER Plastic bags can be dangerous. Keep plastic bags away from babies and children to avoid danger of suffocation. Appendix A. Important safety information 69 Glass parts notice CAUTION:

Some parts of your product may be made of glass. This glass could break if the product is dropped on a hard surface or receives a substantial impact. If glass breaks, do not touch or attempt to remove it. Stop using your product until the glass is replaced by trained service personnel. Static electricity prevention Static electricity, although harmless to you, can seriously damage computer components and options. Improper handling of static-sensitive parts can damage the part. When you unpack an option or CRU, do not open the static-protective package containing the part until the instructions direct you to install it. When you handle options or CRUs, or perform any work inside the computer, take the following precautions to avoid static-electricity damage:

Limit your movement. Movement can cause static electricity to build up around you. Always handle components carefully. Handle adapters, memory modules, and other circuit boards by the edges. Never touch exposed circuitry. Prevent others from touching components. When you install a static-sensitive option or CRU, touch the static-protective packaging containing the part to a metal expansion-slot cover or other unpainted metal surface on the computer for at least two seconds. This reduces static electricity in the package and your body. When possible, remove the static-sensitive part from the static-protective packaging and install the part without setting it down. When this is not possible, place the static-protective packaging on a smooth, level surface and place the part on it. Do not place the part on the computer cover or other metal surface. Operating environment Maximum altitude (without pressurization) 3048 m (10 000 ft) Temperature Operating: 5C to 35C (41F to 95F) Storage and transportation in original shipping packaging: -20C to 60C (-4F to 140F) Storage without packaging: 5C to 43C (41F to 109F) Note: When you charge the battery, its temperature must be no lower than 10C (50F). Relative humidity Operating: 8% to 95% at wet-bulb temperature 23C (73F) Storage and transportation: 5% to 95% at wet-bulb temperature 27C (81F) Cleaning and maintenance With appropriate care and maintenance, your computer will serve you reliably. The following topics offer information to help you keep your computer working with best performance. 70 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide adapter plug. cords and cables. display. Basic maintenance tips Here are some basic points about keeping your computer functioning properly:

If possible, place your computer in a well-ventilated and dry area without direct exposure to sunshine. Store packing materials safely out of the reach of children to prevent the risk of suffocation from plastic bags.

(more than 13 cm or 5 inches). Keep your computer away from magnets, activated cellular phones, electrical appliances, or speakers Avoid subjecting your computer to extreme temperatures (below 5C/41F or above 35C/95F). Avoid placing any objects (including paper) between the display and the keyboard or the palm rest. Computer display might be designed to be opened and used at a certain angle. Do not open the display with force. Otherwise, the computer hinge might get damaged. Do not turn your computer over when the ac power adapter is plugged in, otherwise, it could break the Before moving your computer, be sure to remove any media, turn off attached devices, and disconnect When picking up your open computer, hold it by the bottom. Do not pick up or hold your computer by the Only an authorized Lenovo repair technician should disassemble and repair your computer. Do not modify or tape the latches to keep the display open or closed. Avoid directly exposing your computer and peripherals to the air from an appliance that can produce negative ions. Wherever possible, ground your computer to facilitate safe electrostatic discharge. Clean your computer It is a good practice to clean your computer periodically to protect the surfaces and ensure trouble-free operation. Clean the computer cover: Wipe it with a lint-free cloth dampened in mild soap and water. Avoid applying liquids directly to the cover. Clean the keyboard: Wipe the keys one by one with a lint-free cloth dampened in mild soap and water. If you wipe several keys at a time, the cloth might hook onto an adjacent key and possibly damage it. Avoid spraying cleaner directly onto the keyboard. To remove any crumbs or dust from beneath the keys, you can use a camera blower with a brush or use cool air from a hair dryer. Clean the computer screen: Scratches, oil, dust, chemicals, and ultraviolet light can affect the performance of your computer screen. Use a dry, soft lint-free cloth to wipe the screen gently. If you see a scratchlike mark on your screen, it might be a stain. Wipe or dust the stain gently with a soft, dry cloth. If the stain remains, moisten a soft, lint-free cloth with water or eyeglass cleaner, but do not apply liquids directly to your computer screen. Ensure that the computer screen is dry before closing it. Appendix A. Important safety information 71 72 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Appendix B. Accessibility and ergonomic information This chapter provides information about accessibility and ergonomics. Accessibility information Lenovo is committed to providing users who have hearing, vision, and mobility limitations with greater access to information and technology. This section provides information about the ways these users can get the most out of their computer experience. You also can get the most up-to-date accessibility information from the following Web site:

https://www.lenovo.com/accessibility Keyboard shortcuts The following list contains keyboard shortcuts that can help make your computer easier to use. Note: Depending on your keyboard, some of the following keyboard shortcuts might not be available. Windows logo key + U: Open Ease of Access Center Right Shift for eight seconds: Turn on or turn off Filter Keys Shift five times: Turn on or turn off Sticky Keys Num Lock for five seconds: Turn on or turn off Toggle Keys Left Alt+Left Shift+Num Lock: Turn on or turn off Mouse Keys Left Alt+Left Shift+PrtScn (or PrtSc): Turn on or turn off High Contrast For more information, go to https://windows.microsoft.com, and then search using any of the following keywords: keyboard shortcuts, key combinations, shortcut keys. Ease of Access Center Ease of Access Center on the Windows operating system enables you to configure your computers to suit their physical and cognitive needs. To access Ease of Access Center:

1. Go to Control Panel and view by Category. 2. Click Ease of Access Ease of Access Center. 3. Choose the appropriate tool by following the on-screen instructions. Ease of Access Center mainly includes the following tools:

Magnifier Narrator On-Screen Keyboard Magnifier is a useful utility that enlarges the entire screen or part of the screen so that you can see the items better. Narrator is a screen reader that reads what is displayed on the screen aloud and describes events such as error messages. If you prefer to type or enter data into your computer using a mouse, joystick, or other pointing device instead of a physical keyboard, you can use On-Screen Keyboard. On-Screen Keyboard displays a visual Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 73 keyboard with all the standard keys. You can select keys using the mouse or another pointing device, or you can tap to select the keys if your computer supports multi-touch screen. High Contrast is a feature that heightens the color contrast of some text and images on your screen. As a result, those items are more distinct and easier to identify. Adjust keyboard settings to make your keyboard easier to use. For example, you can use your keyboard to control the pointer and make the keyboard easier to type certain key combinations. High Contrast Personalized keyboard Personalized mouse Adjust mouse settings to make your mouse easier to use. For example, you can change the pointer appearance and make your mouse easier to manage windows. Speech Recognition Speech Recognition enables you to control your computer by voice. You can use verbal instructions to control the keyboard and mouse. With verbal instructions, you can start programs, open menus, click objects on the screen, dictate text into documents, and write and send e-mails. Screen-reader technologies are primarily focused on software program interfaces, help systems, and various online documents. For additional information about screen readers, see the following:

To use Speech Recognition:

1. Go to Control Panel and view by Category. 2. Click Ease of Access Speech Recognition. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Screen-reader technologies Use PDFs with screen readers:

https://www.adobe.com/accessibility.html?promoid=DJGVE Use the JAWS screen reader:

https://www.freedomscientific.com/Products/Blindness/JAWS Use the NVDA screen reader:

https://www.nvaccess.org/

Screen resolution You can make the text and images on your screen easier to read by adjusting the screen resolution of your computer. To adjust the screen resolution:

2. Follow the on-screen instructions. 1. Right-click a blank area on the desktop and then click Display settings Display. Note: Setting a resolution too low might prevent some items from fitting on the screen. Customizable item size You can make the items on your screen easier to read by changing the item size. To change the item size temporarily, use the Magnifier tool in Ease of Access Center. To change the item size permanently:

74 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Change the size of all the items on your screen. 1. Right-click a blank area on the desktop and then click Display settings Display. 2. Change the item size by following the on-screen instructions. For some applications, your configuration might not take effect until you sign out and then sign in again. Change the size of the items on a Web page. Press and hold Ctrl, and then press the plus-sign key (+) to enlarge or the minus-sign key () to reduce the text size. Change the size of the items on the desktop or a window. Note: This function might not work on some windows. If your mouse has a wheel, press and hold Ctrl, and then scroll the wheel to change the item size. Your computer provides industry-standard connectors that enable you to connect assistive devices. Industry-standard connectors Documentation in accessible formats Lenovo provides electronic documentation in accessible formats, such as properly tagged PDF files or HyperText Markup Language (HTML) files. Lenovo electronic documentation is developed to ensure that visually impaired users can read the documentation through a screen reader. Each image in the documentation also includes adequate alternative text so that visually impaired users can understand the image when they use a screen reader. Ergonomic information Good ergonomic practice is important to get the most from your personal computer and to avoid discomfort. Arrange your workplace and the equipment you use to suit your individual needs and the kind of work that you perform. In addition, use healthy work habits to maximize your performance and comfort when using your computer. Working in the virtual office might mean adapting to frequent changes in your environment. Adapting to the surrounding light sources, active seating, and the placement of your computer hardware, can help you improve your performance and achieve greater comfort. This example shows someone in a conventional setting. Even when not in such a setting, you can follow many of these tips. Develop good habits, and they will serve you well. General posture: Make minor modifications in your working posture to deter the onset of discomfort caused by long periods of working in the same position. Frequent short breaks from your work also help to prevent minor discomfort associated with your working posture. Appendix B. Accessibility and ergonomic information 75 Display: Position the display to maintain a comfortable viewing distance of 510 mm to 760 mm (20 inches to 30 inches). Avoid glare or reflections on the display from overhead lighting or outside sources of light. Keep the display screen clean and set the brightness to levels that enable you to see the screen clearly. Press the brightness control keys to adjust display brightness. Head position: Keep your head and neck in a comfortable and neutral (vertical, or upright) position. Chair: Use a chair that gives you good back support and seat height adjustment. Use chair adjustments to best suit your comfort posture. Arm and hand position: If available, use chair arm rests or an area on your working surface to provide weight support for your arms. Keep your forearms, wrists, and hands in a relaxed and neutral (horizontal) position. Type with a soft touch without pounding the keys. Leg position: Keep your thighs parallel to the floor and your feet flat on the floor or on a footrest. What if you are traveling?

It might not be possible to observe the best ergonomic practices when you are using your computer while on the move or in a casual setting. Regardless of the setting, try to observe as many of the tips as possible. Sitting properly and using adequate lighting, for example, helps you maintain desirable levels of comfort and performance. If your work area is not in an office setting, ensure to take special note of employing active sitting and taking work breaks. Many product solutions are available to help you modify and expand your computer to best suit your needs. You can find some of these options at https://www.lenovo.com/accessories. Explore your options for docking solutions and external products that provide the adjustability and features that you want. Questions about vision?

The visual display screens of notebook computers are designed to meet the highest standards. These visual display screens provide you with clear, crisp images and large, bright displays that are easy to see, yet easy on the eyes. Any concentrated and sustained visual activity can be tiring. If you have questions on eye fatigue or visual discomfort, consult a vision-care specialist for advice. 76 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Appendix C. Supplemental information about the Linux operating system In limited countries or regions, Lenovo offers customers an option to order computers with the preinstalled Linux operating system. If the Linux operating system is available on your computer, read the following information before you use the computer. Ignore any information related to Windows-based programs, utilities, and Lenovo preinstalled applications in this documentation. Access the Lenovo Limited Warranty This product is covered by the terms of the Lenovo Limited Warranty (LLW), version L505-0010-02 08/2011. You can view the LLW in a number of languages from the following Web site. Read the Lenovo Limited Warranty at:

https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02 The LLW also is preinstalled on the computer. To access the LLW:

for Ubuntu, go to /usr/share/doc/lenovo-doc for Fedora, go to /opt/Lenovo If you cannot view the LLW either from the Web site or from your computer, contact your local Lenovo office or reseller to obtain a printed version of the LLW. Access Linux distributions Linux is an open-source operating system, and popular Linux distributions include Ubuntu and Fedora. To learn more about the Ubuntu operating system, go to:

To learn more about the Fedora operating system, go to:

https://www.ubuntu.com https://getfedora.org/

Get support information If you need help, service, technical assistance, or more information about the Linux operating system or other applications, contact the provider of the Linux operating system or the provider of the application. If you need the service and support for hardware components shipped with your computer, contact Lenovo. For more information about how to contact Lenovo, refer to the User Guide and Safety and Warranty Guide. To access the latest User Guide and Safety and Warranty Guide, go to:

https://pcsupport.lenovo.com Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 77 78 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Appendix D. Compliance and TCO Certified information This chapter provides regulatory, environmental, RoHS, and ENERGY STAR information about Lenovo products. Radio frequency compliance statements Computer models equipped with wireless communications comply with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. Besides this document, ensure that you read the Regulatory Notice for your country or region before using the wireless devices contained in your computer. Wireless-related information This topic provides wireless-related information about Lenovo products. Wireless interoperability Wireless-LAN card is designed to be interoperable with any wireless-LAN product that is based on Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS), Complementary Code Keying (CCK), and/or Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) radio technology, and is compliant to:

The 802.11b/g Standard, 802.11a/b/g, 802.11n, 802.11ax, or 802.11ac on wireless-LANs, as defined by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. The Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) certification as defined by the Wi-Fi Alliance. Notes:

Some models may not support 802.11ax, depending on your wireless configurations. For some countries or regions, use of 802.11ax may be disabled according to your local regulations. Usage environment and your health This computer contains integrated wireless cards that operate within the guidelines identified by radio frequency (RF) safety standards and recommendations; therefore, Lenovo believes that this product is safe for use by consumers. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the worldwide scientific community, and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists, who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of wireless devices might be restricted by the proprietor of a building or responsible representatives of an organization. For example, these situations and areas might include the following:

On board of airplanes, in hospitals or near petrol stations, blasting areas (with electro-explosive devices), medical implants or body-worn electronic medical devices, such as pace makers. In any other environment where the risk of interference to other devices or services is perceived or identified as harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless devices in a specific area (such as an airport or hospital), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use a wireless device prior to turning on the computer. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 79 Locate the UltraConnect wireless antennas Your computer has an UltraConnect wireless antenna system. You can enable wireless communication wherever you are. The following illustration shows the antenna locations on your computer:

1 Wireless LAN antenna (main) 2 Wireless LAN antenna (auxiliary) Locate wireless regulatory notices For more information about the wireless regulatory notices, refer to the Regulatory Notice at https://

support.lenovo.com. European Union compliance with the Radio Equipment Directive This product is in conformity with all the requirements and essential norms that apply to EU Council Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to radio equipment. The full text of the system EU declaration of conformity is available at:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Lenovo cannot accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non-recommended modification of the product, including the installation of option cards from other manufacturers. This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class B equipment according to European Standards harmonized in the Directives in compliance. The limits for Class B equipment were derived for typical residential environments to provide reasonable protection against interference with licensed communication devices. Brazil Mexico Este equipamento no tem direito proteo contra interferncia prejudicial e no pode causar interferncia em sistemas devidamente autorizados. This equipment is not protected against harmful interference and may not cause interference with duly authorized systems. Advertencia: En Mexico la operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. 80 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Singapore Korea SAR

( 24002483.5 , 57255825 )

. SAR . SAR

. 20mm

. Environmental information of countries and regions This section provides environmental, recycling, and RoHS information about Lenovo products. Recycling and environmental information Lenovo encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed. Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products. For information about recycling Lenovo products, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/recycling The latest environmental information about our products is available at:

https://www.lenovo.com/ecodeclaration Important battery recycling and WEEE information Take back and recycling information for WEEE and batteries/accumulators in the European Union and the United Kingdom The crossed-out wheeled bin marking applies only to countries with WEEE and batteries waste regulations including the European Union (EU), and United Kingdom (UK). Appliances and batteries/accumulators are labeled in accordance with local regulations concerning waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) and waste batteries and waste accumulators. These regulations Appendix D. Compliance and TCO Certified information 81 determine the framework for the return and recycling of used appliances and used batteries/accumulators as applicable within each geography. This label is applied to various products to indicate that the product is not to be thrown away, but rather put in the established collection systems for reclaiming these end of life products. The label on the battery may also include a chemical symbol for the metal concerned in the battery (Pb for lead, Hg for mercury, and Cd for cadmium). Users of electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) and users of batteries/accumulators with the crossed-out wheeled bin marking must not dispose of end of life products as unsorted municipal waste, but use the collection framework available to them for the return, recycle, and recovery of WEEE and waste batteries/

accumulators and to minimize any potential effects of EEE and batteries on the environment and human health due to the presence of hazardous substances. Lenovo electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) may contain parts and components, which at end-of-life might qualify as hazardous waste. EEE and waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) can be delivered free of charge to the place of sale or any distributor that sells electrical and electronic equipment of the same nature and function as the used EEE or WEEE. Before placing electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) in the waste collection stream or in waste collection facilities, the end user of equipment containing batteries and/or accumulators must remove those batteries and accumulators for separate collection. Dispose of lithium batteries and battery packs from Lenovo products:

A coin-cell type lithium battery might be installed inside your Lenovo product. You can find details about the battery in the product documentation. If the battery needs to be replaced, contact your place of purchase or contact Lenovo for service. If you need to dispose of a lithium battery, insulate it with vinyl tape, contact your place of purchase or a waste-disposal operator, and follow their instructions. Your Lenovo device might contain a lithium-ion battery pack or a nickel metal hydride battery pack. You can find details on the battery pack in the product documentation. If you need to dispose of a battery pack, insulate it with vinyl tape, contact Lenovo sales, service, or your place of purchase, or a waste-disposal operator, and follow their instructions. You also can refer to the instructions provided in the user guide for your product. For proper collection and treatment, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/environment For additional WEEE information, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/recycling WEEE information for Hungary Lenovo, as a producer, bears the cost incurred in connection with the fulfillment of Lenovos obligations under Hungary Law No. 197/2014 (VIII.1.) subsections (1)-(5) of section 12. 82 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Japan recycling statements Collect and recycle a disused Lenovo computer or monitor If you are a company employee and need to dispose of a Lenovo computer or monitor that is the property of the company, you must do so in accordance with the Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources. Computers and monitors are categorized as industrial waste and should be properly disposed of by an industrial waste disposal contractor certified by a local government. In accordance with the Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources, Lenovo Japan provides, through its PC Collecting and Recycling Services, for the collecting, reuse, and recycling of disused computers and monitors. For details, visit the Lenovo Web site at:

https://www.lenovo.com/recycling/japan Pursuant to the Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources, the collecting and recycling of home-

used computers and monitors by the manufacturer was begun on October 1, 2003. This service is provided free of charge for home-used computers sold after October 1, 2003. For details, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/recycling/japan Dispose of Lenovo computer components Some Lenovo computer products sold in Japan may have components that contain heavy metals or other environmental sensitive substances. To properly dispose of disused components, such as a printed circuit board or drive, use the methods described above for collecting and recycling a disused computer or monitor. Dispose of disused lithium batteries from Lenovo computers A button-shaped lithium battery is installed inside your Lenovo computer to provide power to the computer clock while the computer is off or disconnected from the main power source. If you need to replace it with a new one, contact your place of purchase or contact Lenovo for service. If you need to dispose of a disused lithium battery, insulate it with vinyl tape, contact your place of purchase or an industrial-waste-disposal operator, and follow their instructions. Disposal of a lithium battery must comply with local ordinances and regulations. Dispose of a disused battery from Lenovo notebook computers Your Lenovo notebook computer has a lithium ion battery or a nickel metal hydride battery. If you are a company employee who uses a Lenovo notebook computer and need to dispose of a battery, contact the proper person in Lenovo sales, service, or marketing, and follow that person's instructions. You also can refer to the instructions at:

https://www.lenovo.com/jp/ja/environment/recycle/battery/

If you use a Lenovo notebook computer at home and need to dispose of a battery, you must comply with local ordinances and regulations. You also can refer to the instructions at:

https://www.lenovo.com/jp/ja/environment/recycle/battery/

Recycling information for Brazil Declaraes de Reciclagem no Brasil Descarte de um Produto Lenovo Fora de Uso Appendix D. Compliance and TCO Certified information 83 Equipamentos eltricos e eletrnicos no devem ser descartados em lixo comum, mas enviados pontos de coleta, autorizados pelo fabricante do produto para que sejam encaminhados e processados por empresas especializadas no manuseio de resduos industriais, devidamente certificadas pelos orgos ambientais, de acordo com a legislao local. A Lenovo possui um canal especfico para auxili-lo no descarte desses produtos. Caso voc possua um produto Lenovo em situao de descarte, ligue para o nosso SAC ou encaminhe um e-mail para:

reciclar@lenovo.com, informando o modelo, nmero de srie e cidade, a fim de enviarmos as instrues para o correto descarte do seu produto Lenovo. Battery recycling information for the European Union Notice: This mark applies only to countries within the European Union (EU). Batteries or packaging for batteries are labeled in accordance with European Directive 2006/66/EC concerning batteries and accumulators and waste batteries and accumulators. The Directive determines the framework for the return and recycling of used batteries and accumulators as applicable throughout the European Union. This label is applied to various batteries to indicate that the battery is not to be thrown away, but rather reclaimed upon end of life per this Directive. In accordance with the European Directive 2006/66/EC, batteries and accumulators are labeled to indicate that they are to be collected separately and recycled at end of life. The label on the battery may also include a chemical symbol for the metal concerned in the battery (Pb for lead, Hg for mercury, and Cd for cadmium). Users of batteries and accumulators must not dispose of batteries and accumulators as unsorted municipal waste, but use the collection framework available to customers for the return, recycling, and treatment of batteries and accumulators. Customer participation is important to minimize any potential effects of batteries and accumulators on the environment and human health due to the potential presence of hazardous substances. Before placing electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) in the waste collection stream or in waste collection facilities, the end user of equipment containing batteries and/or accumulators must remove those batteries and accumulators for separate collection. Dispose of lithium batteries and battery packs from Lenovo products A coin-cell type lithium battery might be installed inside your Lenovo product. You can find details about the battery in the product documentation. If the battery needs to be replaced, contact your place of purchase or contact Lenovo for service. If you need to dispose of a lithium battery, insulate it with vinyl tape, contact your place of purchase or a waste-disposal operator, and follow their instructions. Dispose of battery packs from Lenovo products Your Lenovo device might contain a lithium-ion battery pack or a nickel metal hydride battery pack. You can find details on the battery pack in the product documentation. If you need to dispose of a battery pack, insulate it with vinyl tape, contact Lenovo sales, service, or your place of purchase, or a waste-disposal operator, and follow their instructions. You also can refer to the instructions provided in the user guide for your product. 84 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide For proper collection and treatment, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/environment Recycling information for mainland China Battery recycling information for Taiwan Battery recycling information for the United States and Canada Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive of countries and regions The latest environmental information about Lenovo products is available at:

https://www.lenovo.com/ecodeclaration European Union RoHS This Lenovo product, with included parts (cables, cords, and so on) meets the requirements of Directive 2011/65/EU on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment ("RoHS recast" or "RoHS 2"). For more information about Lenovo worldwide compliance on RoHS, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/rohs-communication Appendix D. Compliance and TCO Certified information 85 Turkish WEEE / RoHS Ukraine RoHS India RoHS RoHS compliant as per E-Waste (Management) Rules. Mainland China RoHS The information in the following table is applicable to products manufactured on or after January 1, 2015 for sale in the Peoples Republic of China. 86 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Appendix D. Compliance and TCO Certified information 87 Taiwan RoHS Electromagnetic emission notices Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Suppliers Declaration of Conformity The following information refers to the following products:

Product name Machine type(s) ThinkPad L13 Gen 2 20VH, 20VJ, 21AB, and 21AC 88 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide ThinkPad L13 Yoga Gen 2 20VK, 20VL, 21AD, and 21AE ThinkPad S2 Gen 6 ThinkPad S2 Yoga Gen 6 20VM and 21AF 20VN and 21AG This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult an authorized dealer or service representative for help. Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the users authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Responsible Party:

Lenovo (United States) Incorporated 7001 Development Drive Morrisville, NC 27560 Email: FCC@lenovo.com FCC ID and IC Certification information You can find the FCC and IC Certification information through one of the following methods:

Through an electronic-label screen (E-label screen) preinstalled on your computer. To view the E-label screen, see Regulatory labels on page 91. On a physical label attached to the outside of your computer shipping carton. Industry Canada compliance statement CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B) European Union conformity EU Contact: Lenovo (Slovakia), Landererova 12, 811 09 Bratislava, Slovakia Appendix D. Compliance and TCO Certified information 89 Compliance with the EMC Directive This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council Directive 2014/30/EU on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility. This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class B equipment according to European Standards harmonized in the Directives in compliance. The Class B requirements for equipment are intended to offer adequate protection to broadcast services within residential environments. EU ErP (EcoDesign) Directive (2009/125/EC) - external power adapters (Regulation (EU) 2019/1782) Lenovo products are designed to work with a range of compatible power adapters. Access https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc to view the compatible power adapters. For the detailed power adapter specifications for your computer, go to https://support.lenovo.com. German Class B compliance statement Hinweis zur Einhaltung der Klasse B zur elektromagnetischen Vertrglichkeit Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EU-Richtlinie zur elektromagnetischen Vertrglichkeit Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften ber die elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit in den EU-

Mitgliedsstaaten und hlt die Grenzwerte der Klasse B der Norm gem Richtlinie. Um dieses sicherzustellen, sind die Gerte wie in den Handbchern beschrieben zu installieren und zu betreiben. Des Weiteren drfen auch nur von der Lenovo empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden. Lenovo bernimmt keine Verantwortung fr die Einhaltung der Schutzanforderungen, wenn das Produkt ohne Zustimmung der Lenovo verndert bzw. wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern ohne Empfehlung der Lenovo gesteckt/eingebaut werden. Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit von Betriebsmitteln, EMVG vom 20. Juli 2007 (frher Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit von Gerten), bzw. der EU Richtlinie 2014/30/EU, der EU Richtlinie 2014/53/EU Artikel 3.1b), fr Gerte der Klasse B. Dieses Gert ist berechtigt, in bereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das EG-Konformittszeichen -

CE - zu fhren. Verantwortlich fr die Konformittserklrung nach Paragraf 5 des EMVG ist die Lenovo

(Deutschland) GmbH, Meitnerstr. 9, D-70563 Stuttgart. Japan VCCI Class B compliance statement Japan compliance statement for products which connect to the power mains with rated current less than or equal to 20 A per phase Japan notice for ac power cord The ac power cord shipped with your product can be used only for this specific product. Do not use the ac power cord for other devices. 90 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Other compliance and TCO Certified information of countries and regions This section provides other compliance information about Lenovo products. Certification-related information Compliance ID Machine types Product name ThinkPad L13 Gen 2 ThinkPad L13 Yoga Gen 2 ThinkPad S2 Gen 6 20VH, 20VJ, 21AB, and 21AC 20VK, 20VL, 21AD, and 21AE 20VM and 21AF ThinkPad S2 Yoga Gen 6 20VN and 21AG TP00114B TP00114B0*

TP00114B1*

TP00114C TP00114C0*

TP00114C1*

* for India only The latest compliance information is available at:

https://www.lenovo.com/compliance Regulatory labels Depending on your country or region, you can find the government-required regulatory information through one of the following methods:

On a physical label attached to the outside of your computer shipping carton On a physical label attached to your computer Through an electronic-label screen (E-label screen) preinstalled on your computer To access the E-label screen, restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F9, or tap the prompt to enter the Startup Interrupt menu and the Regulatory Information option subsequently. Korean E-label notice TCO Certified Selected models are TCO Certified and bear the TCO Certified logo. Note: TCO Certified is an international third-party sustainability certification for IT products. For details, go to https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/tco. Appendix D. Compliance and TCO Certified information 91 Export classification notice This product is subject to the United States Export Administration Regulations (EAR) and has an Export Classification Control Number (ECCN) of 5A992.c. It can be re-exported except to any of the embargoed countries in the EAR E1 country list. Lenovo product service information for Taiwan Taiwan precautionary vision statement 3010 221 Supplemental information for the Eurasian Union

(Wi-Fi, Bluetooth .).

, 23/ , 979

, , (Lenovo PC HK Limited, 23/F Lincoln House, Taikoo Place 979 King's Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong)

( /) 143401, ,

. , , 4, 1, VII,

. +7 495 645 83 38, +7 495 645 78 77.

* 2.601-2013

. , 5.1, 5.1.2, .

* , Date (

-: https://support.lenovo.com

( ) Brazil audio notice Ouvir sons com mais de 85 decibis por longos perodos pode provocar danos ao sistema auditivo. 92 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide ENERGY STAR model information ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy aimed at saving money and protecting the environment through energy efficient products and practices. Lenovo is proud to offer products with the ENERGY STAR certified designation. Lenovo computers, if carry an ENERGY STAR mark, have been designed and tested to conform to the ENERGY STAR program requirements for computers as prescribed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. For a certified computer, an ENERGY STAR mark may be affixed to the product, the product packaging, or displayed electronically on the E-label screen or the power settings interface. By using ENERGY STAR compliant products and taking advantage of the power management features of your computer, you reduce the consumption of electricity. Reduced electrical consumption contributes to potential financial savings, a cleaner environment, and the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions. For more information about ENERGY STAR, go to https://www.energystar.gov. Lenovo encourages you to make efficient use of energy an integral part of your day-to-day operations. To help in this endeavor, Lenovo has preset a default power plan. To change the power plan, see Change the power settings on page 26. Appendix D. Compliance and TCO Certified information 93 94 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide Appendix E. Notices and trademarks Notices Lenovo may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in all countries. Consult your local Lenovo representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to a Lenovo product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that Lenovo product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any other product, program, or service. Lenovo may have patents or pending patent programs covering subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:

Lenovo (United States), Inc. 8001 Development Drive Morrisville, NC 27560 U.S.A. Attention: Lenovo Director of Licensing LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some jurisdictions do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you. Changes are made periodically to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. To provide better service, Lenovo reserves the right to improve and/or modify the products and software programs described in the manuals included with your computer, and the content of the manual, at any time without additional notice. The software interface and function and hardware configuration described in the manuals included with your computer might not match exactly the actual configuration of the computer that you purchase. For the configuration of the product, refer to the related contract (if any) or product packing list, or consult the distributor for the product sales. Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or other life support applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to persons. The information contained in this document does not affect or change Lenovo product specifications or warranties. Nothing in this document shall operate as an express or implied license or indemnity under the intellectual property rights of Lenovo or third parties. All information contained in this document was obtained in specific environments and is presented as an illustration. The result obtained in other operating environments may vary. Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Any references in this publication to non-Lenovo Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this Lenovo product, and use of those Web sites is at your own risk. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 95 Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment. Therefore, the result obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made on development-level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurements may have been estimated through extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment. This document is copyrighted by Lenovo and is not covered by any open source license, including any Linux agreement(s) which may accompany software included with this product. Lenovo may update this document at any time without notice. For the latest information or any questions or comments, contact or visit the Lenovo Web site:

https://support.lenovo.com Trademarks LENOVO, LENOVO logo, THINKPAD, THINKPAD logo, TRACKPOINT, ULTRACONNECT, and Yoga are trademarks of Lenovo. Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the U.S. and/or other countries. Microsoft, Windows, Direct3D, BitLocker, and Cortana are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. DisplayPort is trademark of the Video Electronics Standards Association. Linux is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries. Ubuntu is a registered trademark of Canonical Ltd. Fedora is a registered trademark of Red Hat, Inc. The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries. Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi Alliance, and Miracast are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance. Linux is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries. Ubuntu is a registered trademark of Canonical Ltd. Fedora is a registered trademark of Red Hat, Inc. USB-C is a registered trademark of USB Implementers Forum. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 2021 Lenovo. 96 L13 Gen 2, L13 Yoga Gen 2, S2 Gen 6, and S2 Yoga Gen 6 User Guide

 

 

Regulatory Notice Seventh Edition (July 2021) Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021. LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant to a General Services Administration GSA contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-

35F-05925. Contents About this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

. . . . . . Chapter 1. Notice for users in USA and Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 USA - Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) . . . . FCC RF exposure compliance . . Simultaneous use of RF transmitters . . Radio Frequency interference requirements . . . 1

. 2

. 2

. 2

. 2

. 2 Canada Industry Canada (IC) IC certification number

. . Low power license-exempt radio communication devices (RSS-247)

. . Exposure of humans to RF fields (RSS-102) . . . Canada - Industrie Canada (IC) . Numro de certification IC . Permis d'mission faible puissance - Cas des appareils de radio-communication (CNR-

. . . 247) Conformit des appareils de radiocommunication aux limites d'exposition humaine aux radiofrquences (CNR-102) . . . . Electromagnetic emission notices. . Usage environment and your health . . 3

. 3

. 3

. 3

. 5

. 5

. 5

. . . . . 4

. Chapter 2. Notice for users in Japan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 LAN/Bluetooth

. . . LAN

. . . . . 8

. 8

. . . . 7

. Chapter 3. Europe EU Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

. 11 UK declaration of conformity. . 11 EU declaration of conformity . . 12

. . Bulgarian . 12

. . Croatian . . 12

. . Czech . . 13

. . Danish . . 13

. . . Dutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Estonian. . Finnish . . French . . German . . Greek . . Hungarian . . Italian . . Latvian . . Lithuanian . . Norwegian . Polish. . Portuguese . . . Romanian . . Slovakian . . Slovenian . . Spanish . . Swedish. . Turkish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

. 14

. 14

. 14

. 15

. 15

. 16

. 16

. 16

. 17

. 17

. 17

. 18

. 18

. 18

. 19

. 19

. 20

. . . . . . . 21

. 21

. . . Chapter 4. Notice for users in other countries/regions . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Notice for users in Argentina (Nota para uso en Argentina) . . Notice for users in Brazil (Aviso para usuarios no

. . . Brasil) Notice for Users in Chile (Nota para Uso en

. . Chile) . . Notice for users in India. . . Notice for users in Mexico (Nota para uso en

. . . . Mexico) . . . Notice for users in Morocco . . . Notice for users in Nigeria . . Notice for users in Pakistan . . . Notice for users in Saudi Arabia . . Notice for users in Serbia . . . Notice for users in South Africa . . . . Notice for users in Taiwan . . . Notice for users in the UAE . 25

. 25

. 25

. 26

. 27

. 30

. 31

. 32

. 33

. 23

. 23

. . Chapter 5. Trademarks . . . . . . . . 35 Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 i ii Regulatory Notice Note: 9560NGW R is a sub-model of 9560NGW, its certification is covered by 9560NGW. Compliance ID Supported wireless module About this manual This manual contains regulatory information for the followingThinkPad products.

(1) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module AX201NGW

(2) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module RTL8822CE

(3) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module 9560NGW

(4) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module 9560NGW R

(5) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module AX200NGW

(6) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module RTL8852AE Product ThinkPad E14 ThinkPad E15 TP00116A TP00117A ThinkPad L13/ThinkPad L13 Yoga TP00114A ThinkPad E14 Gen 2 (Intel models) TP00116D ThinkPad R14 Gen 2 (Intel models) TP00116D ThinkPad E15 Gen 2 (Intel models) TP00117D ThinkPad E14 Gen 2 (AMD models) TP00116C ThinkPad E15 Gen 2 (AMD models) TP00117C ThinkPad L13 Gen 2/ThinkPad L13 Yoga Gen 2 (Intel models) TP00114B ThinkPad L13 Gen 2/ThinkPad L13 Yoga Gen 2 (AMD models) TP00114C Notes:

Intel models: computer models with the Intel microprocessor AMD models: computer models with the AMD microprocessor

(1) (2) (3) (4)

(1) (2) (3) (4)

(1) (3)

(1) (2) (4)

(1) (2) (4)

(1) (2) (4)

(5) (2)

(5) (2)

(1) (4)

(5) (6) Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 iii iv Regulatory Notice Chapter 1. Notice for users in USA and Canada Read this document before using your computer. This computer complies with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. Install and use your computer according to the following instructions. The latest Regulatory Notice manual is available on the Lenovo Web site. To download the manual, go to https://support.lenovo.com and then follow the on-screen instructions. Lisez ce document avant d'utiliser votre ordinateur. Cette ordinateur est conforme aux normes de frquence radio et de scurit du pays ou de la rgion o son utilisation sans fil est autorise. Installez et utilisez votre ordinateur en vous conformant aux instructions ci-dessous. La dernire version du manuel Regulatory Notice est disponible sur le site Web de Lenovo. Pour tlcharger le document, rendez-vous sur https://support.lenovo.com et suivez les instructions l'cran. USA - Federal Communications Commission (FCC) This computer contains the following wireless devices and underwent the certification process of FCC CFR 47 Part 2 section 1093, Part 15 Subpart C and Subpart E under each respective FCC ID below. Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: RTL8822CE) Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: AX201NGW) Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: 9560NGW) FCC ID: TX2-RTL8822CE FCC ID: PD9AX201NG FCC ID: PD99560NG FCC ID: PD9AX200NG FCC ID: TX2-RTL8852AE Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: AX200NGW) Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: RTL8852AE) You can find the FCC certification information through one of the following methods:

On a physical label attached to the outside of your computer shipping carton Through an electronic-label screen (E-label screen) preinstalled on your computer To access the E-label screen, do one of the following:

Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F9. The E-label screen is displayed. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press Enter or tap the prompt to enter the Startup Interrupt menu. Then press F9 or tap the Regulatory Information option. The E-label screen is displayed. The wireless modules in your computer are preinstalled by Lenovo, and you are prohibited to replace with other wireless adapter nor remove it. If the device requires replacement due to some problem during warranty, it must be serviced by a Lenovo authorized servicer. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 1 FCC RF exposure compliance The radiated output power of your computer is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, it should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation of your computer. CAUTION:

The total radiated energy from the antennas connected to the installed wireless modules conforms to the FCC limit of the SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) requirement, regarding 47 CFR Part 2 Section 1093, when the computer was tested in either conventional notebook or computer computer orientations. To know the location of transmission antennas for the Wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo module and the wireless WAN module, see Locate the UltraConnect wireless antennas in the User Guide. Simultaneous use of RF transmitters Your computer is approved for simultaneous use of the integrated wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo module. Make sure of the following conditions when you use any other external wireless option device:

When you use any other RF option device, you are requested to confirm that the device conforms to the RF Safety requirement and is approved to use for your computer. You must follow the RF Safety instructions of wireless option devices that are included in the user manual of the RF option device. wireless features in your computer. If wireless options are prohibited to use in conjunction with another transmitters, you must turn off all other Radio Frequency interference requirements When you use a wireless LAN module in the 802.11 a/n transmission mode, note that high power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5250 to 5350 MHz and 5650 to 5850 MHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage this device. Your computer contains the following wireless devices and the IC certification numbers are as below. Canada Industry Canada (IC) IC certification number Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: RTL8822CE) Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: AX201NGW) Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: 9560NGW) Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: AX200NGW) Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: RTL8852AE) IC: 6317A-RTL8822CE IC: 1000M-AX201NG IC: 1000M-9560NG IC: 1000M-AX200NG IC: 6317A-RTL8852AE 2 Regulatory Notice You can find the IC certification information through one of the following methods:

On a physical label attached to the outside of your computer shipping carton Through an electronic-label screen (E-label screen) preinstalled on your computer To access the E-label screen, do one of the following:

Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F9. The E-label screen is displayed. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press Enter or tap the prompt to enter the Startup Interrupt menu. Then press F9 or tap the Regulatory Information option. The E-label screen is displayed. The preinstalled wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo module also has been tested and found to comply with the limits regarding IC RSS-247, Low-power Licence-exempt Radio communication Devices. The wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo modules are preinstalled by Lenovo, and are not removable by you. You are prohibited to replace it with any other wireless features. If the wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo modules require replacement during warranty, it must be serviced by a Lenovo authorized servicer. Low power license-exempt radio communication devices (RSS-247) Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause interference. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. When you use a wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo module in the 802.11 a/n/ac/ax transmission mode:

The devices for the band 51505350 MHz are only for indoor usage to reduce potential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users (meaning they have priority) of 52505350 MHz and 56505850 MHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN (Licence-Exempt Local Area Network) devices. Exposure of humans to RF fields (RSS-102) The computer employ low gain integral antennas that do not emit RF field in excess of Health Canada limits for the general population; consult Safety Code 6, obtainable from Health Canada's Web site at:

http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/

The radiated energy from the antennas connected to the wireless modules conforms to the Canada Portable RF exposure limit regarding IC RSS-102 Issue 5, Section 4 set forth for an uncontrolled environment, and are safe for intended operation in the conventional setting. Further RF exposure reduction can be achieved if the product can be kept as far as possible from the user body or set the device to lower output power if such function is available. Canada - Industrie Canada (IC) Numro de certification IC Votre ordinateur contient les priphriques sans fil suivants et les numros de certification IC indiqus ci-

dessous. IC: 6317A-RTL8822CE Chapter 1. Notice for users in USA and Canada 3 Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : RTL8822CE) Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : AX201NGW) IC: 1000M-AX201NG IC: 1000M-9560NG IC: 1000M-AX200NG IC: 6317A-RTL8852AE Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : 9560NGW) Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : AX200NGW) Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : RTL8852AE) Vous trouverez les informations relatives aux numros de certification IC via l'une des mthodes suivantes:

Sur une tiquette physique appose l'extrieur du carton d'emballage de l'ordinateur Via un cran d'tiquette lectronique (cran de l'E-label) prinstall sur votre ordinateur Pour accder l'cran de l'E-label, procdez comme suit:

Redmarrez l'ordinateur. Lorsque l'cran d'accueil du logiciel s'affiche, appuyez sur la touche F9. L'cran de l'E-label s'affiche. Redmarrez l'ordinateur. Lorsque le logo s'affiche, appuyez sur Entre ou touchez l'invite pour entrer dans le menu Startup Interrupt. Appuyez sur F9 ou touchez l'option Informations rglementaires. L'cran de l'E-label s'affiche. Le module combin rseau local sans fil/Bluetooth prinstall a t test et dclar conforme aux limites des appareils de radio-communication basse tension IC CNR-247 sans licence d'utilisation. Le module combin rseau local sans fil est prinstall sur votre ordinateur par Lenovo et il est interdit au client de le remplacer par un autre adaptateur sans fil ou de le supprimer. Si le priphrique doit tre remplac cause d'un problme survenu pendant la priode de garantie, l'opration doit tre effectue par un technicien agr Lenovo. Permis d'mission faible puissance - Cas des appareils de radio-

communication (CNR-247) Le fonctionnement de ce type d'appareil est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes:

Cet appareil ne doit pas perturber les communications radio. Cet appareil doit supporter toute perturbation, y compris les perturbations qui pourraient provoquer son dysfonctionnement. Lorsque vous utilisez un module combin rseau local sans fil/Bluetooth dans le mode de transmission 802.11 a/n/ac/ax:

Les appareils destins la bande 51505350 MHz devront tre exclusivement utiliss en intrieur afin de rduire les risques de perturbations lectromagntiques gnantes sur les systmes de satellite mobile dans un mme canal. Les radars forte puissance sont dsigns comme les utilisateurs principaux (c'est--dire qu'ils sont prioritaires) des bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz. Ils peuvent provoquer des perturbations lectromagntiques sur les appareils de type LE-LAN (rseau de communication local sans licence) ou les endommager. 4 Regulatory Notice Conformit des appareils de radiocommunication aux limites d'exposition humaine aux radiofrquences (CNR-102) Les ordinateur utilisent des antennes intgrales faible gain qui n'mettent pas un champ lectromagntique suprieur aux normes imposes par Sant Canada pour la population. Consultez le Code de scurit 6 sur le site Web de Sant Canada l'adresse:

http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/

L'nergie mise par les antennes relies aux modules sans fil respecte la limite d'exposition aux radiofrquences mises par les appareils portables au Canada telle que dfinie par Industrie Canada dans la section 4 du document CNR-102, version 5 pour un environnement non contrl et permet d'affecter sans danger le produit l'usage auquel il est destin. La rduction de l'exposition aux radiofrquences est possible si le produit peut tre conserv aussi loin que possible du corps de l'utilisateur ou en dfinissant une puissance de sortie plus faible si une telle fonction est disponible. Electromagnetic emission notices Refer to your product User Guide for information regarding the FCC compliance statement and other compliance statements. Usage environment and your health The wireless device installed in the computer operates within the guidelines identified by radio frequency (RF) safety standards and recommendations; therefore, Lenovo believes this product is safe for use by consumers. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the worldwide scientific community, and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists, who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of wireless devices might be restricted by the proprietor of a building or responsible representatives of an organization. For example, these situations and areas might include the following:

On board of airplanes, in hospitals or near petrol stations, blasting areas (with electro-explosive devices), medical implants or body-worn electronic medical devices, such as pace makers. In any other environment where the risk of interference to other devices or services is perceived or identified as harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless devices in a specific area (such as an airport or hospital), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use a wireless device prior to turning on the computer. Chapter 1. Notice for users in USA and Canada 5 6 Regulatory Notice Chapter 2. Notice for users in Japan LAN/Bluetooth Table 1. LAN / Bluetooth 201-180775 D180171201 003-180232 D180131003 003-170126 D170080003 003-190022 D190021003 201-200737 D200169201 RTL8822CE Realtek Semiconductor Corp. AX201NGW Intel Mobile Communications S.A.S 9560NGW Intel Mobile Communications S.A.S. AX200NGW Intel Mobile Communications S.A.S. RTL8852AE Realtek Semiconductor Corp. 5 GHz ()

(5 GHz )

(2.4 GHz )

() 1. 2. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 7 3.

: (https://

www.lenovo.com/jp/lsmartctr) Bluetooth 2.4 GHz (2400 2483.5 MH)

(FH) 80 m LAN LAN LAN LAN

() ID

() LAN LAN LAN/Bluetooth LAN/Bluetooth Lenovo LAN/Bluetooth

() 8 Regulatory Notice 2.4FH8 () ThinkPad LAN/Bluetooth Chapter 2. Notice for users in Japan 9 10 Regulatory Notice Chapter 3. Europe EU Declaration of Conformity UK declaration of conformity Hereby, Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., declares that the wireless equipment listed in this document is in compliance with the UK Radio Equipment Regulations SI 2017 No. 1206. The full text of the system UK declaration of conformity is available at: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/uk-doc. UK RF exposure information This device meets the UK requirements and the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) guidelines for general publics exposure to electromagnetic fields. To limit RF exposure, and comply with the RF exposure requirements, use this device under good radio signal conditions and keep the antennas at a minimum separation distance of 20 cm from the users body. For devices that have a SAR test value, where the location of the antennas is close to the users body (< 20 cm), you can find the SAR values in the Setup Guide that came with your device. EU declaration of conformity Hereby, Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., declares that the wireless equipment listed in this document is in compliance with the EU Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the system EU Declaration of Conformity is available at https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/eu-doc. EU RF exposure information This device meets the EU requirements and the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) guidelines for general publics exposure to electromagnetic fields. To limit RF exposure, and comply with the RF exposure requirements, use this device under good radio signal conditions and keep the antennas at a minimum separation distance of 20 cm from the users body. For devices that have a SAR test value, where the location of the antennas is close to the users body (< 20 cm), you can find the SAR values in the Setup Guide that came with your device. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 11 Bulgarian Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. , ,

, 2014/53/E. https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc.

- 20 .

, SAR,

(< 20 ), SAR

, . Croatian Tvrtka Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. ovime izjavljuje da je beina oprema navedena u ovom dokumentu u sukladnosti s EU Direktivom o radijskoj opremi 2014/53/EU. Potpuni tekst EU izjave o sukladnosti sustava dostupan je na https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-

doc. EU informacije o izloenosti RF-u Ovaj ureaj ispunjava zahtjeve EU-a i smjernice Meunarodne komisije za zatitu od neionizirajueg zraenja

(ICNIRP) vezano za izloenost stanovnitva elektromagnetskim poljima. Zbog ograniavanja izloenosti RF-u i udovoljavanja zahtjevima izloenosti RF-u upotrebljavajte ovaj ureaj u uvjetima dobrog radiosignala te neka antene budu na minimalnoj udaljenosti od 20 cm od tijela korisnika. Za ureaje koji imaju vrijednost ispitivanja SAR-a, gdje je lokacija antena blizu tijela korisnika (< 20 cm), vrijednosti SAR-a moete pronai u Vodiu za postavljanje koji ste dobili s ureajem. Czech Spolenost Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. tmto prohlauje, e bezdrtov zazen uveden v tomto dokumentu spluj zkladn i dal relevantn poadavky smrnice EU o rdiovch zazench 2014/53/EU. pln text EU prohlen o shod systmu je k dispozici na adrese https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/

eu-doc. Informace o expozici RF pro zkaznky z EU Toto zazen spluje poadavky EU stanoven pro expozici veejnosti elektromagnetickm polm a souvisejc pokyny Mezinrodn komise pro ochranu ped neionizanm zenm (ICNIRP). 12 Regulatory Notice V zjmu omezen expozice RF polm a dodren poadavk na expozici RF polm toto zazen pouvejte pi dobrm rdiovm signlu a udrujte antny vzdlen alespo 20 cm od tla uivatele. Pokud m zazen stanovenou zkuebn hodnotu SAR, naleznete hodnoty SAR pro umstn antn do blzkosti tla uivatele (<20 cm) v Nvodu k nastaven, kter je dodvn spolen se zazenm. Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. erklrer hermed, at det trdlse udstyr, der er angivet i dette dokument, overholder EU-direktivet om radioudstyr 2014/53/EU. Hele teksten til EU's overensstemmelseserklring for systemet er tilgngelig p https://www.lenovo.com/us/

en/compliance/eu-doc. EU-oplysninger om eksponering for radiofrekvensstrling Denne enhed overholder EU-kravene og retningslinjerne fra ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-

Ionizing Radiation Protection) for offentligt eksponering for elektromagnetiske strler. For at begrnse eksponeringen for radiofrekvensstrling skal denne enhed bruges under gode radiosignalforhold, og antennerne skal holdes i en afstand p mindst 20 cm fra brugerens krop. For enheder, der har en SAR-testvrdi, hvor placeringen af antennerne er tt p brugerens krop (< 20 cm), kan du finde SAR-vrdierne i den Opstningsvejledning, der fulgte med enheden. Danish Dutch Hierbij verklaart Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. dat de draadloze apparatuur die in dit document wordt vermeld, voldoet aan EU-richtlijn 2014/53/EU inzake radioapparatuur. De volledige tekst van de EU-conformiteitsverklaring voor het systeem is beschikbaar op https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. EU-informatie over RF-blootstelling Dit apparaat voldoet aan de EU-vereisten en de richtlijnen van de ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-

Ionizing Radiation Protection) voor blootstelling van het algemene publiek aan elektromagnetische velden. Om RF-blootstelling te beperken en te voldoen aan de vereisten voor RF-blootstelling, dient u dit apparaat te gebruiken in situaties met een goede signaalontvangst en de antenne op ten minste 20 cm van het lichaam van de gebruiker te houden. Voor apparaten met een SAR-testwaarde, waarbij de antenne zich dicht bij het lichaam van de gebruiker (<

20 cm) bevindt, vindt u de SAR-waarden in de installatiegids die bij uw apparaat werd geleverd. Estonian Siinkohal kinnitab ettevte Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., et kesolevas dokumendis kirjeldatud juhtmeta seadmed on koosklas ELi raadioseadmete direktiiviga 2014/53/EL. Ssteemi ELi vastavusdeklaratsiooni tielik tekst on saadaval siin: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/

eu-doc. Chapter 3. Europe EU Declaration of Conformity 13 ELi raadiosagedusega kokkupuudet ksitlev teave See seade vastab EL nuetele ja rahvusvahelise mitteioniseeriva kiirguse eest kaitsmise komisjoni (ICNIRP) juhistele elanikkonna elektromagnetvljadega kokkupuute kohta. Raadiosageduse kiirguse piiramiseks ja nuete titmiseks sellega kokkupuutel kasutage seda seadet kohtades, kus on hea raadiosignaal ning hoidke antenne vhemalt 20 cm kasutaja kehast kaugemal. Seadmetel, millel on SAR-testi vrtus sellest, kui antennid asuvad kasutaja keha lhedal (<20 cm). SAR-i vrtused leiate seadmega kaasasolevast Seadistusjuhendist. Finnish Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. ilmoittaa tten, ett tss asiakirjassa mainittu langaton laite on EU:n radiolaitedirektiivin 2014/53/EU mukainen. Jrjestelmn EU-vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutuksen koko teksti on saatavilla osoitteessa https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Radiotaajuuksille altistumista koskevat tiedot (EU) Tm laite tytt EU:n vaatimukset sek kansainvlinen ionisoimattoman steilyn toimikunnan (ICNIRP) ohjeistukset koskien ihmisten altistumista shkmagneettisille kentille. Kyt tt laitetta olosuhteissa, joissa on hyv radiosignaali, ja pid antennit vhintn 20 cm etisyydell kyttjn kehosta rajoittaaksesi radiotaajuuksille altistumista ja noudattaaksesi radiotaajuuksille altistumista koskevia vaatimuksia. Jos laitteella on SAR-testiarvo ja antennien sijainti on lhell kyttjn kehoa (<20 cm), lydt SAR-arvot laitteesi mukana toimitetusta asennusoppaasta. French Par la prsente, Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., dclare que les quipements sans fil lists dans ce document sont conformes la directive 2014/53/UE sur les quipements radio de l'UE. Le texte complet de la dclaration europenne de conformit du systme est disponible l'adresse https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Informations sur l'exposition aux radiofrquences au sein de l'UE Ce priphrique rpond aux exigences de l'Union europenne et aux directives de la Commission internationale sur la protection anti-ionisation par rayonnement (ICNIRP) concernant l'exposition du public aux champs lectromagntiques. Pour limiter l'exposition aux radiofrquences et rpondre aux exigences en matire d'exposition aux radiofrquences, utilisez ce priphrique dans de bonnes conditions de signal radio et respectez une distance minimale de 20 cm entre les antennes et le corps de l'utilisateur. Les valeurs DAS des priphriques dont les antennes sont proches du corps de l'utilisateur (< 20 cm) sont rpertories dans le guide de configuration fourni avec votre priphrique. Hiermit erklrt Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., dass das in diesem Dokument aufgelistete Funkgert die EU-

Funkanlagen-Richtlinie 2014/53/EU erfllt. German 14 Regulatory Notice Der vollstndige Wortlaut der EU-Konformittserklrung fr das System ist unter https://www.lenovo.com/us/

en/compliance/eu-doc verfgbar. EU-Informationen zur Belastung durch Funkwellen Dieses Gert erfllt die EU-Anforderungen und die ICNIRP-Richtlinien (International Commission on Non-

Ionizing Radiation Protection) zur Belastung der Allgemeinheit durch elektromagnetische Felder. Um die Belastung durch Funkwellen einzuschrnken und die Anforderungen zur Belastung durch Funkwellen zu erfllen, verwenden Sie das Gert unter guten Funksignalbedingungen und halten Sie die Antennen mindestens 20 cm vom Krper des Benutzers fern. Fr Gerte mit einem SAR-Testwert, bei denen die Position der Antennen nahe am Krper des Benutzers

(< 20 cm) liegt, finden Sie die SAR-Werte in der Einrichtungsanleitung Ihres Gerts. Greek

, Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., 2014/53/ . https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc.

(RF) v o v o ovo voo (ICNIRP)

(RF)

, 20 cm . SAR, (< 20 cm), SAR . Hungarian A Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. kijelenti, hogy a jelen dokumentumban emltett vezetk nlkli kszlk megfelel a 2014/53/EU szm, EU Rdiberendezsekrl szl direktvban foglaltaknak. A rendszer EU-s megfelelsgi nyilatkozatnak teljes szvege a kvetkez weboldalon olvashat: https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. EU rdifrekvencis kitettsggel kapcsolatos informcik Ez az eszkz megfelel az Eurpai Unis kvetelmnyeknek, s a Nemzetkzi Nem Ionizl Sugrzs Elleni Vdelmi Bizottsg lakossg elektromgneses mezknek val kitettsgre vonatkoz irnyelveinek. A rdifrekvencis kitettsg korltozsnak, s a rdifrekvencinak val kitettsg kvetelmnyeinek val megfelels rdekben megfelel erssg rdijelek mellett hasznlja az eszkzt, s az antennkat tartsa a felhasznl testtl legalbb 20 cm tvolsgra. Azon fajlagos energiaelnyelsi tesztrtkkel rendelkez eszkzk fajlagos energiaelnyelsi rtkekeit, amelyeknl az antennk a felhasznl testhez kzel vannak (< 20 cm), az eszkzhz kapott Felhasznli kziknyvben tallja. Chapter 3. Europe EU Declaration of Conformity 15 Italian Con la presente documentazione, Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. dichiara che l'apparecchiatura wireless indicata in questo documento conforme alla direttiva EU 2014/53/EU sulle apparecchiature radio. Il testo integrale della dichiarazione di conformit dei sistemi dell'UE disponibile all'indirizzo https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Informazioni sull'esposizione alle frequenze radio per l'UE Questo dispositivo soddisfa i requisiti dell'UE e le linee guida della Commissione internazionale sulla protezione dalle radiazioni non ionizzanti (ICNIRP) per l'esposizione generale dei consumatori ai campi elettromagnetici. Per limitare l'esposizione alle frequenze radio e soddisfare i requisiti di esposizione alle frequenze radio, utilizzare questo dispositivo in buone condizioni di segnale radio e mantenere le antenne a una distanza minima di 20 cm dal corpo dell'utente. Per dispositivi che hanno un valore di test SAR, in cui la posizione delle antenne vicina al corpo dell'utente

(< 20 cm), possibile trovare i valori SAR nella Guida all'installazione fornita con il dispositivo. Latvian Ar o uzmums Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. pazio, ka aj dokument nordtais bezvadu aprkojums atbilst ES Direktvai 2014/53/EK par radioiekrtm. Pilns ES atbilstbas deklarcijas teksts ir pieejams aj interneta adres: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/eu-doc. ES informcija par pakauanu RF iedarbbai ierce atbilst ES prasbm un Starptautisks nejonizjo starojuma aizsardzbas komisijas (SNSAK) vadlnijm par visprjo sabiedrbas pakauanu elektromagntisko lauku iedarbbai. Lai ierobeotu pakauanu RF iedarbbai un ievrotu pakauanas RF iedarbbai prasbm, izmantojiet ierci laba radio signla apstkos un uzturiet antenas vismaz 20 cm atstatum no lietotja ermea. Iercm, kurm ir SAR testa vrtba, kad antenu atraans vieta ir tuvu lietotja ermenim (<20 cm), varat atrast SAR vrtbas iestatanas rokasgrmat, kas piegdta kop ar ierci. Lithuanian Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. pareikia, kad iame dokumente nurodyta belaid ranga atitinka ES radijo rangos direktyvos 2014/53/ES reikalavimus. Vis sistemos ES atitikties deklaracijos tekst galite rasti adresu https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/

eu-doc. Informacija apie ES reikalavimus dl RD poveikio is renginys atitinka ES reikalavimus ir Tarptautins apsaugos nuo nejonizuojaniosios spinduliuots komisijos (toliau TANSK) elektromagnetini lauk poveikio plaiajai visuomenei gaires. Kad bt apribotas RD poveikis ir laikomasi reikalavim dl RD poveikio, rengin reikia naudoti esant geroms radijo signal slygoms, o tarp anten ir naudotojo kno turi bti ne maesnis nei 20 cm atstumas. 16 Regulatory Notice renginio, kuriam nustatyta SSS bandymo vert ir kurio antenos yra arti (<20 cm) naudotojo kno, SSS vertes rasite prie renginio pridedamame srankos vadove. Norwegian Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. erklrer herved at det trdlse utstyret som er oppfrt i dette kapittelet, er i samsvar med direktiv 2014/53/EU om radioutstyr. Hele teksten til EUs samsvarserklring finner du her https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. EU RF-eksponeringsinformasjon Denne enheten oppfyller EUs krav og ICNIRPs (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection) retningslinjer for allmennhetens eksponering for elektromagnetiske felt. For begrense RF-eksponering og oppfylle RF-eksponeringskravene, br denne enheten brukes under gode radiosignalforhold og antennene br ha en minimumsavstand p 20 cm til brukerens kropp. For enheter som har en SAR-testverdi, der antennenes plassering er nr brukerens kropp (<20 cm), kan du finne SAR-verdiene i Installasjonsveiledningen som fulgte med enheten. Polish Firma Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. niniejszym owiadcza, e urzdzenia bezprzewodowe wymienione w tym dokumencie speniaj wymagania dyrektywy UE w sprawie sprztu radiowego 2014/53/EU. Pena tre deklaracji zgodnoci systemu z wymaganiami UE jest dostpna pod adresem https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Informacje o naraeniu na dziaanie czstotliwoci radiowych UE Urzdzenie to spenia wymagania UE oraz wytyczne Midzynarodowej Komisji Ochrony przed Promieniowaniem Niejonizujcym (ICNIRP) dotyczce naraenia ogu ludnoci na oddziaywanie pl elektromagnetycznych. Aby ograniczy naraenie na dziaanie czstotliwoci radiowych i spenia wymagania dotyczce naraenia na dziaanie czstotliwoci radiowych, naley uywa tego urzdzenia w warunkach dobrego sygnau radiowego i umieci anteny w odlegoci co najmniej 20 cm od ciaa uytkownika. W przypadku urzdze, ktre maj warto testu SAR, gdzie umiejscowienie anten znajduje si blisko ciaa uytkownika (mniej ni 20 cm), wartoci SAR mona znale w Podrczniku konfiguracji doczonym do urzdzenia. Portuguese A Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. declara por este meio que o equipamento sem fios listado neste documento est em conformidade com a Diretiva de Equipamento de Rdio da UE 2014/53/UE. O texto integral da Declarao de Conformidade do sistema para a UE est disponvel em https://

/www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Informao sobre exposio a RF para a UE Este dispositivo cumpre os requisitos da UE e as diretrizes da Comisso Internacional de Proteo contra Radiao No Ionizante (ICNIRP) referentes exposio do pblico em geral a campos eletromagnticos. Chapter 3. Europe EU Declaration of Conformity 17 Para limitar a exposio a RF e cumprir os requisitos de exposio a RF, utilize este dispositivo num ambiente com boas condies de sinal de rdio e mantenha as antenas a 20 cm ou mais de distncia em relao ao seu corpo. No caso dos dispositivos para os quais exista um valor de SAR obtido em testes com as antenas prximas do corpo do utilizador (< 20 cm), os valores de SAR podem ser encontrados no Guia de Configurao fornecido com o seu dispositivo. Romanian Prin prezenta, Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., declar c echipamentul fr fir prezentat n acest document este n conformitate cu Directiva UE privind echipamentele radio 2014/53/UE. Textul complet al Declaraiei de conformitate UE pentru sistem este disponibil la https://www.lenovo.com/us/

en/compliance/eu-doc. Informaii UE privind expunerea la RF Acest dispozitiv ndeplinete cerinele UE i regulile Comisiei internaionale pentru protecia mpotriva radiaiilor neionizante (ICNIRP) pentru expunerea publicului larg la cmpuri electromagnetice. Pentru a limita expunerea la RF i pentru a respecta cerinele de expunere la RF, utilizai acest dispozitiv n condiii de semnal radio bun i pstrai antenele la o distan minim de 20 cm de corpul utilizatorului. Pentru dispozitive cu o valoare de test SAR, n situaiile n care antenele sunt amplasate aproape de corpul utilizatorului (< 20 cm), putei gsi valorile SAR n Ghidul de configurare furnizat cu dispozitivul dvs. Slovakian Spolonos Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. tmto vyhlasuje, e bezdrtov zariadenie uveden v tomto dokumente je v slade so smernicou Eurpskej nie o rdiovch zariadeniach 2014/53 E. pln znenie vyhlsenia E o zhode pre systm je k dispozcii na adrese: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/eu-doc. Informcie o vystaven vysokofrekvennmu iareniu v E Toto zariadenie vyhovuje poiadavkm E a smerniciam Medzinrodnej komisie pre ochranu pred neionizujcim iarenm (ICNIRP), ktor upravuj vystavenie irokej verejnosti elektromagnetickm poliam. Ak chcete obmedzi vystavenie vysokofrekvennmu iareniu a dodriava poiadavky na vystavenie vysokofrekvennmu iareniu, pouvajte toto zariadenie v dobrch podmienkach rdiovho signlu a udriavajte antny vo vzdialenosti minimlne 20 cm od tela pouvatea. V prpade zariaden s testovacou hodnotou SAR, pri ktorch je umiestnenie antn v blzkosti tela pouvatea

(< 20 cm), njdete hodnoty SAR v Prruke o nastaven dodanej so zariadenm. Slovenian Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. s tem izjavlja, da je brezina oprema, navedena v tem dokumentu, skladna z direktivo EU o radijski opremi 2014/53/EU. Celotno besedilo izjave EU o skladnosti za sistem je na voljo na naslovu https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/eu-doc. 18 Regulatory Notice Informacije o izpostavljenosti radiofrekvennemu sevanju v EU Ta naprava izpolnjuje zahteve EU in smernice Mednarodne komisije za zaito pred neionizirajoim sevanjem

(ICNIRP) v zvezi z izpostavljenostjo splone javnosti elektromagnetnim poljem. Za omejitev izpostavljenosti radiofrekvennim valovom in zagotavljanje skladnosti z zahtevami glede izpostavljenosti radiofrekvennim valovom to napravo uporabljajte pri dobrih pogojih radijskega signala in antene hranite na razdalji najmanj 20 cm od uporabnikovega telesa. Za naprave, ki imajo vrednost preizkusa SAR, kjer je lokacija anten blizu uporabnikovega telesa (< 20 cm), so vrednosti SAR na voljo v dokumentu Navodila za nastavitev, ki je bil priloen napravi. Spanish Mediante el presente documento, Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., declara que el equipo inalmbrico indicado en este documento cumple con la Directiva de Equipos de Radio 2014/53/UE de la UE. El texto completo de la declaracin de conformidad de la UE correspondiente al sistema est disponible en https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Informacin de exposicin a radiofrecuencia de la UE Este dispositivo cumple los requisitos de la UE y con las directrices de la Comisin Internacional de Proteccin contra la Radiacin No Ionizante (ICNIRP) para exposicin del pblico general a campos electromagnticos. Para limitar la exposicin a radiofrecuencia y cumplir con los requisitos de exposicin a radiofrecuencia, utilice este dispositivo en buenas condiciones de seal de radio y mantenga las antenas a una distancia mnima de separacin de 20 cm del cuerpo del usuario. Para dispositivos que tienen un valor de prueba de SAR, donde la ubicacin de las antenas est cerca del cuerpo del usuario (< 20 cm), puede encontrar los valores de SAR en la Gua de configuracin que viene con su dispositivo. Swedish Hrmed intygar Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. att den trdlsa utrustning som beskrivs i detta dokument verensstmmer med EU:s direktiv fr radioutrustning 2014/53/EU. Den fullstndiga texten i EU:s deklaration om verensstmmelse finns tillgnglig p https://www.lenovo.com/

us/en/compliance/eu-doc. EU:s information om exponering fr radiovgor Denna enhet uppfyller EU:s krav och ICNIRP:s (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection) riktlinjer gllande allmnhetens exponering fr elektromagnetiska flt. Fr att begrnsa exponering fr radiovgor och uppfylla kraven fr exponering br enheten anvndas i goda radiosignalfrhllanden och med minst 20 cm avstnd mellan antennerna och anvndarens kropp. Fr enheter som har ett SAR-testvrde, dr antennerna r placerade nra (<20 cm) anvndarens kropp, hittar du SAR-vrdena i den Installationshandbok som medfljde enheten. Chapter 3. Europe EU Declaration of Conformity 19 Turkish Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., bu belgede listelenen kablosuz cihazlarn AB Radyo Ekipmanlar Ynetmelii 2014/53/EU ile uyumlu olduunu beyan eder. Sistemin AB Uyumluluk Bildirimi tam metni https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc adresinde bulunmaktadr. AB radyo frekanslara maruz kalma bilgileri Bu cihaz, kamunun elektromanyetik alanlara maruz kalmasna ynelik AB gerekliliklerini ve Uluslararas yonize Olmayan Radyasyondan Korunma Komisyonu (ICNIRP) ynergelerini karlamaktadr. Radyo frekansna maruz kalmay snrlandrmak ve radyo frekansna maruz kalma gerekliliklerine uymak iin bu cihaz gl radyo sinyali koullarnda kullann ve antenleri kullancnn vcudundan en az 20 cm uzaklkta tutun. SAR test deerine sahip cihazlar iin antenlerin konumu kullancnn vcuduna yakndr (20 cm'den az). SAR deerlerini cihaznzla birlikte gelen Kurulum Klavuzu'nda bulabilirsiniz. 20 Regulatory Notice Chapter 4. Notice for users in other countries/regions This chapter provides wireless information about the following countries and regions. Notice for users in Argentina (Nota para uso en Argentina) Modelo: RTL8822CE Equipo: TRANSCEPTOR CNC: C-22785 Modelo: Intel AX201NGW Equipo: TRANSCEPTOR CNC: C-22446 Modelo: Intel 9560NGW Equipo: TRANSCEPTOR CNC: C-20824 Modelo: Intel AX200NGW Equipo: TRANSCEPTOR CNC: C-22838 Modelo: RTL8852AE Equipo: TRANSCEPTOR CNC: C-25667 Notice for users in Brazil (Aviso para usuarios no Brasil) For model: RTL8822CE For model: AX201NGW For model: 9560NGW For model: AX200NGW Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 21 00158-19-040762306970-18-0442305788-17-0442304136-19-04423 For model: RTL8852AE For models: RTL8822CE, RTL8852AE, AX201NGW, AX200NGW, and 9560NGW Portuguese English Este equipamento no tem direito proteo contra interferncia prejudicial e no pode causar interferncia em sistemas devidamente autorizados. This equipment is not protected against harmful interference and may not cause interference with duly authorized systems. 22 Regulatory Notice 16045-20-04076 Notice for Users in Chile (Nota para Uso en Chile) Modelo: compliance ID TP00116A (ThinkPad E14) Modelo: compliance ID TP00114A (ThinkPad L13/ThinkPad L13 Yoga) Modelo: compliance ID TP00117A (ThinkPad E15) Equipo: Notebook Computer SUBTEL: 11238/DO N 58054/F71 Equipo: Notebook Computer SUBTEL: 11237/DO N 58055/F71 Equipo: Notebook Computer SUBTEL: 11466/DO N 58300/F60 Equipo: Notebook Computer SUBTEL: 7620/DO N 65428/F23 Equipo: Notebook Computer SUBTEL: 9262/DO N 66898/F28 Equipo: Notebook Computer SUBTEL: 16762/DO N 73017/F28 Equipo: Notebook Computer SUBTEL: 16763/DO N 73018/F28 Equipo: Notebook Computer SUBTEL: 15148/DO N 72009/F28 Notice for users in India For model: RTL8822CE SR-ETA/20189289 Modelo: compliance ID TP00116C (ThinkPad E14 Gen 2) Modelo: compliance ID TP00117C (ThinkPad E15 Gen 2) Modelo: compliance ID TP00116D (ThinkPad E14 Gen 2) Modelo: compliance ID TP00117D (ThinkPad E15 Gen 2) Modelo: compliance ID TP00114B (ThinkPad L13 Gen 2/ThinkPad L13 Yoga Gen 2) (Intel models) Chapter 4. Notice for users in other countries/regions 23 SR-ETA/20189288 For model: AX201NGW NR-ETA/201900296 NR-ETA/201900295 For model: 9560NGW NR-ETA/6863-RLO(NR) NR-ETA/6862-RLO(NR) For model: 9560NGW R NR-ETA/6861-RLO(NR) NR-ETA/6860-RLO(NR) 24 Regulatory Notice Notice for users in Mexico (Nota para uso en Mexico) Producto: TP00114B (ThinkPad L13 Gen 2 and ThinkPad L13 Yoga Gen 2 (Intel models)) Modelo: XXXXXX IFT: XXXXXX Producto: TP00114C (ThinkPad L13 Gen 2 and ThinkPad L13 Yoga Gen 2 (AMD models)) Modelo: XXXXXX IFT: XXXXXX Note: Para informacin adicional por favor buscar el nmero de el certificado inalmbrico de IFT en el cartn de empaque. Por favor mandar un e-mail a compliance@lenovo.com si los numeros de IFT no estan presente en este documento. Advertensia:

En Mexico la operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada Notice for users in Morocco Notice for users in Morocco Type/Model: ThinkPad E14, ThinkPad E15, ThinkPad L13 and ThinkPad L13 Yoga, ThinkPad E14 Gen 2, ThinkPad E15 Gen 2, ThinkPad L13 Gen 2 and ThinkPad L13 Yoga Gen 2 are approved for Morocco by ANRT. In addition, the following wireless modules used in these products are all approved for Morocco by ANRT:

RTL8822CE, RTL8852AE, AX201NGW, AX200NGW and 9560NGW Notes:

The operation of this product in the radio channel 2 (2417 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities:

Agadir, Assa-Zag, Cabo Negro, Chaouen, Goulmima, Oujda, Tan Tan, Taourirt, Taroudant, and Taza. The operation of this product in the radio channels 4, 5, 6 and 7 (2425 - 2442 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities: Aroport Mohamed V, Agadir, Aguelmous, Anza, Benslimane, Bni Hafida, Cabo Negro, Casablanca, Fs, Lakbab, Marrakech, Merchich, Mohammdia, Rabat, Sal, Tanger, Tan Tan, Taounate, Tit Mellil, and Zag. Due to the channel restrictions above, the operation of this product using the fat channel mode (40 MHz of channel bandwidth) is not allowed at the 2.4 GHz frequency band. Notice for users in Nigeria For models: RTL8822CE, AX200NGW, AX201NGW and 9560NGW Chapter 4. Notice for users in other countries/regions 25 Notice for users in Pakistan For model: RTL8822BE Approved by PTA: 9.5062/2018 For model: AX200NGW Approved by PTA: 9.9211/2019 For model: AX201NGW Approved by PTA: 9.9116/2019 For model: 9560NGW / 9560NGW R Approved by PTA: 9.80/2020 For model: RTL8852AE Approved by PTA: 9.1128/2020 26 Regulatory Notice Notice for users in Saudi Arabia For model: RTL8822CE Chapter 4. Notice for users in other countries/regions 27 Applicant Information Applicant:BVCPS H.K. Ltd. Taoyuan Branch: Certificate Details Issue Date:16/11/20181440/03/08: Validity Period:16/11/20201442/04/01: Device Details Product Name:802.11a/b/g/n/ac RTL8822CE Combo module: Product Model:RTL8822CE: Manufacturer:Realtek Semiconductor Corp. : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:17.08 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:19.99 dBm 5150-5350 MHz:22.99 dBm 5470-5725 MHz:22.99 dBm 5725-5850 MHz:24.885 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI045 , RI103Additional RequirementWLAN - WiFiCertificate No:TA 2018-2267: http://ers.citc.gov.sa Conformity Certificate1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: AX201NGW 28 Regulatory Notice Applicant Information Applicant:Intel Corporation SAS: Certificate Details Issue Date:04/02/20191440/05/29: Validity Period:04/02/20211442/06/22: Device Details Product Name:Intel Wi-Fi 6 AX201: Product Model:AX201NGW: Manufacturer:Intel Corporation : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:9.3 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:12.9 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:20 dBm 5150-5250 MHz:22.70 dBm 5250-5350 MHz:22.73 dBm 5470-5725 MHz:22.73 dBm 5725-5825 MHz:13.92 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI045 , RI103Additional RequirementCertificate No:TA 2019-260: http://ers.citc.gov.sa Conformity Certificate1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: AX200NGW Chapter 4. Notice for users in other countries/regions 29 Applicant Information Applicant:Intel Corporation SAS: Certificate Details Issue Date:04/03/20191440/06/27: Validity Period:04/03/20211442/07/20: Device Details Product Name:Intel Wi-Fi 6 AX200: Product Model:AX200NGW: Manufacturer:Intel Corporation : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:9.1 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:14.2 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:19.4 dBm 5150-5250 MHz:22.1 dBm 5250-5350 MHz:22.1 dBm 5470-5725 MHz:22.1 dBm 5725-5825 MHz:13.6 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI045 , RI103Additional RequirementCertificate No:TA 2019-501: http://ers.citc.gov.sa Conformity Certificate1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: 9560NGW Notice for users in Serbia The following models have been approved by Ratel or Kvalitet: RTL8822CE, RTL8852AE, AX200NGW, AX201NGW and 9560NGW. 30 Regulatory Notice Applicant Information Applicant:Intel Corporation SAS: Certificate Details Issue Date:17/08/20191440/12/16: Validity Period:17/08/20211443/01/09: Device Details Product Name:9560NGW: Product Model:9560NGW: Manufacturer:INTEL MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:9.8 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:13.5 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:19.7 dBm 5150-5250 MHz:22.5 dBm 5250-5350 MHz:22.5 dBm 5470-5725 MHz:20.7 dBm 5725-5825 MHz:13.65 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI103Additional RequirementCertificate No:TA 16082017-16082019-20980: http://ers.citc.gov.sa Conformity Certificate1422/03/12121422/03/0574 Notice for users in South Africa Adapter model RTL8822CE is ICASA approved:

Adapter model RTL8852AE is ICASA approved:

Adapter model AX201NGW is ICASA approved:

Adapter model 9560NGW is ICASA approved:

Adapter model AX200NGW is ICASA approved:

Chapter 4. Notice for users in other countries/regions 31 TA-2018/2734 APPROVED TA-2020/7010 APPROVED TA-2018/3315 APPROVED TA-2017/1347 APPROVED TA-2018/3851 APPROVED Notice for users in Taiwan For models: RTL8822CE, AX201NGW, AX200NGW, 9560NGW and 9560NGW R 32 Regulatory Notice Notice for users in the UAE For model: RTL8822CE:

For model: RTL8852AE:

For model: AX201NGW:

For model: 9560NGW:

For model: AX200NGW Chapter 4. Notice for users in other countries/regions 33 ER67276/18 0033451/10ER90907/20 0033451/10ER69428/19 0018841/09ER57050/17 0018841/09ER69829/19 0018841/09 34 Regulatory Notice Chapter 5. Trademarks LENOVO, LENOVO logo, THINKPAD and THINKPAD logo are trademarks of Lenovo. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 2021 Lenovo. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 35 36 Regulatory Notice Part Number: SP40T79869_V6 Printed in

(1P) P/N: SP40T79869_V6

*1PSP40T79869_V6*

 

 

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/5483465.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case

#*8++$#$

((#0$

10 3%#$$

$1#3

;?###(6$

#$# 5##<#

8++$+#

(.0$$* $ 1.0* 23*

$!$2"

#,45 $

)#$(6$

7$$

$ 508!

$-(8!9:4;

)$(#46#$$

#$#$$6##$$

$4$$(#$>($(#

"#$$% *$$$$>%22-:A77+-:977

2-B77+-C77+-:77+-:;77$,2

- )%#$D##$

$$>1$$3

5# ;

E :

# A

F G( 9

)$ 9

)$9

B

&">C

"1$$3;?

(;A

%*%!$1$$3 ;F

/0))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))) -1

$" ;B

$ ;B

,( ;B

=$ ;B

$, - ;C

!(&(1$$3;C

*1$$3

&$1$$3

-5#1$$3

$$"1 -31$$3 ;

-4,$1$$3

)$H -4,$

! )#$"1$$3:

H! ):

+2()))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))) ,+

)4>$H A

)4>1$$$3A

)4>1$$$3 A

)4>1$$$3 F 54>1$$$3F

)4>1$$$3 9 54>1$$39

=4>1$$3B

"(B

4$"(1$$3B 34))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))) ,5

$1$$3 C

C

$" C

$C

$$*&)4$(1$$3:;

$)($*&)4$(1$$3 :

$$!%$(1$$3 ::

$$ !-.%% $1(3 :?

$$%$1(3:?

$$%$1(4(3 :A

$$$!$4$(1$$3 :A

# :A

$$*&)41$$3:F 6" )))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))) /7

*( :9

%7* :9

%7(1$$3:B

*1I3$:B

$=:C E(:C

51$$3 :C

($ :C 5(#* 1$$3 ?

%#( ? E( ?;

E(7( ?;

E($( ?;

E($$7(?;

5$4(?;

E7 ?;

7)))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))) +/

!&%=*?A 0&%=* ?F

$"*$= ?F

*$ $$"1$$3?9 0( $$" ?9

( $$" ?9 0 $$" ?B

*$$" ?B

*$" ?B 0($"$" ?C

($" A 0$" A

$"A

,1$$3 A;

#A;

>#A;

%#A

*$1$$3 A

$*$1$$3 A

7

$$(1$$3 A

>1$$3 A:

$>A:

1"))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))) 3+

%#$A?

"# A?

" A?

:1$$3A?

%#:AA

AA

$ AA

01$$3 AA E(#40$ AF

#1$$3AF

)$ A9 580 2))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))) 31

&$"#$$ AB

, AB

E$)$$1$$3 AB E$AC E#, AC E$E$AC

$(AC

*E$1$$3 F

-9. 8#!$":))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))6-

*F;

** F;

-$* F;

E#$* F;

&%=* F

&%=*F

&%=* F

(#C F:

)!&%=*1$$3 F:

**1$$3 F?

7

--:.:;)))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))) 63

$,1$$3 FA

$,FA

$,FF

$,($( 1$$3 FF

%$, FF

$05% FF

*$05%F9

$05%*&@F9

$05% F9

$05%($( 1$$3 FB

E$05%1$$3 FB

E$05%FB

E$05%FB

E$05%($

(FB

HE$05%FB

-, ))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))79

%9

= 9;

-/4()))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))7,

-+&)))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))) 7/

$$( 9:

5$ 9:

)$ 9:

% $# $$(#1% 3 9:

5($ 9?

9?

$$(#$ 9?

*9A

* 9A

!:9FJ0-:;A?C 9A

,( $$(1, 3 9A

9A

#$$($"9F

=H 9F 7 0$ 9F

=($ 9F

"9F

$ 99

*))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))) 71 7

8

.(K*"$$$ 5#-"$$;B

2K$$#$()#

$5##A;

0 K($#*:

<K $$##$8

*$( LJ E4$$"($ < 80 (2K$$$*&@($"

*&$"$AB

: K5<$"* 1$

$3* H$#$(

(7$: )$

)$$$4#(

58++$+

#$>$ LJ

)"($(7$

: )$ LJ

*$<"$"($(7

*( E$1$$3

$$$ 5#

$"#6 0$$$$##

)$$8

(7$:; LJ

8++$+

"#$$% D($$

)$$$8

(7$:;

M

)$$$8

(7$:; LJ

8++$++$

"#$$% D($$

$$# MD$>,$$+.(7%

$(75$

#$<$#8++$++$5$$ $>$

$==&7;F;G$E=I$*C;F%$$

. D$#4$)$($

)>$8

)"($(7$;2"

$$ 5#($&%=*(#N$ 1$$3

)>#$8

E4$$"($ <

#$4% E#$$$

*%!$1$$3

*($(1*%!3$

%*%!$#H$

#$4% &#$*%!$#$

$$*%!$H#$8

8++$+$#

*$ E#$$

*&)4$$

)(/13*

1$$3

$ *&)4$$

$( 5%*%!$1$

$3;F JJ

$*&$4#

$$$I JJ

$$*&)4$$

#$4% D$)(

#$4% ((1$3

*&)4**13*

1$$3

$*&$4#

$$$I

!% JJ

$$*&)4$$

#$4% ((1$3

$$$4

$4>!

%#$1!%3$

, $$8

,8)($C$

(8)($#C$

=I8)($

, $$1($38

&"(8)($(

=I8)($

3!

6!

$*&$4# 1#$$3$$$

#$4% E#$$$

3!

#$4% )$$($(

$*&$4#

$$$I

413+ 41$3

$(6$"

$)6$"

)$"#66

(#( 5##

)$$8

)"($(7

#$4% ,$$$6$"$

$*&$4# 1#$$3$$$

# A

#$4% E#$$$

(1$$3

6(#(

%$13 E$

131$$3

=8=$

1$$3

$$1$$3C

#5#,

1$$3A;

#$4% #$$

$$$($"$O)$

#$4%

%#(#4#$4#$$

3!

$$1$$3

6!

7!

, -M1$$3

"1, -3

,, -M1$$3

"1,, -3 M)(##$5"

##($ 5$$#$

)$$8

)"($(7$:; F

)6$I$8

)"($(7

)$8

)"($(7

7$$"$( ( JJ

#$4% E#$$$

3!

6!

7!

)$H E>$

$ 5#$$

#$4%

#$H

)7#

-5$1-53

M1$$3

-54($ E$H

)7#

#$"( 5$"#(7 E$"( 5$"(7 G( 9

#$4% E#$$$

$&,=3>((

=8$"$$"$

3!

$"1$$3

=8$$$4

=8I

=I8

=8!$I

=I8!$

=8)$

&"1$$38)$*

4)$I

=I8$$

I(*(4

6!

7!

5$"

=8)#"$"5#" 1$$3;?

=8-$" B

8 02 5$($$#$$

"#$$% )#$>4

"($(7#4$$%#<

#$4% E#$$$

$&,=68 02 (

*"13

.13

$ 0(@$$

#$4% )$#$$

#$$I

,$I((@

(@7*1$$3

(@7(

$I$(#

?$I$

G( C

$&,=68 02 ( !

51$$3

E4$$"$

1$$3A;#

0

#$4% E#$$$

$&,=7 0(

3!

6!

$"1$$3

4#"%#

$$(#4"

"I$$

$" 07$#<#$

#" 07$#<#$

*"1$$3;?

#$4% ,"$*

,$I((@

$&,=7 0( !

(@7*1$$3

(@7(

$I$(#

?$I$

E4$$"$

7!

1!

5!

#$(6$

7$"

#$4%

I#$$

($" G(

0

#$4% =$#"$($"

$&,=10(

4#"%#$$(#4

""I$$

#$4% )<$"$#N

)"(($"I=$$$6(#"(

($""6(#1>$3

I #6"(($"($"

$$)"(($"I#:$#

$)"(($"($""$1$$3

)$(I#

$"#$#.&4$1&3

7$"#7$#.&

$&,=10( !

=P,;Q(

)#I

#$4% "((#$$(

)$I

)$$I

*$$$$$57#

I$)7*(@(

)#I

#$4% )"#(

#$4% "((#$$( 07$#<"*"(($

=$>( 0#<7$(

($ 07$4>"<$

#$4% )$"#(#$D$(#(

$#$#$(#"$($" G(

:0 !

)"8

$&,=5:0(

0 E

8

$&,=-98

; 0(@$$

#$4% )$#$$

#$$I

)(I7$#(

"#$$% $"#$#($($8(#

*$(K##$,$$

(#$$ D$((#7(E#

$&,=--2&

3!

$&,=-,2&

;A

$&,=-,2& !

E(13K13#($

,$>$(13K13#($

%*%!$#H$*%!$$*%!$($

#$4% &#$*%!$#$$$*%!$

H#$8

8++$+$#$($(

*$ E#$$$

)*%!$#8

$4@#$

*%!$$6$-! E,!#$$/! E$$+!>

;F

)$8

,) E$$(($ E$$>

%*%!$1$$3

;9

0 D$$&$7($$

.0 D$(<##$8

, -$K$$$"1$#,45

" -, -3$I$($$$

$I%, -($

!(&(!1$$3K "1,, -3$

$$$!("( 1$3$I$$$

&2$K"1 -3$$&4(

$$$$$($K$

;17::#3#$

( D$$$$##8

,(1$!"!3

)$8

)"($(7$.

*$0(. LJ

="($"$$0@

;B

#$4% ,$$($$

$1%*3)$$$$$%*)%*

)$$, -#8

%#, -$4(, -$$0$

#$4%

#$4%

%#, -$$8

="(4$$""$$# 0@

LJ

="($"$$0@

.(0$$0(.

*$ 0

/) 54$$$$$

#$4% )#$1#3, -

:"&8& !

D!(&($(4#((($D$

(R"#$$

$$$"#,45 D!(&(!%!0%(!0%(($(

(($($"# LJ

*$0@

0@$$.$2#

$>$(1%-3"#*$$

;C

#$ 5#(!(&($$#("

D$(<(*1*3$*

$$#*4<

)"($(7$> 2 54$$#$

8(2 !

&$4$$$$$($$

"$$$$#8

1"("3

1$$3

%$1$3

$1"3

! 07"(

.8(2

)"($(7$8((2

*$8((22(7$8(

*$$##4$$

#$4%

#4$$#$$$$5

#$4%

$<S$$

D$-5$1-53$#

(-54($%###13#$

,-5$(#$$##

-54(

#$4% )$$:

>-5#$(

)"($(7$$2A

>$#-5#

)-5-54($D$$$

#$4% )>$#-5$$$

/) 54$$$

.0

*$$$$8$"1 -3$$ -

$($(ET4?A1"36$"

.0>! !

-$$#$$$$1#

"3#$$7"I$

#$4% #$ -4,$(($%$

1,453,, -$$$$$ -5#( -4

,$ -4,$1$$3

%#ET4?A$$$ -<"$("6$"

$"$7$

)$$"$(#8

"$("6$"-!$$"$

7$

#"$("6$",!

#$4%

% -$ -4,$# -"#

H$$, -4,$(, -1,453,, -

$$I$$$$ -

$B:>=

**1&%=*3

("(8

)("(8

*)-9*

*$2$8=;2#

*$$$"(7#>C>(>C((I

)$7*$"$2.(4*

$D

#$4%

%#"$$ D$"I$$

0 !

! )$H(##$$$

.B".$((

**1&%=*3

("(8

)("(8

*)-9*

+) 3)

*$2$".$((

%(7#:8".$(!

).$H

%#$$".;;4$H!

! $4&> LJ

*$"$2.(4*$D

#$4%

%#"$$ D$"I$$

! )#$"1$$3

2(

#8

"(1$3

4$"(

)$$$$$ D$#$($(

7)$$1$$3$$$

)$H#""($(7

$.$:;2$"

$$>#$$$;2

#$4% $(($$$

$>$H$$$

(4

$= (B

4>$HH7

U($>$H$$

> U($>$H$$

$>$H#

)>$H#$(6$

#$4% )4>##$4$$"

A

&#4>$4$)>

$H#

)$#$#$$$$$;2

$$( $(=$ (7$

&##4> $)#>$H#

)$#$#$$$$$;2

$$( <=$ (7$

F

&#4>$("

)$#$#$$$$$;2

$$( $(= (7$

&##4>$("

)$#$#$$$;2$

$( <= (7$

9

4>$(6$

)(6$>(6$>(6$

0&

=0& !

)4$"("($>$##

#$4% *((4$"()$

#$4% $""#$4$"(

B

?-$ 3 4

$#($7

$$7$"6$)."*:$

D$$($$#"!

$$$$$(#4#$4

"($(7$.##$*$

#14>3$(##$$#",

**$?:#(, D$$$$($$$$&#

$$($$$$($"$O)

D$$$1$3#($

7$D$$$1$$3

$7$)$6$

. 0 D$$"$($$*&4 13+41$3$(6$"$$"

)$$"$#$#$O$)$$

4>"$*!%::&#$$

)$"#6(#

(5##

)$$8

)"($(7$:; D$$$413+41$3$(6$"

)$$$#$#$O$

$1$$3

C

)$"#6(#

(5##

)$$8

)"($(7$:;

$($$D$$$4

13+41$3$(6$"$

)$$$#$#$O$

6$$

)$8

)"($(7$.$:

$ D$$$(&V=#)*&

)"($(7$.$:

2 D$#$($##

)$6#$$$7

6$).

"#$$% &7$$$$$$

$$$(5$#$O$ 5#(##*

A0#

.; 28$ =.& !

#$4% )$$*&)4/$$*&)4$(

)47$$$

$$$#$8

$#*&)4$(*&**$$

$#$(7$

#;$$#8

; %.$($7$ 4*%.$7$($7$

%.$7$ 0$#;$ 5($#$4*$$#

#$4%

7$#*$($$

.$(&28$ =.& !

#$4% )$$*&)4)(/$$*&)4$(

)47)($$$)(

$$$#$8

$#*&)4$(*&)4)($

$#$(7)($

#;$$#8

; %.$($7$ 4*%.$7$($7$

%.$7$ 0$#;$ 5($#$4*$$#

#$4%

7$#*$($$

A0#

.22:;"& !

#$4% )$$!%$$!%$($

)$$4>).$$4>$

$$#$8

$#$(4>).

#;$$#8

; %.$($7$ 4*%.$7$($7$

%.$7$ 0$#;$ 5($#$4*$$#

#$4%

7$#*$($$

!%#$4> #$$!%).

$$!%(#8

/) E4$$" 0$>$##"($

&02

=&0($#$

)$"8

/) E4$$" 0$>$##"($

&02

=&0($ 0

;2 "$

!*)1!*)3$$$$(

$$(7$"D$$$

(4($!>$

)"($(7$;2"

. (";E; (( (&!

#$4% , !2$$($$$77

#$4% ,-.%% 2$$($$$#7

)$#8

$7(1$313$$$

44$(1$3&($$

$7$. $$(

)#$$$"($(7

$;2"%#O#$$($

#$4% !$$$; $$$(

$4*$$$$($

#$4% ,%$$($$$$

)$#8

$7(1$3$$$

44$(1$3&($$

$7$. $$(

(7*$$>!

$$$; $$$($ 4*$7$$($

A0#

%#(7($7$$$

#$4%

#$>8

);CW;$$$;CW;.

=AFW;F$$$;CW;.

)$#8

$7$. $$$(

(7*$$>!

$$$; $$$($ 4*$7$$($

%#(7($7$$$

#$4%

;2"= &

#$4% )#1!$24$(%,3#

)$$$!$4$($#

)!$8

)"($(7$F*$.

#4$$

D$#$(#

)$6#*&)4$$$*&

"#$$% &7$$$$$$

$$$(5$#$O$ 5#(*&)4##*

:A

.28$ =. !

#$4% )$$*&)4$$*&)4$($

$#*&)4$(*&)4$ 44

$#$(7$

:F

A0# 6 " D$$(7,$

(7$($(

"#$$% *4"(7$*)

H#$$$$$

#$##*#$7

,4*(

*K)*$##$D"(

"<$"D$*

*5#%7*:9

(K)($#($$$

$(*#7#%("

(>$D$( 5#%7(1$$3:B

* D$*##8

1$$3

*"1$$3S#7#N#;#N#;

&@(1$$3 D$7*##8

%#$$1$$3

""(1$$3

)$1$$3

,$7*"$

:9

%#(<7*,

D$(4($

/) E4$$"$

%#$.((( &1($3

$$((#(7#

#8

&K &1($3

&1$$3K &1

($3$( ( &$:&

>1$$3K &1

($3$(($:&

K*$.((2&(

$:&$$"(7

*$2(

)7((@(

%#(<7(

(A!(

)*$$$I

*$($$#7#7

%#$*(>7*(((@

#$4%

:B

F!

#$$<$8

$NN$$$(

%#$4$((1$$3$$$#

7(

)=J$$"$

I$$$(7$

,$($$7$

(,$I#7(

$(7$$$$#$

#$4% *$$$$$($$$($

)5#<$"$$(( X;Y,($(AY($AY##

$$:?A$

)5$$$ $

7

:C

)$$(#8

)"($(7$: LJ

*$$&(*;$$:8.(0%#

* ##((8

.2&

)$(7H(#8

)I$

$$7$7$$

7$$*&

*(7$

&2

#($$8

)(1$$3$$$( JJ

$$(>$ 5#($$=

#$4%

:C

)$"#$#$$(8

F!

2&2

2&2(* 2&

$##$78

=$"$7$

2&2( 2&

2&2(( *:&

$ $7 07(((

* 1$$3

)"($(7$: LJ

*$$&(*;$$:8.(0%#

)(Z[$$($(E$

($I$$%#($$$

* 5#($$7

$(7

)$($$$7

$"$7$

$$7##$8

,#$1$$3 E7

,$$$78

,$$78

F! 7

1&%=*$3$$#

#$4% *$$)$

#$4% &#$#$($"$>>

#$4% *#$(($

#$4% D$$$$4($"$$

($%#$$$$"$#H

$$%D$#($($$ 5#($#8++$

$&7=-

. 0

H#$

&%=*4

H$$*1&%=*3

&%=**M

H$$$#

$"1$$3*M

H#7$ 1$$371$

$3"

&#*M

H$$,$$

H$$

H#$

*$$(1$$($

$3 M*(E=!4($(" D$$1$$"*&3"("$

#$4% =("($$$

#$$$$$#D$

#$$$#D$

&%=*4$"*(

D$#*##,$#

##$8

($D$$##$((

$&7=,$ (

M

$$$,4$$

#$4% *,

M

$$$,$$ M5#(,,"($

(7$:

$&7=/$ . (

&%=*M

4

$"M

9*$

#$4%

%##4$

$&7=/$ . (!

$"M M5($##$

"8#

)$#8

8#

("(8

)("(8

)I(($((

*-9*

*$$.8# 8# 1$$3

+) ,$> 3)

)$7*$"$2.(4*

$D

#$4%

%#"$$ D$I$$

.(8#

("(8

)("(8

)I(($((

*-9*

/) 0$&%=*

*$$.(8#.(1$$

3

?A

+) ,$ 3) , 6) ,$> 7)

)$7*$"$2.(4*

$D

#$4%

%#"$$ D$I$$

;8#

("(8

)("(8

)I(($((

*-9*

/) 0$&%=*

*$$.(8#.(1$$

3

+) ,$ 3) ,#> 6) ,> 7)

)$7*$"$2.(4*

$D

#$4%

%#"$$ D$I$$ 48#

8# 1"#"

3 #$$#&%=*

;2>0#

$"$H$$$#$"$(

$"*$=I##8

?F

9*$

;2>0K**$ $$"1$$3?9

;2>0"K**$$"?B 4&;2>0K*0($"$"?C

;2>0 !

#$$"$" 4&;2>0

)( $$"#8

("(8

)I$

)("(8

)I(

-9*

+) 3)

*$$:;2$;2>0C;2>0

"#$$"$$$;2>0$$"(7

)$7*$"$2.(4*

$D

#$4%

;&;2>0

)( $$"#8

("(8

)I$

)("(8

?9

)I(

-9*

+) 3) 6)

*$$:;2$;2>0C;2>0

"#$$"$$$;2>0$$"(7

)$7*$"$2.(4*

$D

#$4%

%#"$$ 4;2>0

%#;2>0&%=*#

$1"#"3$"

;2>0

"#$$% )$"4$#($($

$8

)#$"(44#$

)#$"(44

;2>0

)$"#8

("(8

?B

9*$

)I$

)("(8

)I(

-9*

*$"$#:;2$;2>0C;2>0

*$;2>0"

# 54$$$"

+) 3) 6)

#$4% D$($"$"(#7#

*5#0($"$"

?C 7)

)$7*$"$2.(4*

$D

#$4%

%#"$$ 4&;2>0;2>0

)($"$"#8

("(8

)I$

)("(8

)I(

-9*

*$$:;2$;2>0C;2>0

*$4&;2>0

# 54$$$"($"

)$7*$"$2.(4*

$D

#$4%

+) 3) 6) 7)

?C

;&;2>0

("(8

)I$

)("(8

)I(

-9*

*$$:;2$;2>0C;2>0

*$;&;2>0 54$$($"

)$7*$"$2.(4*

$D

#$4%

+) 3) 6) 4;2>0

&$1$"$7

!&3

;2>0$"1"#

"3

.(;2>0

)$$"*#8

)I$

;2>0$$"

*$$:;2$;2>0C;2>0

3)

*$ 6) !"$#$"$#4$

$ A

9*$

#$4% ).(;2>0"(#$"

$": 7)

)$7*$"$2.(4*

$D

#$4%

),8

*$#4$$>#$%

#$4% )%-)##()$($

$$$$&$$"(7

2

,$$$"7$

#$$ 5#($$$*

5H$$" >$(#

)#>$8

4(>K*#$$

-"4(>K%(*$("

,1$$3 A;

#4>$$ $($" D$"<>%#>#

#$4% $$$>$($"$$#>

"($"H$)((

,4#$($$

$ D$$

)$8

*$ #4$$

)$#$2# #4$

*$#$D$$$#

$H$$$"$$5#

:;22 !

*$4(%)((I$$$

$$$D$<$"#

$$4I$45#

8++$$+

$$(1$3$($

#$O$ A

9*$

>*$O!5#*$

#>!$*$O!

)>$$###$8

=4#

$(H$

>1$$3 A:

1 "

#$"$$)$7

$$#13$

2 D$#$#$(#$"$

;0;

#$4%

%$"#4

)"#8

)"($(7$;# B;2 54$$ 5#$$"##

;0.

$I$

)"8

)"($(7$;0. 54$$

:/;;2 !

#$8

D$ D$$$(

#$4% =$(:

#$4% &$41**3$":$#

A?

B!$

:/;;2

$(1$$3("

2

(#$57$$

8++$+#%

%#"#$8

)"($(7$: LJ

*$"&0$ ($.(0 54$$

$$#$5$#1$$

3AF

:4. !

0$$$$#$$

*0##8

*$$:4. JJ

*$:4.$"( JJ

*$$:4.

7#$#$$"($$5

#$O$#

AA

$"$$$8

4($(H

#$4% G$$

/) ,#$8

$7$

2&=:4.

%#0$#8

)I$$$$"$

$$7$

,) ,7#$#4$

)$(#$>($1$4#$3$4#$

+) ,>$#$8

$7$

.2 !

D$#4< $$

AF

B!$

$4#$>($$

7##

%#($(((((4#$

$$(6$#$$$

$2((

$#8

&$"#7 E$7$$$

)I$$7$

)"($"##G($"#$

,($$S$$"#

"#$$% 7$>*$$$>$

"4$$ $($$

$$"$4(\4#

%#$@#4@$

$%4@$$#

%#$($$"($" P5E %0Q

($#7H$%#$#

$#$$"#H

%##8

$"$4$#$$

)$ A9 5 80 2

$8

80 KD$,($"

#1,AB3

. KD$,$1,

AB3

.21$$3KD$E$) 1$$3$$1E$)

$$1$$3AB3

2K,I##($"#

$$1,AB3

9Y$(#$$

($$ 5($("($$("(((# 80 2

($"# D$,($"#$$

#$4%

%#$:&!$#*E((# 5#

*$($: 0"#

#$4% D($$%$$

(:.2;$2

D$E$)$E$((*&@ 58

8++$+$#E$$

$#$ AB

C&$"$

#$4%

8++$+$$#4$$

2

,I##$5

,AB

2:2 D$E$$#

#$=$$$($((*&@ E$)5E$)$$

1$$3AB

#$4%

8++$+$$#4$$

)$8

%E$$

%#$E$$$$()

#$&%=*$"##D$$

$$*&@$#E$

)$(8

( 5($("($$("(((#

%E$

$$ 5$("($8

)$(<$"$#C#( 5("(8

)(<$"($5 LJ

)(<$"($5

*$$*&@#$(#4$

$ E$ AC

:2 !

*$$$>*E$=*$(

>*E$$#=*$

*E$$8

#4$>$$

)$$$#*E$8++$+*$<

#4$$ F

C&$"$

-9 . 8#!$":

*&$%+=*1&%=*3$$$(

$1$""(3*

7

#$4% 7$"$*0$$#

2.

)$$4$#$

)$(7*$$#

4$$

)7*$##8

)7*$$"$.( 4*$D

#$4%

)$7*$"$2.(4*

$D

#$4%

%#"$$ D$I$$

#$4% E#$

)*#$#8

*****F;

*$"$ <;4*$D

#$4%

* F;

#$4% =$$$;# <

;4* D$I$$

#$4% D$$#$

(8#

*$"$>E7$$#

;(8#2

)$*1&%=*3>&%=*

$ D$$$&%=*#1"%&%3(#N$1#

,3(*

*****F;

)7*$$"$.( 4*$D

#$4%

)$$"#&%=*&%=*F

;8#

&%=*$$$(7

$8

)"($(7$* JJ

*$ $.(0 54$$

#8

+) F

;*1&%=*3)!**

$!"#>D#

&) 54$$$

!"#$&%=* D$$

#$4%

&%=*$5$$#

$%#$#8

)"($(7$<4*

*$)$$"183

(4$$">771#7(73

)&%=*( 3)

(#4$$

#$4% #$$$#$>

.((&(5

)$$($#$<$#8

$$&$=8

)$#C&$

*$($#4$$

$"8# !

"#$$% &#()#!1)!3#$

$((#$(5$$##

)!$#$D$#)!* 1&%=*3

#$4%

)$$)!*8

*****F;

*$$$"4&#4$$

)!&%=*1$$3 F:

*$$$>**$$O&%=*

$> $$$H#$>

)$$$**8++$+*$<

#4$$ F?

;*1&%=*3)!**

$,,4($

,FA

)$$$,#*8

*$:.:; JJ

)$$$,#* 8

)"($(7$: JJ

,) ,$#$#4

#$4% )$$.

,$,$#<$?4 5%$)$##8

5%"*$"#4$$

%$#$5$

)$,$0 D,$($7>

$,1$$3 FA

;(:.:;2

)$,#8

8++$++$$+$)$

)$$ JJ D$#$,#!$#

*8

*$!$#""($(7 0 "$(7 54$$

5$#*&@(

#$4%

)$,($(#8

8++$+

*$2$#$$

($(7

%;$$;#4$$$

)$,#8

-#$*&@7>(4

$$"7>#4$$

:.:;4<

#$4%

5,;*$,$*&@

$05%($7>5#

$05%*&@F9

$05%1>07(5%#$3$

#$ FF

%#,$$05%

,$05%$#<$?4 5%$5$(8

*$.:$$$$($$5%

$7$)*4*$ 5%$($>54$$ JJ

$5%$

#$4% )$$($$(("

#$4%

:.:;4<

)$05%#8

)&%=*$$#$#8

#$4% )$05%*&@

$05%F9

#4$$

;:.:;4<8G(2

$05%*&@$(##8

$05%$

$05%$)

#$4% )$05%$0

,$$05%($7

;(:.:;4<2

)$05%*&@8

8++$++$$+$)$

*$;:;4<$

$05%

F9

;:.:;4<& & !

5$#*&@(

#$4%

)$05%($(1$$3*&

@8

8++$+ 0$($$$

%;$#4$$$$>$05%

:.:;4<

E$05%>1&%=*3#

$05%$%$7$$$

$>5#(E$05%

8++$++$$+$$<

;:.:;4<

#$4% E$05%(*#<$

;(:.:;4<2

)E$05%#8

8++$++$$+$)$

;:.:;4<& &

#$4%

5$#($(

)E$05%($(#8

8++$+

*$2$#$$(

$(7$$$

%;$#4$$$4<

.B:.:;4<

E$*1&%=*3$#

#$H8 FB

*$#$D$$

$($4*:.:;

(#($>#D$<

$1$*&@3$

*$#D$#

)$HE$05%#8

*$2$

/) !"$H$

*$"2.(4* D$"I$$

E$05%1$$3 FC

$(;.J?.AHJFH $$(#

=$ A.$] +;.$]: +;A.$]: J?A,*&4 A.$]: +C.$]: +;.$]:9A +;A.$]: J?A

,*&4 A.$]: +C.$]: +;.$]:9A +;.$]:9A +

;A.$]: +.$]A J?A,*&4 A.$]: +C.$]: +;.$]A +;A.$]?:: +

.$]:A JFA,*&4 A.$]: +C.$]: +;.$]A +;.$]A +;A.$

]?:: +.$]:A JFA,*&4 A.$]: +C.$]: +;.$]A +;.$]A +;A.$

]A +.$]?A JC,*&4

;CA.$]:; J?A,

;CA.$]::: JFA,

;CA.$]?F JC,

;CA.$]F;A J;,

;CA.$]FC J;:A,

;CA.$]99 J;A,

;CA.$];: J,

;CA.$];;B J:,

;CA.$];FC J::,

#$4% )$#%)-447$

?. 9

# 2

$&-,=,# 2

=1$$3 3H./3H.

- I,9H.69H.

2(1$3

-9J59J 3J53J

"*1H3

?;^5CA^5 J?^5;?^5

;YCY AYCAY

- I-3/9+1 I-3-,-5, JA#;# JA#?#

= 9;

-/ 4( 0$$$#$$$(6$$$$K#7

$8

G$$$4#$

%#$$$$4#$ 9

;:0$$$

#$$(#$$#$5# 5($9?

$$O(6$(>#$

)$$($"$$$(I$

($(4(

)$ $$($("(6$$

7$(6$$$$

(8

E##$$(

($$(# 0($

*7$$

% 4#4>$#$$$$(#"

$$>$)(6$$$(#$

$((H$$($#$

$$( 9:

#(6$H$>#$$(

)$R$$(#$"$

$($I$

% "#(($$H

#%#8++$$($6

<(&2( 0$(4(($$

7$$$$$$$(

$,R#

$>$K#$"$$_

$"$ $1 )3$

#$$(#$$#$ D$$# )$D )$

<#$$#(#D>

$$$$+#7=

$>$$#D"(

O7$7###

#$13#

07:J $$(=1,;!(3

J,9 $$(=

J,B $$(=

RJ,; $$(=

*9)(J0( $$(5D)(1 ?;+T&3

*&"J0( $$(51 ?:?+T&3

("J0( $$(5D("(71

=*3

*J#$

99

"7$8

!$# $$(#1,9,B,;!$#=I$3

$$$(#1 3 9?

)$% $1 )% 3

*$AB#5 $<E15 E3$(* $$&

$$#$$$1%)3#$

#$4(<$#$#$$(#$$*$>$

$$#$(4(#$

$$$$#4$$$

"/76I4/9-3+5

)0-:;A?C$(0!:9F(#

,( $$(1, 3#,:O,( $$(%1, %3(

$(#(4

, $$$($##($173

@7(#, (%*=+%0?A8;

, $>$($$(7$(

$$$#$$($8

2&1#$(7#$#(#

$$3

# &1("($$$$#H$

(3

&1(($($3

&1#$($($3

0

* 9A

&0

)#H($##((4

#$4% )7)H##

#B

$ $#(1 3

) $# )$ $1 ) 3

$# $1 3

%#)$)$$ $)1%)) )3

-5#& E(0V )$*$#- $1E0*- 3

)$$###%$1)%3

,:,( $$(%1, %3 4

#*-(1*-3

#,$4!)$

1 $( $3)$$ $

0(! 0(5 T( $$-"

!$#0(

:0

($$ 9F

#$4% *0

#$8

)E*+.E*+,()$1B993FAF49AB!5FC!

(4<($$

$$(#$$##8

1BBB3AC4A99!5FC!)

$##(4

$ 99

$$( 9:

$$( 9?

$" ; 8

($"$ AB

($" AB

7 ;

" ;:;B

(# F

# A;

$1 )3

> 9?

9:

)1$3

> 9?

9:

C

6 ;

C

" C

#$4 ?;

($ :C

( :C

F

F

F

&$ ;B

&( ;F

$#C F:

($ AC

( ;F

#)$ 9

C;

)$ 9

$ F

# F

C

$# F

"( 9

# A

&%=* ?A

$ F;

#$ F;

F;

$ F;

$$, - ;C

$H 9

$, -$$ ;C

$$$( 99

# :A

"# A?

"## A?

$ F

$ ?B

( A

( ?C

$ A

$ A

A

?B 4

$$$ 9

7 ?;

413+4

C 1$3$(6$"

# A

( ?9

( ?9

$$" ?9

?B

$$$# F

$$"# B

$# AF

$#$ AA

$$ AAAF

F

#$4( ?;

> A:

> A;

># A;

#$"# B 9B

%7

#4>$

9

#4>$ F

*E$ F

)$! A

$$ C

7 :B

:B

4>$$$

:::A

: A?

$ 9:

*$ A

$*$1*3 A

0

AA

5 :C

-4,$

$05%

F9

F9

FF

FA

FF

FA

E$

$ AC

*( :9

9

#$" B

$ B

$" B

B

$" B

$# F

$$(# 9:

" A?

"# A?

K 6$" AA

:9

413+4

1$3$( A

B

& ;F

;F

( ;A

$ ;A

$>$ ;F

, - ;F

#$H# 9

#$ A

$ F

$$" B B

!$ :A

*%!$ ;F

7$"$" ;

-5

-5# 9

$" B

4>$$

B

9;

&%=* ?A

$"# 9

*&** ?A

* A

*&)4 :F

*&)4$$

%7 9C

*&)4**

*&)4**

*&)4)( :

( :C

7 ?;

(# C;

#*&)4 ?

$ :C

B

:C

#4> 9

#4> F

4> 9

4> F

4> A

4> A

$" B

$ ;A

($, -$$ ;C

$ AB

$ AC

E$ AC

AC

*&@ AC

$E$

) AB

AB

$H# 9

*$AB$$( 9A

$$(# A

($ ;A

$($ ;A

$ F;

#$ F;

$ A9

:B

7 :9

:9

4>$

9

4>$

F

#*&)4 ?

)($$*&)4

4> B

( 9

9

*( :9

4>$H A

$$( A

$ A

$# A

A;

" A?

"# A?

> A;

# A

$$ C

"# C

#4> 9

#4> F

4> 9

4> F

4> A

4> A

$H# 9

)! F:

# :A

$ ;FA9

I$ :B

4>$H$

$$ A

4>$

A

4>$ A

:B

AA

# A

*&**# ? A

*&)4$$ :;:

:F

$, AB

$$( 9A

( ;F

$>$( ;F E$

$$$$*&)4

05%

$H FB

FB

$$$( 9F

F?

$ AB B

%7

,, -# F

,, -$ ;B;C

*&)4$$

*&)4**

B

E

# C;?

*&)4 :;:

:A

6 ;

($" AB

$ AB

AB

A;

, AB

# F

( ;B

$>$( ;F

( ;B

;B

" ;B

;B

"1, -3

$$ ;C

$, -$$ ;C

#$ ;C

($, -$$ ;C

, -# F

, -$ ;F

, -( ;F

%7 B;

 

 

Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules First edition (February 2019) Copyright Lenovo 2020. Contents

. . . . Chapter 1. Notice for users in USA and Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

. 1

. . Approved wireless devices . . 2 Preinstalled wireless LAN module . . 2 Simultaneous use of RF transmitters. . 3

. . Canada Industry Canada (IC)

. 3 Approved wireless devices. . Preinstalled wireless LAN module . 4 Low power license-exempt radiocommunication devices (RSS-210, RSS-

247)

. . Exposure of humans to RF fields (RSS-102) . . . . Canada Industrie Canada (IC)

. . . . . . . 4

. 4

. 4

. 4

. 5

. Priphriques sans fil homologus

. Module rseau local sans fil prinstall . Appareils de radio-communication basse tension sans licence d'utilisation (CNR-210,

. . CNR-247) . Conformit des appareils de radiocommunication aux limites d'exposition humaine aux radiofrquences (CNR-102) . . . . Federal Communications Commission (FCC)

. . Declaration of Conformity . . Usage environment and your health . Location of the FCC ID and IC ID . Electronic emission notices . . 6

. 6

. 6

. . . 6

. 7

. . . . . . 5

. Chapter 2. European Union (EU) /

United Kingdom (UK) Compliance. . . . 9

. 9 UK declaration of conformity. . 9 EU declaration of conformity . . . English . 9

. 10

. . Bulgarian . 10

. . Croatian . 10

. . Czech . 11

. . Danish . 11

. . Dutch . 11

. . Estonian . 12

. . Finnish . 12

. . French . 12

. . German . 13

. . Greek . 13

. . Hungarian . 14

. . Italian . 14

. . Latvian . 14

. . Lithuanian . 15

. . Norwegian . 15

. . Polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Portuguese . Romanian . Slovenian . Slovakian . Spanish . . Swedish . . Turkish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

. 16

. 16

. 16

. 17

. 17

. 18 Chapter 3. . . 19 LAN Bluetooth

. . LAN

. . 21

. 22

. . . 19

. . . . . . . . . Modelo: Intel 3165NGW

. Modelo: Intel 7265NGW

. Modelo: Intel 8265NGW Modelo: Qualcomm QCNFA344A . Modelo: Qualcomm QCNFA364

. Modelo: Qualcomm QCNFA435

. Modelo: Realtek RTL8821CE . Modelo: Realtek RTL8822BE . . Modelo: Intel 9260NGW . Modelo: Intel 9560NGW . . Modelo: Intel 9560NGW R . . Modelo: Intel 9462NGW . . Modelo: Realtek RTL8822CE . Modelo: Intel 9560D2W . . Modelo: Intel AX200NGW . . Modelo: Intel AX201NGW . . Modelo: Intel AX201D2W . . . Modelo: L850-GL . . . Modelo: QCNFA324 . . Modelo: MT7921 . . . Modelo: 9260D2WL . . Modelo: AX200D2WL . . . . . . Modelo: RTL8852AE . Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions . . . . . . . . 23 Notice for users in Argentina (Nota para uso en

. Argentina) . Notice for users in Chile (Nota para uso en Chile) . Notice for users in Brazil (Aviso para usuarios no

. . Brasil)

. . For model: 3165NGW. For model: 7265NGW. 23

. 23

. 23

. 23

. 23

. 23

. 23

. 23

. 24

. 24

. 24

. 24

. 24

. 24

. 24

. 24

. 24

. 25

. 25

. 25

. 25

. 25

. 25

. 25

. 25

. 26

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

. 32

. 32

. . . . . . . Copyright Lenovo 2020 i

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For model: QCNFA344A. . For model: QCNFA364 . . For model: QCNFA435 . . For model: 8265NGW. . For model: RTL8821CE . . For model: RTL8822BE . . . For model: 9260NGW. For model: 9560NGW. . For model: 9560NGW R . . For model: 9462NGW. . For model: RTL8822CE . . For model: 9560D2W

. . For model: AX200NGW . . For model: AX201NGW . . For model: AX201D2W . . For model: L850-GL . . For model: RTL8852AE . . For model: QCNFA324 . . For model: MT7921 . . For model: 9260D2WL . . For model: AX200D2WL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notice for users in Mexico (Nota para uso en

. Mexico) . . Notice for users in India. Model: 3165NGW . Model: 7265NGW . Model: 8265NGW . Model: QCNFA344A . Model: QCNFA364

. Model: QCNFA435 Model: RTL8821CE . Model: RTL8822BE . Model: 9260NGW . Model: 9560NGW . Model: 9560NGW R . Model: 9462NGW . Model: RTL8822CE . Model: 9560D2W . Model: AX200NGW . Model: AX201NGW . Model: AX201D2W . Model: QCNFA324 . Modelo: 3165NGW

. Modelo: 7265NGW Modelo: 8265NGW

. Modelo: QCNFA344A Modelo: QCNFA364 . Modelo: QCNFA435 . Modelo: RTL8821CE . Modelo: RTL8822BE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

. 32

. 33

. 33

. 33

. 33

. 33

. 33

. 34

. 34

. 34

. 34

. 34

. 34

. 35

. 35

. 35

. 35

. 35

. 35

. 36

. 36

. 36

. 36

. 36

. 36

. 36

. 36

. 36

. 36

. 36

. 37

. 37

. 37

. 37

. 37

. 37

. 37

. 37

. 37

. 37

. 37

. 38

. 38

. 38

. 38

. 38

. 38

. 38 ii Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules

. . Modelo: 9260NGW

. . Modelo: 9560NGW

. . Modelo: 9560NGW R . . Modelo: 9462NGW

. . Modelo: RTL8822CE . . Modelo: 9560D2W . . . Modelo: AX200NGW . . Modelo: AX201NGW . . Modelo: AX201D2W . . Modelo: L850-GL . . . Modelo: QCNFA324 . . Modelo: 9260D2WL . . Modelo: AX200D2WL . . Notice for users in Morocco . Notice for users in Nigeria . . Notice for users in Saudi Arabia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For model: 3165NGW. . For model: 7265NGW. For model: 8265NGW. . For model: Qualcomm QCNFA344A . . For model: Qualcomm QCNFA364 . . For model: Qualcomm QCNFA435 . . . For model: RTL8821CE . . For model: RTL8822BE . . For model: 9260NGW. . For model: 9560NGW. . For model: 9560NGW R . . For model: 9462NGW. . For model: RTL8822CE . . For model: 9560D2W

. . For model: AX200NGW . . For model: AX201NGW . . For model: AX201D2W . . For model: L850-GL . . For model: QCNFA324 . . For model: MT7921

. . For model: 9260D2WL . . For model: AX200D2WL. . . . . . . . . . . . . Notice for users in Serbia . Notice for users in South Africa For model: 3165NGW. For model: 7265NGW. For model: 8265NGW. For model: QCNFA344A. For model: QCNFA364 . For model: QCNFA435 . For model: RTL8821CE . For model: RTL8822BE . For model: 9260NGW. For model: 9560NGW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

. 38

. 39

. 39

. 39

. 39

. 39

. 39

. 39

. 39

. 39

. 40

. 40

. 40

. 46

. 47

. 47

. 48

. 49

. 50

. 51

. 52

. 53

. 54

. 55

. 56

. 57

. 58

. 59

. 60

. 61

. 62

. 63

. 64

. 65

. 66

. 67

. 68

. 69

. 69

. 69

. 69

. 69

. 69

. 69

. 70

. 70

. 70

. 70

. 70 For model: 9560NGW R . . For model: 9462NGW. . For model: RTL8822CE . . For model: 9560D2W

. . For model: AX200NGW . . For model: AX201NGW . . For model: AX201D2W . . For model: L850-GL . . For model: RTL8852AE . . For model: QCFNA324 . . For model: MT7921 . . For model: 9260D2WL . . For model: AX200D2WL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notice for users in Taiwan . . NCC

. . . . Notice for users in the UAE

. . For model: 3165NGW. . For model: 7265NGW. For model: 8265NGW. . For model: QCNFA344A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

. 70

. 71

. 71

. 71

. 71

. 71

. 71

. 71

. 72

. 72

. 72

. 72

. 72

. 72

. 72

. 72

. 73

. 73

. 73 For model: QCNFA364 . For model: QCNFA435 . For model: RTL8821CE . For model: RTL8822BE . For model: 9260NGW. For model: 9560NGW. For model: 9560NGW R . For model: 9462NGW. For model: RTL8822CE . For model: 9560D2W . For model: AX200NGW . For model: AX201NGW . For model: AX201D2W . For model: L850-GL . For model: RTL8852AE . For model: QCNFA324 . For model: QCNFA324 . For model: 9260D2WL . For model: AX200D2WL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

. 73

. 73

. 73

. 74

. 74

. 74

. 74

. 74

. 74

. 74

. 75

. 75

. 75

. 75

. 75

. 75

. 75

. 76

. lxxvii Trademarks . . Copyright Lenovo 2020 iii About this manual This publication contains regulatory information for wireless modules that may be included by Lenovo computers. Different computer products support different wireless modules. Devices that are certified with a specific absorption rate (SAR) are listed separately. Table 1. Wireless modules for SAR-certified devices Product Name Wireless Modules Lenovo IdeaPad C340-14IWL QCNFA435, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo IdeaPad C340-15IWL QCNFA435, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo IdeaPad C340-14API QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE Lenovo IdeaPad S340-14IWL QCNFA435, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo IdeaPad S340-15IWL QCNFA435, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo IdeaPad S340-15IWL Touch QCNFA435, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo IdeaPad S340-14API QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE Lenovo IdeaPad S340-15API QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE Lenovo IdeaPad S340-15API Touch QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE Lenovo IdeaPad S540-14IWL QCNFA435, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo IdeaPad S540-14IWL Touch QCNFA435, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo IdeaPad S540-14API QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE Lenovo IdeaPad FLEX-14API QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE Lenovo IdeaPad FLEX-14IWL QCNFA435, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo IdeaPad FLEX-15IWL QCNFA435, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo Legion Y540-15IRH QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo Legion Y540-15IRH-PG0 QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo Legion Y540-17IRH QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo Legion Y540-17IRH-PG0 QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo E41-35 QCNFA435, RTL8821CE Lenovo ThinkBook 13s-IWL RTL8822CE, 9560NGW Lenovo ThinkBook 14s-IWL RTL8822CE, 9560NGW Lenovo ThinkBook 13s-IML RTL8822CE, 9560NGW Lenovo ThinkBook 14s-IML RTL8822CE, 9560NGW Lenovo V330-14ISK QCNFA435, 3165NGW, 8265NGW, RTL8822BE, RTL8821CE Table 1. Wireless modules for SAR-certified devices (continued) Product Name Wireless Modules Lenovo V330-14IKB QCNFA435, 3165NGW, 8265NGW, RTL8822BE, RTL8821CE Lenovo V330-14ARR QCNFA435A, RTL8821CE Lenovo V330-14IGM QCNFA435A, 3165NGW, RTL8821CE Lenovo Legion Y740-15IRH 9560NGW, AX200NGW Lenovo Legion Y740-15IRHg Lenovo Legion Y740-17IRH Lenovo Legion Y740-17IRHg 9560NGW 9560NGW 9560NGW Lenovo IdeaPad S540-15IWL GTX RTL8822BE, 9560NGW Lenovo Chromebook C340-11 9560NGW Lenovo Chromebook S340-14 9560NGW Lenovo Chromebook S340-14 Touch 9560NGW Lenovo Legion Y7000 2019 QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo Legion Y7000 2019 PG0 QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo Legion Y7000 2019 1050 RTL8822BE, 9560NGW Lenovo 100e 2nd Gen 9260NGW, 9560NGW, AX200NGW, QCNFA344A, RTL8822CE Lenovo 300e 2nd Gen 9260NGW, 9560NGW, AX200NGW, QCNFA344A, RTL8822CE Lenovo Legion Y545 QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo Legion Y545 PG0 QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13IML 9560NGW, AX201NGW, RTL8822CE Lenovo Yoga C940 BE-14IIL 9560D2W, AX201D2W Lenovo Yoga C940-14IIL 9560D2W, AX201D2W Lenovo Yoga S740-15IRH 9560NGW, AX200NGW Lenovo IdeaPad S740-15IRH 9560NGW, AX200NGW Lenovo IdeaPad S740-15IRH Touch 9560NGW, AX200NGW Lenovo Yoga S730-13IML RTL8822CE , 9560NGW Lenovo IdeaPad 730S-13IML RTL8822CE , 9560NGW Lenovo ideapad S530-13IML RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo IdeaPad S540-15IML RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo Yoga C740-14IML RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, AX201NGW Table 1. Wireless modules for SAR-certified devices (continued) Product Name Wireless Modules Lenovo Yoga C740-15IML RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, AX201NGW Lenovo Yoga S740-14IIL RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, AX201NGW Lenovo IdeaPad S740-14IIL RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, AX201NGW Lenovo Chromebook C340-15 7265NGW Lenovo Yoga C640-13IML RTL8822CE, 9560NGW Lenovo Yoga C640-13IML LTE RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, L850-GL Lenovo 14w QCNFA344A Lenovo 14e Chromebook QCNFA344A Lenovo Chromebook S345-14AST QCNFA344A Lenovo IdeaPad S340-13IML RTL8822CE, 9260NGW Lenovo Ideapad S340-14IML RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo Ideapad S340-15IML RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo Ideapad S340-15IML Touch RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo IdeaPad C340-15IIL RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo IdeaPad Flex-15IIL RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo Legion Y740S-15IRH 9560NGW, AX200NGW Lenovo IdeaPad S540-14IML RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo IdeaPad S540-14IML Touch RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo Yoga S940-14IIL AX201D2W Lenovo IdeaPad S940-14IIL AX201D2W Lenovo IdeaPad Slim 1-11AST-05 RTL8822CE, QCNFA435, QCNFA344A Lenovo IdeaPad Flex-14IML RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo IdeaPad C340-15IML RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo IdeaPad Flex-15IML RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13API RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A, QCNFA435 Lenovo Yoga C940-15IRH AX200NGW, 9560NGW Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13API RTL8822CE, QCNFA435, QCNFA344A Lenovo ideapad S340-14IIL RTL8822CE, QCNFA435, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo IdeaPad S340-15IIL RTL8822CE, QCNFA435, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Table 1. Wireless modules for SAR-certified devices (continued) Product Name Wireless Modules Lenovo IdeaPad S340-15IIL Touch RTL8822CE, QCNFA435, 9560NGW, 9462NGW Lenovo 500e Chromebook 2nd Gen 9560NGW Lenovo 300e Chromebook 2nd Gen 9560NGW Lenovo 100e Chromebook 2nd Gen 9560NGW Lenovo ThinkBook 14-IML RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW, AX201NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo ThinkBook 15-IML RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW, AX201NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13API RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A, QCNFA435 Lenovo ThinkBook 14-IIL RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW, AX201NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo ThinkBook 15-IIL RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, 9462NGW, AX201NGW, QCNFA435 IdeaPad 5 15IIL05 AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE Lenovo IdeaPad 1 11IGL05 RTL8822CE, 9560NGW R, 9462NGW, QCNFA435 IdeaPad Flex 5 14IIL05 RTL8822CE, 9560NGW R, AX201NGW IdeaPad Flex 5 14ARE05 RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A IdeaPad Flex 5 15IIL05 RTL8822CE, 9560NGW R, AX201NGW Lenovo Yoga 9 15IMH05 AX200NGW IdeaPad Flex 3 11IGL05 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE Lenovo ThinkBook Plus AX201NGW IdeaPad Flex 3 CB 11AST05 NFA344A IdeaPad Flex 5 CB 13IML05 AX201NGW IdeaPad Flex 3 11IGL05 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE IdeaPad Flex 3 CB 11AST05 NFA344A IdeaPad Flex 5 CB 13IML05 AX201NGW IdeaPad Flex 3 CB 11IGL05 9560NGW R IdeaPad 3 CB 14IGL05 9560NGW R Yoga Slim 7 14IIL05 RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, AX201NGW Yoga Slim 7 15IIL05 RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, AX201NGW Yoga Slim 7 14ARE05 AX200NGW, RTL8852AE Yoga Slim 7 15IMH05 AX201NGW IdeaPad 5 14IIL05 AX201NGW, 9560NGW Lenovo Ducati 5 AX201NGW Table 1. Wireless modules for SAR-certified devices (continued) Product Name Wireless Modules IdeaPad 5 14ARE05 RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A, AX200NGW Lenovo Legion 7 15IMH05 AX201NGW Lenovo Legion 7 15IMHg05 AX201NGW Lenovo Legion 7 15IMHc05 AX201NGW Lenovo Legion 7 15IMHcg05 AX201NGW Lenovo Legion Y740S-15IMH AX200NGW, AX201NGW Lenovo Legion C7 15IMH05 AX201NGW Yoga Creator 7 15IMH05 AX201NGW IdeaPad 5 15ARE05 AX200NGW,RTL8822CE,QCNFA344A Lenovo Legion 5 15IMH05S AX201NGW Lenovo Legion 5 15IMH05H AX201NGW Lenovo Legion 5 15IMH05 AX201NGW Lenovo Legion 5P 15IMH05S AX201NGW Lenovo Legion 5P 15IMH05H AX201NGW Lenovo Legion 5P 15IMH05 AX201NGW Lenovo Legion 5 15ARH05 AX200NGW, RTL8822CE Lenovo Legion 5 15ARH05H AX200NGW, RTL8822CE Lenovo Legion 5 17IMH05S AX201NGW Lenovo Legion 5 17IMH05H AX201NGW Lenovo Legion 5 17IMH05 AX201NGW IdeaPad 3 CB 11IGL05 9560NGW R Yoga Duet 7 13IML05 AX201D2W Yoga Duet 7 13IML05-LTE AX201D2W, L850-GL IdeaPad Duet 3 10IGL05 9560D2W IdeaPad Duet 3 10IGL05-LTE 9560D2W, L850-GL Yoga 9 14ITL5 Yoga 9 15IMH5 AX201D2W AX201NGW Lenovo Legion 5P 15ARH05H AX200NGW, RTL8822CE Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13ARE AX200NGW, RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A, 9260NGW Table 1. Wireless modules for SAR-certified devices (continued) Product Name Wireless Modules Lenovo Legion 5 17ARH05H AX200NGW, RTL8822CE Yoga 6 13ARE05 AX200NGW IdeaPad 5 14ITL05 AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 5 14ITL06 AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE ThinkBook 14s Yoga ITL 9560NGW R, AX201NGW , RTL8822CE IdeaPad 5 14ALC05 AX200NGW, RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A Yoga Slim 9 14ITL5 AX201D2W Lenovo ThinkBook 15p IMH 9560NGW R, AX201NGW IdeaPad 3 CB 11AST5 NFA344A IdeaPad Flex 3 11ADA05 NFA344A, RTL8822CE Lenovo Legion S7 15IMH5 AX201NGW Lenovo Legion S7 15ARH5 AX200NGW Lenovo Legion 5P 15ARH05H AX200NGW, RTL8822CE Lenovo Legion 5 17ARH05H AX200NGW, RTL8822CE Yoga 7 14ITL5 Yoga 7 15ITL5 AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ITL5 AX201NGW, RTL8822CE Yoga Slim 7 14IIL05 RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, AX201NGW Yoga Slim 7 15IIL05 RTL8822CE, 9560NGW, AX201NGW Yoga Slim 7 14ARE05 RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A, AX200NGW Yoga Slim 7 15IMH05 Yoga Creator 7 15IMH05 Yoga Slim 7 14ITL05 Yoga Slim 7 15ITL05 AX201NGW AX201NGW AX201NGW AX201NGW Thinkbook 14 G2 ITL 9560NGW R, AX201NGW, RTL8822CE Thinkbook 15 G2 IT 9560NGW R, AX201NGW, RTL8822CE Thinkbook 14 G2 ARE AX200NGW, RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Thinkbook 15 G2 ARE AX200NGW, RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Yoga 6 13ARE05 AX200NGW, RTL8852AE Table 1. Wireless modules for SAR-certified devices (continued) Product Name Wireless Modules IdeaPad 5 14ITL05 AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 5 15ITL05 AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE ThinkBook 14s Yoga ITL 9560NGW R, AX201NGW, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 5 14ALC05 AX200NGW, RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Yoga Slim 7 13ITL5 AX201NGW, 9560NGW, RTL8822CE Yoga Slim 7 Carbon 13ITL5 AX201NGW, 9560NGW, RTL8822CE Thinkbook 13s G2 ITL 9560D2W R, AX201D2W Thinkbook 14s G2 ITL 9560D2W R, AX201D2W Thinkbook 13s G2 ARE 9260D2WL, AX200D2WL Thinkbook 14s G2 ARE 9260D2WL, AX200D2WL Lenovo IdeaPad 1 11ADA05 QCNFA344A, RTL8822CE IdeaPad Flex 5 14ITL05 AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE IdeaPad Flex 5 15ITL05 AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE IdeaPad Flex 5 14ALC05 AX200NGW, RTL8822CE, RTL8852AE, QCNFA344A, MT7921 IdeaPad Flex 5 15ALC05 AX200NGW, RTL8822CE, RTL8852AE, QCNFA344A, MT7921 Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13ITL AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE Yoga slim 7 Pro 14ARH5 Yoga Duet 7 13ITL6 AX200NGW AX201D2W Yoga Slim 7 13ACN5 AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 IdeaPad 5 Pro 14ITL6 AX201NGW, RTL8852AE, RTL8822CE, 9560NGW R IdeaPad 5 Pro 14ACN6 AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A, MT7921 IdeaPad 3 14ITL6 AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 15ITL6 AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 17ITL6 AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE Lenovo V14 G2 ITL AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE Lenovo V15 G2 ITL AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 14ALC6 AX200NGW, QCNFA344A, RTL8822CE, RTL8852AE, MT7921 IdeaPad 3 15ALC6 AX200NGW, QCNFA344A, RTL8822CE, RTL8852AE, MT7921 IdeaPad 3 17ALC6 AX200NGW, QCNFA344A, RTL8822CE, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Table 1. Wireless modules for SAR-certified devices (continued) Product Name Wireless Modules Lenovo V14 G2 ALC QCNFA344A, RTL8822CE Lenovo V15 G2 ALC QCNFA344A, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 5 Pro 14ITL6 AX201NGW, RTL8852AE, RTL8822CE, 9560NGW R Thinkbook 14 G3 ACL AX200NGW, RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Thinkbook 15 G3 ACL AX200NGW, RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Lenovo 100e Chromebook Gen 3 AX200NGW, RTL8822CE, RTL8852AE Lenovo 300e Chromebook Gen 3 AX200NGW, RTL8822CE, RTL8852AE Lenovo 14e Chromebook Gen 2 AX200NGW, RTL8822CE, RTL8852AE IdeaPad 3 Chrome 14APO6 AX200NGW, RTL8822CE Yoga 6 13ALC06 AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14IHU5 AX201NGW, RTL8822CE IdeaPad Slim 7 Pro 14IHU5 AX201NGW, RTL8822CE Legion 5 15ACH6H AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921, RTL8822CE Legion 5 15ACH6 AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921, RTL8822CE Legion 5 17ACH6H AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Legion 5 17ACH6 AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Legion 5 Pro 16ACH6H AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Legion 5 Pro 16ACH6 AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Legion 7 16ACHg6 AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Legion 5 15ITH6H AX201NGW, RTL8852AE Legion 5 15ITH6 AX201NGW, RTL8852AE Legion 5 17ITH6H AX201NGW, RTL8852AE Legion 5 17ITH6 AX201NGW, RTL8852AE Legion 5 Pro 16ITH6H AX201NGW, RTL8852AE Legion 5 Pro 16ITH6 AX201NGW, RTL8852AE Legion 7 16ITHg6 AX201NGW, RTL8852AE Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ACH5 AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921, RTL8822CE Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ACH5 O AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 Chrome 14M836 QCNFA324 Table 1. Wireless modules for SAR-certified devices (continued) Product Name Wireless Modules IP Flex 3 Chrome 11M836 QCNFA324 IdeaPad 5 Pro 16IHU6 AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8852AE IdeaPad 5 Pro 16ACH6 AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921, RTL8822CE IdeaPad Creator 5 16ACH6 AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 5 15ALC05 AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, QCNFA344A, RTL8822CE, MT7921 ThinkBook 13s G3 ACN 9260D2WL, AX200D2WL ThinkBook Plus G2 ITG AX201D2W ThinkBook 14p G2 ACH AX200NGW, RTL8852AE ThinkBook 16p G2 ACH AX200NGW, RTL8852AE Legion S7 15ACH6 AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 IP Flex 3 Chrome 11IJL6 AX201NGW, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 5 Chrome 14ITL6, Lenovo Slim 5 Chromebook AX201NGW IP Flex 5 Chrome 13ITL6 AX201NGW Lenovo V17 G2 ITL 9560NGW R, AX201NGW, RTL8822CE Legion 5 15ACH6A AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Legion 5 15IMH6 AX201NGW, RTL8852AE Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ACH5 D AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ACH5 OD AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Yoga Duet 7 13ITL6-LTE AX201D2W, L850-GL, EM05-CE ThinkBook 14 G3 ITL 9560NGW R, AX201NGW, RTL8822CE ThinkBook 15 G3 ITL 9560NGW R, AX201NGW, RTL8822CE Yoga 7 14ACN6 AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 ThinkBook 13x ITG AX201D2W Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14IHU5 O AX201NGW, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 Chrome 15IJL6 AX201NGW, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 14ADA6 QCNFA344A, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 15ADA6 QCNFA344A, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 17ADA6 QCNFA344A, RTL8822CE Yoga Slim 7 Pro 16ACH6 RTL8852AE, MT7921 Table 1. Wireless modules for SAR-certified devices (continued) Product Name Wireless Modules IdeaPad Slim 7 Pro 16ACH6 RTL8852AE, MT7921 Yoga Slim 7 Carbon 14ACN6 AX210NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 IdeaPad Slim 7 Carbon 14ACN6 AX210NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Table 2. Wireless modules for other devices Product Name Wireless Modules Lenovo V140-15IWL QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, 9462NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE Lenovo V340-17IWL QCNFA435, RTL8821CE, 9462NGW Lenovo V155-15API QCNFA435, RTL8821CE Lenovo IdeaPad S145-

14API Lenovo IdeaPad S145-

15API Lenovo IdeaPad S145-

14IKB Lenovo IdeaPad S145-

15IKB Lenovo IdeaPad 340C-

15IKB Lenovo IdeaPad S150-

14 AST QCNFA435, RTL8822CE QCNFA435, RTL8822CE 3165NGW, QCNFA435, RTL8822CE 3165NGW, QCNFA435, RTL8822CE 3165NGW, QCNFA435, RTL8822CE RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A, QCNFA435 Lenovo V14-IKB RTL8822CE, 3165NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo V15-IKB RTL8822CE, 3165NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo IdeaPad S145-

14IIL Lenovo IdeaPad S145-

15IIL RTL8822CE, 9462NGW, QCNFA435 RTL8822CE, 9462NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo V14-IIL RTL8822CE, 9462NGW, QCNFA435, 9560NGW R Lenovo V15-IIL RTL8822CE, 9462NGW, QCNFA435, 9560NGW R IdeaPad L3 15IML05 RTL8822CE, 9560NGW R IdeaPad 3 14IML05 9560NGW R, AX201NGW, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 15IML05 9560NGW R, AX201NGW, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 17IML05 9560NGW R, AX201NGW, RTL8822CE Table 2. Wireless modules for other devices (continued) IdeaPad 3 14ADA05 RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A IdeaPad 3 15ADA05 RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A IdeaPad 3 17ADA05 RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A IdeaPad 3 14IIL05 9560NGW R, AX201NGW, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 15IIL05 9560NGW R, AX201NGW, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 14IGL05 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 15IGL05 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 14ARE05 RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A IdeaPad 3 15ARE05 RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A IdeaPad 3 17ARE05 RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A Lenovo V14-ADA RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A Lenovo V15-ADA RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A Lenovo V14-IGL 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE Lenovo V15-IGL 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE Lenovo V14-ARE RTL8822CE, QCNFA344A Lenovo V17-IML 9560NGW R, AX201NGW, RTL8822CE Lenovo V14-IWL RTL8821CE, 9462NGW, QCNFA435, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE Lenovo V15-IWL RTL8821CE, 9462NGW, QCNFA435, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE RTL8822CE, 9560NGW R, 9462NGW, QCNFA435 Lenovo IdeaPad 1 14IGL05 Lenovo IdeaPad 1 14ADA05 QCNFA344A, RTL8822CE Lenovo E41-45 RTL8822CE, QCNFA435 IdeaPad 3 14IKB05 8265NGW, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 15IKB05 8265NGW, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 17IKB05 8265NGW, RTL8822CE IdeaPad Gaming 3 15IMH05 IdeaPad Creator 5 15IMH05 IdeaPad Gaming 3 15ARH05 AX201NGW ,9560NGW R ,RTL8822CE AX201NGW ,9560NGW R ,RTL8822CE RTL8822CE,QCNFA344A Table 2. Wireless modules for other devices (continued) IdeaPad Creator 5 15ARH05 RTL8822CE,QCNFA344A IdeaPad 3 17IIL05 9560NGW R, AX201NGW, RTL8822CE Lenovo IdeaPad Slim 1-

14AST-05 RTL8822CE, QCNFA435, QCNFA344A Lenovo V17-IIL 9560NGW R, AX201NGW, RTL8822CE Lenovo E41-55 RTL8822CE, 9260NGW Lenovo E41-50 9560NGW R IdeaPad L3 15ITL6 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 14ITL05 AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE IdeaPad 3 15ITL05 AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE Lenovo V14 G1 IML AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE Lenovo V15 G1 IML AX201NGW, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE Lenovo E41-50 9560NGW R IdeaPad Gaming 3 15ITH6 IdeaPad Gaming 3 15ACH6 AX201NGW, RTL8852AE, 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE AX201NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921, RTL8822CE Lenovo S14 G2 ITL 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE, AX201NGW, AX201NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Lenovo S14 G2 ALC QCNFA344A, RTL8822CE, AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Lenovo S15 G2 ITL 9560NGW R, RTL8822CE, AX201NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Lenovo S15 G2 ALC QCNFA344A, RTL8822CE, AX200NGW, RTL8852AE, MT7921 Chapter 1. Notice for users in USA and Canada Note: The statements below regarding FCC are only valid for products that are shipped to the United States. Read this document before using your computer. This computer complies with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. Install and use your computer according to the following instructions. The latest Regulatory Notice manual is available on the Lenovo Web site. To download the manual, go to http://www.lenovo.com/support and then follow the on-screen instructions. Lisez ce document avant d'utiliser votre ordinateur. Cet ordinateur est conforme aux normes de frquence radiolectrique et de scurit du pays ou de la rgion o son utilisation sans fil est autorise. Installez et utilisez votre ordinateur en vous conformant aux instructions ci-dessous. La dernire version du manuel Regulatory Notice est disponible sur le site Web de Lenovo. Pour tlcharger le document, rendez-vous sur http://www.lenovo.com/support et suivez les instructions l'cran. Approved wireless devices This system contains the following wireless devices and underwent the certification process of FCC CFR 47 Part 2 section 1093, Part 15 Subpart C and Subpart E, Part 27, Part 22 Subpart H, Part 24 Subpart E, and Part 90 under each respective FCC ID below. Preinstalled wireless LAN/wireless WAN modules with Bluetooth function FCC ID: PD97265NGU (Model: 7265NGW) FCC ID: PD93165NGU (Model: 3165NGW) FCC ID: PD98265NG (Model: 8265NGW ) FCC ID: PPD-QCNFA435 (Model: QCNFA435) FCC ID: PPD-QCNFA364AH (Model: QCNFA364) FCC ID: PPD-QCNFA344AH (Model: QCNFA344A) FCC ID: TX2-RTL8821CE (Model: RTL8821CE) FCC ID: TX2-RTL8822BE (Model: RTL8822BE) FCC ID: PD99260NG (Model: 9260NGW) FCC ID: PD99560NG (Model: 9560NGW) FCC ID: PD99462NG (Model: 9462NGW) FCC ID: TX2-RTL8822CE (Model: RTL8822CE) FCC ID: PD99560D2 (Model: 9560D2W) FCC ID: PD9AX200NG (Model: AX200NGW) FCC ID: PD9AX201NG (Model: AX201NGW) FCC ID: PD9AX201D2 (Model: AX201D2W) FCC ID: ZMOL850GL (Model: L850-GL) FCC ID: O57AX200NGW (Model: AX200NGW (Lenovo)) FCC ID: PD99560NG (Model: 9560NGW R) FCC ID: O57IPS540A13 (for Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13ARE when using 9260NGW) Copyright Lenovo 2020 1 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8852AE (Model: RTL8852AE) FCC ID: PPD-QCNFA324 (Model: QCNFA324) FCC ID: RAS-MT7921 (Model: MT7921) FCC ID: PD99260D2L (Model: 9260D2WL) FCC ID: PD9AX200D2L (Model: AX200D2WL) Notes:

The wireless LAN, the Bluetooth, and the WiGig features operate at different frequencies exclusively, and transmit radio frequencies simultaneously. The following wireless LAN modules marketed in the USA and Canada do not support or function in the extended channels (12ch, 13ch):

Model: QCNFA435 Preinstalled wireless LAN module The wireless LAN module in your computer is preinstalled by Lenovo, and you are prohibited to replace with other wireless adapter or remove it. If the device requires replacement due to some problem during warranty, it must be serviced by a Lenovo authorized servicer. 1. FCC RF exposure compliance The radiated output power of the wireless LAN module authorized to use for your computer is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, it shall be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized as follows:

CAUTION:

The total radiated energy from the antennas connected to the installed wireless LAN module, conforms to the FCC limit of the SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) requirement, regarding 47 CFR Part 2 section 1093, when the computer was tested in either conventional notebook or tablet computer orientations. The transmission antennas for the wireless LAN module are located in the LCD cover. See the User Guide for the location of the antennas. 2. Radio Frequency interference requirements Each device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to FCC Part 15 Subpart B. Refer to Electronic emission notices on page 6. When you use a wireless LAN module in the 802.11 a/n transmission mode, note that high power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5250 to 5350 MHz and 5650 to 5850 MHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage this device. Simultaneous use of RF transmitters Your computer is approved for simultaneous use of one of the approved wireless LAN modules, the approved wireless WAN module, and the approved NFC module. Make sure of the following conditions when you use any other external RF option device:

When you use any other RF option device, you are requested to confirm that the device conforms to the RF Safety requirement and is approved to use for your computer. You must follow the RF Safety instructions of the RF option device that are included in the user manual of the RF option device. 2 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules If the RF option device is prohibited to use in conjunction with another transmitters, you must turn off all other wireless features in your computer. This system contains the following wireless devices and the IC certification number is as below. The IC certification number is indicated on the bottom cover of your system. Preinstalled wireless LAN/wireless WAN modules with Bluetooth function Canada Industry Canada (IC) Approved wireless devices IC: 1000M-7265NG (Model: 7265NGW) IC: 1000M-3165NG (Model: 3165NGW) IC: 1000M-8265NG (Model: 8265NGW ) IC: 4104A-QCNFA435 (Model: QCNFA435) IC: 4104A-QCNFA364A (Model: QCNFA364) IC: 4104A-QCNFA344A (Model: QCNFA344A) IC: 6317A-RTL8821CE (Model: RTL8821CE) IC: 6317A-RTL8822BE (Model: RTL8822BE) IC: 1000M-9260NG (Model: 9260NGW) IC: 1000M-9560NG (Model: 9560NGW) IC: 1000M-9462NG (Model: 9462NGW) IC: 6317A-RTL8822CE (Model: RTL8822CE) IC: 1000M-9560D2 (Model: 9560D2W) IC: 1000M-AX200NG (Model: AX200NGW) IC: 1000M-AX201NG (Model: AX201NGW) IC: 1000M-AX201D2 (Model: AX201D2W) IC: 21374-L850-GL (Model: L850-GL) IC: 6317A-RTL8852AE (Model: RTL8852AE) IC: 4104A-QCNFA324 (Model: QCNFA324) IC: 7542A-MT7921 (Model: MT7921) IC: 1000M-9260D2L (Model: 9260D2WL) IC: 1000M-AX200D2L (Model: AX200D2WL) Notes:

IC: 10407A-AX200NGW (Model: AX200NGW (Lenovo)) IC: 1000M-9560NG (Model: 9560NGW R) IC: 10407A-IPS540A13 (for Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13ARE when using 9260NGW) The wireless LAN, the Bluetooth, and the WiGig features operate at different frequencies exclusively, and transmit radio frequencies simultaneously. The following wireless LAN modules marketed in the USA and Canada do not support or function in the extended channels (12ch, 13ch):

Model: QCNFA435 Chapter 1. Notice for users in USA and Canada 3 Preinstalled wireless LAN module The IC Certification number for the wireless LAN module is shown on the enclosure of your computer. For the location of the IC Certification number, see the User Guide . Attention: The wireless LAN module in your computer is preinstalled by Lenovo, and you are prohibited to replace with other wireless adapter nor remove it. If the device requires replacement due to some problem during warranty, it must be serviced by a Lenovo authorized servicer. Low power license-exempt radiocommunication devices (RSS-210, RSS-

247) Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference. 2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. When you use a wireless LAN module in the 802.11 a/n transmission mode, note the following:

The devices for the band 51505350 MHz are only for indoor usage to reduce potential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems The devices for the band 51505350 MHz are only for indoor usage to reduce potential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems High power radars are allocated as primary users (meaning they have priority) of 52505350 MHz and 56505850 MHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN (Licence-Exempt Local Area Network) devices. The maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the 5250-5350 MHz, 5470-5725 MHz, and 5725-5825 MHz bands complies with the e.i.r.p. limit. Exposure of humans to RF fields (RSS-102) The computers employ low gain integral antennas that do not emit RF field in excess of Health Canada limits for the general population; consult Safety Code 6, obtainable from Health Canada's Web site at http://

www.hc-sc.gc.ca/. The radiated energy from the antennas connected to the wireless modules conforms to the Canada Portable RF exposure limit regarding IC RSS-102, Issue 5, Section 4, set forth for an uncontrolled environment, and are safe for intended operation in the conventional setting. The further RF exposure reduction can be achieved if the product can be kept as far as possible from the user body or set the device to lower output power if such function is available. Ce systme contient les priphriques sans fil suivants et le numro d'homologation IC indiqu ci-dessous. Modules de rseau local sans fil avec fonction Bluetooth prinstalls Canada Industrie Canada (IC) Priphriques sans fil homologus IC: 1000M-7265NG (modle: 7265NGW) IC: 1000M-3165NG (modle: 3165NGW) IC: 1000M-8265NG (modle: 8265NGW ) IC: 4104A-QCNFA435 (modle: QCNFA435) 4 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules IC: 4104A-QCNFA364A (modle: QCNFA364) IC: 4104A-QCNFA344A (modle: QCNFA344A) IC: 6317A-RTL8821CE (modle: RTL8821CE) IC: 6317A-RTL8822BE (modle: RTL8822BE) IC: 1000M-9260NG (modle: 9260NGW) IC: 1000M-9560NG (modle: 9560NGW) IC: 1000M-9462NG (modle: 9462NGW) IC: 6317A-RTL8822CE (modle: RTL8822CE) IC: 1000M-9560D2 (modle: 9560D2W) IC: 1000M-AX200NG (modle: AX200NGW) IC: 1000M-AX201NG (modle: AX201NGW) IC: 1000M-AX201D2 (modle: AX201D2W) IC: 21374-L850-GL (modle: L850-GL) IC: 6317A-RTL8852AE (modle: RTL8852AE) IC: 4104A-QCNFA324 (modle: QCNFA324) IC: 7542A-MT7921 (modle: MT7921) IC: 1000M-9260D2L (modle: 9260D2WL) IC: 1000M-AX200D2L (modle: AX200D2WL) Notes:

IC: 10407A-AX200NGW (modle: AX200NGW (Lenovo)) IC: 1000M-9560NG (modle: 9560NGW R) IC: 10407A-IPS540A13 (Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13ARE, modle: 9260NGW) Les fonctions de rseau local sans fil, Bluetooth et WiGig sont oprationnelles des frquences diffrentes exclusivement et mettent des frquences radio simultanment. Les modules de rseau local sans fil suivants commercialiss aux tats-Unis et au Canada ne prennent pas en charge les canaux tendus (12ch, 13ch):

Modle: QCNFA435 Module rseau local sans fil prinstall Le numro de certification IC correspondant au module de rseau local sans fil figure sur le botier de votre ordinateur. Pour connatre l'emplacement du numro de certification IC, reportez-vous le guide d'utilisation

. Attention: Le module rseau local sans fil est prinstall sur votre ordinateur par Lenovo et il est interdit au client de le remplacer par un autre adaptateur sans fil ou de le supprimer. Si le priphrique doit tre remplac cause d'un problme survenu pendant la priode de garantie, l'opration doit tre effectue par un technicien agr Lenovo. Appareils de radio-communication basse tension sans licence d'utilisation (CNR-210, CNR-247) Le fonctionnement de ce type d'appareil est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes:

1. Cet appareil ne peut pas causer de perturbations lectromagntiques. 2. Cet appareil doit accepter toutes les perturbations reues, y compris celles susceptibles d'occasionner un fonctionnement indsirable. Chapter 1. Notice for users in USA and Canada 5 Lorsque vous utilisez un module de rseau local sans fil dans le mode de transmission 802.11 a/n, tenez compte des remarques suivantes:

Les appareils destins la bande 51505350 MHz devront tre exclusivement utiliss en intrieur afin de rduire les risques de perturbations lectromagntiques gnantes sur les systmes de satellite mobile dans un mme canal. otential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems Les radars forte puissance sont dsigns comme les utilisateurs principaux (c'est--dire qu'ils sont prioritaires) des bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz. Ils peuvent provoquer des perturbations lectromagntiques sur les appareils de type LE-LAN (rseau de communication local sans licence) ou les endommager. Le gain d'antenne maximal autoris pour les appareils dans les bandes de frquence 5250-5350 MHz, 5470-5725 MHz et 5725-5825 MHz est conforme la limite p.i.r.e (puissance isotrope rayonne quivalente). Conformit des appareils de radiocommunication aux limites d'exposition humaine aux radiofrquences (CNR-102) Lesordinateursutilisentdesantennesintgralesfaiblegainquin'mettentpasunchamplectromagntique suprieur aux normes imposes par Sant Canada pour la population. Consultez le Code de scurit 6 sur le site Web de Sant Canada l'adresse http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/. L'nergie mise par les antennes relies aux modules sans fil respecte la limite d'exposition aux radiofrquences mises par les appareils portables au Canada telle que dfinie par Industrie Canada dans la section 4 du document CNR-102, version 5 pour un environnement non contrl et permet d'affecter sans danger le produit l'usage auquel il est destin. La rduction de l'exposition aux radiofrquences est possible si le produit peut tre conserv aussi loin que possible du corps de l'utilisateur ou en dfinissant une puissance de sortie plus faible si une telle fonction est disponible. Location of the FCC ID and IC ID If you purchased your computer in the United States or Canada, and the computer includes factory-

preinstalled wireless modules, a piece of text containing identification strings for these modules (FCC ID and IC ID) is visible on the computers bottom cover. The text may either be laser etched on the bottom cover or on a physical label affixed to it. To obtain the FCC ID or IC ID for the factory-preinstalled wireless module, check the bottom cover for strings directly after FCC ID or IC ID. Electronic emission notices Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Declaration of Conformity This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. 6 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Consult an authorized dealer or service representative for help. Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation Responsible Party:

Lenovo (United States) Incorporated 1009 Think Place-Building One Morrisville, NC 27560 Email address: FCC@lenovo.com Usage environment and your health The wireless device installed in the computer operates within the guidelines identified by radio frequency (RF) safety standards and recommendations; therefore, Lenovo believes this product is safe for use by consumers. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the worldwide scientific community, and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists, who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of wireless devices might be restricted by the proprietor of a building or responsible representatives of an organization. For example, these situations and areas might include the following:

On board of airplanes, in hospitals, or near petrol stations, blasting areas (with electro-explosive devices), medical implants, or body-worn electronic medical devices, such as pace makers. In any other environment where the risk of interference to other devices or services is perceived or identified as harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless devices in a specific area (such as an airport or hospital), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use a wireless device prior to turning on the computer. Chapter 1. Notice for users in USA and Canada 7 8 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Chapter 2. European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Compliance UK declaration of conformity Hereby, Lenovo declares that the wireless equipment listed in this document is in compliance with the UK Radio Equipment Regulations SI 2017 No. 1206. The full text of the system UK declaration of conformity is available at: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/uk-doc UK RF exposure information This device meets the UK requirements and the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) guidelines for general publics exposure to electromagnetic fields. To limit RF exposure, and comply with the RF exposure requirements, use this device under good radio signal conditions and keep the antennas at a minimum separation distance of 20 cm from the users body. For devices that have a SAR test value (as listed in About this manual on page iv), where the location of the antennas is close to the users body (< 20 cm), you can find the SAR values in the Setup Guide that came with your device. EU declaration of conformity English Hereby, Lenovo declares that the wireless equipment listed in this document is in compliance with the EU Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the system EU Declaration of Conformity is available at: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/eu-doc EU RF exposure information This device meets the EU requirements and the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) guidelines for general publics exposure to electromagnetic fields. To limit RF exposure, and comply with the RF exposure requirements, use this device under good radio signal conditions and keep the antennas at a minimum separation distance of 20 cm from the users body. For devices that have a SAR test value (as listed in About this manual on page iv), where the location of the antennas is close to the users body (< 20 cm), you can find the SAR values in the Setup Guide that came with your device. Copyright Lenovo 2020 9 Bulgarian Lenovo Pte. Ltd. , , , 2014/53/E. https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc.

- 20 .

, SAR ( About this manual on page iv), (< 20 ), SAR ,

. Croatian Tvrtka Lenovo ovime izjavljuje da je beina oprema navedena u ovom dokumentu u sukladnosti s EU Direktivom o radijskoj opremi 2014/53/EU. Potpuni tekst EU izjave o sukladnosti sustava dostupan je na https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-

doc. EU informacije o izloenosti RF-u Ovaj ureaj ispunjava zahtjeve EU-a i smjernice Meunarodne komisije za zatitu od neionizirajueg zraenja

(ICNIRP) vezano za izloenost stanovnitva elektromagnetskim poljima. Zbog ograniavanja izloenosti RF-u i udovoljavanja zahtjevima izloenosti RF-u upotrebljavajte ovaj ureaj u uvjetima dobrog radiosignala te neka antene budu na minimalnoj udaljenosti od 20 cm od tijela korisnika. Za ureaje koji imaju vrijednost ispitivanja SAR-a (kako je navedeno u About this manual on page iv), gdje je lokacija antena blizu tijela korisnika (< 20 cm), vrijednosti SAR-a moete pronai u Vodiu za postavljanje koji ste dobili s ureajem. Czech Spolenost Lenovo tmto prohlauje, e bezdrtov zazen uveden v tomto dokumentu spluj zkladn i dal relevantn poadavky smrnice EU o rdiovch zazench 2014/53/EU. pln text EU prohlen o shod systmu je k dispozici na adrese https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/

eu-doc. Informace o expozici RF pro zkaznky z EU Toto zazen spluje poadavky EU stanoven pro expozici veejnosti elektromagnetickm polm a souvisejc pokyny Mezinrodn komise pro ochranu ped neionizanm zenm (ICNIRP). V zjmu omezen expozice RF polm a dodren poadavk na expozici RF polm toto zazen pouvejte pi dobrm rdiovm signlu a udrujte antny vzdlen alespo 20 cm od tla uivatele. 10 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Pokud m zazen stanovenou zkuebn hodnotu SAR (jejich seznam je uveden v sti About this manual on page iv), naleznete hodnoty SAR pro umstn antn do blzkosti tla uivatele (<20 cm) v Nvodu k nastaven, kter je dodvn spolen se zazenm. Danish Lenovo erklrer hermed, at det trdlse udstyr, der er angivet i dette dokument, overholder EU-direktivet om radioudstyr 2014/53/EU. Hele teksten til EU's overensstemmelseserklring for systemet er tilgngelig p https://www.lenovo.com/us/

en/compliance/eu-doc. EU-oplysninger om eksponering for radiofrekvensstrling Denne enhed overholder EU-kravene og retningslinjerne fra ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-

Ionizing Radiation Protection) for offentligt eksponering for elektromagnetiske strler. For at begrnse eksponeringen for radiofrekvensstrling skal denne enhed bruges under gode radiosignalforhold, og antennerne skal holdes i en afstand p mindst 20 cm fra brugerens krop. For enheder, der har en SAR-testvrdi (som angivet i About this manual on page iv), hvor placeringen af antennerne er tt p brugerens krop (< 20 cm), kan du finde SAR-vrdierne i den Opstningsvejledning, der fulgte med enheden. Dutch Hierbij verklaart Lenovo dat de draadloze apparatuur die in dit document wordt vermeld, voldoet aan EU-

richtlijn 2014/53/EU inzake radioapparatuur. De volledige tekst van de EU-conformiteitsverklaring voor het systeem is beschikbaar op https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. EU-informatie over RF-blootstelling Dit apparaat voldoet aan de EU-vereisten en de richtlijnen van de ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-

Ionizing Radiation Protection) voor blootstelling van het algemene publiek aan elektromagnetische velden. Om RF-blootstelling te beperken en te voldoen aan de vereisten voor RF-blootstelling, dient u dit apparaat te gebruiken in situaties met een goede signaalontvangst en de antenne op ten minste 20 cm van het lichaam van de gebruiker te houden. Voor apparaten met een SAR-testwaarde (zoals vermeld in About this manual on page iv), waarbij de antenne zich dicht bij het lichaam van de gebruiker (< 20 cm) bevindt, vindt u de SAR-waarden in de installatiegids die bij uw apparaat werd geleverd. Estonian Siinkohal kinnitab ettevte Lenovo et kesolevas dokumendis kirjeldatud juhtmeta seadmed on koosklas ELi raadioseadmete direktiiviga 2014/53/EL. Ssteemi ELi vastavusdeklaratsiooni tielik tekst on saadaval siin: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/

eu-doc. ELi raadiosagedusega kokkupuudet ksitlev teave See seade vastab EL nuetele ja rahvusvahelise mitteioniseeriva kiirguse eest kaitsmise komisjoni (ICNIRP) juhistele elanikkonna elektromagnetvljadega kokkupuute kohta. Chapter 2. European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Compliance 11 Raadiosageduse kiirguse piiramiseks ja nuete titmiseks sellega kokkupuutel kasutage seda seadet kohtades, kus on hea raadiosignaal ning hoidke antenne vhemalt 20 cm kasutaja kehast kaugemal. Seadmetel, millel on SAR-testi vrtus sellest (loetletud About this manual on page iv), kui antennid asuvad kasutaja keha lhedal (<20 cm). SAR-i vrtused leiate seadmega kaasasolevast Seadistusjuhendist. Finnish Lenovo ilmoittaa tten, ett tss asiakirjassa mainittu langaton laite on EU:n radiolaitedirektiivin 2014/53/EU mukainen. Jrjestelmn EU-vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutuksen koko teksti on saatavilla osoitteessa https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Radiotaajuuksille altistumista koskevat tiedot (EU) Tm laite tytt EU:n vaatimukset sek kansainvlinen ionisoimattoman steilyn toimikunnan (ICNIRP) ohjeistukset koskien ihmisten altistumista shkmagneettisille kentille. Kyt tt laitetta olosuhteissa, joissa on hyv radiosignaali, ja pid antennit vhintn 20 cm etisyydell kyttjn kehosta rajoittaaksesi radiotaajuuksille altistumista ja noudattaaksesi radiotaajuuksille altistumista koskevia vaatimuksia. Jos laitteella on SAR-testiarvo (katso luettelo kohdasta About this manual on page iv) ja antennien sijainti on lhell kyttjn kehoa (<20 cm), lydt SAR-arvot laitteesi mukana toimitetusta asennusoppaasta. French Par la prsente, Lenovo dclare que les quipements sans fil lists dans ce document sont conformes la directive 2014/53/UE sur les quipements radio de l'UE. Le texte complet de la dclaration europenne de conformit du systme est disponible l'adresse https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Informations sur l'exposition aux radiofrquences au sein de l'UE Ce priphrique rpond aux exigences de l'Union europenne et aux directives de la Commission internationale sur la protection anti-ionisation par rayonnement (ICNIRP) concernant l'exposition du public aux champs lectromagntiques. Pour limiter l'exposition aux radiofrquences et rpondre aux exigences en matire d'exposition aux radiofrquences, utilisez ce priphrique dans de bonnes conditions de signal radio et respectez une distance minimale de 20 cm entre les antennes et le corps de l'utilisateur. Les valeurs DAS (telles que rpertories dans About this manual on page iv) des priphriques dont les antennes sont proches du corps de l'utilisateur (< 20 cm) sont rpertories dans le guide de configuration fourni avec votre priphrique. German Hiermit erklrt Lenovo dass das in diesem Dokument aufgelistete Funkgert die EU-Funkanlagen-Richtlinie 2014/53/EU erfllt. Der vollstndige Wortlaut der EU-Konformittserklrung fr das System ist unter https://www.lenovo.com/us/

en/compliance/eu-doc verfgbar. 12 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules EU-Informationen zur Belastung durch Funkwellen Dieses Gert erfllt die EU-Anforderungen und die ICNIRP-Richtlinien (International Commission on Non-

Ionizing Radiation Protection) zur Belastung der Allgemeinheit durch elektromagnetische Felder. Um die Belastung durch Funkwellen einzuschrnken und die Anforderungen zur Belastung durch Funkwellen zu erfllen, verwenden Sie das Gert unter guten Funksignalbedingungen und halten Sie die Antennen mindestens 20 cm vom Krper des Benutzers fern. Fr Gerte mit einem SAR-Testwert (aufgelistet in About this manual on page iv), bei denen die Position der Antennen nahe am Krper des Benutzers (< 20 cm) liegt, finden Sie die SAR-Werte in der Einrichtungsanleitung Ihres Gerts. Greek

, Lenovo 2014/53/ . https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc.

(RF) v o v o ovo voo (ICNIRP)

(RF)

, 20 cm . SAR ( About this manual on page iv),

(< 20 cm), SAR

. Hungarian A Lenovo kijelenti, hogy a jelen dokumentumban emltett vezetk nlkli kszlk megfelel a 2014/53/EU szm, EU Rdiberendezsekrl szl direktvban foglaltaknak. A rendszer EU-s megfelelsgi nyilatkozatnak teljes szvege a kvetkez weboldalon olvashat: https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. EU rdifrekvencis kitettsggel kapcsolatos informcik Ez az eszkz megfelel az Eurpai Unis kvetelmnyeknek, s a Nemzetkzi Nem Ionizl Sugrzs Elleni Vdelmi Bizottsg lakossg elektromgneses mezknek val kitettsgre vonatkoz irnyelveinek. A rdifrekvencis kitettsg korltozsnak, s a rdifrekvencinak val kitettsg kvetelmnyeinek val megfelels rdekben megfelel erssg rdijelek mellett hasznlja az eszkzt, s az antennkat tartsa a felhasznl testtl legalbb 20 cm tvolsgra. Azon fajlagos energiaelnyelsi tesztrtkkel rendelkez (a About this manual on page iv listban felsorolt) eszkzk fajlagos energiaelnyelsi rtkekeit, amelyeknl az antennk a felhasznl testhez kzel vannak (<

20 cm), az eszkzhz kapott Felhasznli kziknyvben tallja. Chapter 2. European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Compliance 13 Italian Con la presente documentazione, Lenovo dichiara che l'apparecchiatura wireless indicata in questo documento conforme alla direttiva EU 2014/53/EU sulle apparecchiature radio. Il testo integrale della dichiarazione di conformit dei sistemi dell'UE disponibile all'indirizzo https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Informazioni sull'esposizione alle frequenze radio per l'UE Questo dispositivo soddisfa i requisiti dell'UE e le linee guida della Commissione internazionale sulla protezione dalle radiazioni non ionizzanti (ICNIRP) per l'esposizione generale dei consumatori ai campi elettromagnetici. Per limitare l'esposizione alle frequenze radio e soddisfare i requisiti di esposizione alle frequenze radio, utilizzare questo dispositivo in buone condizioni di segnale radio e mantenere le antenne a una distanza minima di 20 cm dal corpo dell'utente. Per dispositivi che hanno un valore di test SAR (come elencato in About this manual on page iv), in cui la posizione delle antenne vicina al corpo dell'utente (< 20 cm), possibile trovare i valori SAR nella Guida all'installazione fornita con il dispositivo. Latvian Ar o uzmums Lenovo pazio, ka aj dokument nordtais bezvadu aprkojums atbilst ES Direktvai 2014/53/EK par radioiekrtm. Pilns ES atbilstbas deklarcijas teksts ir pieejams aj interneta adres: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/eu-doc. ES informcija par pakauanu RF iedarbbai ierce atbilst ES prasbm un Starptautisks nejonizjo starojuma aizsardzbas komisijas (SNSAK) vadlnijm par visprjo sabiedrbas pakauanu elektromagntisko lauku iedarbbai. Lai ierobeotu pakauanu RF iedarbbai un ievrotu pakauanas RF iedarbbai prasbm, izmantojiet ierci laba radio signla apstkos un uzturiet antenas vismaz 20 cm atstatum no lietotja ermea. Iercm, kurm ir SAR testa vrtba (k nordts eit: About this manual on page iv), kad antenu atraans vieta ir tuvu lietotja ermenim (<20 cm), varat atrast SAR vrtbas iestatanas rokasgrmat, kas piegdta kop ar ierci. Lithuanian Lenovo pareikia, kad iame dokumente nurodyta belaid ranga atitinka ES radijo rangos direktyvos 2014/

53/ES reikalavimus. Vis sistemos ES atitikties deklaracijos tekst galite rasti adresu https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/

eu-doc. Informacija apie ES reikalavimus dl RD poveikio is renginys atitinka ES reikalavimus ir Tarptautins apsaugos nuo nejonizuojaniosios spinduliuots komisijos (toliau TANSK) elektromagnetini lauk poveikio plaiajai visuomenei gaires. Kad bt apribotas RD poveikis ir laikomasi reikalavim dl RD poveikio, rengin reikia naudoti esant geroms radijo signal slygoms, o tarp anten ir naudotojo kno turi bti ne maesnis nei 20 cm atstumas. 14 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules renginio, kuriam nustatyta SSS bandymo vert (kaip nurodyta About this manual on page iv) ir kurio antenos yra arti (<20 cm) naudotojo kno, SSS vertes rasite prie renginio pridedamame srankos vadove. Norwegian Lenovo erklrer herved at det trdlse utstyret som er oppfrt i dette kapittelet, er i samsvar med direktiv 2014/53/EU om radioutstyr. Hele teksten til EUs samsvarserklring finner du her https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. EU RF-eksponeringsinformasjon Denne enheten oppfyller EUs krav og ICNIRPs (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection) retningslinjer for allmennhetens eksponering for elektromagnetiske felt. For begrense RF-eksponering og oppfylle RF-eksponeringskravene, br denne enheten brukes under gode radiosignalforhold og antennene br ha en minimumsavstand p 20 cm til brukerens kropp. For enheter som har en SAR-testverdi (som oppfrt i About this manual on page iv), der antennenes plassering er nr brukerens kropp (<20 cm), kan du finne SAR-verdiene i Installasjonsveiledningen som fulgte med enheten. Polish Firma Lenovo niniejszym owiadcza, e urzdzenia bezprzewodowe wymienione w tym dokumencie speniaj wymagania dyrektywy UE w sprawie sprztu radiowego 2014/53/EU. Pena tre deklaracji zgodnoci systemu z wymaganiami UE jest dostpna pod adresem https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Informacje o naraeniu na dziaanie czstotliwoci radiowych UE Urzdzenie to spenia wymagania UE oraz wytyczne Midzynarodowej Komisji Ochrony przed Promieniowaniem Niejonizujcym (ICNIRP) dotyczce naraenia ogu ludnoci na oddziaywanie pl elektromagnetycznych. Aby ograniczy naraenie na dziaanie czstotliwoci radiowych i spenia wymagania dotyczce naraenia na dziaanie czstotliwoci radiowych, naley uywa tego urzdzenia w warunkach dobrego sygnau radiowego i umieci anteny w odlegoci co najmniej 20 cm od ciaa uytkownika. W przypadku urzdze, ktre maj warto testu SAR (zgodnie z list About this manual on page iv), gdzie umiejscowienie anten znajduje si blisko ciaa uytkownika (mniej ni 20 cm), wartoci SAR mona znale w Podrczniku konfiguracji doczonym do urzdzenia. Portuguese A Lenovo declara por este meio que o equipamento sem fios listado neste documento est em conformidade com a Diretiva de Equipamento de Rdio da UE 2014/53/UE. O texto integral da Declarao de Conformidade do sistema para a UE est disponvel em https://

/www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Informao sobre exposio a RF para a UE Este dispositivo cumpre os requisitos da UE e as diretrizes da Comisso Internacional de Proteo contra Radiao No Ionizante (ICNIRP) referentes exposio do pblico em geral a campos eletromagnticos. Chapter 2. European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Compliance 15 Para limitar a exposio a RF e cumprir os requisitos de exposio a RF, utilize este dispositivo num ambiente com boas condies de sinal de rdio e mantenha as antenas a 20 cm ou mais de distncia em relao ao seu corpo. No caso dos dispositivos para os quais exista um valor de SAR obtido em testes (conforme indicado em About this manual on page iv) com as antenas prximas do corpo do utilizador (< 20 cm), os valores de SAR podem ser encontrados no Guia de Configurao fornecido com o seu dispositivo. Romanian Prin prezenta, Lenovo declar c echipamentul fr fir prezentat n acest document este n conformitate cu Directiva UE privind echipamentele radio 2014/53/UE. Textul complet al Declaraiei de conformitate UE pentru sistem este disponibil la https://www.lenovo.com/us/

en/compliance/eu-doc. Informaii UE privind expunerea la RF Acest dispozitiv ndeplinete cerinele UE i regulile Comisiei internaionale pentru protecia mpotriva radiaiilor neionizante (ICNIRP) pentru expunerea publicului larg la cmpuri electromagnetice. Pentru a limita expunerea la RF i pentru a respecta cerinele de expunere la RF, utilizai acest dispozitiv n condiii de semnal radio bun i pstrai antenele la o distan minim de 20 cm de corpul utilizatorului. Pentru dispozitive cu o valoare de test SAR (dup cum se listeaz n About this manual on page iv), n situaiile n care antenele sunt amplasate aproape de corpul utilizatorului (< 20 cm), putei gsi valorile SAR n Ghidul de configurare furnizat cu dispozitivul dvs. Slovenian Lenovo s tem izjavlja, da je brezina oprema, navedena v tem dokumentu, skladna z direktivo EU o radijski opremi 2014/53/EU. Celotno besedilo izjave EU o skladnosti za sistem je na voljo na naslovu https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/eu-doc. Informacije o izpostavljenosti radiofrekvennemu sevanju v EU Ta naprava izpolnjuje zahteve EU in smernice Mednarodne komisije za zaito pred neionizirajoim sevanjem

(ICNIRP) v zvezi z izpostavljenostjo splone javnosti elektromagnetnim poljem. Za omejitev izpostavljenosti radiofrekvennim valovom in zagotavljanje skladnosti z zahtevami glede izpostavljenosti radiofrekvennim valovom to napravo uporabljajte pri dobrih pogojih radijskega signala in antene hranite na razdalji najmanj 20 cm od uporabnikovega telesa. Za naprave, ki imajo vrednost preizkusa SAR (kot je navedeno tukaj: About this manual on page iv), kjer je lokacija anten blizu uporabnikovega telesa (< 20 cm), so vrednosti SAR na voljo v dokumentu Navodila za nastavitev, ki je bil priloen napravi. Slovakian Spolonos Lenovo tmto vyhlasuje, e bezdrtov zariadenie uveden v tomto dokumente je v slade so smernicou Eurpskej nie o rdiovch zariadeniach 2014/53 E. pln znenie vyhlsenia E o zhode pre systm je k dispozcii na adrese: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/eu-doc. 16 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Informcie o vystaven vysokofrekvennmu iareniu v E Toto zariadenie vyhovuje poiadavkm E a smerniciam Medzinrodnej komisie pre ochranu pred neionizujcim iarenm (ICNIRP), ktor upravuj vystavenie irokej verejnosti elektromagnetickm poliam. Ak chcete obmedzi vystavenie vysokofrekvennmu iareniu a dodriava poiadavky na vystavenie vysokofrekvennmu iareniu, pouvajte toto zariadenie v dobrch podmienkach rdiovho signlu a udriavajte antny vo vzdialenosti minimlne 20 cm od tela pouvatea. V prpade zariaden s testovacou hodnotou SAR (uveden v asti About this manual on page iv), pri ktorch je umiestnenie antn v blzkosti tela pouvatea (< 20 cm), njdete hodnoty SAR v Prruke o nastaven dodanej so zariadenm. Spanish Mediante el presente documento, Lenovo declara que el equipo inalmbrico indicado en este documento cumple con la Directiva de Equipos de Radio 2014/53/UE de la UE. El texto completo de la declaracin de conformidad de la UE correspondiente al sistema est disponible en https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Informacin de exposicin a radiofrecuencia de la UE Este dispositivo cumple los requisitos de la UE y con las directrices de la Comisin Internacional de Proteccin contra la Radiacin No Ionizante (ICNIRP) para exposicin del pblico general a campos electromagnticos. Para limitar la exposicin a radiofrecuencia y cumplir con los requisitos de exposicin a radiofrecuencia, utilice este dispositivo en buenas condiciones de seal de radio y mantenga las antenas a una distancia mnima de separacin de 20 cm del cuerpo del usuario. Para dispositivos que tienen un valor de prueba de SAR (como se indica en About this manual on page iv), donde la ubicacin de las antenas est cerca del cuerpo del usuario (< 20 cm), puede encontrar los valores de SAR en la Gua de configuracin que viene con su dispositivo. Swedish Hrmed intygar Lenovo att den trdlsa utrustning som beskrivs i detta dokument verensstmmer med EU:

s direktiv fr radioutrustning 2014/53/EU. Den fullstndiga texten i EU:s deklaration om verensstmmelse finns tillgnglig p https://www.lenovo.com/

us/en/compliance/eu-doc. EU:s information om exponering fr radiovgor Denna enhet uppfyller EU:s krav och ICNIRP:s (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection) riktlinjer gllande allmnhetens exponering fr elektromagnetiska flt. Fr att begrnsa exponering fr radiovgor och uppfylla kraven fr exponering br enheten anvndas i goda radiosignalfrhllanden och med minst 20 cm avstnd mellan antennerna och anvndarens kropp. Fr enheter som har ett SAR-testvrde (enligt frteckningen i About this manual on page iv), dr antennerna r placerade nra (<20 cm) anvndarens kropp, hittar du SAR-vrdena i den Installationshandbok som medfljde enheten. Chapter 2. European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Compliance 17 Turkish Lenovo bu belgede listelenen kablosuz cihazlarn AB Radyo Ekipmanlar Ynetmelii 2014/53/EU ile uyumlu olduunu beyan eder. Sistemin AB Uyumluluk Bildirimi tam metni https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc adresinde bulunmaktadr. AB radyo frekanslara maruz kalma bilgileri Bu cihaz, kamunun elektromanyetik alanlara maruz kalmasna ynelik AB gerekliliklerini ve Uluslararas yonize Olmayan Radyasyondan Korunma Komisyonu (ICNIRP) ynergelerini karlamaktadr. Radyo frekansna maruz kalmay snrlandrmak ve radyo frekansna maruz kalma gerekliliklerine uymak iin bu cihaz gl radyo sinyali koullarnda kullann ve antenleri kullancnn vcudundan en az 20 cm uzaklkta tutun. SAR test deerine sahip cihazlar ( About this manual on page iv blmnde listelenen cihazlar) iin antenlerin konumu kullancnn vcuduna yakndr (20 cm'den az). SAR deerlerini cihaznzla birlikte gelen Kurulum Klavuzu'nda bulabilirsiniz. 18 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Chapter 3. LAN Bluetooth Table 3. LAN / Bluetooth 003-140018 D140017003 003-150009 D150008003 003-160104 D160055003 003-140299 D140299003 003-150042 D150038003 003-150041 D150037003 201-163301 D160283201 201-160557 D 16 0122 201 003-170125 D170079003 7265NGW Intel. Inc 3165NGW Intel. Inc 8265NGW Intel .Inc QCNFA435 Qualcomm Atheros. Inc QCNFA364 Qualcomm Atheros. Inc QCNFA344A Qualcomm Atheros. Inc RTL8821CE Realtek Semiconductor Corporation RTL8822BE Realtek Semiconductor Corporation 9260NGW Intel. Inc Copyright Lenovo 2020 19 Table 3. LAN / Bluetooth (continued) 9560NGW Intel. Inc 9462NGW Intel. Inc RTL8821CE Realtek Semiconductor Corporation 003-170126 D170080003 003-170245 D170151003 201-180775 D180171201 003-170125 D170079003 003-170126 D170080003 003-170245 D170151003 003-170244 D170150003 003-160129 D160076003 003-190022 D190021003 003-180232 D180131003 003-180233 D180131003 201-180775 D180171201 201-170341 D170091201 9260NGW Intel.Inc 9560NGW R Intel.Inc 9462NGW Intel.Inc 9560D2W Intel.Inc 8265D2W Intel.Inc AX200NGW Intel.Inc AX201NGW Intel.Inc AX201D2W Intel.Inc RTL8822CE Realtek Semicoductor Corporation L850-GL Fibocom 20 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Table 3. LAN / Bluetooth (continued) RTL8852AE Realtek Semicoductor Corporation 201-200737 D200169201 020-200147 D200054020 003-190024 D190023003 003-190023 D190022003 MT7921 MediaTek Inc. 9260D2WL Intel. Inc AX200D2WL Intel. Inc 5 GHz

(5 GHz )

(2.4 GHz )

() 1. 2. 3.

: ( http://

www.lenovo.com/jp/lsmartctr ) Bluetooth 2.4 GHz (2400 2483.5 MH

) (FH) 80 m LAN LAN LAN LAN

() ID Chapter 3. 21 2.4FH8

() LAN LAN LAN/BluetoothWiGig LAN/BluetoothWiGig Lenovo LAN/BluetoothWiGig

() LenovoLAN/BluetoothWiGig 22 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions This chapter provides wireless information about the following countries/regions. Notice for users in Argentina (Nota para uso en Argentina) Modelo: Intel 3165NGW Equipo: Acceso Inalambrico De Red CNC: C-14446 Modelo: Intel 7265NGW Equipo: Acceso Inalambrico De Red CNC: C-13275 Modelo: Intel 8265NGW Modelo: Qualcomm QCNFA344A Equipo: Transceptor CNC: C-16376 Equipo: Transceptor CNC: C-14869 CNC: C-14866 Equipo: Transceptor CNC: C-14476 Equipo: Transceptor CNC: C-17250 Modelo: Qualcomm QCNFA364 Equipo: Acceso Inalambrico De Red Modelo: Qualcomm QCNFA435 Modelo: Realtek RTL8821CE Copyright Lenovo 2020 23 Modelo: Realtek RTL8822BE Equipo: Transceptor CNC: C-16809 Modelo: Intel 9260NGW Equipo: Acceso Inalambrico De Red CNC: C-20821 Modelo: Intel 9560NGW Equipo: Acceso Inalambrico De Red CNC: C-20824 Modelo: Intel 9560NGW R Equipo: Acceso Inalambrico De Red CNC: C-20824 Modelo: Intel 9462NGW Equipo: Acceso Inalambrico De Red CNC: C-20987 Modelo: Realtek RTL8822CE Equipo: Transceptor CNC: C-22785 Modelo: Intel 9560D2W Equipo: Acceso Inalambrico De Red CNC: C-20985 Modelo: Intel AX200NGW Equipo: Acceso Inalambrico De Red CNC: C-22838 Modelo: Intel AX201NGW Equipo: Acceso Inalambrico De Red CNC: C-22446 24 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Modelo: Intel AX201D2W Equipo: Acceso Inalambrico De Red CNC: C-22445 Modelo: L850-GL CNC: H-21331 Modelo: QCNFA324 CNC: C-17978 Modelo: MT7921 CNC: C-25599 Modelo: 9260D2WL CNC: C-22837 Modelo: AX200D2WL CNC: C-22839 Modelo: RTL8852AE CNC: C-25667 Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 25 Notice for users in Chile (Nota para uso en Chile) Lenovo IdeaPad S340-15IWL Touch N 1091/DO N 53006/F26 Lenovo IdeaPad S340-15API Touch N 1091/DO N 53006/F26 Modelo Lenovo IdeaPad C340-14IWL Lenovo IdeaPad C340-15IWL Lenovo IdeaPad C340-14API Lenovo IdeaPad S340-14IWL Lenovo IdeaPad S340-15IWL Lenovo IdeaPad S340-14API Lenovo IdeaPad S340-15API Lenovo IdeaPad S540-14IWL Lenovo IdeaPad S540-14API Lenovo Legion Y740-15IRH Lenovo Legion Y740-15IRHg Lenovo Legion Y740-17IRH Lenovo Legion Y740-17IRHg Lenovo ThinkBook 13s-IWL Lenovo ThinkBook 14s-IWL Lenovo Yoga C640-13IML SUBTEL N 1297/DO N 53169/F60 N 1295/DO N 53171/F60 N 1296/DO N 53170/F60 N 1091/DO N 53006/F26 N 1091/DO N 53006/F26 N 1091/DO N 53006/F26 N 1091/DO N 53006/F26 N 1087/DO N 53002/F26 N 1086/DO N 53001/F26 N 4127/DO N 54703/F60 N 4126/DO N 54704/F60 N 4125/DO N 54705/F60 N 4124/DO N 54706/F60 N 7280/DO N 56155/F60 N 10494/DO N 57840/F60 N 10738/DO N 57851/F71 Lenovo 500e Chromebook 2nd Gen N 9121/DO N 57047/F60 Lenovo 300e Chromebook 2nd Gen N 9118/DO N 57050/F60 Lenovo100e Chromebook 2nd Gen N 9122/DO N 57046/F60 Lenovo 300e Chromebook 2nd Gen MTK N 9119/DO N 57049/F60 Lenovo 100e Chromebook 2nd Gen MTK N 9120/DO N 57048/F60 Lenovo Yoga C940-14IIL N 11678/DO N 58448/F60 Lenovo Yoga C940 BE-14IIL N 11677/DO N 58449/F60 Lenovo Yoga S740-14IIL Lenovo Yoga S940-14IIL Lenovo Yoga S730-13IML Lenovo Yoga S740-15IRH Lenovo IdeaPad S340-14IIL Lenovo IdeaPad S340-14IML Lenovo IdeaPad S340-15IIL Lenovo IdeaPad S340-13IML Lenovo IdeaPad S340-13IML 26 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules N 9908/DO N 57435/F60 N 11261/DO N 58059/F71 N 11059/DO N 57978/F71 N 10287/DO N 57749/F60 N 11467/DO N 58301/F60 N 11468/DO N 58302/F60 N 11469/DO N 58303/F60 N 11531/DO N 58327/F14 N 11531/DO N 58327/F14 Modelo Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13IML Lenovo ThinkBook 14-IML Lenovo ThinkBook 14-IIL Lenovo ThinkBook 15-IML Lenovo ThinkBook 15-IIL Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13API Lenovo IdeaPad S540-14IML QCNFA344A Lenovo IdeaPad S540-15IML Yoga Slim 7 14IIL05 Yoga Slim 7 15IMH05 Yoga Slim 7 14ARE05 Lenovo Legion 7 15IMHg05 Yoga Slim 7 15IIL05 Lenovo IdeaPad 1 11IGL05 Lenovo ThinkBook Plus IdeaPad 5 15IIL05 IdeaPad 5 15ARE05 Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13ARE IdeaPad Flex 5 15IIL05 Lenovo Legion 7 15IMH05 IdeaPad Flex 5 14ARE05 IdeaPad Flex 5 14IIL05 SUBTEL N 13353/DO N 59219/ F60 N 14127/DO N 59778/ F60 N 14127/DO N 59778/ F60 N 14126/DO N 59777/ F60 N 14126/DO N 59777/ F60 N 12441/DO N 58795/F60 N 11380/DO N 58274/F60 N 4957/DO 23081/F-25 N 11386/DO N 58268/ F60 N 15951/DO N 60470/ F60 N 1101/DO N 62027/ F60 N 2629/DO N 62769/ F39 N 3337/DO N 63271/ F39 N 0588/DO N 61803/ F60 N 16424/DO N 61034/ F60 N 3139/DO N 63043/ F28 N 2477/DO N 61498/F71 N 3287/DO N 63285/F60 N 5837/DO N 65167/F39 N 5415/DO N 64489/F23 N 5421/DO N 64766/F23 N 5924 /DO N 64478/ F23 N 5927 /DO N 64487/ F23 Lenovo IdeaPad Slim 1-11AST-05 N 15018/DO N 60327/ F60 Lenovo Legion 5 15ARH05 N 6089 /DO N 65257/ F39 Lenovo Legion 5P 15IMH05H N 6034 /DO N 65262/ F39 Lenovo Legion 5P 15IMH05 Lenovo Legion 5 15IMH05 Yoga Duet 7 13IML05 N 6035 /DO N 65263/ F39 N 6944 /DO N 65412/ F23 N 6753 /DO N 65876/ F39 Lenovo Legion C7 15IMH05 N 5930 /DO N 64491/ F23 Lenovo Legion 5 15IMH05H Yoga Creator 7 15IMH05 N 7434 /DO N 65411/ F23 N 7778 /DO N 64502/ F23 Lenovo Legion Y740S-15IMH N 6793 /DO N 65398/ F23 Yoga 9 14ITL5 Yoga Slim 9 14ITL5 N 9148 /DO N 67685/ F28 N 12177/DO N 69755/ F28 Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 27 Modelo SUBTEL Lenovo Legion 5 15ARH05H N 9471 /DO N 67396/ F71 Lenovo Legion 5 17ARH05H N 10009 /DO N 68349/ F14 Lenovo Legion 5P 15ARH05H N 10010 /DO N 68350/ F14 IdeaPad Duet 3 10IGL5 IdeaPad Flex 5 14ITL05 IdeaPad Flex 5 15ITL05 Lenovo IdeaPad 1 11ADA05 IdeaPad 5 15ITL05 Lenovo ThinkBook 15p IMH Yoga 7 14ITL5 Yoga 7 15ITL5 ThinkBook 13s G2 ITL ThinkBook 14s G2 ITL Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13ITL Lenovo Legion S7 15IMH5 ThinkBook 14 G2 ARE ThinkBook 15 G2 ARE Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ITL5 ThinkBook 14 G2 ITL ThinkBook 15 G2 ITL ThinkBook 14s Yoga ITL Yoga Slim 7 14ITL05 Yoga Slim 7 15ITL05 Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ARH5 IdeaPad 3 14ITL6 IdeaPad 3 15ITL6 IdeaPad 3 17ITL6 Lenovo V14 G2 ITL Lenovo V15 G2 ITL IdeaPad 3 14ALC6 IdeaPad 3 15ALC6 IdeaPad 3 17ALC6 28 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules N 12117 /DO N 69485/ F39 N 12519 /DO N 69784/ F39 N 12525 /DO N 69790/ F39 N 13960 /DO N 70808/ F14 N 13054 /DO N 69868/ F23 N 12663 /DO N 69967/F23 N 11750 /DO N 69133/F71 N 13040 /DO N 70432/ F28 N 13959 /DO N 70807/ F14 N 13958 /DO N 70806/ F14 N 12524 /DO N 69789/F39 N 13055 /DO N 70077/ F39 N 13053 /DO N 69867/ F23 N 12843 /DO N 69862/ F23 N 15274 /DO N 71870/ F23 N 13051 /DO N 69863/ F23 N 13052 /DO N 69864/ F23 N 15145 /DO N 72010/ F28 N 16728 /DO N 72716/ F14 N 12517 /DO N 69782/ F39 N 16573 /DO N 72589/ F39 N 18575 /DO N 73812/ F23 N 18573 /DO N 73808/ F23 N 19393 /DO N 74145/ F23 N 18164 /DO N 73774/ F14 N 18578 /DO N 73819/ F23 N 18576 /DO N 73815/ F23 N 5826 /DO N 78905/ F23 N 18579 /DO N 73820/ F23 N 5827 /DO N 78908/ F23 N 19147 /DO N 74016/ F23 Lenovo Legion S7 15ARH5 N 16347 /DO N 71964/F71 Modelo Lenovo V14 G2 ALC Lenovo V15 G2 ALC Yoga Duet 7 13ITL6 Legion 5 Pro 16ACH6H Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14IHU5 IdeaPad Flex 5 14ALC05 IdeaPad Flex 5 15ALC05 IdeaPad 5 15ALC05 Legion 5 15ACH6H Legion 5 15ACH6 Legion 5 17ACH6 Legion 5 17ACH6H Legion 5 Pro 16ACH6 ThinkBook 13s G3 ACN Yoga Slim 7 13ACN5 IdeaPad 5 Pro 16IHU6 IdeaPad Creator 5 16ACH6 Legion 7 16ACHg6 ThinkBook 14 G3 ACL ThinkBook 15 G3 ACL Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ACH5 Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ACH5 O Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ACH5 O IdeaPad 5 Pro 16ACH6 Legion S7 15ACH6 Legion 5 Pro 16ITH6 Legion 5 Pro 16ITH6H Legion 7 16ITHg6 Legion 5 15ACH6A Legion 5 15ITH6H Legion 5 15ITH6 Legion 5 15IMH6 Legion 5 17ITH6 SUBTEL N 5879 /DO N 79130/ F23 N 18828 /DO N 73818/ F23 N 18820 /DO N 73817/ F23 N 19558 /DO N 74525/ F23 N 383 /DO N 75289/ F14 N 431 /DO N 75245/ F23 N 532 /DO N 75242/ F23 N 288 /DO N 75220/ F39 N 161 /DO N 74950/ F23 N 949 /DO N 75435/ F23 N 944 /DO N 75350/ F39 N 948 /DO N 75433/ F23 N 946 /DO N 75431/ F23 N 382 /DO N 75288/ F14 N 1396/DO N 75797/ F60 N 2366 /DO N 76133/ F60 N 2899 /DO N 76319/ F23 N 2900 /DO N 76322/ F23 N 1384 /DO N 75601/ F39 N 531 /DO N 75241/ F23 N 534 /DO N 75247/ F23 N 1383 /DO N 75603/ F39 N 1385 /DO N 75600/ F39 N 1385 /DO N 75600/ F39 N 4417 /DO N 78351/ F23 N 6372 /DO N 79449/ F23 N 6669 /DO N 79619/ F39 N 6672 /DO N 79622/ F39 N 6673 /DO N 79623/ F39 N 5881 /DO N 79132/ F23 N 6670 /DO N 79620/ F39 N 6668 /DO N 79618/ F39 N 5833 /DO N 79073/ F39 N 6671 /DO N 79621/ F39 Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 29 Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ACH5 OD N 8418 /DO N 80515/ F28 Lenovo IdeaPad L34015IRH Gaming N 8709/DO N 56895/F60 Lenovo IdeaPad L34017IRH Gaming N 8708/DO N 56896/F60 Modelo Yoga 7 14ACN6 ThinkBook Plus G2 ITG Yoga Slim 7 14ARE05 ThinkBook 16p G2 ACH ThinkBook 14p G2 ACH Legion 5 17ITH6H Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14IHU5 O IdeaPad 5 Chrome 14ITL6 ThinkBook 13x ITG Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ACH5 D Modelo Lenovo V140-15IWL Lenovo IdeaPad L34015IWL Lenovo IdeaPad L34015API Lenovo IdeaPad L34017API Lenovo IdeaPad L34017IWL Lenovo IdeaPad S145-14IWL Lenovo IdeaPad S145-14IGM Lenovo IdeaPad S145-14AST Lenovo IdeaPad S145-14API Lenovo IdeaPad S145-14IKB Lenovo IdeaPad S145-15IWL Lenovo IdeaPad S145-15IGM Lenovo IdeaPad S145-15AST Lenovo IdeaPad S145-15API Lenovo IdeaPad S145-15IKB Lenovo V14-IWL Lenovo V14-IKB Lenovo V15-IWL Lenovo V15-IKB Lenovo IdeaPad 1 14IGL05 IdeaPad 3 17IML05 30 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules SUBTEL N 4414 /DO N 78346/ F23 N 4962 /DO N 78606/ F23 N 6920 /DO N 79862/ F28 N 6273 /DO N 79454/ F39 N 6274 /DO N 79455/ F39 N 7258 /DO N 79655/ F23 N 6290 /DO N 79472/ F39 N 7954 /DO N 80431/ F28 N 7748 /DO N 80251/ F23 N 8417 /DO N 80514/ F28 SUBTEL N 6070/DO N 55410/F60 N 6071/DO N 55411/F60 N 6074/DO N 55416/F60 N 6075/DO N 55439/F60 N 6072/DO N 55409/F60 N 1530/DO N 53263/F60 N 1530/DO N 53263/F60 N 1531/DO N 53264/F60 N 9805/DO N 57395/F60 N 12675/DO N 58403/F71 N 1530/DO N 53263/F60 N 1530/DO N 53263/F60 N 1531/DO N 53264/F60 N 9726/DO N 57386/F60 N 9727/DO N 57385/F60 N 4224/DO N 63334/F71 N 12779/DO N 58920/F60 N 4225/DO N 63335/F71 N 12777/DO N 58922/F60 N 16423/DO N 61035/ F60 N 2548/DO N 61489/F71 Lenovo IdeaPad Slim 1-14AST-05 N15019/DON60328/F60 Modelo IdeaPad 3 14ADA05 IdeaPad 3 17ADA05 IdeaPad 3 14ARE05 IdeaPad 3 15ARE05 IdeaPad 3 17ARE05 Lenovo V14-IIL Lenovo V15-IIL Lenovo V14-ARE Lenovo V15-IGL IdeaPad 3 14IIL05 IdeaPad 3 15IIL05 Lenovo V14-IGL Lenovo V14-ADA Lenovo V15-ADA IdeaPad 3 14IGL05 IdeaPad 3 15IGL05 IdeaPad 3 14IML05 IdeaPad 3 15IML05 IdeaPad 3 15ADA05 IdeaPad L3 15IML05 IdeaPad Creator 5 15IMH05 IdeaPad Gaming 3 15IMH05 Lenovo IdeaPad 1 14ADA05 IdeaPad 3 14ITL05 IdeaPad 3 15ITL05 Lenovo V14 G1 IML Lenovo V15 G1 IML IdeaPad 3 14ITL05 IdeaPad 3 15ITL05 IdeaPad L3 15ITL6 SUBTEL N 2599/DO N 62773/F39 N 1497/DO N 62114/F23 N 3290/DO N 63281/F60 N 3288/DO N 63282/F60 N 2539/DO N 62870/F23 N 5118/DO N 64418/F14 N 7034/DO N 66120/F39 N 3289/DO N 63284/F60 N 5740/DO N 64231/F71 N 5746/DO N 64235/F71 N 5745/DO N 64234/F71 N 5743/DO N 64232/F71 N 6689/DO N 65395/F23 N 6688/DO N 65394/F23 N 5839/DO N 65267/F60 N 5744/DO N 64233/F71 N 5833/DO N 64630/F39 N 4829/DO N 64505/F23 N 6534/DO N 64407/F23 N 1080/DO N 60819/F71 N 4969/DO N 64404/F14 N 5982/DO N 65527/F28 N 13961/DO N 70809/ F14 N 16733 /DO N 76679/ F23 N 16732 /DO N 76677/ F23 N 19475 /DO N 73908/F71 N 19476 /DO N 73909/F71 N 16733 /DO N 76679/ F23 N 16732 /DO N 76677/ F23 N 17749 /DO N 73118/ F23 IdeaPad Gaming 3 15ARH05 N 9456/DO N 67801/F14 Notice for users in Brazil (Aviso para usuarios no Brasil) For models: QCNFA344A, QCNFA435, QCNFA364, 7265NGW, 8265NGW, 3165NGW, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE, 9260NGW, 9560NGW, 9560NGW R, 9462NGW, RTL8822CE, 9560D2W, AX200NGW, AX201NGW, AX201D2W, L850-GL, RTL8852AE, QCNFA324, MT7921, 9260D2WL, AX200D2WL Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 31 Portuguese English Portuguese English Este equipamento no tem direito proteo contra interferncia prejudicial e no pode causar interferncia em sistemas devidamente autorizados. This equipment is not protected against harmful interference and may not cause interference with duly authorized systems. Este produto est homologado pela Anatel, de acordo com os procedimentos regulamentados pela Resoluo n 242/2000 e atende aos requisitos tcnicos aplicados, incluindo os limites de exposio da Taxa de Absoro Especfica referente a campos eltricos, magnticos e eletromagnticos de radiofreqncia, de acordo com as Resoluos n 303/2002 This product meets the applicable technical requirements, including exposure limits on Specific Absorption Rate related to electric, magnetic and electromagnetic radiofrequency, in accordance with Resolutions No. 303/2002. For model: 3165NGW For model: 7265NGW For model: QCNFA344A For model: QCNFA364 32 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules

(01)78983559503910258-14-2198(01)78983559503530258-14-2198(01)078989313312172544-15-6534(01)078989313312242563-15-6534 For model: QCNFA435 For model: 8265NGW For model: RTL8821CE For model: RTL8822BE For model: 9260NGW For model: 9560NGW Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 33

(01)078989313312000784-15-653403877-16-0219806446-16-0407603595-16-0407605831-17-0442305788-17-04423 For model: 9560NGW R For model: 9462NGW For model: RTL8822CE For model: 9560D2W For model: AX200NGW For model: AX201NGW 34 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules 05788-17-0442300595-18-0442300158-19-04076 For model: AX201D2W For model: L850-GL For model: RTL8852AE For model: QCNFA324 For model: MT7921 For model: 9260D2WL Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 35 04523-17-0903816045-20-040760645-15-653414545-20-0876604135-19-04423 For model: AX200D2WL Notice for users in India Model: 3165NGW NR-EAT/1623 Model: 7265NGW ETA-1075/2014 Model: 8265NGW NR-ETA-14791 Model: QCNFA344A ETA-032/2015-RLO(SR)/2120r ETA-033/2015-RLO(SR)/2121 Model: QCNFA364 ETA-034/2015-RLO ETA-035/2015-RLO Model: QCNFA435 ETA-010/2015-RLO Model: RTL8821CE NR-ETA/5229-RLO NR-ETA/5230-RLO Model: RTL8822BE NR-ETA-/4671 NR-ETA-/4670 Model: 9260NGW NR-EAT/6865-RLO 36 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules 04137-19-04423 Model: 9560NGW NR-ETA/6863-RLO Model: 9560NGW R NR-ETA/6861-RLO (NR) Model: 9462NGW NR-ETA/7902-RLO(NR) Model: RTL8822CE SR-ETA/20189289 Model: 9560D2W NR-ETA/7904-RLO(NR) NR-ETA/7905-RLO(NR) Model: AX200NGW ETA-SD-20190501112 Model: AX201NGW NR-ETA/ 201900296 NR-ETA/ 201900295 Model: AX201D2W NR-ETA/ 201900301 NR-ETA/ 201900300 Model: QCNFA324 NR-ETA/001/2015-RLO NR-ETA/002/2015-RLO Notice for users in Mexico (Nota para uso en Mexico) Para informacin adicional por favor buscar el nmero de el certificado inalmbrico de IFT en el cartn de empaque. Por favor mandar un e-mail a compliance@lenovo.com si los numeros de IFT no estan presente en este documento. Advertensia: En Mexico la operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada Modelo: 3165NGW Adaptador Intel Dual Band Wireless AC 3165 IFT RCPIN3115-0385 Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 37 TARJETA TIPO M.2230 802.11a/b/g/n/ac+BT 4.1 Adaptador Intel Dual Band Wireless AC 8265 Modelo: 7265NGW Adaptador Intel 7265NGW IFT RCPIN7214-0488 Modelo: 8265NGW IFT RCPIN8216-0896 Modelo: QCNFA344A TARJETA TIPO M.2 2230 802.11a/b/g/n/ac+BT 4.1 IFT RCPQUQC15-0890 Modelo: QCNFA364 IFT RCPQUQC15-0928 Modelo: QCNFA435 802.11a/b/g/n/ac+BT 4.1 M.2 IFT RCPQUQC15-0323 Modelo: RTL8821CE Modulo combo 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac IFTRCPRERT17-0354 Modelo: RTL8822BE Modulo WI-FI IFT RCPRERT16-1591 Modelo: 9260NGW Adaptador Intel Wireless AC 9260 IFT RCPIN9217-1585 Modelo: 9560NGW Adaptador Intel Wireless AC 9560 IFT RCPIN9517-1584 38 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Modelo: 9560NGW R Adaptador Intel Wireless AC 9560 NYCCT118517C1 Modelo: 9462NGW Adaptador Intel Wireless AC 9462 IFT RCPIN9417-2005 Modelo: RTL8822CE Modulo combo 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac IFTRCPRERT18-2159 Modelo: 9560D2W Modulo combo 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac IFTRCPIN9517-2007 Modelo: AX200NGW Modulo combo 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac IFTRCPINAX19-0480 Modelo: AX201NGW Modulo combo 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac IFTRCPINAX18-2041 Modelo: AX201D2W Modulo combo 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac IFTRCPINAX18-2065 Modelo: L850-GL Modulo combo 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac IFTRTIFIL817-0580 Modelo: QCNFA324 Modulo Buletooth + WiFi 2x2 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac IFT RTIQUQC141990 Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 39 Notice for users in Morocco The following models are approved for Morocco by ANRT:

Modelo: 9260D2WL Modulo combo 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac IFTRCPIN92190324 Modelo: AX200D2WL Modulo combo 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac IFTRCPINAX190479 Lenovo IdeaPad C340-14IWL Lenovo IdeaPad C340-15IWL Lenovo IdeaPad C340-14API Lenovo IdeaPad S340-14IWL Lenovo IdeaPad S340-15IWL Lenovo IdeaPad S340-14API Lenovo IdeaPad S340-15API Lenovo IdeaPad S540-14IWL Lenovo Legion Y540-15IRH Lenovo Legion Y540-15IRH-PG0 Lenovo Legion Y540-17IRH Lenovo Legion Y540-17IRH-PG0 Lenovo ThinkBook 13s-IWL Lenovo ThinkBook 14s-IWL Lenovo ThinkBook 13s-IML Lenovo ThinkBook 14s-IML Lenovo V330- 14ISK Lenovo V330- 14IKB Lenovo V330- 14ARR Lenovo Legion Y740-15IRH Lenovo Legion Y740-15IRHg Lenovo Legion Y740-17IRH Lenovo Legion Y740-17IRHg Lenovo IdeaPad S540-15IWL GTX Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13IML Lenovo Yoga C940 BE-14IIL Lenovo Yoga C940-14IIL Lenovo Yoga S730-13IML Lenovo ideapad S530-13IML 40 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Lenovo IdeaPad S540-15IML Lenovo Yoga C740-14IML Lenovo Yoga C740-15IML Lenovo Yoga S740-14IIL Lenovo Yoga C640-13IML Lenovo Ideapad S340-14IML Lenovo Ideapad S340-15IML Lenovo Ideapad S340-15IML Touch Lenovo IdeaPad C340-15IIL Lenovo Legion Y740S-15IRH Lenovo IdeaPad S540-14IML Lenovo IdeaPad S540-14IML Touch Lenovo Yoga S940-14IIL Lenovo IdeaPad C340-15IML Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13API Lenovo ideapad S340-14IIL Lenovo IdeaPad S340-15IIL Lenovo IdeaPad S340-15IIL Touch Lenovo ThinkBook 14-IML Lenovo ThinkBook 15-IML Lenovo ThinkBook 14-IIL Lenovo ThinkBook 15-IIL IdeaPad 5 15IIL05 Lenovo IdeaPad 1 11IGL05 IdeaPad Flex 5 14IIL05 IdeaPad Flex 5 14ARE05 IdeaPad Flex 5 15IIL05 IdeaPad Flex 3 11IGL05 IdeaPad 5 14IIL05 IdeaPad 5 14ARE05 Lenovo Legion 7 15IMH05 Lenovo Legion 7 15IMHg05 Lenovo Legion Y740S-15IMH Lenovo Legion C7 15IMH05 IdeaPad 5 15ARE05 Lenovo Legion 5 15IMH05S Lenovo Legion 5 15IMH05H Lenovo Legion 5 15IMH05 Lenovo Legion 5P 15IMH05S Lenovo Legion 5P 15IMH05H Lenovo Legion 5P 15IMH05 Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 41 Lenovo Legion 5 15ARH05 Lenovo Legion 5 15ARH05H Lenovo Legion 5 17IMH05S Lenovo Legion 5 17IMH05H Lenovo Legion 5 17IMH05 Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13ARE Lenovo IdeaPad Slim 1-11AST-05 Lenovo IdeaPad 1 14IGL05 IdeaPad 3 CB 11AST5 IdeaPad Flex 3 11ADA05 Lenovo Legion S7 15IMH5 Lenovo Legion S7 15ARH5 Lenovo Legion 5P 15ARH05H Lenovo Legion 5 17ARH05H Yoga 7 14ITL5 Yoga 7 15ITL5 Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ITL5 Yoga Slim 7 14IIL05 Yoga Slim 7 15IIL05 Yoga Slim 7 14ARE05 Yoga Slim 7 15IMH05 Yoga Creator 7 15IMH05 Yoga Slim 9 14ITL5 Yoga 9 14ITL5 Yoga Slim 7 14ITL05 Yoga Slim 7 15ITL05 Thinkbook 14 G2 ITL Thinkbook 15 G2 ITL Thinkbook 14 G2 ARE Thinkbook 15 G2 ARE Yoga 6 13ARE05 IdeaPad 5 14ITL05 ThinkBook 14s Yoga ITL IdeaPad 5 14ALC05 Thinkbook 13s G2 ITL Lenovo IdeaPad 1 11ADA05 Lenovo IdeaPad 1 14ADA05 IdeaPad Flex 5 14ITL05 IdeaPad Flex 5 15ITL05 IdeaPad Flex 5 14ALC05 IdeaPad Flex 5 15ALC05 42 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ARH5 Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13ITL Lenovo ThinkBook 15p IMH IdeaPad 5 15ITL05 Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ARH5 Lenovo IdeaPad S540-13ITL Lenovo ThinkBook 15p IMH IdeaPad 5 Pro 14ITL6 IdeaPad 5 Pro 14ACN6 IdeaPad L3 15ITL6 Lenovo V14 G1 IML Lenovo V15 G1 IML IdeaPad 3 14ITL6 IdeaPad 3 15ITL6 IdeaPad 3 17ITL6 Lenovo V14 G2 ITL Lenovo V15 G2 ITL IdeaPad 3 14ALC6 IdeaPad 3 15ALC6 IdeaPad 3 17ALC6 Lenovo V14 G2 ALC Lenovo V15 G2 ALC IdeaPad 5 Pro 14ITL6 IdeaPad 5 Pro 14ACN6 Thinkbook 14 G3 ACL Thinkbook 15 G3 ACL Yoga 6 13ALC06 IdeaPad Gaming 3 15ITH6 IdeaPad Gaming 3 15ACH6 Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14IHU5 Legion 5 15ACH6H Legion 5 15ACH6 Legion 5 17ACH6H Legion 5 17ACH6 Legion 5 Pro 16ACH6H Legion 5 Pro 16ACH6 Legion 7 16ACHg6 Legion 5 15ITH6H Legion 5 15ITH6 Legion 5 17ITH6H Legion 5 17ITH6 Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 43 Legion 5 Pro 16ITH6H Legion 5 Pro 16ITH6 Legion 7 16ITHg6 Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ACH5 Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ACH5 O IdeaPad 5 Pro 16IHU6 IdeaPad 5 Pro 16ACH6 IdeaPad Creator 5 16ACH6 IdeaPad 5 15ALC05 ThinkBook 13s G3 ACN Lenovo IdeaPad Slim 1-14AST-05 Lenovo IdeaPad 1 14IGL05 Lenovo IdeaPad S145-14IWL Lenovo IdeaPad S145-14IGM Lenovo IdeaPad S145-14AST Lenovo IdeaPad S145-14API Lenovo IdeaPad S145-14IKB Lenovo IdeaPad S145-15IWL Lenovo IdeaPad S145-15IGM Lenovo IdeaPad S145-15AST Lenovo IdeaPad S145-15API Lenovo IdeaPad S145-15IKB Lenovo V14-IWL Lenovo V14-IKB Lenovo V15-IWL Lenovo V15-IKB IdeaPad 3 14ADA05 IdeaPad 3 14ARE05 IdeaPad 3 14IGL05 IdeaPad 3 14IIL05 IdeaPad 3 14IML05 IdeaPad 3 15ADA05 IdeaPad 3 15ARE05 IdeaPad 3 15IGL05 IdeaPad 3 15IIL05 IdeaPad 3 15IML05 IdeaPad 3 17ADA05 IdeaPad 3 17ARE05 IdeaPad 3 17IML05 IdeaPad Creator 5 15IMH05 IdeaPad Gaming 3 15IMH05 44 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules IdeaPad L3 15IML05 Lenovo V14-ADA Lenovo V14-ARE Lenovo V14-IGL Lenovo V14-IIL Lenovo V15-ADA Lenovo V15-IGL Lenovo V15-IIL IdeaPad Gaming 3 15ARH05 Lenovo IdeaPad 1 14ADA05 IdeaPad L3 15ITL6 Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ARH5 IdeaPad 3 14ITL05 IdeaPad 3 15ITL05 Lenovo V14 G1 IML Lenovo V15 G1 IML Lenovo V17 G2 ITL Legion 5 15ACH6A Legion 5 15IMH6 Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ACH5 D Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14ACH5 OD Yoga Duet 7 13ITL6-LTE ThinkBook 14 G3 ITL ThinkBook 15 G3 ITL Yoga 7 14ACN6 ThinkBook Plus G2 ITG Legion S7 15ACH6 ThinkBook 16p G2 ACH ThinkBook 14p G2 ACH Yoga Slim 7 Pro 14IHU5 O ThinkBook 13x ITG IdeaPad 3 14ADA6 IdeaPad 3 15ADA6 IdeaPad 3 17ADA6 In addition, the following wireless modules used in these products are all approved for Morocco by ANRT:

QCNFA344A, QCNFA435, QCNFA364, 7265NGW, 8265NGW, 3165NGW, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE, 9260NGW, 9560NGW, 9560NGW R, 9462NGW, RTL8822CE, 9560D2W, AX200NGW, AX201NGW, AX201D2W, L850-GL, RTL8852AE, QCNFA324, MT7921, 9260D2WL, AX200D2WL Notes:

Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 45 The operation of this product in the radio channel 2 (2417 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities:

Agadir, Assa-Zag, Cabo Negro, Chaouen, Goulmima, Oujda, Tan Tan, Taourirt, Taroudant, and Taza. The operation of this product in the radio channels 4, 5, 6 and 7 (2425 - 2442 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities: Aroport Mohamed V, Agadir, Aguelmous, Anza, Benslimane, Bni Hafida, Cabo Negro, Casablanca, Fs, Lakbab, Marrakech, Merchich, Mohammdia, Rabat, Sal, Tanger, Tan Tan, Taounate, Tit Mellil, and Zag. Due to the channel restrictions above, the operation of this product using the fat channel mode (40 MHz of channel bandwidth) is not allowed at the 2.4 GHz frequency band. Notice for users in Nigeria For models: QCNFA344A, QCNFA435, QCNFA364, 7265NGW, 8265NGW, 3165NGW, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE, 9260NGW, 9560NGW, 9560NGW R, 9462NGW, RTL8822CE, 9560D2W, AX200NGW, AX201NGW, AX201D2W, L850-GL, RTL8852AE, QCNFA324, MT7921, 9260D2WL, AX200D2WL 46 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Notice for users in Saudi Arabia For model: 3165NGW Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 47 Applicant Information Applicant:Intel Corporation SAS: Certificate Details Issue Date:12/02/20211442/06/30: Validity Period:12/02/20231444/07/21: Device Details Product Name:Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165: Product Model:Intel 3165NGW: Manufacturer:INTEL MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:100 mW 5150-5350 MHz:200 mW 5470-5825 MHz:200 mW Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI045Additional RequirementWLAN / WiFiCertificate No:2019-320: Conformity Certificate http://ers.citc.gov.sa1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: 7265NGW 48 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Applicant Information Applicant:Intel Corporation SAS: Certificate Details Issue Date:22/03/20211442/08/09: Validity Period:22/03/20231444/08/30: Device Details Product Name:INTEL WIRELESS 7265: Product Model:7265NGW: Manufacturer:INTEL MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483 MHz:100 mW 5150-5250 MHz:200 mW 5250-5350 MHz:200 mW 5470-5725 MHz:200 mW Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI103 , RI045Additional RequirementWLAN - WiFiCertificate No:2019-714: Conformity Certificate http://ers.citc.gov.sa1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: 8265NGW Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 49 Applicant Information Applicant:Intel Corporation SAS: Certificate Details Issue Date:24/07/20201441/12/03: Validity Period:24/07/20221443/12/25: Device Details Product Name:INTEL 8265NGW: Product Model:8265NGW: Manufacturer:INTEL MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:19.6 dBm 5150-5250 MHz:22.3 dBm 5470-5725 MHz:22.4 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:9.5 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:14.9 dBm 5250-5350 MHz:22.2 dBm 5725-5850 MHz:13.98 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI103 , RI045Additional RequirementCertificate No:2018-1099: http://ers.citc.gov.sa Conformity Certificate1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: Qualcomm QCNFA344A 50 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules For model: Qualcomm QCNFA364 Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 51 For model: Qualcomm QCNFA435 52 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules For model: RTL8821CE Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 53 Applicant Information Applicant:BVCPS H.K. Ltd. Taoyuan Branch: Certificate Details Issue Date:29/01/20211442/06/16: Validity Period:29/01/20231444/07/07: Device Details Product Name:RTL8821CE: Product Model:RTL8821CE: Manufacturer:Realtek Semiconductor Corp. : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:19.99 dBm 5150-5725 MHz:22.73 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:GEN001 , RI045 , RI103Additional RequirementWLAN / WiFiCertificate No:2021-315: Conformity Certificate http://ers.citc.gov.sa1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: RTL8822BE 54 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Applicant Information Applicant:BVCPS H.K. Ltd. Taoyuan Branch: Certificate Details Issue Date:31/07/20201441/12/10: Validity Period:31/07/20221444/01/02: Device Details Product Name:802.11 a/b/g/n/ac RTL8822BE Combo module : Product Model:RTL8822BE: Manufacturer:Realtek Semiconductor Corp. : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:19.98 dBm 5150-5250 MHz:22.93 dBm 5250-5350 MHz:22.97 dBm 5470-5725 MHz:22.97 dBm 5725-5825 MHz:29.11 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI045 , RI103Additional RequirementWLAN - WiFiCertificate No:2020-1192: http://ers.citc.gov.sa Conformity Certificate1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: 9260NGW Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 55 Applicant Information Applicant:Intel Corporation SAS: Certificate Details Issue Date:08/08/20191440/12/07: Validity Period:08/08/20211442/12/29: Device Details Product Name:9260NGW: Product Model:9260NGW: Manufacturer:INTEL MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:19.9 dBm 5150-5250 MHz:22.8 dBm 5250-5350 MHz:22.8 dBm 5470-5725 MHz:22.7 dBm 5725-5850 MHz:13.76 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:12.9 dBm 2400-5825 MHz:9.8 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI045 , RI103Additional RequirementWLAN / WiFiCertificate No:TA 07082017-07082019-20915: http://ers.citc.gov.sa Conformity Certificate1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: 9560NGW 56 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules For model: 9560NGW R Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 57 For model: 9462NGW 58 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules For model: RTL8822CE Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 59 Applicant Information Applicant:BVCPS H.K. Ltd. Taoyuan Branch: Certificate Details Issue Date:17/11/20201442/04/02: Validity Period:17/11/20221444/04/23: Device Details Product Name:802.11a/b/g/n/ac RTL8822CE Combo module: Product Model:RTL8822CE: Manufacturer:Realtek Semiconductor Corp. : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:17.08 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:19.99 dBm 5150-5350 MHz:22.99 dBm 5470-5725 MHz:22.99 dBm 5725-5850 MHz:24.885 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI045 , RI103Additional RequirementWLAN - WiFiCertificate No:TA 2018-2267: Conformity Certificate http://ers.citc.gov.sa1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: 9560D2W 60 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Applicant Information Applicant:Intel Corporation SAS: Certificate Details Issue Date:28/12/20191441/05/02: Validity Period:28/12/20211443/05/24: Device Details Product Name:Intel Wireless-AC 9560: Product Model:9560D2W: Manufacturer:INTEL MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:10 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:12.8 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:19.8 dBm 5150-5250 MHz:22.8 dBm 5250-5350 MHz:22.8 dBm 5470-5725 MHz:22.8 dBm 5725-5825 MHz:13.97 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI045 , RI103Additional RequirementCertificate No:TA 27122017-27122019-21829: http://ers.citc.gov.sa Conformity Certificate1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: AX200NGW Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 61 For model: AX201NGW 62 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Applicant Information Applicant:Intel Corporation SAS: Certificate Details Issue Date:05/02/20211442/06/23: Validity Period:05/02/20231444/07/14: Device Details Product Name:Intel Wi-Fi 6 AX201: Product Model:AX201NGW: Manufacturer:Intel Corporation : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:9.3 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:12.9 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:20 dBm 5150-5250 MHz:22.70 dBm 5250-5350 MHz:22.73 dBm 5470-5725 MHz:22.73 dBm 5725-5825 MHz:13.92 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI045 , RI103Additional RequirementCertificate No:TA 2019-260: Conformity Certificate http://ers.citc.gov.sa1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: AX201D2W Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 63 Applicant Information Applicant:Intel Corporation SAS: Certificate Details Issue Date:28/11/20201442/04/13: Validity Period:28/11/20221444/05/04: Device Details Product Name:Intel Wi-Fi 6 AX201: Product Model:AX201D2W: Manufacturer:Intel Corporation : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:9.9 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:12.6 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:19.8 dBm 5150-5250 MHz:22.9 dBm 5250-5350 MHz:22.9 dBm 5470-5725 MHz:22.9 dBm 5725-5825 MHz:13.98 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI045 , RI103Additional RequirementCertificate No:TA 2018-2351: Conformity Certificate http://ers.citc.gov.sa1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: L850-GL 64 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Applicant Information Applicant:Product Compliance Specialists: Certificate Details Issue Date:20/01/20211442/06/07: Validity Period:20/01/20231444/06/27: Device Details Product Name:LTE module: Product Model:L850-GL: Manufacturer:FIBOCOM Wireless Inc. : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :1575.42 MHz:0 dBm , 900 MHz:24 dBm 2100 MHz:24 dBm , 850 MHz:23 dBm 900 MHz:23 dBm , 1900 MHz:23 dBm 2100 MHz:23 dBm , 2600 MHz:23 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI102 , RI056Additional RequirementCertificate No:2021-252: Conformity Certificate http://ers.citc.gov.sa1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: QCNFA324 Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 65 For model: MT7921 66 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Applicant Information Applicant:BVCPS H.K. Ltd. Taoyuan Branch: Certificate Details Issue Date:09/04/20211442/08/27: Validity Period:09/04/20231444/09/18: Device Details Product Name:2TX 11ax (WiFi6) + BLE Combo Card: Product Model:MT7921: Manufacturer:MediaTek Inc. : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2.402-2.480 GHz:18.32 dBm 2.412-2.472 GHz:19.95 dBm 5.18-5.24 GHz:22.96 dBm 5.26-5.32 GHz:19.87 dBm 5.50-5.70 GHz:19.93 dBm 5.745-5.825 GHz:13.94 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI045Additional RequirementCertificate No:TA 2021-895: Conformity Certificate http://ers.citc.gov.sa1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: 9260D2WL Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 67 Applicant Information Applicant:Intel Corporation SAS: Certificate Details Issue Date:26/02/20211442/07/14: Validity Period:26/02/20231444/08/06: Device Details Product Name:Intel Wireless-AC 9260: Product Model:9260D2WL: Manufacturer:Intel Corporation SAS : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:9.8 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:12.6 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:19.4 dBm 5150-5250 MHz:22.50 dBm 5250-5350 MHz:22.5 dBm 5470-5725 MHz:22.50 dBm 5725-5825 MHz:13.34 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI045 , RI103Additional RequirementCertificate No:TA 2019-440: Conformity Certificate http://ers.citc.gov.sa1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: AX200D2WL 68 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules Applicant Information Applicant:Intel Corporation SAS: Certificate Details Issue Date:06/03/20211442/07/22: Validity Period:06/03/20231444/08/14: Device Details Product Name:Intel Wi-Fi 6 AX200: Product Model:AX200D2WL: Manufacturer:Intel Corporation SAS : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:19.6 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:13.4 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:9.4 dBm 5150-5250 MHz:22.5 dBm 5250-5350 MHz:22.5 dBm 5470-5725 MHz:22.6 dBm 5725-5825 MHz:13.6 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI045 , RI103Additional RequirementCertificate No:TA 2019-519: Conformity Certificate http://ers.citc.gov.sa1422/03/12121422/03/0574 Notice for users in Serbia The following models have been approved by Ratel: QCNFA344A, QCNFA435, QCNFA364, 7265NGW, 8265NGW, 3165NGW, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE, 9260NGW, 9560NGW, 9560NGW R, 9462NGW, RTL8822CE, 9560D2W, AX200NGW, AX201NGW, AX201D2W, L850-GL, RTL8852AE, QCNFA324, MT7921, 9260D2WL, AX200D2WL. Notice for users in South Africa For model: 3165NGW For model: 7265NGW For model: 8265NGW For model: QCNFA344A For model: QCNFA364 Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 69 TA-2015/580APPROVEDTA-2014/499APPROVEDTA-20161468APPROVEDTA-2015/829APPROVEDTA-2015/831APPROVED For model: QCNFA435 For model: RTL8821CE For model: RTL8822BE For model: 9260NGW For model: 9560NGW For model: 9560NGW R For model: 9462NGW 70 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules TA-2014/2507APPROVEDTA-2016/2779APPROVEDTA-2016/2137APPROVEDTA-2017/1348APPROVEDTA-2017/1347APPROVEDTA-2017/1347APPROVEDTA-2017/2772APPROVED For model: RTL8822CE For model: 9560D2W For model: AX200NGW For model: AX201NGW For model: AX201D2W For model: L850-GL For model: RTL8852AE Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 71 TA2016/3506TA-2020/7010 For model: QCFNA324 For model: MT7921 For model: 9260D2WL For model: AX200D2WL Notice for users in Taiwan For models: QCNFA344A, QCNFA435, QCNFA364, 7265NGW, 8265NGW, 3165NGW, RTL8821CE, RTL8822BE, 9260NGW, 9560NGW, 9560NGW R, 9462NGW, RTL8822CE, 9560D2W, AX200NGW, AX201NGW, AX201D2W, L850-GL, RTL8852AE, QCNFA324, MT7921, 9260D2WL, AX200D2WL NCC Notice for users in the UAE For model: 3165NGW 72 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules TA - 2017/480TA - 2020/6905TA - 2018/4039TA - 2018/4038TRAREGISTERED NO.ER37771/15DEALER NO.0018841/09 For model: 7265NGW For model: 8265NGW For model: QCNFA344A For model: QCNFA364 For model: QCNFA435 For model: RTL8821CE For model: RTL8822BE Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 73 TRAREGISTERED NO.ER0128120/14DEALER NO.0018841/09TRAREGISTERED NO.ER46868/16DEALER NO.0018841/09TRAREGISTERED NO.ER38777/15DEALER NO.DA0039119/10TRAREGISTERED NO.ER38759/15DEALER NO.0014005/08TRAREGISTERED NO.ER37623/15DEALER NO.0014005/08TRAREGISTERED NO.ER50849/16DEALER NO.0033451/10TRAREGISTERED NO.ER48726/16DEALER NO.0033451/10 For model: 9260NGW For model: 9560NGW For model: 9560NGW R For model: 9462NGW For model: RTL8822CE For model: 9560D2W For model: AX200NGW 74 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules TRAREGISTERED NO.ER57060/17DEALER NO.0018841/09TRAREGISTERED NO.ER57050/17DEALER NO.0018841/09TRAREGISTERED NO.ER57050/17DEALER NO.0018841/09TRAREGISTERED NO.ER60467/18DEALER NO.0018841/09 For model: AX201NGW For model: AX201D2W For model: L850-GL For model: RTL8852AE For model: QCNFA324 For model: QCNFA324 For model: 9260D2WL Chapter 4. Regulatory notices for other countries/regions 75 ER90907/20ER54390/17DA0039119/10ER90683/20DA87264/20ER69712/190018841/09 For model: AX200D2WL 76 Regulatory Notice for Wireless LAN/WAN modules ER69830/190018841/09 Trademarks LENOVO and the LENOVO logo are trademarks of Lenovo. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 2019 Lenovo

 

 

Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices User Guide SUMMARY This guide provides regulatory, safety, and environmental information that is compliant with U.S., Canadian, and international regulations for notebook computers, tablets, desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, all-in-ones, and point-of-sale terminals. Copyright 20182021 HP Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by HP Inc. under license. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered U.S. marks. Java is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates. WiGig is a registered trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Eighth Edition: April 2021 First Edition: March 2018 Document Part Number: L25269-008 About this guide This guide provides regulatory, safety, and environmental information that is compliant with U.S., Canadian, and international regulations for notebook computers, tablets, desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, all-in-ones, and point-of-sale terminals. To access the latest user guides, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and follow the instructions to find your product. Then select User Guides. WARNING!

Indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in serious injury or death. CAUTION:

Indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. Indicates information considered important but not hazard-related (for example, messages IMPORTANT:

related to property damage). Warns the user that failure to follow a procedure exactly as described could result in loss of data or in damage to hardware or software. Also contains essential information to explain a concept or to complete a task. NOTE: Contains additional information to emphasize or supplement important points of the main text. TIP: Provides helpful hints for completing a task. iii iv About this guide Table of contents 1 Regulatory notices ........................................................................................................................................ 1 Accessing regulatory labels ................................................................................................................................... 1 Federal Communications Commission notice ....................................................................................................... 1 Modifications ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Cables .................................................................................................................................................. 2 Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules ............................................. 2 Belarus regulatory notice ...................................................................................................................................... 2 Brazil notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 3 Canada notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 3 European Union and UK regulatory notices .......................................................................................................... 3 Declaration of Conformity ................................................................................................................... 3 Products with radio functionality (EMF) ........................................................................... 4 Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) ....................... 4 Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products and countries only) .................................................................................................................. 4 Ergonomics notice ............................................................................................................. 5 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ................................................. 5 Australia and New Zealand notice ......................................................................................................................... 5 China WWAN notice ................................................................................................................................................ 6 China radio equipment notice ................................................................................................................................ 6 Japan notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 6 Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings ................................................ 6 Mexico notice ......................................................................................................................................................... 6 Singapore wireless notice ...................................................................................................................................... 7 South Korea notices ............................................................................................................................................... 7 Thailand wireless notice ........................................................................................................................................ 7 Taiwan NCC notices ................................................................................................................................................ 7 LAN 802.11 //: ......................................................................... 8 Airline travel notice ................................................................................................................................................ 8 User-replaceable battery notices .......................................................................................................................... 8 Factory-sealed battery notices ............................................................................................................................. 8 Laser compliance ................................................................................................................................................... 8 Telecommunications device approvals ................................................................................................................. 9 Modem notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 9 U.S. modem statements ...................................................................................................................... 9 Canada modem statements .............................................................................................................. 10 v Japan modem statements ................................................................................................................ 10 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 11 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 11 Macrovision Corporation notice ........................................................................................................................... 11 2 Safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 13 Important safety information ............................................................................................................................. 13 Heat-related safety warning notice .................................................................................................................... 14 Potential safety conditions notice ....................................................................................................................... 14 Installation conditions ......................................................................................................................................... 14 Acoustics notice ................................................................................................................................................... 14 Battery notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 14 Fan notices ........................................................................................................................................................... 15 Headset and earphone volume level notice ........................................................................................................ 15 Laser safety ......................................................................................................................................................... 16 Power supply and power cord set requirements ................................................................................................ 16 Power supply class I grounding requirements .................................................................................. 16 Brazil notice .................................................................................................................... 16 Denmark .......................................................................................................................... 16 Finland ............................................................................................................................. 16 Norway ............................................................................................................................ 17 Sweden ............................................................................................................................ 17 Power supply requirements .............................................................................................................. 17 China ................................................................................................................................ 17 For use in Norway ........................................................................................................... 17 Power cord set requirements ............................................................................................................ 17 Power cord notice .............................................................................................................................. 18 DC plug of external HP power supply ............................................................................. 18 Japan power cord notice ................................................................................................................... 18 Japan power cord requirements ....................................................................................................... 18 Pinch hazard ........................................................................................................................................................ 18 TV antenna connectors protection ...................................................................................................................... 18 External television antenna grounding ............................................................................................ 18 Lightning protection .......................................................................................................................... 19 Note to CATV system installer ........................................................................................................... 19 Travel notice ........................................................................................................................................................ 19 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 20 China altitude notice ......................................................................................................................... 20 China tropical warning notice ............................................................................................................ 20 Norway and Sweden cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner ....................................................... 20 Taiwan eyesight notice ........................................................................................................................................ 21 vi

....................................................................................................................... 21 3 Environmental notices ................................................................................................................................. 22 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ....................................................................................... 22 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 22 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 22 Brazil hardware recycling information ................................................................................................................ 22 Taiwan battery recycling information ................................................................................................................. 23 Turkey WEEE regulation ...................................................................................................................................... 23 ENERGY STAR Certification (select products only) ............................................................................................ 23 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 25 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ............................................................................................. 25 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 25 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 25 China RoHS ........................................................................................................................................................... 29

................................................... 29

............................................................................................................................................... 30

(RoHS) ..................................................... 32

....................................................................................................... 32

(RoHS) ......................................................................................................................................... 33

....................................................................................................... 33 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 34 Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 .............................................................. 34 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 35 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 35 Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico .................................................................. 35 TCO Certified ........................................................................................................................................................ 35 TCO Certified Edge ................................................................................................................................................ 36 Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 38 vii viii 1 Regulatory notices This chapter provides country- and region-specific non-wireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply aboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Accessing regulatory labels Some products may also provide electronic regulatory labels (e-labels) that can be accessed through the system BIOS. Regulatory labels, which provide country or regional regulatory information (for example, FCC ID), may be physically located on the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay (select products only), under the removable service door (select products only), on the back of the display, or on the wireless or modem module. NOTE: Electronic labels are not available on all products. NOTE: Devices not for sale or use in the United States may not contain a FCC ID. To view electronic regulatory labels:

Turn on or restart the computer. Press esc or f10 to enter Computer Setup. 1. 2. 3. 4. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Advanced, select Electronic Labels, and then press enter. To view an electronic label, use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select one of the listed items, and then press OK. NOTE: The list of available electronic label items varies depending on the computer model and installed devices. 5. To exit Computer Setup menus without making any changes:

Select the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main, select Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and 1 used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. 1. 2. For questions regarding this product:

Write to:

HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 Call HP at 650-857-1501 or Email techregshelp@hp.com To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Modifications Cables To maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations, connections to this device must be made with shielded cables having metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods. Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in a manner that is in conformance with the expected typical usage. Belarus regulatory notice The product complies with the Belarus National Radio/Telecom Technical Regulation TR 2018/024/BY. 2 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices Brazil notice Canada notices Este equipamento no tem direito proteo contra interferncia prejudicial e no pode causar interferncia em sistemas devidamente autorizados. IMPORTANT: A alimentao de energia predefinida para 220/230V. Se voc possuir tomada eltrica de 110/115V, por favor, altere a chave na parte traseira do seu computador para a tenso correta. Para maiores informaes, consulte o site da ANATEL www.anatel.gov.br. This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, the device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation: The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in a manner that is in conformance with the expected typical usage. IMPORTANT: When using IEEE 802.11a, n, or ac wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25 GHz to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 GHz to 5.85 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antennas for this device are not replaceable. Any attempt at user access will damage your computer. European Union and UK regulatory notices The European Union and UK have their own set of regulatory notices. Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking and UK marking have been constructed so that they can operate in at least one EU Member State and UK and comply with one or more of the following EU Directives and the equivalent UK Statutory Instruments as may be applicable:

RED 2014/53/EU; Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU; EMC Directive 2014/30/EU; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU. Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. Brazil notice 3 The full EU and UK Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following website: http://www.hp.eu/

certificates (Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters: Email techregshelp@hp.com. Products with radio functionality (EMF) Use this notice when you need to provide EMF data for radio operation. This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For notebook computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions. Products can be operated without maintaining a separation distance unless otherwise indicated in instructions specific to the product. Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) Some products in some countries have restrictions on radio function. IMPORTANT:

IEEE 802.11x wireless LAN with 5.155.35 GHz frequency band is restricted for indoor use only in all countries reflected in the matrix. Using this WLAN application outdoors might lead to interference issues with existing radio services. Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products and countries only) The table shows radio frequency bands and maximum power levels for some products and some countries. Table 1-1 Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products and countries only) Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) Radio Technology Bluetooth; 2,4 GHz NFC; 13,56 MHz WLAN Wi-Fi 802.11x; 2,4 GHz WLAN Wi-Fi 802.11x; 5 GHz WWAN 5G NR (450 MHz7125 MHz) 100 10 100 200 400 RFID; 865-868 MHz/915-921 MHz 2000/4000 WWAN 5G NR (24250 MHz52600 MHz) 316.230 4 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices Table 1-1 Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products and countries only) (continued) Radio Technology Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) WWAN 4G LTE; 700/800/900/1800/2100/2300/2600/3500 MHz WWAN 3G UTMS; 900/2100 MHz WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 900 MHz WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 1800 MHz WiGig 802.11ad; 60 GHz Ergonomics notice 200 250 2000 1000 316 NOTE: Use only HP-supported software drivers and correct country settings to ensure compliance. When a mobile computer is used at the office workstation for display work tasks where the Visual Display Unit

(VDU) Directive 90/270/EEC is applicable, an adequate external keyboard is required. Depending on the application and task, an adequate external monitor may also be necessary to attain working conditions comparable to a workstation setup. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (voluntary GS certification) Mobile computers bearing the "GS" approval mark meet the applicable ergonomic requirements. Without external keyboards, they are suitable only for short-time use for VDU tasks. During mobile use with disadvantageous illumination conditions (e.g. direct sunlight) reflections may occur, which result in reduced readability. A computer system comprising HP brand products meets the applicable ergonomic requirements if all affected constituent products bear the "GS" approval mark, for example Business Desktop PC, keyboard, PC-

mouse and monitor. Please pay attention when installing a dedicated Tower, Micro Tower Business Desktop PC or Workstation that is not intended to be installed/used in the direct field of view at visual display workplaces. To avoid annoying reflections at visual display workplaces, this device must not be placed in the direct field of view. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the applicable Directive and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/

regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Australia and New Zealand notice This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. The computer must be connected to the Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the requirements of AS/CA S008. WARNING! Modems without integral RJ11 connector that are shipped with this computer should not be installed in any other device. Australia and New Zealand notice 5 China WWAN notice China radio equipment notice Japan notice V-2 B VCCI-B VCCI32-1 B VCCI-B 5GHz Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings This product contains certified radio equipment. Some products may use electronic regulatory labels (e-labels). To view the certification mark and numbers on an e-label, please refer to the previous Accessing regulatory labels section. e e Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico 6 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. Aviso sobre conexiones inalmbricas para Mxico:

En el caso de PC de escritorio, equipos All-in-One, terminales de punto de venta, thin clients y workstations en uso normal e instalados con un dispositivo de transmisin y recepcin de radio, una distancia de separacin de 20 cm garantiza que los niveles de exposicin a radiofrecuencia cumplan con los requisitos de Mxico. Singapore wireless notice Turn off any WWAN devices while you are aboard aircraft. The use of these devices aboard aircraft is illegal, may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, and may disrupt the cellular network. Failure to observe this instruction may lead to suspension or denial of cellular services to the offender, or legal action, or both. Users are reminded to restrict the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, and where blasting operations are in progress. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, no part of the human body should be allowed to come too close to the antennas during operation of the equipment. This device has been designed to comply with applicable requirements for exposure to radio waves, based on scientific guidelines that include margins intended to assure the safety of all people, regardless of health and age. These radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods, with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. The SAR data information is based on CENELEC's standards EN50360 and EN50361, which use the limit of 2 watts per kilogram, averaged over 10 grams of tissue. South Korea notices Thailand wireless notice

(This telecommunication equipment conforms to the requirements of NBTC.) This radio communication equipment has the electromagnetic field strength in compliance with the Safety Standard for the Use of Radio communication Equipment on Human Health announced by the National Telecommunications Commission. Taiwan NCC notices The following notices apply to Taiwan. Singapore wireless notice 7 LAN 802.11 //:

Airline travel notice Use of electronic equipment aboard commercial aircraft is at the discretion of the airline. User-replaceable battery notices When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, refer to the HP website at http://www.hp.com/

recycle. For information about removing a user-replaceable battery, refer to the user guide included with the product. Factory-sealed battery notices The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. Laser compliance Use this notice to warn of possible radiation exposure from incorrect laser usage. WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in the laser product installation guide, may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified in the laser product installation guide. Allow only authorized service providers to repair the unit. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (for example, a CD or DVD drive) and/or a fiber optic transceiver. Each of these devices that contain a laser is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with IEC/EN 60825-1 and meets the requirements for safety of that standard. 8 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices Each laser product complies with US FDA regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007 or Laser Notice No. 56, dated May 8, 2019. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. Modem notices U.S. modem statements Canada, Japan, New Zealand, and the U.S. have their own sets of modem notices. This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. Telecommunications device approvals 9 The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. Canada modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japan modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the V.92 56K Data/Fax Modem is below:

If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the LSI Corporation PCI-SV92EX Soft modem is below:

10 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Macrovision Corporation notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Macrovision Corporation notice 11 Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only, unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. 12 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices 2 Safety notices Your product documentation might require one or more of these safety notices. Important safety information These notices could apply to many products. WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. The computer may be heavy; be sure to use ergonomically correct lifting procedures when moving it. Install the computer near an AC outlet. The AC power cord is your computers main AC disconnecting device and must be easily accessible at all times. If the power cord provided with your computer has a grounded plug, always use the power cord with a properly grounded AC outlet to avoid the risk of electric shock. To reduce the possibility of an electric shock from the telephone network, plug your computer into the AC outlet before connecting it to the telephone line. Also, disconnect the telephone line before unplugging your computer from the AC power outlet. Always disconnect the modem cord from the telephone system before installing or removing your computer cover. Do not operate the computer with the cover removed. For your safety, always unplug the computer from its power source and from any telecommunications systems (such as telephone lines), networks, or modems before performing any service procedures. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage. Hazardous voltage levels are inside the power supply and modem of this product. As a safety precaution, if the system power load exceeds the specific configurations capacities, the system may temporarily disable some USB ports. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Important safety information 13 IMPORTANT:

If your computer is provided with a voltage select switch for use in a 115 or 230 V power system, the voltage select switch has been pre-set to the correct voltage setting for use in the particular country/region where it was initially sold. Changing the voltage select switch to the incorrect position can damage your computer and void any implied warranty. This product has not been evaluated for connection to an IT power system (an AC distribution system with no direct connection to earth, according to applicable safety standards). Heat-related safety warning notice Use this notice if injury from excessive heat is a possibility. WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the mobile computer, do not place the mobile computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the mobile computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The mobile computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by applicable safety standards. Potential safety conditions notice Use this notice to warn users about the possibility that a failure was not safe and controlled. If you notice any of the following conditions (or if you have other safety concerns), do not use the computer:

crackling, hissing, or popping sound, or a strong odor or smoke coming from the computer. It is normal for these conditions to appear when an internal electronic component fails in a safe and controlled manner. However, these conditions may also indicate a potential safety issue. Do not assume it is a safe failure. Turn off the computer, disconnect it from its power source, and contact technical support for assistance. Installation conditions See installation instructions before connecting this equipment to the input supply. WARNING! Energized and moving parts may be inside the computer. Disconnect power to the equipment before removing the enclosure. Replace and secure the enclosure before re-energizing the equipment. Use this notice when the sound pressure level might be lower than recommended or expected. Sound pressure level (LpA) is far below 70dB(A) (operator position, normal operation, according to ISO 7779). To display product noise emission data, go to IT ECO Declarations at http://www.hp.com/go/ted, and then select a product category from the drop-down menu. One or more of these safety notices might apply to your product's battery. WARNING! The product may contain an internal lithium manganese dioxide, vanadium pentoxide, or alkaline battery or battery pack. There is risk of fire and burns if the battery pack is not handled properly. WARNING! Do not attempt to recharge the battery. WARNING! Do not expose to temperatures higher than 60 C (140 F). Acoustics notice Battery notices 14 Chapter 2 Safety notices WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Fast charging may not be available for non-compatible or non-HP batteries. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts, or dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! Replace only with the HP spare designated for this product. WARNING! Do not ingest battery, a Chemical Burn Hazard. WARNING! This product contains a coin/button cell battery. If the coin/button cell battery is swallowed, it can cause severe internal burns in just 2 hours and can lead to death. WARNING! Keep new and used batteries away from children. If the battery compartment does not close securely, stop using the product and keep it away WARNING!

from children. WARNING!

immediate medical attention. If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek WARNING!

explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Leaving a battery in an extremely high temperature surrounding environment can result in an WARNING! A battery subjected to extremely low air pressure may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Table 2-1 Battery disposal icon and description Icon Description Batteries, battery packs, and accumulators should not be disposed of together with the general household waste. In order to forward them to recycling or proper disposal, please use the public collection system or return them to HP, an authorized HP partner, or their agents. Fan notices Use one or more of these notices to warn users about the dangers of injuries from spinning fan blades. WARNING!

Keep body parts away from moving parts. WARNING! Keep body parts away from fan blades. WARNING! Keep body parts out of the motion path. Headset and earphone volume level notice This notice warns about the danger of high volume settings for headsets and earphones. Fan notices 15 WARNING!

To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Adjustment of the volume control as well as the equalizer to other settings than the center position may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. The use of factors influencing the ear-/headphones output other than those specified by the manufacturer (e.g. operating system, equalizer software, firmware, driver) may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. Laser safety For products equipped with optical drives or fiber optic transceivers. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (i.e., CD or DVD drive) and/or fiber optic transceiver. These contain lasers and are classified as Class 1 Laser Products in accordance with the standard IEC/EN 60825-1 and comply with its requirements. Each laser product complies with US FDA Regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007 or Laser Notice No. 56, dated May 8, 2019. WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser products installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified herein. Allow only HP Authorized Service technicians to repair the unit. Power supply and power cord set requirements Different countries have different requirements for power supplies and power cords. Power supply class I grounding requirements For protection from fault currents, the equipment shall be connected to a grounding terminal. Plug the system power cord into an AC outlet that provides a ground connection. Substitute cords may not provide adequate fault protection. Only use the power cord supplied with this product or an HP Inc. authorized replacement. Brazil notice Denmark Finland Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Apparatets stikprop skal tilsluttes en stikkontakt med jord, som giver forbindelse til stikproppens jord. Laite on liitettv suojakoskettimilla varustettuun pistorasiaan. 16 Chapter 2 Safety notices Norway Sweden Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag. Power supply requirements The power supplies on some products have external power switches. The voltage select switch feature on the product permits it to operate from any line voltage between 100-127 or 200-240 volts AC. Power supplies on those products that do not have external power switches are equipped with internal circuits that sense the incoming voltage and automatically switch to the proper voltage. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or an AC adapter purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. China For use in Norway CCC Some products are designed for an IT power system with phase-to-phase voltage 230 V. Power cord set requirements One or more of these notices might apply to your product's power cord. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. The power cord set received with the product meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment was originally purchased. Use only the power cord provided with the unit or an authorized replacement power cord from HP Inc. or an approved HP Inc. source. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/support. Power cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where you use the product. For more information on power cord set requirements, contact your authorized HP dealer, reseller, or service provider. WARNING! Do not use power cords from other products. Mismatched power cords may result in a shock and fire hazard. The requirement listed below is applicable to all countries:

The power cord must be approved by an acceptable accredited agency responsible for evaluation in the country where the power cord set will be installed. Power supply and power cord set requirements 17 The power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. WARNING! Do not operate this product with a damaged power cord set. If the power cord set is damaged in any manner, replace it immediately. Damaged cords may result in user exposure to hazards. Power cord notice If you were not provided with a power cord for the computer or for an external power accessory intended for use with the computer, you should purchase a power cord that is approved for use in your country or region. The power cord must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product's electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cord should be greater than the voltage and current rating marked on the product. In addition, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm/

18AWG, and the length of the cord must be between 1.0 m (3.2 ft) and 2 m (6.56 ft). If you have questions about the type of power cord to use, contact your authorized service provider. A power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. DC plug of external HP power supply The diagram illustrates the DC plug of external HP power supply. Japan power cord notice Japan power cord requirements For use in Japan, use only the power cord received with this product. CAUTION: Do not use the power cord received with this product on any other products. Pinch hazard Use this notice to warn about the possibility of pinching injuries. WARNING! Observe pinch hazard areas. Keep fingers away from closing parts. TV antenna connectors protection Several safety notices might apply to TV antenna connectors. External television antenna grounding If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the product, be sure the antenna or cable system is electrically grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. 18 Chapter 2 Safety notices Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper electrical grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna-

discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. Lightning protection For added protection of any product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug the product from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the product from lightning and power line surges. Table 2-2 Antenna Grounding Reference Grounding Component 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Electric Service Equipment Power Service Grounding Electrode System (NEC Art 250, Part III) Ground Clamps Grounding Conductors (NEC Section 810.21) Antenna Discharge Unit (NEC Section 810.20) Ground Clamp Antenna Lead-in Wire Note to CATV system installer This reminder is provided to call the CATV systems installers attention to section 820.93 of the National Electric Code, which provides guidelines for proper grounding and in particular, specify that the Coaxial cable shield shall be connected to grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. Travel notice Use this notice to warn about the possibility of serious injury from voltage converter kits. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. Travel notice 19 China safety notices China altitude notice 2000m 2000m China tropical warning notice Norway and Sweden cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner Norway and Sweden require a galvanic isolator for grounding. 20 Chapter 2 Safety notices CAUTION: To reduce potential safety issues, use a galvanic isolator when connecting to a cable distribution system. Taiwan eyesight notice This eyesight notice applies to products in Taiwan.

(1) 30 10

(2) 2 2 1 Taiwan eyesight notice 21 3 Environmental notices This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users Use this notice to explain the icon associated with waste disposal. Table 3-1 Disposal of waste equipment icon and its description Icon Description This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar Brazil hardware recycling information No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum 22 Chapter 3 Environmental notices Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar Taiwan battery recycling information This notice provides the regulations for battery manufacture and recycling in Taiwan. Table 3-2 Taiwan battery recycling icon and its description Icon Description The Taiwan EPA requires dry battery manufacturing or importing firms, in accordance with Article 15 of the Waste Disposal Act, to indicate the recovery marks on the batteries used in sales, giveaways, or promotions. Contact a qualified Taiwanese recycler for proper battery disposal. Turkey WEEE regulation Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: AEEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur ENERGY STAR Certification (select products only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, HP Inc. has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers:

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Taiwan battery recycling information 23 Table 3-3 Preset power management features when the computer is operating on AC power Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Notebooks, Mobile Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Tablets/Slates Less than or equal to 1 minute Not applicable Not applicable Desktops, Integrated Desktops, Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Thin clients Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes when sleep mode is supported by the operating system (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when the power/sleep button is pressed. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. Product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. When sleep mode is supported by operating system product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. For computers that support an always-on, always-connected use profile where internet access is available

(such as tablets and slates), alternative low power modes - such as Short or Long Idle modes (as defined in the ENERGY STAR Computer Program Requirements) are provided that consume very little power (</= 10 Watts) and when applicable, maximize product battery life. These alternative low power modes are dynamic, with the display sleep mode activated within 1 minute of user inactivity. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management website at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR website at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 24 Chapter 3 Environmental notices Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No. 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply The computers real-time clock battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/. China environmental notices China PC energy label China requires this notice of energy efficiency. In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers, this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. Chemical substances 25 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Table 3-4 Typical Energy Consumption (TEC) values Product Type TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Category B 125.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa Category C 159.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa Category D 184.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa Portable Computer Category A 20.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa Category B 26.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa Category C 54.5+Efa 75.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers". Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

Table 3-5 Product category and configuration description Product Type Configuration Description Category A Category B Category C Category D Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

System memory of not less than 2 GB The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit 26 Chapter 3 Environmental notices For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. China PC energy label 27 28 Chapter 3 Environmental notices China RoHS China uses the following notices for RoHS. Table 3-6

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(PBB)

(PBDE)

(Cr(VI))

I/O PCA

(LCD) CD/DVD/

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China RoHS 29 Table 3-6 (continued)

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(PBB)

(PBDE)

(Cr(VI))

/Java USB USB SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572

"X" RoHS

"X" RoHS X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Table 3-7

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(PBB)

(PBDE)

(Cr(VI))

30 Chapter 3 Environmental notices Table 3-7 (continued)

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(PBB)

(PBDE)

(Cr(VI)) I/O PCA

(LCD) CD/DVD/

/Java USB USB 3D /

X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 China RoHS 31 Table 3-7 (continued)

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(PBB)

(PBDE)

"X" RoHS

"X" RoHS

(Cr(VI))

(RoHS) Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Table 3-8 Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Unit Lead (Pb) Mercury (Hg) Cadmium (Cd) Hexavalent chromium (Cr+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Cables

Chassis/Other

I/O PCAs

(LCD) Liquid crystal display (LCD) panel Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Power pack Power supply Storage Devices 32 Chapter 3 Environmental notices Table 3-8 Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking

(continued) Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Wireless Devices 1 0.1 % 0.01 %

Note 1: "Exceeding 0.1 wt %" and "exceeding 0.01 wt %" indicate that the percentage content of the restricted substance exceeds the reference percentage value of presence condition. 2 Note 2: "" indicates that the percentage content of the restricted substance does not exceed the percentage of reference value of presence. 3 Note 3: The "" indicates that the restricted substance corresponds to the exemption. http://www.hp.com/support To access the latest user guides, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and follow the instructions to find your product. Then select Manuals.

(RoHS) Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Table 3-9 Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent chromium (Cr

+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Unit Cables

/ Chassis/Other

I/O PCAs

(LCD) Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel (for AIO only) Memory

(RoHS) 33 Table 3-9 Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking

(continued) Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent chromium (Cr

+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Unit Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Power supply Storage Devices 1 0.1 % 0.01 %

Note 1: "Exceeding 0.1 wt %" and "exceeding 0.01 wt %" indicate that the percentage content of the restricted substance exceeds the reference percentage value of presence condition. 2 Note 2: "" indicates that the percentage content of the restricted substance does not exceed the percentage of reference value of presence. 3 Note 3: The "" indicates that the restricted substance corresponds to the exemption. http://www.hp.com/support To access the latest user guides, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and follow the instructions to find your product. Then select Manuals. India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product, as well as its related consumables and spares, complies with the reduction in hazardous substances provisions of the "India E-waste Rule 2016."

It does not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except where allowed pursuant to the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 The European Union requires this notice about power consumption. To locate product power consumption data, including when the product is in networked standby with all wired network ports connected and wireless devices connected, refer to section P14 Additional information of the product IT ECO Declaration at http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/

itecodesktop-pc.html. Where applicable, activate and deactivate a wireless network using the instructions included in the product user guide or the operating system. Information is also available at http://www.hp.com/support. 34 Chapter 3 Environmental notices IT ECO declarations Use these links to provide locations for IT ECO declarations. http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/iteconotebook-o.html http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html?

jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN Notebook or tablet PCs Desktop PCs and Thin Clients Workstations http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecoworkstatio.html Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 2008 JISC0950 2006 7 1 http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950/

A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico Se ha etiquetado este producto en conformidad con la Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico, que requiere la divulgacin del consumo de energa del modo de uso normal (modo inactivo) y del modo de espera. Su producto es una de las muchas configuraciones de esta familia de modelos; el consumo de energa del modo inactivo de su configuracin especfica puede diferir de la informacin de la etiqueta. El consumo real de energa de su producto puede ser mayor o menor que el valor informado en la etiqueta de energa de producto para Mxico a causa de factores como la configuracin (componentes y mdulos seleccionados) y el uso (tareas que se estn efectuando, software instalado y en ejecucin, etc.). NOTE: Esta ley no es aplicable a las estaciones de trabajo. TCO Certified This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified logo. IT ECO declarations 35 TCO Certified Edge This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified Edge logo. 36 Chapter 3 Environmental notices TCO Certified Edge 37 Index Symbols/Numerics 32, 33 32, 33 A airline travel notice 8 altitude notice 20 Aviso para o Brasil 3 avisos Brasil 3 B battery 14 battery notice 8, 22 battery recycling 22 Belarus regulatory notice 2 Brazil notice 3, 16 C cable grounding notice 20 Canada modem statement 10 Canada notices 3 China environmental notices 25 China PC energy label 25 D disposal notices battery 22 battery, user replacement 8 equipment 22 factory sealed battery 8 E electronic hardware and battery recycling 22 ENERGY STAR certification 23 environmental notices 22 equipment disposal notice 22 ergonomics notice 5 European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 34 38 Index F fan notice 15 Federal Communications Commission notebook computers cables 2 notebook computers modifications 2 notebook computers notice 1 G GS Notice 5 H headset and earphone volume level notice 15 I India restriction of hazardous substances notice 34 J Japan modem statement 10 Japan notice 6 Japan power cord notice 18 Japan restriction of hazardous substances notice 35 L labels, regulatory 1 laser safety notice 8, 16 M Macrovision Corporation notice 11 maximum power levels 4 Mexico wireless notice 6 modem notices 9 modem statements Canada 10 Japan 10 New Zealand 11 U.S. 9 modifications, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 2 N New Zealand modem statement 11 notices airline travel 8 battery 8, 14, 22 Belarus regulatory 2 Brazil 3, 16 Canada 3 environmental 22 equipment disposal 22 ergonomics 5 fan 15 headset and earphone volume level 15 India restriction of hazardous substances 34 Japan 6 Japan power cord 18 Japan restriction of hazardous substances 35 laser safety 8, 16 Macrovision Corporation 11 Mexico 6 modem 9 perchlorate material 25 power cords 18 Singapore 7 South Korea 7 Taiwan 7 Thailand wireless notice 7 travel 19 notices, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 1 P power cord notice 18 R radio frequency bands 4 recycling, electronic hardware and battery 22 S Singapore wireless notice 7 South Korea notice 7 T Taiwan notice 7 TCO Certified Certification 35 TCO Certified Edge Certification 36 Thailand wireless notice 7 travel notice 19 tropical warning notice 20 TV tuner, cable grounding notice 20 U U.S. modem statement 9 V voice support 11 volume level notice, headset and earphone 15 W wireless LAN devices 2 Index 39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Label information ModelHSN-I33C 1. Images of the e-label screen are provided below:

RMN: HSN-I33C Contains FCC ID: TX2-RTL8852AE Contains IC:6317A-RTL8852AE 2. The information that will be displayed on the e-label and information that will remain in the user manual is shown below:

FCC ID/IC number Information on E-label In Manual Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.) Class A / B Digital Device user manual statements1 Yes No No Yes No Yes 3. Users are able to access the information in no more than three steps in a devices menu. The actual Steps are: Choose esc or F10 > Advanced > Electronic Labels No special access codes or permissions are required to go through the above steps beyond entering a user-defined password to protect against unauthorized access to the device. 4. The information is stored on the device, no special accessories or supplemental plug-ins

(e.g., a SIM/USIM card) are required to access the information. No. 5. Users are provided specific instructions on how to access the information. Yes. 6. The above information must be programmed by the responsible party and the information must be secured in such a manner that third-parties cannot modify it. The e-label information is pre-programmed by the manufacturer. The user cannot modify the e-label information. 7. When e-labeling is used, a physical temporary label is also required on the product, or a label on the packaging, at the time of importation, marketing, and sales. The physical label will be on the packaging box.

 

 

FCC/ISED E-Label Information A. Information to be displayed The information that will be displayed on the e-label and information that will remain in the user manual is shown below:

Information FCC ID number/ISED Certification number Model FCC logo 15.19 statement (This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.) RSS GEN or other mandatory user information required to be on the surface of the device on E-label Yes Yes Yes In Manual Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Images of the e-label screen are provided below:

1 The actual steps are:

To access the e-label information in the device, do on of the following:

Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F9. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press Enter or tap the prompt to enter the Startup Interrupt menu. Then press F9 or tap the Regulatory Information option. The E-label screen is displayed. No special access codes or permissions are required to go through the above steps beyond entering a user-defined password to protect against unauthorized access to the device. The information to the user is provided in the user manual. The devices do not require special code, accessories or supplemental plug-ins to access the information. Yes, it is clearly legible without the aid of magnification. Yes, it is secured and the user cannot modify it. B. Access to the required information on the e-label 1. Users must be able to access the regulatory information without requiring special access codes or permissions, and in all cases the information must be accessible in no more than three steps from a products main or home menu. 2. Instructions must be provided with the product at the time of purchase, in the user manual, operating instructions, packaging material, quick guide pamphlet, etc. Alternatively, a product-

related website is permitted, if a reference (URL) to obtain the website information is provided at the time of purchase in the user manual, operating instructions, packaging material, quick guide pamphlet, etc. 3. Products must not require special accessories or supplemental plug-ins (e.g., the installation of a SIM/USIM card) to access the information. Access to regulatory information must be provided without special codes, accessories, or permissions beyond the normal security protection to unlock the screen, sign-in page, or overall product access. 4. The FCC/IC ID, warning statements, or other information must be displayed electronically in a manner that is clearly legible without the aid of magnification. 5. Both regulatory information and dedicated exclusive application(s) or script(s) must be secured and implemented in a factory-set-

unalterable format. The regulatory information must be capable of being retrieved and displayed locally, and under the control of the end user in possession of the product. The method must be secure, such that the application or script ensures that the regulatory information correctly displayed. 2 The FCC logo, FCC ID, IC ID and model number are present on the product packaging. C. Labeling for Importation and Purchasing 1. When e-labeling is used, a physical temporary label is also required on the product, or a label on the packaging, at the time of importation, marketing, and sales.8 The physical label can be a summary version of the required regulatory information, such that the product can be identified as complying with the FCC/ICs equipment authorization requirements. The information may simply be the FCC/IC ID for products subject to certification. Products imported that are already packaged for sale and have a physical temporary label will satisfy this requirement. However, for products imported in bulk and not packaged individually, it is acceptable to use a temporary removable adhesive label on the product, or temporary or permanent labels on the shipping packaging or protective bags. Any removable adhesive label shall be of a type intended to survive normal shipping and handling. 3

 

 

Label information ModelHSN-I39C 1. Images of the e-label screen are provided below:

RMNHSN-I39C Contains Realtek Radio Model: RTL8852AE Contains IC: 6317A-RTL8852AE Contains FCC ID: TX2-RTL8852AE 2. The information that will be displayed on the e-label and information that will remain in the user manual is shown below:

Information FCC ID/ISED Certification number Model 15.19 statement (This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.) RSS GEN or other mandatory user information required to be on the surface of the device Class A/B Digital Device user manual statement on E-label Yes Yes In Manual No No No No No Yes Yes Yes 3. Users are able to access the information in no more than three steps in a devices menu. The actual Steps are: Choose esc or F10 > Advanced > Electronic Labels No special access codes or permissions are required to go through the above steps beyond entering a user-defined password to protect against unauthorized access to the device. 4. The information is stored on the device, no special accessories or supplemental plug-ins

(e.g., a SIM/USIM card) are required to access the information. Yes. 5. Users are provided specific instructions on how to access the information. Yes. 6. The above information must be programmed by the responsible party and the information must be secured in such a manner that third-parties cannot modify it. The e-label information is pre-programmed by the manufacturer. The user cannot modify the e-label formation. 7. When e-labeling is used, a physical temporary label is also required on the product, or a label on the packaging, at the time of importation, marketing, and sales. The physical label will be on the packaging box.

 

 

Model Name: HSN-I39C Incorpora produto homologado Contains Realtek Radio Model: RTL8852AE pela Anatel sob nimero Contains FCC ID: TX2-RTL8852AE 16045-20-04076 Contains IC: 6317A-RTL8852AE HP, HQ-TRE, CMIIT ID + 2020AJ13126(M) 71025 Boeblingen, Germany CONTIENE [RIc-25667 71721/SDPPI/2020 n TA-2020/7010 141 APPROVED

(( CCAI20LP2180T3 HP Inc UK Ltd, Complies with NOM U Regulatory Enquiries, Earley West, IMDA Standards er CA 200 Thames Valley Park Drive, DA105282 Reading, RG6 1PT IFT: RCPRERT21-0013

[IR] 201-200737

=r [1 D200169201

[G SGHz## (W52, W53) 1S BAAAICIRS R-C-RTK-RTL8852AE (BM IYATLEWET SHARK)

 

 

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

8

7

THIS DRAWING AND SPECIFICATIONS , HEREIN , ARE PROPERTY OF INVENTEC

CORPORATION AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED, COPIED, OR USED IN WHOLE OR

IN PART AS THE BASIS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR SALE OF ITEMS WITHOUT

WRITTEN PERMISSION, COPYRIGHT 2019 INVENTEC CORPORATION .

C

6

D Cover

5

4

3

2

Change List

1

Item

DATE

<DD/MM/YY>

Change list

13/01/2021 First Released.

28/01/2021 Add NOM & NYCE in NALA No.2~4.

Add Ukraine in EMEA.

03/03/2021 Add EAC logo in EMEA drawings.

08/03/2021 Release India drawing.

25/08/2021 Add IFT into NALA No.2~4.

Add Drawing No.5 to all region.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

File Name

Pepper_laser_d cover_A01

Pepper_laser_d cover_A02

Pepper_laser_d cover_A03

Pepper_laser_d cover_A04

Pepper_laser_d cover_A05

REV

A01

A02

A03

A04

A05

H

雷雕內容置中對齊散熱孔

RMN: HSN-I44C INPUT 19.5V x.xxA or XXV x.xxA ICC HP Inc.

European Regulatory Address:

1.3 mm

HP,HQ-TRE,71025 Boeblingen,Germany

CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Made in China

HP ProBook x360 435 G8

ProdID XXXXXXX#XXX

S N # X X X X X X X X X X

W a r r a n t y X X y X X y X X y

Drawing No.

RF Type

Region

NA/LA

EMEA

APJ1

(except India, China, Taiwan)

India(Only 65W)

Featurebyte label

36mm(h) x 37mm(w)

*check location with ME/ID

Project

Adapter

Pepper

- 45W/65W

(RMN: HSN-I44C)

INPUT 19.5V x.xxA or XXV x.xxA

45W

65W

INPUT 19.5V 2.31A or 15V 3A

INPUT 19.5V 3.33A or 20V 3.25A

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

No RF Config

8

.

0

m

m

Only WLAN

WLAN 9260NGW(920686-001)

Only WLAN

WLAN AX200NGW(L35108-001)

Only WLAN

WLAN CANARY(L44431-001/L44431-002)

Only WLAN

WLAN RTL8852AE(Cava)

(M34023-001/M34023-002)

No RF Config

Only WLAN

WLAN 9260NGW(920686-001)

Only WLAN

WLAN AX200NGW(L35108-001)

Only WLAN

WLAN CANARY(L44431-001/L44431-002)

Only WLAN

WLAN RTL8852AE(Cava)

(M34023-001/M34023-002)

Drawing No.

RF Type

Region

Taiwan

China_NonCECP

G

F

E

D

C

B

Variable Data

Logo Dimension

1

2

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX ProdID XXXXXXX#XXX Warranty xxyxxyxy SN# XXXXXXXXXX

Font: Gotham-Book

Font Size: 5pt

Product Brand Name

Product ID

Warranty

Serial Number

2D data matrix code contains the following variable data

2D data matrix code size: 8.0 x 8.0 mm

(The actual 2D data matrix code size may vary depending on actual data.)

1. Serial Number

2. Product ID

3.Product Brand Name

4. Warranty

8

12.0 mm

5

.

0

m

m

5

.

0

m

m

3

.

6

m

m

3

.

8

m

m

7

.

0

m

m

5

.

0

m

m

6

.

0

m

m

5

.

0

m

m

2

.

0

m

m

3

.

9

m

m

5

.

0

m

m

5

.

0

m

m

5

.

0

m

m

5

.

0

m

m

1

0

.

0

m

m

IS 13252 (Part 1)/IEC 60950-1

Arial 6pt

R-41000949

www.bis.gov.in

Arial 6pt

Arial 6pt

7

6

5

4

3

MODEL

DESIGNER

MANAGER

Pepper

Macy Chao

Jane Lee

TITLE

CORPORATION

SIZE

CODE

NUMBER

DOCUMENT NUMBER

THIRD AHGLE

PROJECTION

DO NOT SCALE

DRAWING

E PS

X

X.X

X.XX

FILE NAME

SCALE: 1:1

UNIT:mm

Pepper_laser_d cover

LINEAR

mm

INCH

D:25

M:08

Y:21

D:25

M:08

Y:21

2

REV

A

VER

0

SHEET: 1 OF 1

A

1

HP ProBook x360 435 G8ProdID XXXXXXX#XXXS N# XXXXXXXXXXWarranty XXyXXyXXyHP ProBook x360 435 G8ProdID XXXXXXX#XXXS N# XXXXXXXXXXWarranty XXyXXyXXyHP ProBook x360 435 G8ProdID XXXXXXX#XXXS N# XXXXXXXXXXWarranty XXyXXyXXyHP ProBook x360 435 G8ProdID XXXXXXX#XXXS N# XXXXXXXXXXWarranty XXyXXyXXyHP ProBook x360 435 G8ProdID XXXXXXX#XXXS N# XXXXXXXXXXWarranty XXyXXyXXyHP ProBook x360 435 G8ProdID XXXXXXX#XXXS N# XXXXXXXXXXWarranty XXyXXyXXyHP ProBook x360 435 G8ProdID XXXXXXX#XXXS N# XXXXXXXXXXWarranty XXyXXyXXyHP ProBook x360 435 G8ProdID XXXXXXX#XXXS N# XXXXXXXXXXWarranty XXyXXyXXyHP ProBook x360 435 G8ProdID XXXXXXX#XXXS N# XXXXXXXXXXWarranty XXyXXyXXyHP ProBook x360 435 G8ProdID XXXXXXX#XXXS N# XXXXXXXXXXWarranty XXyXXyXXyHP ProBook x360 435 G8ProdID XXXXXXX#XXXS N# XXXXXXXXXXWarranty XXyXXyXXyHP ProBook x360 435 G8ProdID XXXXXXX#XXXS N# XXXXXXXXXXWarranty XXyXXyXXyHP ProBook x360 435 G8ProdID XXXXXXX#XXXS N# XXXXXXXXXXWarranty XXyXXyXXyHP ProBook x360 435 G8ProdID XXXXXXX#XXXS N# XXXXXXXXXXWarranty XXyXXyXXyHP ProBook x360 435 G8ProdID XXXXXXX#XXXS N# XXXXXXXXXXWarranty XXyXXyXXy